Securities Offering Reform, 44722-44831 [05-14560]
Download as PDF
44722
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION
17 CFR Parts 200, 228, 229, 230, 239,
240, 243, 249, and 274
[Release Nos. 33–8591; 34–52056; IC–
26993; FR–75, International Series Release
No. 1294 and File No. S7–38–04]
RIN 3235–AI11
Securities Offering Reform
Securities and Exchange
Commission.
ACTION: Final rule.
AGENCY:
SUMMARY: The Securities and Exchange
Commission is adopting rules that will
modify and advance significantly the
registration, communications, and
offering processes under the Securities
Act of 1933. Today’s rules will
eliminate unnecessary and outmoded
restrictions on offerings. In addition, the
rules will provide more timely
investment information to investors
without mandating delays in the
offering process that we believe would
be inconsistent with the needs of issuers
for timely access to capital. The rules
also will continue our long-term efforts
toward integrating disclosure and
processes under the Securities Act and
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
The rules will further these goals by
addressing communications related to
registered securities offerings, delivery
of information to investors, and
procedural aspects of the offering and
capital formation processes.
EFFECTIVE DATE: December 1, 2005.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Amy M. Starr, Daniel Horwood, or Anne
Nguyen, at (202) 551–3200, in the
Division of Corporation Finance, U.S.
Securities and Exchange Commission,
100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC
20549 or, with respect to questions
regarding investment companies, Kieran
Brown in the Division of Investment
Management, at (202) 551–6784.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: We are
amending Rule 30–1 1 of the
Administrative Practice and Procedure,
Item 512 2 of Regulation S–B,3 Item 512 4
of Regulation S–K,5 and Rules 134, 137,
138, 139, 153, 158, 174, 401, 405, 408,
412, 413, 415, 418, 424, 426, 430A, 439,
456, 457, 462, 473, 497, and 902 6 and
1 17
CFR 200.30–1.
CFR 228.512.
3 17 CFR 228.10 et seq.
4 17 CFR 229.512.
5 17 CFR 229.10 et seq.
6 17 CFR 230.134; 17 CFR 230.137; 17 CFR
230.138; 17 CFR 230.139; 17 CFR 230.153; 17 CFR
230.158; 17 CFR 230.174; 17 CFR 230.401; 17 CFR
230.405; 17 CFR 230.408; 17 CFR 230.412; 17 CFR
2 17
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
eliminating Rule 434 7 under the
Securities Act.8 We are adding Rules
159, 159A, 163, 163A, 164, 168, 169,
172, 173, 430B, 430C, and 433 under the
Securities Act. We are amending Forms
S–1, S–3, S–4, F–1, F–3, and F–4 and
eliminating Forms S–2 and F–2 9 under
the Securities Act; amending Rule 100 10
of Regulation FD 11 and Rule 14a–2 12
under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934; 13 amending Forms 10, 10–K, 10–
Q, 10–KSB, and 20–F 14 under the
Exchange Act; and amending Form N–
2 15 under the Securities Act and the
Investment Company Act of 1940.16
Table of Contents
I. Introduction
A. Overview
B. Background
1. Advances in Technology
2. Exchange Act Reporting Standards
II. Well-Known Seasoned Issuers; Other
Categories of Issuers
A. Well-Known Seasoned Issuers
1. Definition of Well-Known Seasoned
Issuer
a. Market Capitalization Threshold
b. Registered Offerings of Non-Convertible
Securities Threshold
2. Timing of Determination of Well-Known
Seasoned Issuer Status
3. Well-Known Seasoned Issuers’
Securities Offerings
4. Comments Regarding the Definition of
Well-Known Seasoned Issuer
B. Other Categories of Issuers
III. Communications Rules
A. Communications Requirements Prior to
Today’s Rules and Amendments
B. Need for Modernization of
Communications Requirements
1. General
2. Definition of Written Communication
a. ‘‘Written Communication’’ and ‘‘Graphic
Communication’’
b. Comments Regarding Proposals
C. Overview of Communications Rules
D. Communications Rules
1. Permitted Continuation of Ongoing
Communications During an Offering
a. Overview
b. Exception for Regularly Released Factual
Business and Forward-Looking
Information—Available to Reporting
Issuers
230.413; 17 CFR 230.415; 17 CFR 230.418; 17 CFR
230.424; 17 CFR 230.426; 17 CFR 230.430A; 17 CFR
230.439; 17 CFR 230.456; 17 CFR 230.457; 17 CFR
230.462; 17 CFR 230.473; 17 CFR 230.497; and 17
CFR 230.902.
7 17 CFR 230.434.
8 15 U.S.C. 77a et seq.
9 17 CFR 239.11; 17 CFR 239.13; 17 CFR 239.25;
17 CFR 239.31; 17 CFR 239.33; 17 CFR 239.34; 17
CFR 239.12; and 17 CFR 239.32.
10 17 CFR 243.100.
11 17 CFR 243.100 through 243.103.
12 17 CFR 240.14a–2.
13 15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.
14 17 CFR 249.210; 17 CFR 249.308a; 17 CFR
249.310; 17 CFR 249.310b; and 17 CFR 249.220f.
15 17 CFR 239.14 and 17 CFR 274.11a–1.
16 15 U.S.C. 80a–1 et seq.
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
i. Factual Business Information
(A) Scope of the Safe Harbor
(B) Comments on the Scope of the Safe
Harbor
ii. Forward-Looking Information
(A) Scope of the Safe Harbor
iii. Conditions of Safe Harbor in Rule 168
(A) ‘‘By or on Behalf of’’ the Issuer
(1) Definition
(2) Comments on Definition
(B) Regularly Released Information
(1) Regularly Released Condition
(2) Comments on Regularly Released
Condition
(C) Exclusion for Offering-Related
Information
(1) Scope of Exclusion
(2) Comments on Exclusion
c. Exception for Regularly Released Factual
Business Information—Available to NonReporting Issuers
i. Scope of the Safe Harbor
ii. Comments on the Safe Harbor
2. Other Permitted Communications Prior
To Filing a Registration Statement
a. 30-Day Bright-line Exclusion From the
Prohibition on Offers Prior To Filing a
Registration Statement—All Issuers
i. Scope of Exclusion
ii. Comments on 30-Day Bright-line
Exclusion
b. Permitted Pre-Filing Offers for WellKnown Seasoned Issuers
i. Overview
ii. Exemption for Pre-Filing Offers
iii. Comments on Exemption for Pre-Filing
Offers
3. Relaxation of Restrictions on Written
Offering-Related Communications
a. Rule 134
i. Expansion of Permitted Information
ii. Section 10 Prospectus Requirement
iii. Changes to Required Information
b. Permissible Use of Free Writing
Prospectuses
i. Overview
ii. Definition of Free Writing Prospectus
(A) Scope of Definition
(B) Comments on Definition
iii. Permitted Use of a Free Writing
Prospectus After the Filing of a
Registration Statement Under Rule 433
(A) Overview
(B) Issuer Eligibility
(1) Comments on Ineligible Issuer
Definition
(C) Conditions to Permitted Use of a Free
Writing Prospectus
(1) Prospectus Delivery or Availability
(a) Prospectus Delivery Conditions for
Non-Reporting Issuers and Unseasoned
Issuers
(b) Prospectus Availability Condition for
Seasoned Issuers and Well-Known
Seasoned Issuers
(c) Comments on Prospectus Delivery or
Availability Condition
(2) Information in a Free Writing
Prospectus
(a) Information Conditions
(b) Amendment to Rule 408
(c) Legend Condition
(i) Discussion
(ii) Cure for Unintentional or Immaterial
Failure to Include a Legend
(iii) Impermissible Legends or Disclaimers
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
(3) Filing Conditions
(a) General Conditions
(i) Scope of General Conditions
(ii) Conditions Specific to Final Terms of
the Securities or Offering
(iii) Asset-Backed Issuers
(iv) Comments on Filing Condition
(b) Immaterial or Unintentional Failures to
File
(i) Scope of Cure Provision
(ii) Comments on Cure Provision
(4) Record Retention Condition
(a) Discussion
(b) Immaterial or Unintentional Failure To
Retain a Free Writing Prospectus
(D) Road Shows
(1) Definition of Electronic Road Show
(2) Treatment of Electronic Road Shows
(3) Comments on Electronic Road Shows
(E) Treatment of Communications on Web
Sites and Other Electronics Issues
(1) General
(2) Historical Information on an Issuer Web
Site
(3) Comments on Treatment of
Communications on Web Sites and Other
Electronics Issues
(F) Media Publications or Broadcasts
(1) Overview
(2) Application of Rule 164 and Rule 433
to Media Publications
(a) Prospectus Delivery or Availability
(i) Where Media Publications Are Prepared
or Consideration Paid by Issuer or
Offering Participant
(ii) Unaffiliated Media Publications
(b) Filing
(c) Issuers in the Media Business
(3) Responses to Comments on Treatment
of Media Publications
(G) Liability Issues Affecting Free Writing
Prospectuses
(1) General
(2) Filed Free Writing Prospectus Not Part
of Registration Statement
(3) Cross-Liability Issues
c. Interaction of New Communications
Rules with Regulation FD
i. Amendments to Regulation FD
ii. Comments on Amendments to
Regulation FD
4. Use of Research Reports
a. Current Regulatory Treatment of
Research Reports
b. Amendments to Exemptions for
Research
i. Definition of Research Report
(A) Definition
(B) Comments on Definition of Research
Report
ii. Rule 137
iii. Rule 138
(A) Amendments to Rule 138
(B) Comments on Rule 138 Amendments
iv. Rule 139
(A) Issuer-Specific Reports
(1) Amendments Regarding Issuer-Specific
Reports
(2) Comments on Issuer-Specific Reports
(B) Industry-Related Reports
(1) Amendments Regarding IndustryRelated Reports
(2) Comments on Industry-Related Reports
v. Rule 139a
vi. Research Report Amendments in
Connection With Regulation S and Rule
144A Offerings
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
vii. Research and Proxy Solicitations
IV. Liability Issues
A. Information Conveyed by the Time of
Sale for Purposes of Section 12(a)(2) and
Section 17(a)(2) Liability
1. Interpretation and Rule
2. Comments and Guidance Regarding Our
Interpretation and Rule 159
a. The Section 12(a)(2) and Section 17(a)(2)
Analysis of the Information Conveyed
b. Determination of Time of Sale
c. Termination of Old Contract and
Creation or Reformation of a New
Contract
3. Rule 412 and Rule 430B
4. Relationship of Section 12(a)(2) and
Section 17(a)(2) Interpretation and Rule
159 to Section 11 Liability
B. Issuer as Seller
C. Due Diligence Interpretation
V. Securities Act Registration Rules and
Amendments
A. Overview
B. Procedural Rules
1. Procedural Changes Regarding Shelf
Offerings
a. Overview
b. Information in a Prospectus
i. Mechanics
(A) Rule 430B
(B) Means for Providing Information
(C) Identification of Selling Security
Holders Following Effectiveness
(1) Scope of Provision
(2) Comments on Identification of Selling
Security Holders
ii. Information Deemed Part of Registration
Statement
iii. Date of Inclusion of Prospectus
Supplements in Registration Statements
and New Effective Dates of Registration
Statements
(A) Scope of Provisions
(B) New Effective Dates for Section 11
Purposes
(C) Comments on Prospectus Supplements
and New Effective Dates
iv. Amendments to Rule 415
(A) Elimination of Limitation on Amount
of Securities Registered
(1) Revised Provisions
(2) Comments on Elimination of Limitation
on Amount of Securities Registered
(B) Immediate Takedowns From a Shelf
Registration Statement Filed Under Rule
415(a)(1)(x)
(C) Eliminating ‘‘At-the-Market’’ Offering
Restrictions for Seasoned Issuers
v. Rule 424 Amendments
vi. Elimination of Rule 434
vii. Issuer Undertakings
(A) Treatment of Information in Prospectus
Supplements
(B) Prospectus Supplements Deemed Part
of a Registration Statement and New
Effective Dates
c. Changes to Form S–3 and Form F–3
2. Automatic Shelf Registration for WellKnown Seasoned Issuers
a. Overview
i. Rule Changes
ii. Comments on Automatic Shelf
Registration
b. Automatic Shelf Registration Mechanics
i. Eligibility
ii. Information in a Registration Statement
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44723
(A) Information That May be Omitted From
the Base Prospectus
(B) Mechanics for Including Information
(C) Registration of Securities to be Offered
(D) Pay-as-You-Go Registration Fees
(1) Pay-as-You-Go Fee Rules
(2) Comments on Pay-as-You-Go Fees
(E) Registration Under Securities Act
Sections 5 and 6
(F) Immediate Effectiveness
(G) Duration
3. Unseasoned Issuers and Non-Reporting
Issuers
a. Overview
b. Amendments to Form S–1 and Form F–
1—Expanded Use of Incorporation by
Reference
i. Eligibility
ii. Procedural Requirements
iii. Comments on Form S–1 and Form F–
1 Amendments
c. Elimination of Form S–2 and Form F–
2
VI. Prospectus Delivery Reforms
A. Current Prospectus Delivery
Requirements
B. Prospectus Delivery Revisions
1. Access Equals Delivery
a. Rule 172
(i) Scope of Rule
(ii) Comments on Rule 172
b. Exceptions to the Rule
c. Notification
(i) Rule 173
(ii) Comments on Rule 173
2. Written Confirmations and Notices of
Allocations
3. Transactions Taking Place on an
Exchange or Through a Registered
Trading Facility—Rule 153
4. Aftermarket Prospectus Delivery—Rule
174
VII. Additional Exchange Act Disclosure
Provisions
A. Risk Factor Disclosure
1. Scope of Requirement
2. Comments on Risk Factor Disclosure
Requirement
B. Disclosure of Unresolved Staff
Comments
1. Disclosure Requirement
2. Comments on Disclosure of Outstanding
Comments
C. Disclosure of Status as Voluntary Filer
Under the Exchange Act
VIII. Paperwork Reduction Act
A. Background
B. Summary of Information Collections
C. Summary of Comment Letters on the
PRA Analysis
D. Paperwork Reduction Act Burden
Estimates
1. Exchange Act Periodic Reports and
Registration Statements
2. Communications and Prospectus
Delivery
3. Securities Act Registration Statements
IX. Cost Benefit Analysis
A. Background
B. Summary of Rules
1. Communications
2. Securities Act Registration Rules
3. Prospectus Delivery
4. Exchange Act Reports
C. Comments on the Proposals
D. Benefits
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44724
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
1. Increased Information Flow
2. Investor Protection
3. Facilitating Capital Formation
4. Reduced Regulatory Uncertainty
5. Lower Costs
E. Costs
1. Compliance Costs
2. Potential for Increased Liability
3. Other Potential Costs
X. Consideration of Burden on Competition
and Promotion of Efficiency,
Competition and Capital Formation
XI. Final Regulatory Flexibility Act Analysis
A. Reasons for and Objectives of the Rules
and Amendments
B. Significant Issues Raised by Public
Comment
C. Small Entities Subject to the Rules
D. Reporting, Recordkeping and Other
Compliance Requirements
E. Agency Action To Minimize Effect on
Small Entities
XII. Statutory Authority—Text of the Rules
and Amendments
I. Introduction
A. Overview
On November 3, 2004, we issued
proposed rule and form changes under
the Securities Act and the Exchange Act
that would modernize the securities
offering and communication processes
while maintaining protection of
investors under the Securities Act.17 We
received over 130 comment letters on
the proposals.18 While a large number of
letters focused on only one area of the
proposals,19 a significant number of the
other letters addressed many aspects of
the proposals. In general, commenters
strongly supported the proposals and
their objectives. A number of
commenters believed that the proposals
struck the appropriate balance between
improving the capital formation process
and modernizing offering
communications, while preserving
investor protection and avoiding
unnecessary impediments to the capital
formation process. As with other
rulemakings, including those of the
17 Securities Offering Reform, Release No. 33–
8501 (Nov. 3, 2004) [69 FR 67392] (‘‘Proposing
Release’’).
18 The public comments we received are available
for inspection in our Public Reference Room at 100
F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549 in File No. S7–
38–04, or may be viewed at https://www.sec.gov/
rules/proposed/s73804.shtml.
19 A large number of commenters submitted
comments that addressed only issues regarding
electronic road shows. See, e.g., letters from Robert
Alpert; E. Price Ambler; Kenneth Arnot; Richard
Barrera; Lisa Baudot; Thomas Bengtsson; Barry
Bruner; Harold Candland; Nikita Chitnis; Herbert
Chung; Rick Dowdle; Pat Gilbert; Ira Ginsburg;
Naval Goel; Bernard Krieg; Francis Lanio; Jimmy
Liu; Marvin Lutz; Peter Martin; Craig Millar; Piers
Monckton; NetRoadshow Inc. (‘‘NetRoadshow’’); F.
Thomas O’Halloran, Paul J. Rasplicka; Kim
Redding; Eric Ribner; David Schumacher, Andre
Shih; Susquehanna International Group, LLP
(‘‘SIG’’); Steve Smart-O’Connor; Bob Smith, Forrest
Tempel; Chris Wallis; and Adam White.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
magnitude that the proposals
represented, commenters provided
many thoughtful comments and useful
suggestions. We are adopting the rules
and amendments as proposed with
certain modifications to address a
number of points that commenters
raised.
The rules we are adopting today
continue the evolution of the offering
process under the Securities Act that
began as far back as 1966, when Milton
Cohen noted the anomaly of the
structure of the disclosure rules under
the Securities Act and the Exchange Act
and suggested the integration of the
requirements under the two statutes.20
Mr. Cohen’s article was followed by a
1969 study led by Commissioner
Francis Wheat 21 and the Commission’s
Advisory Committee on Corporate
Disclosure in 1977.22 These studies
eventually led to the Commission’s
adoption of the integrated disclosure
system, short-form registration under
the Securities Act, and Securities Act
Rule 415 permitting shelf registration of
continuous offerings and delayed
offerings.23
The Commission’s attention to the
offering and communications processes
under the Securities Act continued
more recently. In particular, in March
1996, members of the Commission staff
delivered the Report of the Task Force
on Disclosure Simplification to the
20 Milton H. Cohen, Truth in Securities Revisited,
79 Harv. L. Rev. 1340 (1966). (‘‘It is my thesis that
the combined disclosure requirements of these
statutes would have been quite different if the 1933
and 1934 Acts * * * had been enacted in opposite
order, or had been enacted as a single, integrated
statute—that is, if the starting point had been a
statutory scheme of continuous disclosures
covering issuers of actively traded securities and
the question of special disclosures in connection
with public offerings had then been faced in this
setting. Accordingly, it is my plea that there now
be created a new coordinated disclosure system
having as its basis the continuous disclosure system
of the 1934 Act and treating the ‘1933 Act’
disclosure needs on this foundation.’’)
21 See Disclosure to Investors—A Reappraisal of
Federal Administrative Policies under the ’33 and
’34 Acts, Policy Study (the ‘‘Wheat Report’’),
www.sechistorical.org/museum/Museum_Papers/
museum_Papers_Chron.php#1960 (Mar. 27, 1969).
22 See Report of the Advisory Committee on
Corporate Disclosure, Cmte. Print 95–29, House
Cmte. On Interstate and Foreign Commerce, 95th
Cong., 1st. Sess., Nov. 3, 1977 (Nov. 3, 1977). In
addition, beginning in 1968, the American Law
Institute (‘‘ALI’’) began its work on a Federal
Securities Code, which was approved in 1978 by
the ALI membership. The ALI Federal Securities
Code included company registration as a central
component. See American L. Inst., Federal
Securities Code (1980).
23 See Adoption of Integrated Disclosure System,
Release No. 33–6383 (Mar. 3, 1982) [47 FR 11380]
(‘‘Integrated Disclosure Release’’): Delayed or
Continuous Offering and Sale of Securities, Release
No. 33–6423 (Sept. 2, 1982) [47 FR 39799]; and
Shelf Registration, Release No. 33–6499 (Nov. 17,
1983) [48 FR 52889].
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Commission.24 It recommended a
number of areas where simplification
and modernization of the registration
and offering process could be
accomplished. In July 1996, the
Advisory Committee on the Capital
Formation and Regulatory Processes
delivered its report to the
Commission.25 Its principal
recommendation was that the Securities
Act registration and disclosure
processes be more directly tied to the
philosophy and structure of the
Exchange Act through the adoption of a
system of ‘‘company registration.’’
Under company registration, the focus
of Securities Act and Exchange Act
registration and disclosure would move
from transactions to issuers, and
corollary steps would be taken to
provide for disclosure and registration
of individual offerings within the
company registration framework.
Promptly after the Advisory
Committee on the Capital Formation
and Regulatory Processes delivered its
report, the Commission issued a concept
release regarding regulation of the
securities offering process.26 The release
sought input on a number of significant
issues, including:
• Whether the concept of company
registration should be pursued;
• Whether other methods of
increasing the integration of Securities
Act and Exchange Act disclosure and
other processes should be considered;
• Whether existing or further reliance
on Exchange Act filings should be
accompanied by enhancements to
Exchange Act reporting;
• Whether companies make
information about their public securities
offerings available to investors in an
appropriate and timely manner,
including:
Æ At what point in the offering
process delivery of, or access to,
information should be assured in
connection with registered offerings
under the Securities Act and whether
current requirements ensure timely
delivery of information to the secondary
market in connection with such
offerings;
Æ Whether prospectus supplements
in shelf offerings should be made part
of the registration statement;
24 Report of the Task Force on Disclosure
Simplification, available at www.sec.gov/news/
studies/smpl.htm (Mar. 5, 1996).
25 Report of the Advisory Committee on the
Capital Formation and Regulatory Process (the
‘‘Advisory Committee Report’’), available at
www.sec.gov/news/studies/capform.htm (July 24,
1996).
26 Securities Act Concepts and Their Effects on
Capital Formation, Release No. 33–7314 (July 25,
1996) [61 FR 40044] (the ‘‘1996 Concept Release’’).
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
Æ Whether and, if so, in what
circumstances electronic access should
replace actual delivery of information in
connection with offerings registered
under the Securities Act; and
Æ Whether restrictions on written
offers under the Securities Act should
be liberalized and what liability
standards should attach to such
communications;
• Whether adjustments to the roles
and responsibilities of traditional
‘‘gatekeepers’’ in the Securities Act
offering process, such as underwriters
and accountants, should be made in
light of increases in the speed of and
other evolutions in the offering process;
• Whether changes should be made to
address evolution in the relationships
between the public and private offering
processes, including:
Æ Whether changes in Rules 144A 27
and 144 28 under the Securities Act
should be considered; and
Æ Whether there should be any
relaxation in our prohibition against
general solicitations of interest or offers
in unregistered private offerings; and
• Whether the review process of
issuer filings under the Securities Act
and the Exchange Act by the staff of the
Division of Corporation Finance should
be modified to limit the impact of the
process on access to capital markets, at
least for some category of large seasoned
issuers.29
In 1998, the Commission proposed
new rules under the Securities Act that
were intended to modernize the
securities offering process.30 As we
27 17
CFR 230.144A.
CFR 230.144.
29 In addition, the 1996 Concept Release sought
input on a number of items suggested for
consideration by the Task Force on Disclosure
Simplification, including the following: Allowing
smaller issuers that have been reporting for one year
to make delayed offerings (without altering the
disclosure requirements or permitting forward
incorporation by reference); eliminating ‘‘at-themarket’’ offering restrictions; allowing universal
shelf registration for secondary offerings; allowing
issuers and majority-owned subsidiaries to be
named as possible issuers on a shelf registration
(without designating the issuer until takedown);
allowing reallocation of securities on a shelf
registration statement by post-effective amendment;
allowing registration by seasoned issuers without
any specification of the classes registered; and
allowing seasoned issuers to pay registration fees at
the time of the takedown.
30 See The Regulation of Securities Offerings,
Release No. 33–7606A (Nov. 13, 1998 [63 FR 67174]
(the ‘‘1998 proposals’’). The Commission proposed
these new rules after it was granted general
exemptive authority under the Securities Act. The
National Securities Markets Improvement Act of
1996 (NSMIA) (Pub. L. 104–290, 110 Stat. 3416
(Oct. 11, 1996)) provided the Commission with
general authority to adopt exemptive rules under
the Securities Act to the extent that such exemptive
action is ‘‘necessary or appropriate in the public
interest and consistent with the protection of
investors.’’ See Securities Act Section 28 [15 U.S.C.
77z–3].
28 17
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
recognized in the Proposing Release,
much of the comment in response to the
1998 proposals suggested that the
system of regulating capital formation in
the registered offering market provides a
number of advantages that should be
considered carefully and retained if we
are to make other changes.
The rules we are adopting today are
focused primarily on constructive,
incremental changes in our regulatory
structure and the offering process rather
than the introduction of a far-reaching
new system, as we believe that we can
best achieve further integration of
Securities Act and Exchange Act
disclosure and processes by making
adjustments in the current integrated
disclosure and shelf registration
systems. Further, consistent with our
belief that investors and the securities
markets will benefit from greater
permissible communications by issuers
while retaining appropriate liability for
these communications, we have sought
to address the need for timeliness of
information for investors by building on
existing statutory provisions and
processes without mandating delays in
the offering process that we believe
would be inconsistent with the needs of
issuers for timely access to the securities
markets and capital.
We are adopting the proposed
revisions to the registration,
communications, and offering processes
for registered transactions under the
Securities Act with certain
modifications. We believe the rules we
are adopting, while limited in scope,
properly address the areas that are in
need of modernization. The adopted
rules involve three main areas:
• Communications related to
registered securities offerings;
• Registration and other procedures
in the offering and capital formation
processes; and
• Delivery of information to investors,
including delivery through access and
notice, and timeliness of that delivery.
Today’s rules reflect our view that
revisions to the Securities Act
registration and offering procedures are
appropriate in light of significant
developments in the offering and capital
formation procedures and can provide
enhanced protection of investors under
the statute. We believe that the rule
changes we adopt today will:
• Facilitate greater availability of
information to investors and the market
with regard to all issuers;
• Eliminate barriers to open
communications that have been made
increasingly outmoded by technological
advances;
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44725
• Reflect the increased importance of
electronic dissemination of information,
including the use of the Internet;
• Make the capital formation process
more efficient; and
• Define more clearly both the
information and the timeliness of the
availability of information against
which a seller’s statements are
evaluated for liability purposes.
The rules we are adopting today
reflect certain modifications from the
proposals to address important points
commenters raised. The modifications
to the proposals include the following:
• The definitions of graphic
communication and written
communication (including as to road
shows) exclude live, in real-time
communications to a live audience that
are transmitted graphically;
• The free writing prospectus rules
address ‘‘cross-liability’’ concerns
among offering participants arising from
the use of free writing prospectuses;
• The free writing prospectus rules
clarify the filing conditions applicable
to media publications, descriptions of
the final terms of securities and
offerings, and electronic and other road
shows, and modify the record retention
provisions;
• The shelf registration rules address
issues regarding the liability of officers,
directors, and accountants and other
experts arising from the new effective
dates triggered by the filing of
prospectus supplements;
• The definition of ineligible issuer
more closely conforms the definition to
other ineligibility provisions in the
Securities Act;
• The rule permitting specified
written notices that are not prospectuses
narrows the types of information for
which a preliminary prospectus will
have to include a price range as a
condition;
• The definition of well-known
seasoned issuer enables issuers to
include all registered non-convertible
securities, other than common equity,
issued for cash in measuring the amount
of registered fixed income securities
over the prior three years; and
• The prospectus delivery rule
addresses concerns about potential
underwriter liability due to an issuer’s
failure to timely file its final prospectus.
We also have endeavored to provide
more guidance to market participants
regarding our interpretation of the
liability provisions of Securities Act
Sections 12(a)(2) and 17(a)(2).31
31 15
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
U.S.C. 77l(a)(2) and 15 U.S.C. 77q(a)(2).
03AUR2
44726
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
B. Background
1. Advances in Technology
As we noted in the Proposing Release,
significant technological advances over
the last three decades have increased
both the market’s demand for more
timely corporate disclosure and the
ability of issuers to capture, process,
and disseminate this information.
Computers, sophisticated financial
software, electronic mail,
teleconferencing, videoconferencing,
webcasting, and other technologies
available today have replaced, to a large
extent, paper, pencils, typewriters,
adding machines, carbon paper, paper
mail, travel, and face-to-face meetings
relied on previously. The rules we are
adopting today seek to recognize the
integral role that technology plays in
timely informing the markets and
investors about important corporate
information and developments.
2. Exchange Act Reporting Standards
The role that a public issuer’s
Exchange Act reports play in investment
decision making is a key component of
the rules we are adopting today.
Congress recognized that the ongoing
dissemination of accurate information
by issuers about themselves and their
securities is essential to the effective
operation of the trading markets. The
Exchange Act and underlying rules have
established a system of continuing
disclosure about issuers that have
offered securities to the public, or that
have securities that are listed on a
national securities exchange or are
broadly held by the public. The
Exchange Act rules require public
issuers to make periodic disclosures at
annual and quarterly intervals, with
other important information reported on
a more current basis. The Exchange Act
specifically provides for current
disclosure to maintain the timeliness
and adequacy of information disclosed
by issuers, and we have significantly
expanded our current disclosure
requirements consistent with the
provision in the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002 32 that ‘‘[e]ach issuer reporting
under Section 13(a) or 15(d) * * *
disclose to the public on a rapid and
current basis such additional
information concerning material
changes in the financial condition or
operations of the issuer * * * as the
Commission determines * * * is
necessary or useful for the protection of
investors and in the public interest.’’ 33
32 Pub.
L. 107–204, 116 Stat. 745 (2002).
Section 409 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act,
which added Section 13(l) to the Exchange Act (15
U.S.C. 78m(l)). See also Additional Form 8–K
33 See
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
A public issuer’s Exchange Act record
provides the basic source of information
to the market and to potential
purchasers regarding the issuer and its
management, business, financial
condition, and prospects. Because an
issuer’s Exchange Act reports and other
publicly available information form the
basis for the market’s evaluation of the
issuer and the pricing of its securities,
investors in the secondary market use
that information in making their
investment decisions. Similarly, during
a securities offering in which an issuer
uses a short-form registration statement,
an issuer’s Exchange Act record is very
often the most significant part of the
information about the issuer in the
registration statement.
With the enactment of the SarbanesOxley Act and our recent rulemaking
and interpretive actions, we have
enhanced significantly the disclosure
included in issuers’ Exchange Act
filings and accelerated the filing
deadlines for many issuers. The
following are examples of recent
regulatory actions that have improved
the delivery of timely, high-quality
information to the securities markets by
issuers under the Exchange Act:
• Requiring the establishment of
disclosure controls and procedures; 34
• Requiring a public issuer’s top
management to certify the content of
periodic reports and highlight their
responsibilities for and evaluation of the
issuer’s disclosure controls and
procedures and internal control over
financial reporting; 35
• Modifying the approach to current
disclosure by increasing significantly
the types of events that must be reported
on a current basis and shortening the
time for filing current reports; 36
• Approving listing standard changes
intended to improve corporate
governance and enhance the role of the
audit committee of the issuer’s board of
directors with regard to financial
reporting and auditor independence; 37
and
Disclosure Requirements and Acceleration of Filing
Date, Release No. 33–8400 (Mar. 16, 2004) [69 FR
15594] and Additional Form 8–K Disclosure
Requirements and Acceleration of Filing Date;
Correction, Release No. 33–8400A (Aug. 4, 2004)
[69 FR 48370] (‘‘Form 8–K Releases’’).
34 See Certification of Disclosure in Companies’
Quarterly and Annual Reports, Release No. 33–8124
(Aug. 28, 2002) [67 FR 57276] (‘‘Certification
Release’’).
35 See Management’s Report on Internal Control
Over Financial Reporting and Certification of
Disclosure in Exchange Act Periodic Reports,
Release No. 33–8238 (June 5, 2003) [68 FR 36636];
Certification Release, note 34.
36 See Form 8–K Releases, note 33.
37 See Standards Relating to Listed Company
Audit Committees, Release No. 33–8220 (Apr. 9,
2003) [68 FR 18788].
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
• Providing further interpretive
guidance regarding the content and
understandability of Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations
(MD&A)—a disclosure item we believe
is at the core of a reporting issuer’s
periodic reports.38
Many of the recent changes to the
Exchange Act reporting framework
provide greater rigor to the process that
issuers must follow in preparing their
financial statements and Exchange Act
reports. Senior management now must
certify the material adequacy of the
content of periodic Exchange Act
reports. Moreover, issuers, with the
involvement of senior management,
now must implement and evaluate
disclosure controls and procedures and
internal controls over financial
reporting. Further, we believe the
heightened role of an issuer’s board of
directors and its audit committee
provides a structure that can contribute
to improved Exchange Act reports.
As we recognized in the Proposing
Release, the 1996 Concept Release and
the 1998 proposals also considered the
role of enhanced Exchange Act
reporting as an important corollary to
reform of the offering process under the
Securities Act.39 We believe that the
enhancements to Exchange Act
reporting described above enable us to
rely on these reports to a greater degree
in adopting our rules to reform the
securities offering process.
II. Well-Known Seasoned Issuers; Other
Categories of Issuers
A. Well-Known Seasoned Issuers
We are modifying the framework for
communications in connection with
public offerings for all issuers and the
framework of the registration process for
most issuers that report under the
Exchange Act. As we explained in the
Proposing Release, we believe that the
most far-reaching revisions of our
communications rules and registration
processes should be considered for
issuers that have a reporting history
under the Exchange Act and are
presumptively the most widely followed
in the marketplace.40
38 See Commission Guidance Regarding
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations, Release No.
33–8350 (Dec. 19, 2003) [68 FR 75056] (the ‘‘2003
MD&A Release’’).
39 Enhanced Exchange Act reporting also was
central to the recommendations of the Advisory
Committee. See note 25.
40 Today’s rules will provide a class of wellknown seasoned issuers greater flexibility in
registering their securities offerings under a more
streamlined registration process known as
automatic shelf registration. Under the automatic
shelf registration process, eligible well-known
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
Today, the largest issuers are followed
by sophisticated institutional and retail
investors, members of the financial
press, and numerous sell-side and buyside analysts that actively seek new
information on a continual basis. Unlike
smaller or less mature issuers, large
seasoned public issuers tend to have a
more regular dialogue with investors
and market participants through the
press and other media. The
communications of these well-known
seasoned issuers are subject to scrutiny
by investors, the financial press,
analysts, and others who evaluate
disclosure when it is made.
1. Definition of Well-Known Seasoned
Issuer
We are adding a new category of
issuer—a ‘‘well-known seasoned
issuer’’—that will be permitted to
benefit to the greatest degree from the
modifications to our rules we are
adopting today regarding
communications and the registration
processes.41 We are defining a wellknown seasoned issuer as an issuer that
is required to file reports pursuant to
Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) the
Exchange Act and satisfies the following
requirements as of the date on which its
status as a well-known seasoned issuer
is determined:
• The issuer must meet the registrant
requirements of Form S–3 or Form F–
3; 42
• The issuer either:
Æ As of a date within 60 days of its
eligibility determination date must have
a worldwide market value of its
outstanding voting and non-voting
common equity held by non-affiliates of
$700 million or more; or
Æ As of a date within 60 days of its
eligibility determination date, must
have issued in the last three years, at
least $1 billion aggregate principal
amount of non-convertible securities,
other than common equity,43 in primary
offerings for cash, not exchange,
seasoned issuers can register, on a more flexible
basis than is currently the case, offerings of
different types of securities using Form S–3 or Form
F–3 registration statements that are effective upon
filing. See discussion in Section V.B.2. below under
‘‘Automatic Shelf Registration for Well-Known
Seasoned Issuers.’’
41 Except for expanding eligibility for certain
majority-owned subsidiaries, as discussed below,
we are not changing the existing eligibility
standards for the use of Form S–3 and Form F–3.
42 Through the form requirements, the definition
requires that a well-known seasoned issuer be
current and timely in its Exchange Act reporting
obligations.
43 ‘‘Common equity’’ is defined in Securities Act
Rule 405 as ‘‘any class of common stock, or an
equivalent interest, including but not limited to a
unit of beneficial interest in a trust or a limited
partnership interest.’’
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
registered under the Securities Act; 44
and
• The issuer must not be an ineligible
issuer.45
If it does not itself meet the
conditions for eligibility as a wellknown seasoned issuer, a majorityowned subsidiary of a well-known
seasoned issuer will nonetheless be a
well-known seasoned issuer in
connection with the offer and sale of its
own securities if:
• The securities are non-convertible
securities, other than common equity,
and the parent of the majority-owned
subsidiary is a well-known seasoned
issuer and fully and unconditionally
guarantees those securities; 46
• The securities are guarantees of
non-convertible securities, other than
common equity, of (1) its well-known
seasoned issuer parent or (2) another
majority-owned subsidiary where those
non-convertible securities are fully and
unconditionally guaranteed by the wellknown seasoned issuer parent; 47 or
• The majority-owned subsidiary is
offering non-convertible investment
grade securities.48
Overall, the issuers that will meet our
thresholds for well-known seasoned
issuers are the most active issuers in the
U.S. public capital markets. In 2004,
those issuers, which represented
approximately 30% of listed issuers,
accounted for about 95% of U.S. equity
market capitalization. They have
44 As we discuss below, these issuers generally
are limited in the types of securities they may
register on an automatic shelf registration statement
as a well-known seasoned issuer. See Section II.A.3
below under ‘‘Well-Known Seasoned Issuers
Securities Offerings.’’
45 See definition of ‘‘ineligible issuer’’ added to
Securities Act Rule 405 and discussed in Section
III.D.3 below under ‘‘Issuer Eligibility.’’ Further, an
issuer will not meet the definition of well-known
seasoned issuer if it is an asset-backed issuer (as
defined in Item 1101(b) of Regulation AB [17 CFR
229.1101(b)], an investment company registered
under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or a
business development company. Business
development companies are a category of closedend investment companies that are not required to
register under the Investment Company Act. See
Section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act of
1940 [15 U.S.C. 80a–2(a)(48)].
46 Whether a guarantee is full and unconditional
is analyzed under the same principles as those used
under Rule 3–10 of Regulation S–X [17 CFR 210.3–
10] and Exchange Act Rule 12h–5 [17 CFR 240.12h–
5]. In addition, the guarantee may only be of
securities that have a limited duration and are not
perpetual. This analysis is not different from the
current analysis under Form S–3 or Form F–3 for
registered guaranteed securities.
47 See amendments to Securities Act Rule 405.
Unless the majority-owned subsidiary itself meets
the eligibility conditions for a well-known seasoned
issuer, it may, of course, only register securities as
a well-known seasoned issuer on its parent’s
automatic shelf registration statement.
48 These offerings would be required to meet the
conditions of General Instruction I.B.2 of Form S–
3 or Form F–3.
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44727
accounted for more than 96% of the
total debt raised in registered offerings
over the past eight years by issuers
listed on a major exchange or equity
market. These issuers, accordingly,
represent the most significant amount of
capital raised and traded in the United
States. As a result of the active
participation of these issuers in the
markets and, among other things, the
wide following of these issuers by
market participants, the media, and
institutional investors, we believe that it
is appropriate to provide
communications and registration
flexibilities to these well-known
seasoned issuers beyond that provided
to other issuers, including other
seasoned issuers.
a. Market Capitalization Threshold
As we discussed in the Proposing
Release, we believe that non-affiliate
equity market capitalization, or ‘‘public
float,’’ of a reporting issuer can be used
as a proxy for whether the issuer has a
demonstrated market following.49 We
are adopting as a threshold a public
float of $700 million or more. We have
used market capitalization as a proxy for
public float in evaluating this threshold
and its implications.
To determine whether an issuer meets
the $700 million threshold under the
definition, the issuer will calculate its
public float in the same manner that it
calculates its public float for purposes of
determining Form S–3 or F–3
eligibility.50 We have revised the
definition from the proposal to clarify
that the non-affiliate equity market
capitalization is determined on a
worldwide basis, as it historically has
been for purposes of eligibility to use
Form F–3. In addition, for purposes of
calculating public float of a non-U.S.
issuer to determine eligibility as a wellknown seasoned issuer and eligibility to
use Form S–3 or F–3, we interpret
49 Public float also is one of the key determinants
for eligibility for current short-form registration on
Form S–3 or Form F–3.
50 The determination of public float is based on
a public trading market. This is the same
requirement in General Instruction I.B.1 of Form S–
3 and Form F–3 that a registrant have a $75 million
market value and in the definition of accelerated
filer in Exchange Act Rule 12b–2 [17 CFR
240.12b2]. Therefore, an entity with $700 million of
common equity securities outstanding but not
trading in any public trading market would not be
a well-known seasoned issuer based on market
capitalization. See Simplification of Registration
Procedures for Primary Securities Offerings, Release
No. 33–6964 (Oct. 29, 1982) [57 FR 48970];
Simplification of Registration Procedures for
Primary Securities Offerings, Release No. 33–6943
(July 22, 1992) [57 FR 32461] (proposing release);
Integrated Disclosure Release, note ; and
Reproposal of Comprehensive Revision to System
for Registration of Securities Offerings, Release No.
33–6331 (Aug. 18, 1981) [46 FR 41902].
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44728
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
‘‘common equity’’ as defined in
Securities Act Rule 405 as including a
class of participating voting or nonvoting preferred stock of a foreign issuer
where the issuance of the preferred
stock results from requirements of the
applicable foreign jurisdiction or market
and where the class of preferred stock
has liquidation or dividend preferences
and other terms that cause it to be the
substantial economic equivalent of a
class of common stock.
To evaluate the implications of a $700
million public float threshold, staff in
our Office of Economic Analysis
(‘‘OEA’’) obtained data on the 12,551
registered offerings that were conducted
from 1997 to 2004 by 2,875 issuers that
had public equity outstanding and were
listed on a major exchange or equity
market.51 Of these offerings, 9,164 were
debt offerings that raised proceeds of
$1,927 billion, and 3,387 were equity
offerings that raised proceeds of $567
billion. The average issuer conducted
4.2 debt offerings and 1.1 equity
offerings per calendar year, although as
many as 209 debt offerings have been
conducted by a single issuer within a
calendar year.
OEA also analyzed data on the
financial market conditions under
which these offerings were made. High
levels of analyst coverage, institutional
ownership, and trading volume are
useful indicators of the scrutiny that an
issuer receives from the market,
although no one statistic can fully
capture the extent to which an issuer is
followed by the market.52 Issuers with
market capitalization in excess of $700
million that conducted offerings from
1997 to 2004 typically had an average of
12 analysts following them prior to the
offering.53 This includes only sell-side
analysts and is, we believe, a
conservative indicator of analyst
scrutiny. Institutional investors
accounted for an average of 52% of
equity ownership prior to offerings by
issuers with market capitalization above
$700 million. Those issuers had an
average daily trading volume of nearly
$52 million prior to offerings in this
51 OEA compiled and analyzed the supporting
data for the public float (using market
capitalization) and outstanding debt thresholds.
52 See, e.g., Harrison Hong, Terrence Lim, and
Jeremy C. Stein, Bad News Travels Slowly: Size,
Analyst Coverage and the Profitability of
Momentum Strategies, 55 Journal of Finance 265
(2000); Robert C. Merton, A Simple Model of
Capital Market Equilibrium with Incomplete
Information, 42 Journal of Finance 483 (1987).
53 Issuers with a market capitalization of between
$75 million and $200 million, in most cases, have
between zero to five analysts following them, with
approximately 50% having zero to two analysts
following them.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
period and accounted for the following
percentages of capital raised:
b. Registered Offerings of NonConvertible Securities Threshold
Issuers that do not meet the public
equity float test will be considered wellknown seasoned issuers if they have
issued for cash more than an aggregate
of $1 billion in non-convertible
securities, other than common equity,
through registered primary offerings
over the prior three years. These issuers
also will have to satisfy the other
conditions of the well-known seasoned
issuer definition, such as the form
eligibility requirement.55 In determining
compliance with this threshold:
• Issuers may aggregate the amount of
non-convertible securities, other than
common equity, issued in registered
primary offerings during the prior three
years;
• Issuers may include only such nonconvertible securities that were issued
in registered primary offerings for
cash—they may not include registered
exchange offers in this aggregation; and
• Parent company issuers only may
include in their calculation the
principal amount of their full and
unconditional guarantees, within the
meaning of Rule 3–10 of Regulation S–
X,56 of non-convertible securities, other
than common equity, of their majorityowned subsidiaries issued in registered
primary offerings for cash during the
three-year period.
The aggregate principal amount of
non-convertible securities that may be
counted toward the $1 billion issuance
threshold may have been issued in any
registered primary offering for cash, on
any form (other than Form S–4 or Form
F–4). Those non-convertible securities
need not be investment grade securities
to be included in the calculation. In
calculating the $1 billion amount,
issuers generally may include the
principal amount of any debt and the
greater of liquidation preference or par
value of any non-convertible preferred
stock that were issued in primary
registered offerings for cash.57
Issuers may not include the principal
amount of securities that were offered in
registered exchange offers by the issuer
when determining compliance with the
$1 billion non-convertible securities
threshold. A substantial portion of these
offerings involve registered exchange
offers of substantially identical
securities for securities that were sold in
private offerings. In those cases, the
original sale to investors in the private
offering, relying upon, for example, the
exemptions of Securities Act Section
4(2) 58 and Rule 144A, is not registered
and is not carried out under the
Securities Act’s disclosure or liability
standards. Moreover, in the subsequent
registered exchange offers purchasers
may not be able, in certain cases, to
avail themselves effectively of the
remedies otherwise available to
purchasers in registered offerings for
cash. While these exchange offers are
permitted in some circumstances, the
policy preference for registered
offerings, in conjunction with the
streamlining of the registration process
we provide today, lead us to conclude
that such exchange offers should not
count towards the $1 billion threshold.
OEA analyzed statistics on issuers
that did not meet the $700 million
public equity threshold. OEA found that
very few issuers that had public
common equity but did not meet the
$700 million public float threshold
would meet the $1 billion nonconvertible securities threshold.
However, OEA also found that a number
of issuers without any public common
equity would meet the $1 billion
threshold. Based on OEA’s analysis,
from 1997 to 2004 the issuers of fixed
54 Because the methodology includes only listed
issuers, it excludes debt-only issuers (including
companies that will be well-known seasoned
issuers), including those that are subsidiaries of
companies with listed public equity but that are not
themselves listed.
55 As we discuss below, these issuers generally
are limited in the types of securities they may
register on an automatic shelf registration statement
as a well-known seasoned issuer. See Section II.A.3
below under ‘‘Well-Known Seasoned Issuers
Securities Offerings.’’
56 17 CFR 210.3–10.
57 Some commenters asked for clarification on
how to value certain types of debt issuances, such
as debt issuances involving original issue discount
or debt issued in foreign currency denominations.
See, e.g., letters from the American Bar Association
(‘‘ABA’’) and the New York State Bar Association
(‘‘NYSBA’’). We have not made any modifications
to the definition in response to these comments.
Issuers should use the same calculation that they
use to determine the dollar amount of securities
that they are registering for purposes of determining
their filing fees under Securities Act Rule 457.
58 15 U.S.C. 77d(2).
OFFERING PROCEEDS, BY ISSUER CAPITALIZATION PRIMARY SEASONED OFFERINGS, 1997–2004 *
[$Billions (%) Proceeds from Offerings, by
Issuer Capitalization]
Market Capitalization of Issuers
>$700mm
Equity
Debt 54
Total ..
>$0 (All Issuers)
$396 (70%)
1,849 (96%)
2,245 (90%)
$567 (100%)
1,927 (100%)
2,494 (100%)
* Source: OEA estimates using Center for
Research in Securities Prices at the University
of Chicago and Securities Data Corporation
data.
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
income securities that did not have
outstanding public common equity but
met the $1 billion threshold accounted
for 16.7% of all of the issuers without
public common equity that issued
public debt, but accounted for 65% of
total debt and preferred stock issued by
all of such issuers. None of the debt
offerings of issuers meeting the
threshold was rated below investment
grade, and 86% of their debt offerings
were rated A or higher by a nationally
recognized security rating organization
(an ‘‘NRSRO’’). This group of issuers
also on average had 19 basis points
lower yield spread for their issues
relative to issuers without public
common equity that had issued less
than $1 billion of fixed income
securities in the past three years. We
believe that this lower yield spread
reflects lower default risk (higher
ratings) and higher liquidity and
transparency of the issuers.59
2. Timing of Determination of WellKnown Seasoned Issuer Status
Whether an issuer satisfies the
eligibility requirements for being a wellknown seasoned issuer generally will be
determined on an approximately annual
basis. We revised the timing of
determination of status as a well-known
seasoned issuer in response to
comments.60 As adopted, the definition
uses the 60-day window period used in
Form S–3 and Form F–3 and provides
that the eligibility determination will be
made as of the later of the time of filing
of the issuer’s most recent shelf
registration statement or the time of its
most recent amendment (by posteffective amendment, incorporated
Exchange Act report, or form of
prospectus) to a shelf registration
statement for purposes of complying
with Securities Act Section 10(a)(3).61 In
the event that the issuer has not filed a
shelf registration statement or amended
a shelf registration statement for
purposes of complying with Securities
Act Section 10(a)(3) for sixteen months,
the determination date will be the time
of filing of the issuer’s most recent
annual report on Form 10–K or Form
59 See Gordon J. Alexander, William F. Sharpe,
and Jeffrey V. Bailey, Fundamentals of Investments
(2001 ed.) at 530.
60 See, e.g., letters from Alston & Bird LLP
(‘‘Alston’’); Davis Polk & Wardwell (‘‘Davis Polk’’);
Ernst & Young LLP (‘‘E&Y’’); and the Association of
the Bar of the City of New York (‘‘NYCBA’’).
61 See 15 U.S.C. 77j(a)(3). Under Form S–3 and
Form F–3, the Section 10(a)(3) update need not be
made through a post-effective amendment. Rather,
under these Forms, the Section 10(a)(3) update
generally occurs when the issuer files its annual
report on Form 10–K or Form 20–F containing the
issuer’s audited financial statements for its most
recently completed fiscal year by the due date of
such annual report.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
20–F. If the issuer does not accomplish
its Section 10(a)(3) update or file its
annual report when due, the due date
will become the date of determination
and, because the issuer will be neither
timely nor current in its reporting
obligations under the Exchange Act at
that time, it will cease to be a wellknown seasoned issuer. It can of course
become a well-known seasoned issuer
again in the future if and when it meets
applicable requirements.
A well-known seasoned issuer may
not be an ineligible issuer on the date
of determination of well-known
seasoned issuer status. The date of
determination of whether an issuer is an
ineligible issuer for these purposes is
the same date as that used for other
purposes in determining the issuer’s
status as a well-known seasoned issuer.
3. Well-Known Seasoned Issuers’
Securities Offerings
An issuer that meets the definition of
well-known seasoned issuer based on
the $700 million public float threshold
can use an automatic shelf registration
statement, as discussed below, to
register any offering of securities, other
than those for business combination
transactions.62 An issuer that meets the
definition of well-known seasoned
issuer based on the amount of registered
non-convertible security issuances in
the prior three years also may register
any such offering for cash using
automatic shelf registration if it is
eligible to register a primary offering of
its securities on Form S–3 or Form F–
3 pursuant to General Instruction I.B.1.
of such forms.63 An issuer that meets
the definition of well-known seasoned
issuer based on the amount of registered
non-convertible security issuances in
the prior three years but is not eligible
to register a primary offering of
securities on Form S–3 or Form F–3
pursuant to General Instruction I.B.1 of
such forms may use automatic shelf
registration to register only offerings for
cash of non-convertible securities, other
than common equity, whether or not
investment grade.
62 Under the Rule, business combination
transactions are those defined in Rule 165(f)(1) [17
CFR 230.165(f)(1)]. Rule 165(f)(1) defines a business
combination transaction to mean any transaction
specified in Rule 145(a) [17 CFR 230.145(a)] or
exchange offer.
63 We believe that an eligible well-known
seasoned issuer that can otherwise use Form S–3 or
Form F–3 for registered primary offerings because
it has a $75 million public float should not have
to use two different registration statements for its
securities offerings for cash.
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44729
4. Comments Regarding the Definition
of Well-Known Seasoned Issuer
Commenters generally supported the
addition of a class of well-known
seasoned issuers who will benefit the
most from the new rules.64 Most of the
comments related to the threshold for
eligibility based on public equity float,
the definition of ‘‘debt security’’ for
purposes of the debt threshold
calculation, the inclusion of securities
issued in exchange offers, the frequency
of eligibility determinations, and the
inclusion or exclusion of Schedule B
issuers, voluntary issuers, and assetbacked issuers.65 A number of
commenters also suggested that the
timing of the eligibility determination
for well-known seasoned issuers be
revised.66
Some commenters expressed the view
that the $700 million threshold was too
high, while others thought additional
eligibility conditions should be
included.67 None of the commenters
provided any empirical data supporting
their views to modify the thresholds.
Other commenters suggested alternative
ways to measure whether an issuer
should be considered a well-known
seasoned issuer, including average daily
trading volume or institutional
ownership measures.68 Many
commenters requested that we clarify
that the public float used in the
calculation be the company’s worldwide
public float.69 A number of commenters
on the definition requested that we
direct the staff to reconsider the bases
for the thresholds in two to three
years.70
Commenters on the debt threshold
were most concerned about the types of
64 See, e.g., letters from Alston; The Bond Market
Association (‘‘TBMA’’); Citigroup Global Corporate
& Investment Bank (‘‘Citigroup’’); LaSalle BrokerDealer Services Division of ABN–AMRO Financial
Services, Inc. (‘‘LaSalle’’); NYSBA; and Reuters
America LLC (‘‘Reuters’’).
65 See, e.g., letters from ABA; the American Bar
Association comment letter on asset-backed
securities (‘‘ABA–ABS’’); Cleary Gottlieb Steen &
Hamilton (‘‘Cleary’’); Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver &
Jacobson (‘‘Fried Frank’’); the International Bar
Association (‘‘IBA’’); the Securities Industry
Association (‘‘SIA’’); and TBMA.
66 See, e.g., letters from Alston; Davis Polk; E &
Y; NYCBA; and TBMA.
67 See, e.g., letters from ABA; the American
Institute for Certified Public Accountants
(‘‘AICPA’’); BDO Seidman, LLP (‘‘BDO Seidman’’);
Deloitte & Touche LLP (‘‘Deloitte’’); E & Y; Fried
Frank; the National Association of Real Estate
Investment Trusts (‘‘NAREIT’’); NYSBA; Reuters;
Sullivan & Cromwell (‘‘S&C’’); and Students in
Professor Samuel C. Thompson’s Investment
Banking Class, UCLA School of Law (‘‘UCLA’’).
68 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Brinson Patrick
Securities Corporation (‘‘Brinson Patrick’’); and
S&C.
69 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Alston; Cleary;
Fried Frank; IBA; NYSBA; and S&C.
70 See, e.g., letters from NYCBA; SIA; and UCLA.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44730
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
securities included in the calculation
and whether it was appropriate to
include only debt issued in registered
offerings.71 Some commenters requested
that the debt calculation be based on a
broader category of fixed income
securities including debt securities and
non-convertible preferred securities.72
Commenters suggested that noninvestment grade debt be included in
the calculation.73 These commenters
also suggested that securities issued in
exchange offers, such as ‘‘Exxon
Capital’’ exchange offers, be included in
the debt calculation. Some commenters
suggested that the debt calculation be
based on all debt and non-convertible
preferred stock sold, whether or not in
registered offerings.74 Finally, some
commenters requested that issuers
meeting the well-known seasoned issuer
definition based on their debt offerings
be allowed to use the automatic shelf
registration procedure for registering
offerings of equity securities as well as
debt securities.75
We have retained the $700 million
public float threshold and the $1 billion
debt threshold. As the discussion above
reflects, in reaching our determination
to use the $700 million public float
amount, we considered trading volume,
institutional ownership, and market
capitalization.
In response to comments, we have
clarified that the basis for determining
the public float calculation is
worldwide public float of voting and
non-voting common equity. In response
to comments,76 we also are providing an
interpretation, as set forth above,
regarding the inclusion in the
calculation of certain participating
preferred stock of non-U.S. issuers that
is substantially economically equivalent
to common equity.
While we are not revising the dollar
amount of the thresholds for public
equity float or for issued debt, the
definition as adopted addresses a
number of the other issues that
commenters raised. For example, we
have expanded the $1 billion debt
threshold to include any nonconvertible security, other than common
equity, that has been issued in a
71 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Alston; Cleary;
Davis Polk; S&C; and TBMA.
72 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Alston; Cleary; the
Society of Corporate Secretaries & Governance
Professionals (‘‘SCSGP’’); the Southern Company
(‘‘Southern’’); and TBMA.
73 See, e.g., letters from Alston; Davis Polk; the
NYCBA; S&C; and TBMA.
74 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Alston; Fried Frank;
IBA; and TBMA.
75 See, e.g., letters from Alston; Fried Frank; and
TBMA.
76 See letters from Cleary and Shearman &
Sterling (‘‘Shearman’’).
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
registered offering for cash during the
prior three years.77 Further, the offering
of the security included in the
calculation could have been registered
on any form (other than Form S–4 or
Form F–4) and the security need not be
investment grade. In addition, a parent
issuer may count the aggregate amount
of its registered full and unconditional
guarantees of non-convertible securities,
other than common equity, of its
majority-owned subsidiaries issued for
cash during the three-year period.
While we have not changed the dollar
amounts of the thresholds, we do agree
with commenters that it would be
appropriate to revisit the thresholds in
a few years. We, therefore, are directing
the staff of the Division of Corporation
Finance and OEA to undertake a study
in three years after full implementation
of the rules to evaluate the operation of
the definition we adopt today and any
material changes in the data upon
which the thresholds are based and
report back to us and recommend any
potential changes to the thresholds
based on such new data.
Although some commenters had
suggested expanding the categories of
eligible issuers beyond those contained
in the proposed definition,78 and others
suggested narrowing the categories of
eligible issuers or otherwise imposing
more stringent eligibility conditions,79
we have adopted the definition as
proposed in that regard. As a result,
well-known seasoned issuer status is
not available to voluntary filers, assetbacked issuers, or Schedule B issuers.80
Voluntary filers are not required to file
reports under the Exchange Act, and we
believe that such issuers should be
required to register under the Exchange
Act, and thus become subject to all of
the results of registration for all
purposes, if they wish to avail
themselves of the benefits of reporting
issuer, seasoned issuer, or well-known
seasoned issuer status.81 For Schedule B
77 We have not expanded the non-convertible
security threshold to include the amount of
securities issued in unregistered offerings or in
exchange offers.
78 See, e.g., letters from ABA; ABA–ABS; Allied
Capital Corporation (‘‘Allied’’); IBA; and TBMA.
79 See, e.g., letters from AICPA; BDO Seidman;
Deloitte; and E&Y.
80 As noted above, the definition of well-known
seasoned issuer explicitly excludes investment
companies registered under the Investment
Company Act of 1940 and business development
companies.
81 As later discussed and consistent with our
proposal, an issuer not subject to the reporting
requirements of Exchange Act Section 13 or Section
15(d), but filing Exchange Act reports voluntarily,
will not be a well-known seasoned issuer or a
seasoned issuer. In addition, because voluntary
filers are not required to report, they will not be
treated as reporting issuers, for example, for
purposes of Rule 138, Rule 168, or Rule 433.
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
issuers, we expect that the staff will
continue to consider disclosure and
other shelf issues affecting Schedule B
issuers in the same manner that they do
today. Finally, we have recently
adopted rules and regulations covering
the offering of and reporting by assetbacked issuers.82 This new regulatory
structure is not yet fully operational.
The advantages of a reporting history
under the Exchange Act that influenced
our decision to create the well-known
seasoned issuer category are essentially
absent for asset-backed issuers.
Commenters wanted market
participants to have greater certainty
that issuers were eligible as well-known
seasoned issuers.83 We have modified
the timing for determination of wellknown seasoned issuer status to provide
more certainty. We have provided
generally for an approximately annual
determination of well-known seasoned
issuer status. We also are adopting a
change to Form 10–K and Form 20–F
that will modify the cover page of those
forms to include a check box for issuers
to indicate if they are considered wellknown seasoned issuers at the time of
the filing of the Form 10–K or Form 20–
F.
B. Other Categories of Issuers
We also are using existing categories
of issuers, including seasoned issuers,
unseasoned Exchange Act reporting
issuers, and non-reporting issuers, in
the new rules regarding
communications and the registration
process. A seasoned issuer is an issuer
that is eligible to use Form S–3 or Form
F–3 to register primary offerings of
securities pursuant to General
Instruction I.B.1 of such Forms or is
registering securities in reliance on
General Instruction I.B.2, I.B.5, or I.C. of
Form S–3 or General Instruction I.A.5 or
I.B.2 of Form F–3.84 Majority-owned
subsidiaries registering offerings of their
securities on Form S–3 or Form F–3
pursuant to General Instruction I.C. of
Form S–3 or I.A.5. of Form F–3 also are
considered seasoned issuers.85 As
commenters requested, we are clarifying
that issuers of asset-backed securities
82 See Asset-Backed Securities, Release No. 33–
8518 (Dec. 22, 2004) [70 FR 1506] (the ‘‘AssetBacked Securities Adopting Release’’).
83 See, e.g., letters from ABA–ABS; American
Securitization Forum (‘‘ASF’’); and Richard Hall.
84 See Form S–3 and Form F–3.
85 We are expanding the majority-owned
subsidiary eligibility in Form S–3 and Form F–3 to
allow majority-owned subsidiaries to use the forms
under the same circumstances in which majorityowned subsidiaries may be well-known seasoned
issuers. For example, see General Instruction I.C. to
Form S–3.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
eligible for registration on Form S–3
also are considered seasoned issuers.86
An unseasoned issuer is an issuer that
is required to file reports pursuant to
Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Exchange Act, but does not satisfy the
requirements of Form S–3 or Form F–3
for a primary offering of its securities. A
non-reporting issuer is an issuer that is
not required to file reports pursuant to
Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Exchange Act, regardless of whether it
is filing such reports voluntarily.
A number of commenters suggested
that the rules treat voluntary filers as
seasoned issuers even though they are
not required to file reports pursuant to
Exchange Act Section 13 or Section
15(d).87 As we note above with respect
to eligibility for well-known seasoned
issuer status, voluntary filers are not
required to file reports under the
Exchange Act, and we believe that such
issuers should be required to register
under the Exchange Act if they wish to
avail themselves of the benefits
accorded seasoned issuers under the
rules we are adopting today.
III. Communications Rules
A. Communications Requirements Prior
to Today’s Rules and Amendments
The Securities Act restricts the types
of offering communications that issuers
or other parties subject to the Act’s
provisions (such as underwriters) may
use during a registered public offering.
The nature of the restrictions depends
on the period during which the
communications are to occur. The
restrictions do not depend on the
accuracy of the information contained
in the communication. Before the
registration statement is filed, all offers,
in whatever form, are prohibited.88
86 Asset-backed securities (as defined in Item
1101 of Regulation AB [17 CFR 229.1101]) may be
offered and sold on Form S–3 if the issuer meets
the requirements of General Instruction I.A.4 of
Form S–3 and the transaction meets the
requirements of General Instruction I.B.5 of such
Form, including that the asset-backed securities are
investment grade.
87 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Alston; Fried Frank;
and TBMA.
88 See Securities Act Section 5(c) [15 U.S.C.
77e(c)]. Securities Act Section 2(a)(3) [15 U.S.C.
77b(a)(3)] defines ‘‘offer’’ as any attempt or offer to
dispose of, or solicitation of an offer to buy, a
security or interest in a security, for value. The term
‘‘offer’’ has been interpreted broadly and goes
beyond the common law concept of an offer. See
Diskin v. Lomasney & Co., 452 F.2d 871 (2d. Cir.
1971); SEC v. Cavanaugh, 1 F. Supp. 2d 337
(S.D.N.Y. 1998). The Commission has explained
that ‘‘the publication of information and publicity
efforts, made in advance of a proposed financing
which have the effect of conditioning the public
mind or arousing public interest in the issuer or in
its securities constitutes an offer * * *.’’ Guidelines
for the Release of Information by Issuers Whose
Securities are in Registration, Release No. 33–5180
(Aug. 16, 1971) [36 FR 16506].
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
Between the filing of the registration
statement and its effectiveness, offers
made in writing (including by e-mail or
Internet), by radio, or by television are
limited to a ‘‘statutory prospectus’’ that
conforms to the information
requirements of Securities Act Section
10.89 As a result, the only written
material that is permitted in connection
with the offering of the securities during
the period between filing and
effectiveness of a registration statement
is a preliminary prospectus meeting the
requirements of Section 10, which must
be filed with us. Even after the
registration statement is declared
effective, offering participants still may
make written offers only through a
statutory prospectus, except that they
may use additional written offering
materials if a final prospectus that meets
the requirements of Securities Act
Section 10(a) is sent or given prior to or
with those materials.90 Violations of
these restrictions generally are referred
to as ‘‘gun jumping,’’ and we use the
term ‘‘gun-jumping provisions’’ in this
release to describe the statutory
provisions of the Securities Act that set
forth these restrictions.
B. Need for Modernization of
Communications Requirements
1. General
As we noted in the Proposing Release,
the gun-jumping provisions of the
Securities Act were enacted at a time
when the means of communications
were limited and restricting
communications (without regard to
accuracy) to the statutory prospectus
appropriately balanced available
communications and investor
protection. The gun-jumping provisions
were designed to make the statutorily
mandated prospectus the primary
means for investors to obtain
information regarding a registered
securities offering.
The capital markets, in the United
States and around the world, have
changed very significantly since those
limitations were enacted. Today, issuers
engage in all types of communications
on an ongoing basis, including,
importantly, communications mandated
or encouraged by our rules under the
Exchange Act, rules or listing standards
of national securities exchanges, and
comparable requirements in foreign
jurisdictions. Modern communications
technology, including the Internet,
provides a powerful, versatile, and cost89 See Securities Act Section 5(b)(1) [15 U.S.C.
77e(b)(1)] and Securities Act Section 10 [15
U.S.C.77j].
90 See Securities Act Section 2(a)(10) [15 U.S.C.
77b(a)(10)] and Section 5(b)(1).
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44731
effective medium to communicate
quickly and broadly.91 The changes in
the Exchange Act disclosure regime and
the tremendous growth in
communications technology are
resulting in more information being
provided to the market on a more nondiscriminatory, current, and ongoing
basis. Thus, while investor protection
remains a paramount interest, the gunjumping provisions of the Securities Act
impose substantial and increasingly
unworkable restrictions on many
communications that would be
beneficial to investors and markets and
would be consistent with investor
protection.
The following factors, combined with
the advances in technology described
above, lead us to believe that investors
and the market will benefit from access
to greater permissible communications
where protection for investors is
maintained through the appropriate
Securities Act liability standards for
materially deficient disclosures in
prospectuses and oral communications:
• Much of our recent rulemaking is
intended to encourage reporting issuers
to provide additional materially
accurate and complete information to
the market on a more current basis.92
The Securities Act’s constraints on
communications during an offering,
however, have caused issuers to be
concerned about the treatment of their
ongoing communications and whether,
if they are engaged or will soon be
engaged in capital raising, their
customary disclosures will be
considered an impermissible offer of
securities; 93
91 For example, the Internet provides a medium
through which to deliver electronic documents, to
broadcast radio and television programs, to issue
press releases or print advertisements, to conduct
telephone or videoconferences with investors,
prospective investors, and other parties, and to send
personal e-mails.
92 Other recent rulemaking initiatives addressing
disclosure issues include those referenced in notes
33 through 38 and those contained in Disclosure
Regarding Nominating Committee Functions and
Communications Between Security Holders and
Boards of Directors, Release No. 33–8340 (Nov. 24,
2003) [68 FR 66992]; and Disclosure in
Management’s Discussion and Analysis About OffBalance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate
Contractual Obligations, Release No. 34–47264 (Jan.
28, 2003) [68 FR 5982] (the ‘‘Off-Balance Sheet
Disclosure Release’’).
93 See, e.g. letter from the American Bar
Association Committee on Federal Regulation of
Securities to the Director of the Division of
Corporation Finance, Aug. 22, 2001 (available at
www.abanet.org); comment letters in File No. S7–
30–98 from Gerald S. Backman, et. al.; Fried Frank;
Service Employees International Union Master
Trust; and S&C. See also Edward F. Greene and
Linda C. Quinn, ‘‘Building on the International
Convergence of the Global Markets: a Model for
Securities Law Reform,’’ presented at A Major
Issues Conference: Securities Regulation in the
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
Continued
03AUR2
44732
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
• The multiplicity of means of
communication has led us to recognize
that restricting written offers to a
statutory prospectus inhibits desirable
methods of timely communication of
information;
• There are many more offerings of
increasingly complex securities where
written communications, such as
detailed descriptions of securities and
offerings, would enhance significantly
the offering process for the benefit of
investors; 94 and
• The continuing trends towards
globalization of securities markets and
multinationalization of issuers and
offerings and corresponding increase in
information and information
requirements increase the need for a
regulatory framework that
accommodates more flexible
communications.
As we discussed in the Proposing
Release, in view of the many recent
changes to the Exchange Act reporting
system that are designed to produce
more timely and extensive disclosures
and greater scrutiny of, and confidence
in, those reports, it is appropriate at this
time to adopt communications and
offering reforms.95
2. Definition of Written Communication
a. ‘‘Written Communication’’ and
‘‘Graphic Communication’’
As a starting point for reform, we are
defining all methods of communication,
other than oral communications, as
written communications for purposes of
the Securities Act. While we have
addressed the issue of electronic
communications in a number of
different contexts, at this time we are
adopting rules making it clear that all
electronic communications (other than
telephone and other live, in real-time
communications to a live audience, as
discussed below) are graphic and,
therefore, written communications for
Global Internet Economy, Washington, D.C., Nov.
14–15, 2001 (available at
www.law.northwestern.edu).
94 For example, we and the staff have already
recognized the usefulness of descriptions of
securities and related materials in offerings of assetbacked securities. See the Asset-Backed Securities
Adopting Release, note 82.
95 We have considered communications reform in
other contexts for a number of years. With our
adoption of the communications reforms for
business combination transactions in 1999, we
reduced the regulation of offers and brought the
regulatory structure closer to the practices in those
offerings while ensuring continued investor
protection. See Regulation of Takeovers and
Security Holder Communications, Release No. 33–
7760 (Oct. 22, 1999) [64 FR 61408] (the ‘‘Regulation
M–A Release’’). We recently have adopted
communications reforms for asset-backed securities
offerings as well. See the Asset-Backed Securities
Adopting Release, note 82.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
purposes of the Securities Act. In this
manner, we intend to encompass new
technologies. Accordingly, we are
adopting new definitions of ‘‘graphic
communication’’ and ‘‘written
communication’’ to promote consistent
understanding of what constitutes such
a communication in view of the
technological developments since the
enactment of the Securities Act and to
significantly reduce remaining
uncertainty regarding the permitted
means for delivery of information under
the Securities Act.
We are adopting the proposed
revisions to the definition of ‘‘graphic
communication’’ with some
modifications. As adopted, the
definition of ‘‘graphic communication’’
includes any form of electronic media,
such as audiotapes, videotapes,
facsimiles, CD–ROM, electronic mail,
Internet web sites, and computers,
computer networks, and other forms of
computer data compilation.96
The definition of graphic
communication does not include a
communication that, at the time of the
communication, originates live, in realtime, to a live audience and does not
originate in recorded form or otherwise
as a graphic communication.97 Any
such communication is not a graphic
communication even if it is transmitted
through a means of graphic
communication. A basic concept of the
definition we adopt today is that
communications that are graphic
communications when they are
transmitted are treated as graphic
communications under the definition
and communications that are live, in
real-time communications to a live
audience when they are transmitted are
not treated as graphic communications.
We believe that live, in real-time
communications to a live audience,
including those transmitted by graphic
means, have less of the permanence of
communications that originate in
graphic form or that appear on the
printed page. Accordingly, we believe
96 The forms of media that are described in the
definition encompass the forms of media that are
addressed in our interpretive guidance on the use
of electronic media. See, e.g., Use of Electronic
Media, Release No. 33–7856 (Apr. 28, 2000) [65 FR
25843] (the ‘‘2000 Electronics Release’’). In
recognition of continuing developments in
technology, the forms of electronic media described
in the definition are intended to be illustrative
rather than exhaustive.
97 Written communications will not include
individual telephone voice mail messages from live
telephone calls but will include broadly
disseminated or ‘‘blast’’ voice mail messages,
including those that originate in graphic form. The
latter is included in the definition because we
believe they are not to a live audience and therefore
more closely resemble graphic communications
than oral communications.
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
that the distinctions in the definitions
we are adopting today are appropriate
updatings of the Securities Act’s
distinctions between oral and written
communications.
As adopted, ‘‘written
communication’’ means any
communication that is written, printed,
or television or radio broadcast
(regardless of the transmission means),
or a graphic communication. All
communications that fall outside the
definition are oral communications,
including for purposes of Securities Act
Section 12(a)(2). It also excludes live
telephone calls (through whatever
means by which they are transmitted,
including the Internet) and, as discussed
above, other live, in real-time
communications to a live audience
transmitted by graphic means. The
definition as adopted clarifies that
television or radio broadcasts will be
covered regardless of the transmission
means.
We thus make a clearer distinction
between communications that are
broadcast and those that are graphic
communications. We have clarified that
a television or radio broadcast in
Securities Act Section 2(a)(10) and in
our definition of written communication
encompasses all radio or television
broadcasts, regardless of the means of
transmission of the signals. For
example, a cable television show will be
considered a television broadcast that is
a written communication, and a
television show or radio program that
may be seen or heard through the
Internet on a computer will also be
considered a television or radio
broadcast that is a written
communication. A communication may
fall outside the definition of graphic
communication because it originates
live, in real-time to a live audience but
such communication (for example, a
live business news program broadcast
by traditional means or on cable) may be
a television or radio broadcast. On the
other hand, a live, in real-time
communication that is transmitted by
graphic means to a live audience would
be an oral communication. Given the
potentially unlimited and uncontrolled
nature of dissemination of broadcast
communications and the language of the
Securities Act, we believe that this is an
appropriate distinction.
The following are examples of the
application of these definitions:
• A live telephone call is not a
written communication;
• A live telephone call that is
recorded by the recipient is not a
written communication;
• E-mails, facsimiles, and electronic
postings on web sites, by their nature,
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
originate in graphic form and, therefore,
are graphic communications;
• A live, in-person road show to a
live audience is not a written
communication;
• A live, in real-time road show to a
live audience that is transmitted
graphically is not a graphic
communication;
• A live, in real-time road show to a
live audience that is transmitted to an
‘‘overflow room’’ is not a graphic
communication;
• A webcast or video conference that
originates live and in real-time at the
time of transmission and is transmitted
through video conferencing facilities or
is webcast in real-time to a live
audience is not a graphic
communication;
• The ability of a member of the
audience to record a webcast or video
conference that is presented live and in
real-time to a live audience would not
affect the status of that webcast or video
conference;
• A live telephone call or video or
webcast conference that is recorded by
or on behalf of the originating party or
parties and then transmitted, or is
otherwise transmitted other than live
and in real-time, will be a graphic
communication and therefore a written
communication;
• A live telephone call or video or
webcast conference that is recorded by
the recipient and then re-transmitted by
the recipient is a graphic
communication by the recipient when it
is re-transmitted; and
• An interview with an issuer’s chief
executive officer conducted live as part
of a television program is a written
communication regardless of how the
television signal is transmitted (whether
over the airwaves, or through cable,
satellite, or Internet) and regardless of
how it is received by the recipient
(whether a television set or a computer).
With respect to road shows, as
explained below, we also have added a
Note to Rule 433 that states that a
communication that is provided or
transmitted simultaneously with a road
show and is provided or transmitted in
a manner designed to make the
communication available only as part of
the road show and not subsequently is
deemed to be part of the road show.
b. Comments Regarding Proposals
Commenters raised several questions
about the proposed definitions,
particularly as the definitions affected
live audio transmissions, live telephone
calls, and live road shows transmitted
over the Internet.98 Commenters were
concerned that the definitions of written
communication and graphic
communication did not explicitly
address the treatment of live telephone
calls, regardless of the medium of
transmission, although the Proposing
Release provided that live telephone
calls (other than blast voice mails)
would not be considered written
communications.99
Could it be an ‘‘offer’’ as
defined in Section 2(a)(3)?
Regularly Released Factual Business Information.
Regularly Released Forward-Looking Information.
Communications Made
More than 30 Days Before Filing of Registration
Statement.
Well-Known Seasoned
Issuers—Oral Offers
Made Within 30 Days of
Filing of Registration
Statement.
Well-Known Seasoned
Issuers—Written Offers
Made Within 30 Days of
Filing of Registration
Statement.
Is it a ‘‘prospectus’’ as defined in Section 2(a)(10)?
Yes ....................................
No ......................................
Yes ....................................
No ......................................
Yes ....................................
Possibly, based on facts
and circumstances.
Yes ....................................
Yes ....................................
98 See, e.g., letters from Citigroup; Cleary; Davis
Polk; S&C; and SIA.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
We believe that the modifications that
we made to the definitions of graphic
communication and written
communication will address
commenters’ issues regarding live, in
real-time communications, including
telephone calls, conference calls,
videocasts, and live webcasts.
C. Overview of Communications Rules
Today, we are adopting rules that
relate to the following:
• Regularly released factual business
information;
• Regularly released forward-looking
information;
• Communications made more than
30 days before filing a registration
statement;
• Communications by well-known
seasoned issuers during the 30 days
before filing a registration statement;
• Written communications made in
accordance with the safe harbor in
Securities Act Rule 134; and
• Written communications (other
than a statutory prospectus) by any
eligible issuer after filing a registration
statement.
The following table provides a brief
overview of the operation of the new
and amended rules. While the table
clearly does not include the level of
detail necessary to explain the rules, we
have included it to help readers in
understanding the basic scope of the
new communications scheme.
Is it a prohibited pre-filing
offer for purposes of
Section 5(c)?
Is it a prohibited
prospectus for purposes of
Section 5(b)(1)?
Rule defines it as not an
offer for Section 5(c)
purposes.
Rule defines it as not an
offer for Section 5(c)
purposes.
Rule defines it as not an
offer for Section 5(c)
purposes.
Section 5(b)(1) relates only
to ‘‘prospectuses’’—it is
not applicable.
Section 5(b)(1) relates only
to ‘‘prospectuses’’—it is
not applicable.
Section 5(b)(1) does not
apply in the pre-filing period—it is not applicable.
No ......................................
Is exempted from prohibition of Section 5(c).
Section 5(b)(1) does not
apply in the pre-filing period—it is not applicable.
Yes. It also is a free-writing prospectus.
Is exempted from prohibition of Section 5(c).
Section 5(b)(1) does not
apply in the pre-filing period—it is not applicable.
99 See, e.g., letters from Citigroup; Merrill Lynch
& Co., Inc. (‘‘Merrill Lynch’’); S&C; and SIA.
PO 00000
44733
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44734
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
Could it be an ‘‘offer’’ as
defined in Section 2(a)(3)?
Is it a ‘‘prospectus’’ as defined in Section 2(a)(10)?
Is it a prohibited pre-filing
offer for purposes of
Section 5(c)?
Is it a prohibited
prospectus for purposes of
Section 5(b)(1)?
Well-Known Seasoned
Issuers—Free Writing
Prospectuses Used Before Filing of Registration
Statement.
Identifying Statements in
Accordance with Rule
134.
Yes ....................................
Yes ....................................
Is exempted from prohibition of Section 5(c).
Section 5(b)(1) does not
apply in the pre-filing period—it is not applicable.
Yes ....................................
No ......................................
Section 5(b)(1) relates only
to ‘‘prospectuses’’—it is
not applicable.
All Eligible Issuers—Free
Writing Prospectuses
Used After Filing of Registration Statement.
Yes ....................................
Yes ....................................
Section 5(c) is not applicable, as Rule 134 relates
only to the period after
the filing of a registration
statement.
Section 5(c) is not applicable, as it does not apply
in the post-filing period.
The communications rules we are
adopting recognize the value of ongoing
communications as well as the
importance of avoiding unnecessary
restrictions on offers during a registered
offering. In particular, the new and
revised rules will eliminate
requirements that can interrupt
unnecessarily an issuer’s normal and
routine communications into the market
while an issuer is engaging in a
securities offering, and will enhance the
ability of issuers and other offering
participants to make written offers
outside the statutory prospectus.
The new and revised rules we are
adopting establish a communications
framework that, in some cases, will
operate along a spectrum based on the
type of issuer, its reporting history, and
its equity market capitalization or recent
issuances of fixed income securities.
Thus, under the rules we are adopting,
eligible well-known seasoned issuers
will have freedom generally from the
gun-jumping provisions to communicate
at any time, including by means of a
written offer other than a statutory
prospectus. Varying levels of
restrictions will apply to other
categories of issuers. We believe these
distinctions are appropriate because the
market has more familiarity with large,
more seasoned issuers and, as a result
of the ongoing market following of their
activities, including the role of market
participants and the media, these
issuers’ communications have less
potential for conditioning the market for
the issuers’ securities to be sold in a
registered offering. Disclosure
obligations and practices outside the
offering process, including under the
Exchange Act, also determine the scope
of communications flexibility the rules
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
give to issuers and other offering
participants.100
The cumulative effect of the rules
under the gun-jumping provisions is the
following:
• Well-known seasoned issuers are
permitted to engage at any time in oral
and written communications, including
use at any time of a free writing
prospectus,101 subject to enumerated
conditions (including, in specified
cases, filing with us).102
• All reporting issuers are permitted,
at any time, to continue to publish
regularly released factual business
information and forward-looking
information.103
• Non-reporting issuers are permitted,
at any time, to continue to publish
regularly released factual business
information that is intended for use by
persons other than in their capacity as
investors or potential investors.104
• Communications by issuers more
than 30 days before filing a registration
statement are not prohibited offers so
long as they do not reference a securities
offering that is or will be the subject of
a registration statement.105
• All issuers and offering participants
are permitted to use free writing
prospectuses after the filing of the
registration statement, subject to
enumerated conditions (including, in
specified cases, filing with us).106
• A broader category of routine
communications regarding issuers,
100 See, e.g., Regulation FD, Regulation G [17 CFR
244.100 et seq.], and Form 8–K [17 CFR 249.308].
101 A ‘‘free writing prospectus’’ is defined in
Securities Act Rule 405. This definition is
discussed in Section III.D.3 below under
‘‘Definition of Free Writing Prospectus.’’
102 See Rule 163.
103 See Rule 168. Certain asset-backed issuers and
non-reporting foreign private issuers also will be
able to rely on the Rule.
104 See Rule 169.
105 See Rule 163A.
106 See Rules 164 and 433.
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Section 5(b)(1) will be satisfied, as the free writing
prospectus will be a permitted Section 10(b) prospectus.
offerings, and procedural matters, such
as communications about the schedule
for an offering or about account-opening
procedures, are excluded from the
definition of ‘‘prospectus.’’ 107
• The exemptions for research reports
are expanded.108
As discussed below, a number of
these rules include conditions of
eligibility. Most of the new and
amended rules, for example, are not
available to blank check companies,
penny stock issuers, or shell
companies.109
The rules we are adopting today
ensure that appropriate liability
standards are maintained. For example,
all free writing prospectuses have
liability under the same provisions as
apply today to oral offers and statutory
prospectuses.110 Written
communications not constituting
prospectuses will not be subject to
disclosure liability applicable to
prospectuses 111 under Securities Act
Section 12(a)(2). This result will not
affect their status for liability purposes
under other provisions of the federal
107 See
amendments to Securities Act Rule 134.
amendments to Securities Act Rules 137,
138, and 139.
109 We have adopted rules that contain a
definition of shell company. See Use of Form S–8,
Form 8–K, and Form 20–F by Shell Companies,
Release No. 33–8587 (July 15, 2005) (‘‘Shell
Company Release’’). For purposes of the rules we
are adopting today, we have excluded business
combination related shell companies from the
restrictions otherwise applicable to shell
companies. Therefore, all references to shell
companies in this release excludes business
combination related shell companies.
110 These liability provisions include Securities
Act Section 12(a)(2) and 17(a), Exchange Act
Section 10(b) [15 U.S.C. 78j(b)], and Exchange Act
Rule 10b–5 [17 CFR 240.10b–5].
111 See Securities Act Section 2(a)(10) and Rule
134.
108 See
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
securities laws, including the anti-fraud
provisions.112
D. Communications Rules
1. Permitted Continuation of Ongoing
Communications During an Offering
a. Overview
We are adopting substantially as
proposed two separate, non-exclusive
safe harbors from the gun-jumping
provisions for continuing ongoing
business communications. The first safe
harbor permits a reporting issuer’s
continued publication or dissemination
of regularly released factual business
and forward-looking information at any
time, including around the time of a
registered offering.113 The second safe
harbor permits a non-reporting issuer’s
continued publication or dissemination
of regularly released factual business
information that is intended for use by
persons other than in their capacity as
investors or potential investors.114 The
safe harbors are not exclusive and do
not create a presumption that any
communication that falls outside the
safe harbor is an offer. Accordingly,
reliance on one of the safe harbors does
not affect the availability of any other
exemption or exclusion under the
Securities Act. Further, attempted
compliance with one of the safe harbors
does not act as an exclusive election.
For example, attempted reliance on one
of the exemptive rules or exclusions we
adopt today will not preclude reliance
on another available exemption or
exclusion. In particular, it will not
preclude reliance on the argument that
under general securities law principles
and our earlier interpretive guidance the
communication in question is not an
offer under Securities Act Section
2(a)(3).
Investment companies registered
under the Investment Company Act of
1940 and business development
companies are ineligible to use the safe
harbors for factual business information
and forward-looking information. These
issuers are subject to a separate
framework governing communications
with investors.115
112 See, e.g., Securities Act Section 17(a),
Exchange Act Section 10(b) and Exchange Act Rule
10b–5.
113 See Rule 168.
114 See Rule 169.
115 See, e.g., Securities Act Rules 156, 482, and
498 [17 CFR 230.156; 17 CFR 230.482; 17 CFR
230.498]; Investment Company Act Rule 34b–1 [17
CFR 270.34b–1].
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
b. Exception for Regularly Released
Factual Business and Forward-Looking
Information—Available to Reporting
Issuers
We are adopting substantially as
proposed the safe harbor for reporting
issuers, as well as asset-backed issuers
and certain non-reporting foreign
private issuers, from the gun-jumping
provisions for continued publication or
dissemination of communications of
regularly released factual business and
forward-looking information.116 This
safe harbor is a ‘‘use’’ safe harbor in that
it applies to communications of factual
business and forward-looking
information that have been regularly
released in the ordinary course by or on
behalf of a reporting issuer.117
Commenters supported the proposed
safe harbor with certain suggested
changes to its scope.118 Commenters
suggested that the safe harbor should be
available to voluntary filers, nonreporting foreign private issuers, assetbacked issuers, registered investment
companies, and business development
companies.119 As adopted, the rule is
available to non-reporting foreign
private issuers meeting certain
conditions and to asset-backed issuers
(and to a depositor, sponsor, servicer, or
affiliated depositor, whether or not the
issuer) with regard to registered
offerings of asset-backed securities.120
We believe that non-reporting foreign
private issuers qualifying under the safe
harbors, like reporting issuers in the
United States, are providing information
to the markets even though they are not
reporting companies in the United
States. Similarly, asset-backed issuers
and issuers that are affiliated depositors
provide and are encouraged to provide
information on an ongoing basis in a
manner consistent with that covered by
Rule 168. The reference to depositors,
sponsors, servicers, and affiliated
depositors, whether or not the issuer, is
intended to permit communication of
information regarding pre-existing
transactions or asset pools within the
safe harbor where its conditions are
satisfied.
116 The safe harbor also covers communications
that incorporate regularly released factual business
or forward-looking information.
117 See Rule 168.
118 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Cleary; Davis Polk;
Fried Frank; NYSBA; and SCSGP.
119 See, e.g., letters from ABA; ABA–ABS; Allied;
Alston; the Commercial Mortgage Securities
Association (‘‘CMSA’’); Davis Polk; Fried Frank;
Richard Hall; NYCBA; NYSBA; and S&C.
120 The eligibility conditions for non-reporting
foreign private issuers will be the same as the
eligibility conditions for such issuers contained in
Securities Act Rules 138 and 139 as we are
amending them today.
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44735
As we note above, voluntary filers are
not required to report under the
Exchange Act and therefore do not fall
within Rule 168. Voluntary filers will
have available to them the safe harbor
for non-reporting issuers in new Rule
169.121 We also note above that
registered investment companies and
business development companies are
subject to a separate framework
governing communications with
investors, and we believe that it would
be more appropriate to consider
investment company issues in the
context of a broader reconsideration of
this separate framework.
i. Factual Business Information
(A) Scope of the Safe Harbor
We believe it is important to provide
increased certainty regarding when the
gun-jumping provisions will be
inapplicable to the continuing ongoing
communication of specified factual
business information. We are adopting
Securities Act Rule 168, which provides
a non-exclusive safe harbor that such a
communication is not an impermissible
prospectus and does not violate the
prohibition on pre-filing offers.122 We
want to encourage reporting issuers and
other issuers eligible to rely on the safe
harbor to continue to provide this
information. For purposes of Rule 168,
121 These issuers may, of course, continue to rely
on existing Commission interpretations concerning
ongoing business disclosures. See the discussion at
note 122 below regarding the interpretive releases
on factual business information.
122 Rule 168 is a safe harbor from the definition
of ‘‘prospectus’’ in Securities Act Section 2(a)(10)
and, therefore, prevents the application of the
prohibition in Securities Act Section 5(b)(1) on the
use of a prospectus that is not a statutory
prospectus. The Rule also is a safe harbor from the
prohibitions on pre-filing ‘‘offers’’ in Securities Act
Section 5(c).
In general, as we recognized many years ago,
ordinary factual business communications that an
issuer regularly releases are not considered an offer
of securities. See, e.g., the guidelines contained in
the 2000 Electronics Release, note 96 at Section
II.B.2; Guidelines for the Release of Information by
Issuers Whose Securities are in Registration, Release
No. 33–5180 (Aug. 16, 1971) [36 FR 16506];
Publication of Information Prior to or After the
Filing and Effective Date of a Registration
Statement Under the Securities Act of 1933, Release
No. 33–5009 (Oct. 7, 1969) [34 FR 16870]; Offers
and Sales by Underwriters and Dealers, Release No.
33–4697 (May 28, 1964) [29 FR 7317]; and
Publication of Information Prior to or After the
Effective Date of a Registration Statement, Release
No. 33–3844 (Oct. 8, 1957) [22 FR 8359]. The nonexclusive safe harbors we are adopting today will
not affect in any way the Securities Act analysis
regarding ordinary course business communications
that are not within the safe harbors and we have
made that clear in the Preliminary Note to the Rule.
Such communications will not be presumed to be
offers, and whether they are offers will depend on
the facts and circumstances.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44736
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
factual business information is defined
as: 123
• Factual information about the
issuer, its business or financial
developments, or other aspects of its
business;
• Advertisements of, or other
information about, the issuer’s products
or services; and
• Dividend notices.
This information includes without
limitation in each case such factual
business information contained in
reports or materials filed with,
furnished to, or submitted to us
pursuant to the Exchange Act.124
(B) Comments on the Scope of the Safe
Harbor
Some commenters suggested
broadening the categories of factual
business information,125 including the
suggestion that only offering-related
information be excluded from the
definition of factual business
information.126 We are adopting the
definition of factual business
information that in substantive respects
is substantially as proposed. The
simplification of the definition in the
Rule as adopted does not narrow the
information included in the definition.
We believe that the purpose of the safe
harbor is to permit reporting issuers to
continue their ordinary course factual
business communications, not to define
when an offer is considered to occur in
all cases. As we have noted, whether or
not a communication that is outside the
safe harbor would be an offer is a facts
and circumstances determination.
We have modified the definition from
the proposal to make clear that factual
business information may be
communicated within the safe harbor by
including it in any report or material
filed with, furnished to, or submitted to
us. The other conditions of the safe
harbor, for example, the ‘‘regularly
released,’’ condition of course also must
123 Under the Rule as adopted, regularly released
factual business information does not include the
release of information about the registered offering
or the release of information as part of the offering
activities in the registered offering.
124 As we discuss below, some commenters
expressed concern about the treatment of
information contained in Exchange Act reports at
the time they are originally filed with, furnished to,
or submitted to us. See, e.g., letters from ABA and
Fried Frank. We believe this modification will make
clear that all covered information within Exchange
Act filings will be covered by the safe harbor.
Factual business information that reporting
issuers release or disseminate will continue to be
subject to the provisions of Regulation FD,
Regulation G, Item 10 of Regulation S–K and
Regulation S–B [17 CFR 229.10 et seq. and 17 CFR
228.10 et seq.], and Item 2.02 of Form 8–K.
125 See, e.g., letters from ABA and SCSGP.
126 See, e.g., letters from Davis Polk and SCSGP.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
be satisfied. In addition, in response to
commenters’ concerns, we have made
clear in a preliminary note that the safe
harbor addresses use and relates to a
communication, and, therefore, that
another communication of the
information in an offering-related
manner will not affect the ability to rely
on the safe harbor for the protected
communication.
ii. Forward-Looking Information
(A) Scope of the Safe Harbor
As we stated in the Proposing Release,
our view of the value of forward-looking
information in the market has evolved
through the years. Through the 1970’s
we were most concerned with the
potentially misleading effect that
forward-looking information could have
on investors.127 Since the 1980’s, we
have encouraged issuers to disclose
forward-looking information and, in
some situations (such as the disclosures
in MD&A), required them to do so.128
The existing safe harbors for the content
of forward-looking statements are
designed to encourage the provision of
forward-looking information.129
127 Until the 1970’s, the Commission prohibited
disclosure of forward-looking information in any
disclosure document. In 1979, the Commission
adopted a safe harbor for release of forward-looking
information. See Statement by the Commission on
the Disclosure of Projections of Future Economic
Performance, Release No. 33–5362 (Feb. 2, 1973)
[38 FR 7220]; Safe Harbor Rule for Projections,
Release No. 33–6084 (June 25, 1979) [44 FR 38810].
See also, the Wheat Report, note 21, at 94.
128 See Item 303 of Regulation S–K and
Regulation S–B [17 CFR 229.303 and 17 CFR
228.303]. In our 2003 MD&A Release discussed at
note 38, we issued interpretive guidance on MD&A
which stated:
In addressing prospective financial condition and
operating performance, there are circumstances,
particularly regarding known material trends and
uncertainties, where forward-looking information is
required to be disclosed. We also encourage
companies to discuss prospective matters and
include forward-looking information in
circumstances where that information may not be
required, but will provide useful material
information for investors that promotes
understanding * * *
[M]aterial forward-looking information regarding
known material trends and uncertainties is required
to be disclosed as part of the required discussion
of those matters and the analysis of their effects. In
addition, forward-looking information is required in
connection with the disclosure in MD&A regarding
off-balance sheet arrangements.
129 See Securities Act Section 27A [15 U.S.C. 77z–
2] and Securities Act Rule 175 [17 CFR 230.175].
Section 27A provides a safe harbor for certain
forward-looking statements. See also, the OffBalance Sheet Disclosure Release at note 92 (stating
that any forward-looking information required
pursuant to the off-balance sheet arrangement
disclosure in Items 303(a)(4) and (a)(5) of
Regulation S–K and Regulation S–B would be
subject to the statutory safe harbor contained in
Sections 27A of the Securities Act and 21E of the
Exchange Act [15 U.S.C. 78u–5]). Rule 175 provides
a limited safe harbor for the content of forwardlooking statements contained in documents filed
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Where an issuer regularly releases
forward-looking information in the
ordinary course, we indicated in the
Proposing Release that we believe that
the purpose of such communication is
to keep the market informed about the
issuer and its future prospects and, thus,
the continued release or dissemination
of this information in the ordinary
course is not for the purpose of offering
securities or conditioning the market for
new issuances of the issuer’s securities.
Many issuers disclose earnings forecasts
and other forward-looking information
publicly to provide more information to
the markets and to enable them to
continue to have discussions to which
Regulation FD applies. We do not
believe that it is beneficial to investors
or the markets to force reporting issuers
to suspend their ordinary course
communications of regularly released
information that they would otherwise
choose to make because they are raising
capital in a registered offering.
We are adopting the definition
substantially as proposed to provide for
the use of such a communication a safe
harbor from being an impermissible
prospectus and from violating the
prohibitions on pre-filing offers. As
adopted, the safe harbor in Rule 168
will apply to the release or
dissemination of communications
containing some or all of the following
forward-looking information if the
release or dissemination satisfies the
other conditions of the Rule: 130
• Projections of the issuer’s revenues,
income (loss), earnings (loss) per share,
capital expenditures, dividends, capital
structure, or other financial items;
• Statements about the issuer
management’s plans and objectives for
future operations, including plans or
objectives relating to the products or
services of the issuer;
with us, including in registration statements and
periodic reports.
130 The listed categories of forward-looking
information in the safe harbor are essentially the
same categories of statements that are defined as
forward-looking statements under the safe harbor in
Securities Act Section 27A(i)(1) [15 U.S.C. 77z–
2(i)(1)]. The safe harbor covering the release or
dissemination is available for the regular release of
earnings expectations and guidance information.
Rule 168 provides a safe harbor for the use of such
information, not the content of the communication.
An issuer’s communications of forward-looking
information made in reliance on the safe harbor will
still have to satisfy the conditions of Securities Act
Section 27A if the issuer wishes to rely on the
statutory safe harbor for the content of the
information.
The comments on the definition of forwardlooking information related primarily to the
interplay between such information and the
exclusion of offering-related information from the
scope of the safe harbor and the way in which
newer issuers would establish a history of regular
release of such information. See letter from ABA.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
• Statements about the issuer’s future
economic performance, including
statements of the type contemplated by
MD&A described in Item 303 of
Regulation S–K and Regulation S–B, or
Item 5 of Form 20–F; and
• Assumptions underlying or relating
to any of the foregoing information.
As with factual business information,
we have clarified that any such
information may be communicated by
including it in a report filed with, or
furnished to, or submitted to us. The
safe harbor for forward-looking
information also addresses ‘‘use,’’ and
the preliminary note discussed above
applies.
iii. Conditions of Safe Harbor in Rule
168
(A) ‘‘By or on Behalf of’’ the Issuer
(1) Definition
Under the Rule as adopted, factual
business and forward-looking
information will be considered released
or disseminated by or on behalf of an
issuer if the issuer or an agent or a
representative of the issuer, other than
an offering participant who is an
underwriter or dealer, authorizes or
approves the release or dissemination of
the communication before it is made.131
Satisfaction of this condition is separate
from the ‘‘regularly released’’ condition.
The safe harbor is not available for
information released in a manner
intended to circumvent either the
conditions to use or the permitted
manner of use of the information.
(2) Comments on Definition
Commenters supported the concept of
‘‘by or on behalf of’’ the issuer.132
Commenters also supported placing the
definition of the term in a single rule,
rather than a separate definition in each
safe harbor.133 Some commenters
suggested further clarifications of the
definition, such as identifying the
persons authorized or approved to speak
on behalf of the issuer, eliminating any
issuer responsibility for
communications by unauthorized
persons, and providing that the
communication either be authorized or
approved but not both.134
131 We are using a similar definition as contained
in Securities Act Rule 146 [17 CFR 230.146].
As we note above, for asset-backed securities
offerings, the safe harbor is available to asset-backed
issuers, depositors, affiliated depositors, sponsors,
and servicers. We have included a provision
regarding communication by or on behalf of such
persons.
132 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Cleary; S&C; and
William J. Williams, Jr.
133 See Id.
134 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Alston; Cleary;
Davis Polk; and S&C.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
We have considered these suggestions
carefully and have made some revisions
to the definition of ‘‘by or on behalf of’’
the issuer. We have determined not to
provide a single definition, instead
including an appropriate definition in
each relevant rule. We also have not
taken the suggestions that the Rule
provide that issuers are responsible only
for communications made by authorized
or approved speakers. The
circumstances under which issuers are
responsible for the acts of individuals
may be determined in accordance with
principles not addressed in today’s
rules. In addition, we have not defined
further who may be considered an agent
or representative of the issuer, other
than to specifically exclude offering
participants who are underwriters and
dealers. The definition could cover
legitimate representatives or agents of
the issuer such as, for example,
advertising agencies and public
relations companies who normally
release or disseminate product
advertising or promotional
communications containing such
information on behalf of an issuer. We
also have modified the definition to
provide that the communication does
not have to be both approved and
authorized for it to be considered to be
made by or on behalf of the issuer.
A few commenters suggested that the
Rule not include the preliminary note
that contains the ‘‘scheme to evade’’
language because they believed it would
cause uncertainty about the ability to
rely on the safe harbors.135 The
preliminary note to the Rule is
substantially the same preliminary note
contained in a significant number of
exemptions under the Securities Act
upon which market participants have
relied and we are adopting the Rule
with the preliminary note regarding the
‘‘scheme to evade’’ language as
proposed.136
(B) Regularly Released Information
(1) Regularly Released Condition
As we discussed in the Proposing
Release, the purpose of the safe harbor
is to enable a reporting issuer to
continue its past ordinary course
practice of releasing or disseminating
publicly factual business and forwardlooking information. Communications
of both factual business information and
forward-looking information must
satisfy the same conditions regarding
regular release.
135 See, e.g., letters from ABA and William J.
Williams, Jr.
136 See, e.g., Regulation D [17 CFR 230.501 et seq.]
and Rule 155 [17 CFR 230.155].
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44737
We are adopting the regularly released
condition substantially as proposed.
Under Rule 168, information will be
considered regularly released or
disseminated if the issuer has
previously released or disseminated the
same type of information in the ordinary
course of its business, and the release or
dissemination is consistent in material
respects in timing, manner, and form
with the issuer’s similar past release or
dissemination of such information.137
The method of releasing or
disseminating the information, thus,
also must be consistent in material
respects with prior practice. These
conditions seek to ensure that the
information is not being released to
condition the market for the registered
offering of the issuer’s securities.
While the Rule does not establish or
require any minimum time period to
satisfy the regularly released element,
the safe harbor requires the issuer to
have some track record of releasing the
particular type of information. One prior
release or dissemination could establish
this track record. Issuers should
consider the frequency and regularity
with which they have released the same
type of information. For example, an
issuer’s release of new types of financial
information or projections just before or
during a registered offering will likely
prevent a conclusion that the issuer
regularly released that type of forwardlooking or financial information in the
ordinary course of its business.
(2) Comments on Regularly Released
Condition
Commenters on the regularly released
condition suggested that we further
clarify the concept of regularly released
information by elaborating on the
meaning of timing, manner, and
form.138 Some of these commenters
were concerned about the availability of
the safe harbor for non-scheduled
releases of information and information
distributed using new or different
technologies.139 Other commenters on
this point, however, desired greater
flexibility with no definition of
‘‘ordinary course.’’ 140
137 In the case of asset-backed issuers, the
regularly released requirement will be tested against
the previous communications of those persons
included in the Rule’s provisions, taken together.
138 See, e.g., letters from Davis Polk; the
Investment Company Institute (‘‘ICI’’); and TBMA.
139 See Id.
140 Some commenters also expressed concern
about offshore communications. See, e.g., letters
from ABA and Fried Frank. Communications that
are considered not to be offers because they are
made offshore and meet other criteria we have
previously discussed would be treated in the same
manner as they are today. See Statement of the
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
Continued
03AUR2
44738
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
We have not changed the ‘‘regularly
released’’ language from the proposal
because we do not believe that a brightline test of ‘‘regularly released’’ is
appropriate. We believe that it is more
appropriate to provide issuers the
flexibility to use the means and timing
they believe is appropriate for their
ongoing business communications. We
would note, however, that there are
circumstances in which
communications made outside a
predetermined schedule or not at
regular intervals would be covered by
the safe harbor. The Rule is not
intended to cover only scheduled
releases of information but also could
cover communications, such as product
advertising and product release
information or earnings guidance
changes, that are made on an
unscheduled or episodic basis, provided
that the issuer has previously provided
such communications containing factual
business and forward-looking
information in that manner. Thus, for
unscheduled or episodic releases, the
nature of the event triggering the
communication would be taken into
account in determining whether the
regularly released condition is satisfied.
For example, if an issuer only gives
guidance upon the occurrence of certain
types of developments, a release of
guidance when a materially similar
event occurs could be materially
consistent, even if not done at regular
intervals. As another example, if an
issuer launches a product only
episodically, disclosure or advertising of
a product launch still could be
materially consistent.
Merely using new or different
technologies will not be necessarily
inconsistent in material respects under
the conditions of the Rule. An issuer
will have to determine whether its use
of new or different technologies to
release information falls within the safe
harbor, including whether the release or
dissemination is consistent in material
respects with how the issuer is already
releasing or disseminating its
communications containing factual
business or forward-looking information
using analogous methods. For example,
whether the new or different technology
makes a material difference in terms of
the breadth of dissemination to
investors or other reach of the
communication to investors is relevant
Commission Regarding Use of Internet Web Sites to
Offer Securities, Solicit Securities Transactions or
Advertise Investment Services Offshore, Release No.
33–7516 (Mar. 27, 1998) [63 FR 14806]; Offshore
Press Conferences, Meetings with Company
Representatives Conducted Offshore and PressRelated Materials Released Offshore, Release No.
33–7470 (Oct. 17, 1997) [62 FR 53948].
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
in determining whether the manner or
form is consistent in material respects.
(C) Exclusion for Offering-Related
Information
(1) Scope of Exclusion
We are adopting as proposed the
exclusion from the safe harbor of any
information about the registered offering
itself. Publication of information about
a registered offering outside the
registration statement or a prospectus is
limited to statements allowed under
other exemptions or exclusions,
including Rule 134 and Rule 135.141
As we discussed in the Proposing
Release, because the safe harbor is a
‘‘use’’ exemption intended to facilitate
continued release or dissemination of
regularly released ordinary course
factual business and forward-looking
communications, it also excludes the
release of that information as part of the
offering activities in the registered
offering. For example, while the safe
harbor could be available for factual
business information contained in an
Exchange Act report at the time it is
initially filed, the safe harbor will not be
available for the distribution of that
information to investors or potential
investors as part of offering activities,
such as incorporation by reference into
a prospectus that is part of a registration
statement, disclosure at a road show, or
disclosure in a free writing prospectus.
As another example, as permitted by the
‘‘regularly released’’ condition, an issuer
could rely on the safe harbor for the
publication of an earnings release
consistent with past practice, including
the posting of and maintaining the
release on an issuer’s web site, whether
or not located in a separate section of
the web site for historical information.
The distribution of that earnings release,
however, as part of the marketing
activities to potential investors will be
outside the scope of the safe harbor.
(2) Comments on Exclusion
Commenters requested further
clarification that release of a
communication containing information
in reliance on the safe harbor will not
be affected by release of the same
information in offering-related
communications.142 We have made
clear in a preliminary note in the
adopted Rule that the release of
communications containing information
outside the safe harbor will not affect
141 See 17 CFR 230.135. Our other rules address
communications in the offering context. For
example, we are amending Rule 134 to increase the
amount of communication allowed under that rule
about a registered offering without it being
considered a prospectus.
142 See, e.g., letters from Fried Frank and SCSGP.
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the availability of the safe harbor for any
other release or dissemination of a
communication containing the same
information that is (or was) within the
scope of the safe harbor.
Some commenters requested that we
define ‘‘offering-related’’ or ‘‘part of the
offering activities.’’ 143 We decline to do
so. An issuer must determine, based
upon the particular facts and
circumstances, whether or not a
communication contains information
about the registered offering or is being
used as part of the offering activities.
Certain commenters requested that we
clarify the impact Rule 168 and Rule
169 (as discussed below) would have on
our guidance regarding the filing
requirement for ordinary or routine
business communications that refer to a
business combination transaction in a
non-substantive way.144 We believe that
guidance is unaffected by the adoption
of the safe harbors of Rule 168 and Rule
169, regardless of whether the
communication falls within the scope of
such safe harbors or our other
interpretive guidance regarding ongoing
factual and business
communications.145
c. Exception for Regularly Released
Factual Business Information—
Available to Non-Reporting Issuers
i. Scope of the Safe Harbor
We are adopting substantially as
proposed a non-exclusive safe harbor
from the gun-jumping provisions for
regularly released factual business
information that, unlike Rule 168, is
available to all eligible issuers,
including non-reporting issuers.146 The
Rule provides a non-exclusive safe
harbor for the issuer’s release or
dissemination of regularly released
ordinary course factual business
information intended for use by persons
other than in their capacity as investors
or potential investors, such as customers
and suppliers.147 Under the safe harbor,
a non-reporting issuer’s release or
dissemination of factual business
143 See,
e.g., letters from Davis Polk and SCSGP.
e.g., letters from ABA; Alston; and S&C.
145 See the Regulation M–A Release, note 95, at
footnote 45.
146 See Rule 169. Because Rule 168 is available to
reporting issuers and some non-reporting issuers
(including asset-backed issuers and certain nonreporting foreign private issuers), the principal
practical relevance of Rule 169 is to other nonreporting issuers.
147 The fact that a customer also may be a
potential investor in the issuer’s securities or that
the information may be received by other persons
will not affect the availability of the safe harbor if
the conditions are otherwise satisfied. For purposes
of the safe harbor, the communication must be
intended for use by an audience that is other than
an investor audience.
144 See,
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
information that satisfies the conditions
of the Rule would not be an
impermissible prospectus and would
not violate the prohibition on pre-filing
offers.148 As we noted in the Proposing
Release, because a condition of the safe
harbor involves the manner and timing
of the communication, the same issuer
employees or agents who historically
have been responsible for providing the
information for intended use by
customers and suppliers must
communicate the information provided
in reliance on this safe harbor.
Under the safe harbor, factual
business information is defined as:
• Factual information about the
issuer, its business or financial
developments, or other aspects of its
business; and
• Advertisements of, or other
information about, the issuer’s products
or services.149
As with the safe harbor for reporting
issuers, the safe harbor requires that the
information be regularly released in the
ordinary course of business, released or
disseminated by or on behalf of the
issuer, and not include information
about the registered offering or
information released or disseminated as
part of the offering activities in the
registered offering. We have made the
same modifications to these conditions
and to the preliminary note to Rule 169
as in new Rule 168 for reporting issuers.
As we discussed in the Proposing
Release, because non-reporting issuers
generally are not releasing information
in connection with securities market
activities, we believe it is appropriate to
limit the scope of the safe harbor to the
specified regularly released ordinary
course factual business information.150
Further, we are not adopting a safe
harbor for forward-looking information
for non-reporting issuers because of the
lack of such information or history for
these issuers in the marketplace. In
those circumstances, we believe that the
potential for abuse in permitting a safe
harbor for the continued release of
forward-looking information as a way to
148 Rule 169 is a safe harbor from the definition
of ‘‘prospectus’’ in Securities Act Section 2(a)(10)
and therefore disapplies the prohibition in
Securities Act Section 5(b)(1) on the use of a
prospectus that is not a statutory prospectus. The
Rule also is a safe harbor from the prohibitions on
pre-filing ‘‘offers’’ in Securities Act Section 5(c).
149 We have not included dividend notices within
the definition because the communications covered
by the Rule are those intended for use by persons
other than in their capacity as investors or potential
investors.
150 These issuers will still be able to rely on our
interpretive positions for the release of factual
business information. See note 122. In addition,
these issuers may still be able to rely on Securities
Act Rules 134 and 135 and new Securities Act
Rules 163A and 164.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
condition the market for the issuer’s
securities outweighs the legitimate
utility to the issuer of the safe harbor.
ii. Comments on the Safe Harbor
Commenters supported the proposed
safe harbor and suggested certain
expansions and clarifications.151
Commenters wanted us to clarify that
information that was directed to
customers, suppliers, etc., would be
covered by the safe harbor even if the
information became available to other
persons, including investors or potential
investors.152 As we discuss above, the
Rule is aimed at assuring that the
communication is intended for use by
an audience that is other than an
investor audience, not at ensuring that
the communication is not received by or
available to an investor or potential
investor. We have modified the Rule to
clarify this point. For example, a widely
disseminated communication (such as a
press release) intended for use by a noninvestor audience and otherwise
meeting the conditions of the safe
harbor will not lose protection if it is
available to or received by investors or
potential investors.
We had requested comment in the
Proposing Release as to whether the safe
harbor also should cover forwardlooking information and whether the
safe harbor for forward-looking
statements contained in Securities Act
Section 27A should be extended to
initial public offerings. We further
requested comment on whether we
should require projections or other
forward-looking information to be
included in initial public offering
registration statements. In response,
some commenters supported extending
the Section 27A safe harbor for forwardlooking statements to initial public
offerings but did not support requiring
projections to be included in
registration statements.153 Some
commenters were concerned that,
because of the relatively untested nature
of companies engaging in initial public
offerings, there was limited basis to
assess the reasonableness of
assumptions underlying the projections
about the issuer’s business.154 We
appreciate commenters’ input on these
points and, in light of the fact that these
companies are generally untested, as
commenters noted, we have determined
not to include forward-looking
151 See, e.g., letters from ABA; NYCBA; NYSBA;
and Reuters.
152 See, e.g., letters from ABA and NYSBA.
153 See, e.g., letters from AICPA; E & Y; KPMG
LLP (‘‘KPMG’’); and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
(‘‘PwC’’).
PO 00000
154 See,
e.g., letters from AICPA and E & Y.
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44739
statements in the Rule 169 safe harbor
we are adopting today or to extend the
safe harbor for forward-looking
statements in Securities Act Section
27A to initial public offerings.
2. Other Permitted Communications
Prior to Filing a Registration Statement
Beyond the continuing ongoing
release of information discussed above,
there is an increased amount of
information disseminated to the market
about issuers, including through the
Internet. We believe that the availability
of this information should be
encouraged, subject to appropriate
standards of liability. At times when the
risk of conditioning the market for a
securities offering is sufficiently remote,
it is important to provide issuers with
greater certainty that the release of
information will not be considered an
impermissible offer under the Securities
Act. Such an approach will avoid
hindering issuer communications
except where necessary for investor
protection. We are, therefore, adopting
rules that clarify the Securities Act
application to communications that
might not fall within the safe harbors for
regularly released factual business and
forward-looking information.
a. 30-Day Bright-Line Exclusion From
the Prohibition on Offers Prior to Filing
a Registration Statement—All Issuers
i. Scope of Exclusion
We are adopting, substantially as
proposed, Rule 163A to provide all
issuers a bright-line time period, ending
30 days prior to filing a registration
statement, during which issuers may
communicate without risk of violating
the gun-jumping provisions. Such
communications will be excluded from
the definition of offer for purposes of
Securities Act Section 5(c).155 As we
noted in the Proposing Release, a brightline test will provide greater certainty in
the offering process and avoid
unnecessary limitations on issuer
155 While communications made in reliance on
the Rule could, depending on the particular facts,
be an ‘‘offer’’ as defined in Securities Act Section
2(a)(3), the Rule provides that the communication
is not an ‘‘offer’’ for purposes of Securities Act
Section 5(c). See Rule 163A.
As Rule 163A provides a safe harbor from the
application of Securities Act Section 5(c), it
necessarily applies only prior to the filing of a
registration statement. This exclusion will thus not
apply to issuers offering securities off a shelf
registration statement on file, whether or not
effective, as to which the prohibition in Section 5(c)
does not apply to the offering of the securities
covered by such shelf registration statement.
See also Harold Bloomenthal and Samuel Wolff,
Emerging Trends in Securities Laws [2003–2004
´ `
ed.], ‘‘Securities Act Reform—Deja Vu All Over
Again,’’ Commissioner Roel C. Campos (the
‘‘Campos Article’’) at § 1:28.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44740
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
communications more than 30 days
prior to the filing of the registration
statement. Further, we believe that the
30-day timeframe adequately assures
that these communications will not
condition the market for a securities
offering by providing a sufficient time
period to cool any interest in the
offering that might arise from the
communication.156
As adopted, the 30-day bright-line
exclusion from the gun-jumping
provisions is subject to the following
conditions:
• A communication made in reliance
on the Rule cannot reference a securities
offering that is or will be the subject of
a registration statement; 157
• A communication made in reliance
on the Rule will have to be made ‘‘by
or on behalf of the issuer’’; and
• The issuer will have to take
reasonable steps within its control to
prevent further distribution or
publication of the communication
during the 30-day period immediately
before the issuer files the registration
statement.
We have made minor revisions to the
Rule from the proposals. We have made
clear that the exemption is nonexclusive. In addition, we have revised
the definition of ‘‘by or on behalf of’’ the
issuer in the same manner as in Rules
168 and 169 to explicitly exclude
offering participants who are
underwriters or dealers from being
considered agents or representatives of
the issuer for purposes of the Rule. We
have narrowed the restriction on
references to securities offerings to
apply to a securities offering that is or
will be the subject of a registration
statement.
The Rule is designed to preclude
issuers and offering participants from
circumventing the registration
requirements of the Securities Act.
Because the Rule does not permit
156 We chose a 30-day timeframe because it is
consistent with the timeframe in Securities Act
Rule 155 regarding integration of abandoned
offerings and Securities Act Rule 254 regarding prefiling solicitations of interest in Regulation A
offerings [17 CFR 230.254].
157 Securities Act Rule 155, relating to integration
of abandoned offerings, permits issuers to register
a securities offering immediately following the
abandonment of a private offering made to
accredited or sophisticated persons and not
involving general solicitation and general
advertising. The 30-day exclusion, on the other
hand, applies to public communications made prior
to a registered offering. Because Rule 155 treats any
private offers made in the abandoned private
offering as not part of the subsequent registered
offering, issuers relying on Rule 155 in connection
with a subsequently registered offering would
continue to rely on Rule 155 and need not rely on
the 30-day bright-line exclusion for public
communications before a registration statement is
filed.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
information about a securities offering
that is or will be the subject of a
registration statement, the
communications made in reliance on
the Rule are less likely to be used to
condition the market for the issuer’s
securities. In addition, the
communications are still subject to
provisions addressing deficient
disclosure, including the anti-fraud
provisions.158 Finally, the safe harbor is
available only for communications
made by or on behalf of the issuer so
that other potential offering participants
cannot use the exemption.
Communications within the scope of
Rule 163A made prior to the 30 days
before filing are protected by the safe
harbor. Communications made during
the 30 days before the filing are outside
the safe harbor. Because of these factors
and the bright-line nature of the Rule,
we have eliminated the proposed
preliminary note that indicated that the
exemption was not available for
schemes to evade the registration
requirements of the Securities Act
because we do not believe it is
necessary.
The 30-day bright-line exclusion is
not available for enumerated categories
of offerings and for specified issuers that
pose the greatest risk of abuse of that
exclusion. Specifically, Rule 163A is not
available to communications made in
connection with:
• Offerings by a blank check
company;
• Offerings by a shell company; or
• Offerings of penny stock by an
issuer.159
The Rule as adopted also excludes
communications regarding business
combination transactions from being
able to rely on the exclusion, as those
communications are regulated
separately.160 The Rule also is not
available for communications regarding
offerings made by a registered
158 Communications made in reliance on Rule
163A safe harbor also would not be made in
connection with a registered securities offering for
purposes of the exclusion in Regulation FD. See
Rule 100(b)(2)(iv) of Regulation FD.
159 See Securities Act Rule 419(a)(2) [17 CFR
230.419(a)(2)], Exchange Act Rule 3a51–1 [17 CFR
240.3a51–1], and amendments to Rule 405 defining
‘‘shell’’ company. See the Shell Company Release,
note 109. The Rule also excludes issuers who were
or any of whose predecessors in the prior three
years were blank check companies, shell companies
(other than business combination related shell
companies), or issuers that issued penny stock.
Other than for well-known seasoned issuers, Rule
163A also excludes offerings registered on Form S–
8 [17 CFR 239.16b].
160 See the Regulation M–A Release, note 95. The
Rule excludes any business combination
transaction, including an exchange offer.
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
investment company or a business
development company.
ii. Comments on 30-day Bright-Line
Exclusion
Commenters expressed strong support
for the Rule and suggested certain
expansions and clarifications.161 Some
commenters wanted the Rule to provide
an exemption from the definition of
offer for all purposes under the
Securities Act.162 We do not believe that
it is appropriate to exclude from the
definition of offer for all purposes any
communications occurring more than 30
days from the date of filing the
registration statement. The Rule
contains no content restriction, other
than a prohibition against referencing a
securities offering that is or will be the
subject of a registration statement. The
intent of the Rule is to provide certainty
that an issuer will not be considered to
be ‘‘gun jumping’’ by engaging in
communications more than 30 days
before it files its registration statement,
not to provide certainty that it will not
be liable for material disclosure
deficiencies in its communications.163
Commenters also suggested that we
provide more guidance as to what
actions will constitute ‘‘reasonable steps
within the issuer’s control,’’ particularly
with respect to information posted on
web sites prior to 30 days before the
filing of the registration statement.164
The ‘‘reasonable steps’’ condition is
already contained in Rule 165 for
business combination transactions. We
do not believe that it is appropriate to
provide bright lines as to when an issuer
will be considered to have taken
reasonable steps within its control to
prevent further dissemination of the
communication.165 As to the treatment
161 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Davis Polk; Fried
Frank; IBA; ICI; NYCBA; NYSBA; and Reuters.
162 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Alston; Cleary; and
NYSBA.
163 Commenters also asked that we clarify further
that information released during the 30 days before
the registration statement filing in reliance on
another exemption would not affect the ability of
the issuer to rely on the 30-day safe harbor. See,
e.g., letters from ABA; Alston; Cleary; Fried Frank;
and TBMA. We have clarified that the Rule is a nonexclusive safe harbor and issuers can rely on other
available exemptions, exclusions, or safe harbors
from the gun-jumping provisions for the
communications. Conversely, reliance on other safe
harbors, exemptions, and exclusions during the 30day period does not preclude reliance on the 30day safe harbor.
164 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Alston; Cleary; and
Fried Frank.
165 The Rule as adopted limits the exclusion to
issuers. While we do not expect an issuer to be able
to control the republication or accessing of
previously published press releases, we expect
issuers and persons acting on their behalf to be able
to control their own involvement in any subsequent
redistribution or publication and, therefore, believe
that it is an appropriate condition to the ability to
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
of information posted on an issuer’s web
site, we do not expect that an issuer will
necessarily remove the information from
the Web site and, provided that the
information is appropriately dated,
otherwise identified as historical
material, and not referred to as part of
the offering activities, we will not object
to an issuer maintaining the information
on the Web site.
Commenters also suggested that
registered investment companies and
business development companies
should be permitted to rely on Rule
163A.166 We are not adopting this
suggestion because we believe that it
would be more appropriate to consider
changes to our requirements as they
apply to registered investment
companies and business development
companies in the context of a broader
reconsideration of the separate
framework applicable to such issuers.
b. Permitted Pre-Filing Offers for WellKnown Seasoned Issuers
i. Overview
The rules we are adopting today,
when taken together, provide
exemptions generally from the
applicability of the gun-jumping
provisions for eligible well-known
seasoned issuers. The safe harbors for
regularly released factual business and
forward-looking information and the
exemption from the prohibition on
offers for purposes of Securities Act
Section 5(c) for communications more
than 30 days prior to filing of a
registration statement are available to
well-known seasoned issuers. In
addition, as discussed below, the
broadened exemption for routine
offering-related communications and
the availability of an exemption for
eligible issuers from the gun-jumping
provisions for free writing prospectuses,
in both cases after filing of a registration
statement, also are available to wellknown seasoned issuers. However,
because the gun-jumping provisions
prohibit all offers—written or oral—
before the filing of a registration
statement, we believe well-known
seasoned issuers could be unnecessarily
constrained in their capital formation
activities.167
rely on the exclusion. For example, if an issuer or
its representative gives an interview to the press
prior to the 30-day period, it will not be able to rely
on the exclusion if the interview is published
during the 30-day period. We have addressed the
same issues in the context of free writing
prospectuses discussed below.
166 See letters from ABA; Allied; and Fried Frank.
167 See Securities Act Section 5(c).
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
ii. Exemption for Pre-Filing Offers
To address communications made in
the 30 days prior to filing a registration
statement that are not otherwise
excluded from the gun-jumping
provisions and to complete the set of
rules permitting all communications by
well-known seasoned issuers under the
gun-jumping provisions, we are
adopting essentially as proposed an
exemption from the prohibition on
offers before the filing of a registration
statement for offers made by or on
behalf of eligible well-known seasoned
issuers.168 The exemption permits these
issuers to engage in unrestricted oral
and written offers before a registration
statement is filed without violating the
gun-jumping provisions. These
communications, while exempt from the
gun-jumping provisions, are still
considered offers and subject to liability
standards applicable to such offers.169
The exemption is available only for
communications made ‘‘by or on behalf
of’’ the issuer.170 Moreover, any
communication for which disclosure is
required under Securities Act Section
17(b) will be deemed to be a
communication that is an offer for
purposes of the Rule and, if written, the
communication will be a free writing
prospectus of the issuer.171 As with the
168 See Rule 163. The exemption is not available
to communications involving registered business
combination transactions or communications in
offerings by registered investment companies or
business development companies.
169 Any written offer will be a prospectus under
Securities Act Section 2(a)(10) relating to a public
offering of the securities to be covered by the
registration statement to be filed. All oral
communications that are offers and all prospectuses
will be subject to liability under Securities Act
Section 12(a)(2). The communications also will be
subject to other provisions addressing deficient
disclosure, including Securities Act Section 17(a),
Exchange Act Section 10(b), and Exchange Act Rule
10b–5.
Communications made in reliance on the Rule
also will not be considered to be in connection with
a registered securities offering for purposes of the
exclusion from Regulation FD. See Rule
100(b)(2)(iv) of Regulation FD.
The Rule is different from Securities Act Rule
254. Securities Act Rule 254 permits solicitations of
interest in Regulation A offerings provided the
conditions of the rule, including pre-use
submission of the materials to the Commission, are
satisfied, and does not treat the materials as
prospectuses. Rule 163 does not require pre-filing
of the communications and written offers will be
prospectuses.
170 In addition, as with the other exemptions and
safe harbors that are available only to the issuer, the
definition of by or on behalf of the issuer explicitly
excludes offering participants who are underwriters
or dealers.
171 See Rule 163(d). Securities Act Section 17(b)
[15 U.S.C. 77q(b)] generally requires persons who
make statements describing an issuer’s securities to
disclose the receipt (and the amount) of
consideration given, directly or indirectly, by an
issuer, underwriter, or dealer in exchange for
making the statements.
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44741
other exemptions, exclusions, and safe
harbor rules we are adopting today, we
have made clear that the exemption is
non-exclusive.
We also have modified the Rule to
eliminate the preliminary note regarding
the unavailability of the exemption if it
is part of a scheme to avoid or evade the
requirements of the gun-jumping
provisions. We have not included this
preliminary note in the adopted Rule
because we believe that the Rule
provides an exemption for the
communication from the gun-jumping
provisions only for well-known
seasoned issuers and because the
disclosure liability and anti-fraud
provisions of the federal securities laws
continue to apply.
In view of the automatic shelf
registration process we describe below,
we expect that well-known seasoned
issuers usually will have a registration
statement on file that it can use for any
of its registered offerings. Consequently,
it generally will be unusual for these
issuers to make offers prior to the filing
of a registration statement;172 however,
we have provided this exemption from
the prohibition on pre-filing offers to
liberalize communications for these
issuers to the appropriate extent. A
written offer made by or on behalf of a
well-known seasoned issuer under the
exemption will, however, meet our
definition of ‘‘free writing prospectus’’
and will need to include a legend and
be filed promptly by the issuer when
and if the issuer files its registration
statement.173 We also have provided in
the Rule as adopted that filing is not
required if the communication has
previously been filed with or furnished
to us (for example pursuant to
Regulation FD on Form 8–K). The Rule
as adopted also provides that filing is
not required if filing would not be
required under Rule 433 regarding free
172 See the discussion in Section V.B.2 below
under ‘‘Automatic Shelf Registration for WellKnown Seasoned Issuers,’’ with regard to the
availability of an ‘‘automatic shelf’’ registration
process for these issuers.
173 The legend is similar to the one we are
providing as a condition for free writing
prospectuses used after a registration statement is
filed. We have made minor modifications to the
legend, including eliminating issuer-specific
language and references to risk factors. We also
have provided that the legend may include an email address and web site where the prospectus can
be requested or is available. See the discussion in
Section III.D.3 below under ‘‘Legend Condition’’
with regard to the conditions for use of a ‘‘free
writing prospectus.’’ Under Rule 163 and Rule 433,
all issuer free writing prospectuses must be filed
unless exempt from the filing condition. Under
Rule 163 as adopted, free writing prospectuses must
be filed only if the issuer files a registration
statement or amendment to the registration
statement covering the securities offered by the free
writing prospectus.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44742
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
writing prospectuses, discussed below,
if the communication was a free writing
prospectus used after filing of the
registration statement. Finally, the filing
conditions of Rule 163 will be satisfied
if the filing conditions of Rule 433
(other than timing of filing) are satisfied.
As a result, for example, the
accommodations provided in Rule 433
regarding media publications that are
free writing prospectuses also will apply
under Rule 163.174
Any written communication used in
reliance on this exemption will be
subject to the same provisions
applicable to free writing prospectuses
used after a registration statement is
filed with regard to the ability to ‘‘cure’’
a failure to meet the legend or filing
condition in reliance on our rules
governing free writing prospectuses
discussed below.175
iii. Comments on Exemption for PreFiling Offers
Commenters broadly supported the
proposed exemption for pre-filing offers
by well-known seasoned issuers.176 One
commenter thought the exemptions
should be expanded to cover all
seasoned issuers, not just well-known
seasoned issuers.177 Some commenters
suggested that the filing condition for
free writing prospectuses apply only
when and if the registration statement is
filed.178 In addition, commenters
wanted clarification that the availability
of the exemption does not depend on
the issuer filing the free writing
prospectus within a particular time
frame.179 Finally, commenters requested
clarification that media publications, as
with other free writing prospectuses, do
not need to be filed until the registration
statement is filed.180 One commenter
also suggested that Regulation FD
should not apply to offering-related
information communicated in reliance
on the exemption.181
We believe it is appropriate at this
time to limit the exemption for prefiling offers to well-known seasoned
issuers only and not expand the benefits
174 For example, the issuer could satisfy its filing
condition under Rule 163 for a media publication
for which an issuer could file an interview
transcript under Rule 433 by similarly filing such
a transcript, as described below.
175 See discussion in Section III.D.3 below under
‘‘Cure for Unintentional or Immaterial Failure to
Include a Legend’’ and ‘‘Unintentional Failures to
File’’ regarding Rules 164 and 433 with respect to
the cure provisions.
176 See, e.g., letters from ABA, Cleary; NYSBA,
S&C: SIA; and TBMA.
177 See letter from ABA.
178 See, e.g., letters from Fried Frank and NYSBA.
179 See, e.g., letters from ABA and Davis Polk.
180 See, e.g., letters from Davis Polk and NYSBA.
181 See letter from ABA.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
to all seasoned issuers. The level of
following of well-known seasoned
issuers by market participants lessens
our concerns that these issuers, in
general, will use the exemption to evade
the registration requirements of the
Securities Act. Accordingly, we are
limiting this exemption to well-known
seasoned issuers.
We have not made any revisions to
the provisions of Rule 163 regarding the
applicability of Regulation FD to
offering-related information. Wellknown seasoned issuers thus must
comply with the provisions of
Regulation FD with regard to
communications made pursuant to Rule
163 to which Regulation FD would
apply.182
In response to commenters’
suggestions, we have clarified the filing
condition to apply only when and if a
registration statement or amendment
covering the offered securities is filed.
Accordingly, if no such registration
statement or amendment is filed, a free
writing prospectus used pursuant to
Rule 163 does not have to be filed.
Finally, media publications that are
permissible free writing prospectuses
pursuant to Rule 433 will be treated the
same as other communications under
Rule 163, and will therefore only be
subject to filing if a registration
statement is filed.
3. Relaxation of Restrictions on Written
Offering-Related Communications
The rules we are adopting today will
expand the amount and types of
permitted written offering-related
communications that may be made by
offering participants under the gunjumping provisions after a registration
statement is filed.183 The two main
elements of these rules are expansion of
information that Securities Act Rule 134
permits to be communicated and the
permitted use of free writing
prospectuses in connection with a
registered offering.
a. Rule 134
Rule 134 provides a safe harbor from
the gun-jumping provisions for limited
182 We note the recent cases regarding private
investment in public equity (PIPE) offerings that
have involved trading on the basis of inside
information, including the existence of a private
offering. See Hilary L. Shane, Lit. Rel. 19227 (May
18, 2005); SEC v. Hilary L. Shane, Civ. Action No.
05 CIVIL 4772 (S.D.N.Y.). See also Guillaume
Pollet, Lit. Rel. 19199 (Apr. 21, 2005); SEC v.
Guillaume Pollet, Civ. Action No. 05–CV–1937
(SLT/RLM) (E.D.N.Y.).
183 As noted previously, Securities Act Section
5(b)(1) limits the means by which written offers
may be made following the filing of a registration
statement. Section 5(b)(1) does not include a
limitation on oral offers after the filing of a
registration statement.
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
public notices about an offering made
after an issuer files its registration
statement.184 The Rule was intended
originally to provide an ‘‘identifying
statement’’ that could be used to locate
persons that might be interested in
receiving a prospectus. All issuers,
including well-known seasoned issuers,
are precluded from relying on Rule 134
until the issuer files a registration
statement that includes a statutory
prospectus.185
i. Expansion of Permitted Information
We are modifying and expanding the
information permitted under Rule 134
to include information that issuers,
underwriters, and investors will find
helpful and to permit the types of
written communications during an
offering that we do not consider raise
the risk of offering abuses. We are
adopting a limited expansion of the
information permitted in the notice
about the issuer and the registered
offering. The amendments to Rule 134
will:
• Permit increased information about
an issuer and its business, including
where to contact the issuer;
• Permit more information about the
terms of the securities being offered; 186
• Expand the scope of permissible
factual information about the offering
184 The safe harbor operates by excluding such
notices from the definition of prospectus under
Securities Act Section 2(a)(10). See Rule 134 and
Adoption of Rules 134 and 135, Release No. 33–
3568 (Aug. 29, 1955) [20 FR 6523]. Rule 134 does
not apply to communications relating to a registered
investment company or a business development
company. See Rule 134(e) [17 CFR 230.134(e)].
185 Rule 134 is not available until a preliminary
prospectus, or in the case of shelf registration, a
base prospectus, has been filed. This does not
mean, however, that a final prospectus meeting the
requirements of Securities Act Section 10(a),
including a price, is required as a condition to Rule
134. Further, the prospectus required for reliance
on Rule 134(d) is a statutory prospectus that
satisfies the requirements of Securities Act Section
10, including a price range where required (other
than a free writing prospectus), and it need not be
a prospectus that satisfies Section 10(a).
If a well-known seasoned issuer makes a written
communication of information of the type covered
by Rule 134 prior to filing its registration statement,
and that communication constitutes an offer, the
communication will be a free writing prospectus
and the issuer will need to look to the Rule 163
exemption of pre-filing offers from the gun-jumping
provisions.
186 For example, for fixed income securities, the
changes will allow greater information about final
interest rates and yield information, including yield
information on fixed income securities with
comparable maturities and credit ratings. We
believe that yield disclosure also covers disclosure
of the anticipated spread over a benchmark. We also
have revised the Rule to allow issuers to disclose
whether securities are convertible, exercisable, or
exchangeable, and the ranking of the securities. The
revised Rule also allows disclosure of the
permissibility or status of the investment under the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974
[29 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.] (‘‘ERISA’’).
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
itself, including underwriter
information, more details about the
mechanics of and procedures for
transactions in connection with the
offering process, the anticipated
schedule of the offering, and a
description of marketing events; 187
• Allow more factual information
about procedures for account opening
and submitting indications of interest
and conditional offers to buy the offered
securities; 188
• Allow more factual information
regarding procedures for directed share
plans and other participation in
offerings by officers, directors, and
employees;
• Permit the correction of
inaccuracies in permissible information
previously disclosed pursuant to the
Rule;
• Expand the disclosure permitted
regarding credit ratings to include the
security rating that is reasonably
expected to be assigned.
While we have expanded the amount
of information regarding the terms of an
offering that may be included in a Rule
134 notice, the expansion does not
permit use of a Rule 134 notice to
provide a detailed description of
securities being offered. There is
increased ability under our rules to
provide such a detailed description,
such as a term sheet, as a free writing
prospectus, as discussed below.
Commenters suggested a number of
additional items of information that
they believed should be included in the
Rule 134 safe harbor.189 This additional
information generally focused on more
extensive information about the terms of
the securities being offered. As we have
noted, Rule 134 is not intended as a
substitute for a detailed description of
the securities, such as a term sheet, or
information included in a prospectus.
We have expanded the information
categories from those in the proposal to
include items that provide more
procedural information about the
offering or the securities.190
187 The information on marketing events, such as
road shows, can include greater detail on the date,
time, location, and procedures for attending or
otherwise accessing the events.
188 For example, a broker or dealer can inform
investors of the procedural aspects of an auction or
a directed share program. The changes will not
include written notices of allocations of securities,
including those delivered electronically. These
notices will be a type of written confirmation of sale
and, thus, prospectuses. The rules we are adopting
regarding prospectus delivery reforms, as discussed
later, will apply to these notices.
189 See, e.g., letters from ABA; ABA–ABS; Alston;
ASF; Citigroup; Cleary; CMSA; Fried Frank; Merrill
Lynch; Morgan Stanley; NYCBA; S&C; SIA; and
TBMA.
190 Rule 134 and the other communications safe
harbors are non-exclusive; therefore, if a
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
ii. Section 10 Prospectus Requirement
We have modified the changes to Rule
134 from the proposals in one
significant regard. We had proposed that
Rule 134 explicitly condition the
availability of the Rule on the issuer
filing a statutory prospectus meeting the
requirements of Securities Act Section
10 which, in the case of an initial public
offering, would include a bona fide
estimate of the initial offering price
range and the maximum amount of
securities to be offered. While
commenters recognized that the
registration statement had to be filed, a
number of commenters were concerned
that including an explicit requirement
of a bona fide price range and maximum
amount of securities to be offered would
change current practice and would not
permit a number of communications,
including press releases announcing the
filing of the registration statement and
naming underwriters, or even lead
managers, and other notices that would
be appropriate before the
commencement of marketing efforts.191
These commenters noted that, in many
cases, the bona fide price range is not
included in registration statements for
initial public offerings until a later point
in time that is closer to the
commencement of marketing activities
for the offering.192
We are modifying the Rule to provide
that much of the information permitted
under the Rule may be disclosed under
the Rule before the inclusion of a bona
fide price range in the registration
statement. This modification does not
mean, however, that the prospectus in
an initial public offering satisfies
Section 10 without the bona fide price
range. Rather, the purpose of the
modification is to permit notices to
contain information that is not
dependent on the price range or amount
of securities being offered prior to
inclusion of that information. In
addition, information related to the
pricing and rating of the security can be
provided only if a price range is
included where required.
The amended Rule also provides that
the Rule is available for certain other
information only if it also is disclosed
at that time in the filed registration
statement. For example, notices
including information about the use of
proceeds of the offering can be provided
only after information about the use of
communication falls outside of the safe harbor it
still may, depending on the facts and
circumstances, not be deemed an ‘‘offer.’’
191 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Citigroup; Cleary;
Davis Polk; Fried Frank; Merrill Lynch; Morgan
Stanley; NYCBA; NYSBA; and SIA.
192 See, e.g., letters from ABA and SIA.
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44743
proceeds is included in the filed
registration statement.193 Rule 134(d)
continues to require that a price range
be included where required. We are not
modifying the provisions of Rule 134(d).
The procedures that market participants
have developed with the staff of the
Division of Corporation Finance to
facilitate offerings of securities using
Internet facilities are not affected by the
amendments to Rule 134 that we are
adopting today.
iii. Changes to Required Information
We are modifying the information that
must be included in a Rule 134 notice,
as proposed. First, we are eliminating
the reference in the legend to state
securities laws, as we believe that other
provisions of the Rule already address
any state securities law requirements, as
applicable.194 Second, we are
eliminating the requirement to specify
whether the financing is a new
financing or refunding, as we believe
that such information is no longer
necessary because it will be provided
where appropriate by the issuer’s
disclosure of the use of the proceeds of
the offering.
One commenter suggested that the
Rule 134 requirement that issuers alert
investors where they can obtain a copy
of the statutory prospectus should
include a means for receipt of a
prospectus by electronic delivery.195
Several commenters also suggested that
we allow issuers to satisfy the
requirement that certain Rule 134
notices be accompanied or preceded by
a statutory prospectus through the
inclusion of a hyperlink in the Rule 134
notice to the statutory prospectus.196
While we are not expanding ‘‘access
equals delivery’’ to Rule 134, we are
amending Rule 134(c)(1) to allow
persons providing notices relying on
Rule 134 to include a uniform resource
locator (‘‘URL’’) address to the statutory
prospectus that alerts investors where
they can obtain a statutory
prospectus.197 For purposes of Rule 134,
193 The Rule also provides that identities of
selling security holders and the type of
underwriting can be provided if the information has
been included in the registration statement.
194 See paragraphs (a)(13) and (a)(16) of the
amendments to Rule 134.
195 See letter from NYCBA.
196 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Alston; Cleary; and
S&C.
197 Rule 134 requires in some cases that the notice
must be accompanied or preceded by a written
prospectus meeting the requirements of Section 10
of the Securities Act, which may be satisfied in an
electronic notice by including an active hyperlink
to such a prospectus. The notice itself cannot,
however, include information beyond that
permitted by the Rule, and, as such, the notice
cannot include a hyperlink or URL for an address
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
Continued
03AUR2
44744
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
including a URL address to the statutory
prospectus that is not an active
hyperlink in an electronic
communication does not mean that the
prospectus has been delivered.
However, an active hyperlink to a
statutory prospectus in an electronic
Rule 134 notice will satisfy the
requirement that the prospectus
accompany or precede that notice.198
b. Permissible Use of Free Writing
Prospectuses
i. Overview
After the filing of a registration
statement, the gun-jumping provisions
permit issuers and other offering
participants to make written offers only
in the form of a statutory prospectus.
After effectiveness of a registration
statement, written offers other than a
statutory prospectus may be made only
if a final prospectus meeting the
requirements of Securities Act Section
10(a) is sent or given prior to or at the
same time as the written offer.199 We
believe that written communications
during the offering process are
unnecessarily restricted, even with the
substantial relaxations in restrictions on
communications resulting from the
rules we discuss above. The rules we are
adopting permit written offers,
including electronic communications,
outside the statutory prospectus beyond
those currently permitted by the
Securities Act, if certain conditions are
met. We are defining such a written
offer outside of the statutory prospectus
as a ‘‘free writing prospectus.’’200
Under the rules we are adopting
today, a free writing prospectus that
satisfies specified conditions can be
used by a well-known seasoned issuer at
any time.201 Further, a free writing
prospectus that satisfies the specified
conditions can be used by any other
eligible issuer or offering participant
after a registration statement has been
filed.202 In general, the rules we are
containing information beyond that permitted by
Rule 134. See the 2000 Electronics Release, note 96,
at II.B.2.
198 See example (19) under Section II.D. of Use of
Electronic Media for Delivery Purposes, Release No.
33–7233 (Oct. 6, 1995) [60 FR 53458] (the ‘‘1995
Electronics Release’’), which states that a URL
address can be included in an electronic Rule 134
notice.
199 See Securities Act Section 2(a)(10).
200 We are adding this definition to Securities Act
Rule 405.
201 As we discuss above, a free writing prospectus
can be used by a well-known seasoned issuer prior
to filing the registration statement pursuant to Rule
163.
202 The rules provide that such a free writing
prospectus is a permitted prospectus for purposes
of Securities Act Section 10(b) [15 U.S.C.77j(b)]
and, as such, can be used without violating
Securities Act Section 5(b)(1). A free writing
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
adopting will allow offering participants
to use free writing prospectuses in
conjunction with most registered
primary and secondary offerings,
although we do not treat all issuers and
offerings the same.203
The issuer and any other offering
participant in an eligible issuer’s
registered securities offering satisfying
the conditions of our rules can use a free
writing prospectus after a registration
statement is filed to communicate
information about a registered offering
of securities.204 This will permit
affiliates, underwriters, dealers, and
others acting on behalf of the parties to
the transaction to use a free writing
prospectus without violating the gunjumping provisions. The conditions to
the use of a free writing prospectus will
depend on the nature of the issuer and
the offering. A free writing prospectus
can take any form and is not required
to meet the informational requirements
otherwise applicable to prospectuses.
ii. Definition of Free Writing Prospectus
(A) Scope of Definition
We are adopting the proposed
definition of ‘‘free writing prospectus.’’
A free writing prospectus is, except as
otherwise provided specifically or
otherwise required by the context, a
written communication that constitutes
an offer to sell or a solicitation of an
offer to buy securities that are or will be
the subject of a registration statement
and is not:
• A prospectus satisfying the
requirements of Securities Act Section
10(a);
• A prospectus satisfying our rules
permitting the use of preliminary or
prospectus used other than in accordance with our
new rules will continue to be a prospectus.
203 The rules do not extend to business
combination transactions, for which we have
already adopted rules. See Securities Act Rule 162
[17 CFR 230.162], Rule 165, Rule 166, and Rule 425
[17 CFR 230.425]. Rule 162 relates to submission of
tenders in registered exchange offers.
Communications relating to business combinations
are covered by Rule 165 and Rule 166. Rule 425
relates to the filing of certain prospectuses and
communications in connection with business
combination transactions. See also the Regulation
M–A Release note 95; and Cross-Border Tender and
Exchange Offers, Business Combinations and Rights
Offerings, Release No. 33–7759 (Oct. 22, 1999) [64
FR 61382] (exemptive rules for cross-border tender
and exchange offers, business combinations, and
rights offerings relating to the securities of foreign
issuers). Where appropriate, we have included
provisions that are intended to ensure consistency
among the rules and, with respect to filing
conditions, permit a single filing to satisfy the
conditions under both regulatory schemes. See Rule
425 and Rule 433.
204 Prior to filing a registration statement, only a
well-known seasoned issuer will be able to use a
free writing prospectus. This use of a free writing
prospectus by a well-known seasoned issuer is
permitted by Rule 163.
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
summary prospectuses or prospectuses
subject to completion;
• A communication made in reliance
on the special rules for asset-backed
issuers permitting the use of ABS
informational and computational
materials; 205 or
• A prospectus because a final
prospectus meeting the requirements of
Section 10(a) was sent or given with or
prior to the written communication.206
Further, the definition makes clear that,
although a free writing prospectus will
not be filed as part of a registration
statement, it will still be considered to
relate to a registered public offering of
securities that is or will be the subject
of a registration statement, regardless of
the method of its use or distribution.
A written communication will be a
free writing prospectus only where it
constitutes an offer by an offering
participant of a security under the
Securities Act. Whether a particular
communication constitutes such an
offer will continue to be determined
based on the particular facts and
circumstances.207 While the definition
of ‘‘offer’’ is broad, not all
communications relating to an offering
are offers or offers by an offering
participant. As a non-exclusive
illustration, the gun-jumping provisions
have been administered in a manner
that excludes from categorization as an
offer a media publication or television
or radio broadcast that is based solely
205 See Rules 167 and 426 [17 CFR 230.167 and
17 CFR 230.426]. Asset-backed issuers also may use
free writing prospectuses as discussed below. We
have excluded free writing prospectuses used in
reliance on Rule 164 and Rule 433 (including the
filing requirements) from the filing requirements for
ABS informational and computational materials.
See the amendments to Rule 426. The content of
ABS free writing prospectuses may include, but is
not limited to, the same information as material
used pursuant to Rule 167 and Rule 426.
206 See clause (a) of Securities Act Section
2(a)(10). After effectiveness of a registration
statement, any written offer that is accompanied or
preceded by a final prospectus that meets the
requirements of Securities Act Section 10(a) (such
as sales literature used after effectiveness) will
continue to be permitted without having to satisfy
the requirements of any safe harbor or other rule
permitting its use or Rule 433. Such a written offer
is excluded from the definition of ‘‘prospectus’’
under the Securities Act by reason of clause (a) of
Securities Act Section 2(a)(10) if a final prospectus
meeting the Section 10(a) information requirements
is sent or given before or at the same time as the
written offer. A base prospectus included in a shelf
registration statement that omits information is not
a final prospectus meeting the requirements of
Section 10(a).
207 In addition, communications that are not
considered offers or prospectuses for purposes of
the gun-jumping provisions, such as Rule 134
notices, Rule 135 communications, regularly
released factual business information and forwardlooking information falling within the new safe
harbors, and research reports falling within the safe
harbors provided by our rules, will not be free
writing prospectuses.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
on information that is filed with us or
available on an unrestricted basis or on
other information the dissemination of
which did not represent an offer by an
issuer or other offering participant,
where there is no other involvement or
participation by an offering participant.
On that basis, for example, a newspaper
article about an initial public offering
that is based on the filed registration
statement, on a press release that is filed
with or furnished to us, on a filed free
writing prospectus, or on filed issuer
information where the issuer and other
offering participants have refused to
comment and not otherwise been
involved, would not be categorized as
an offer under the gun-jumping
provisions.
(B) Comments on Definition
Commenters supported the concept of
free writing prospectuses.208
Commenters suggested that we exclude
offshore communications and rating
agency reports from the scope of the
definition.209 We are not including any
specific provision in the rules regarding
offshore communications and, as such,
the treatment of offshore
communications under the free writing
prospectus rules will be no different
than the treatment of any offshore
communication prior to the Rules we
adopt today.210 We also have not
revised the Rule in response to
commenters’ request for clarification of
the treatment of rating agency reports.
Our treatment of NRSROs is currently
the subject of rulemaking and other
consideration.211
208 See,
e.g., letters from Cleary; NYSBA; and SIA.
209 See, e.g., letters from ABA; ABA-ABS; ASF;
Fried Frank; NYSBA; S&C; SIA; and TBMA. But see
letter from State Street Global Advisors (‘‘SSGA’’).
210 Whether an offshore communication is
considered an offer in the United States subject to
the federal securities laws will depend on when
and how the communication is made and the
availability of other exemptions, such as those for
offshore press conferences. See Rule 135e [17 CFR
230.135e] and note 140 above. See also Rule
902(c)(3)(vii) [17 CFR 230.902(c)(3)(vii)].
211 In addition, as we have said previously,
whether information prepared and distributed by
third parties that are not offering participants is
attributable to an issuer or other offering participant
depends upon whether the issuer or other offering
participant has involved itself in the preparation of
the information or explicitly or implicitly endorsed
or approved the information. The courts and we
have referred to the first line of inquiry as the
entanglement theory and the second as the adoption
theory. See the 2000 Electronics Release, note 96,
at fn. 48 and accompanying text. We think these
theories are equally applicable with respect to
issuer or offering participant involvement regarding
rating agency reports. For example, if an issuer or
underwriter distributes the rating agency report in
connection with an offering of the securities, it is
appropriate to conclude that such party has adopted
that report and should be liable for its contents.
Liability under the entanglement theory depends
upon the level of pre-publication involvement in
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
iii. Permitted Use of a Free Writing
Prospectus After the Filing of a
Registration Statement Under Rule 433
(A) Overview
We are adopting Rule 164 and Rule
433 substantially as proposed. Rule 164
will permit the use of a free writing
prospectus where an eligible issuer has
filed a registration statement, the other
requirements of Rule 164 are met, and
the conditions of Rule 433 are
satisfied.212 The Rules permitting the
use of free writing prospectuses are not
available for any communication that,
while in technical compliance with the
Rule, is part of a plan or scheme to
evade the requirements of Securities Act
Section 5.213
(B) Issuer Eligibility
For any offering participant to use free
writing prospectuses, other than free
writing prospectuses that consist only of
descriptions of the securities in the
offering or of the offering, the issuer
may not be an ineligible issuer.214 We
have modified the consequences of
ineligibility in the context of use of free
writing prospectuses to permit ineligible
issuers, other than blank check
companies, shell companies, and penny
stock issuers, to use free writing
prospectuses that are limited to
descriptions of the terms of the
securities being offered and the offering
because we believe that the permitted
use of such free writing prospectuses
can provide advantages to investors that
justify the risks of use of such materials
by some classes of ineligible issuers.
Such use would be subject to all of the
other requirements of the new rules.
We have revised the definition of
ineligible issuer from the proposals in
response to comments. As adopted,
ineligible issuers are, as of the relevant
date of determination: 215
the preparation of the information. See the AssetBacked Securities Adopting Release, note 82, at part
III.C.3.
212 The discussion in this section relates to the
use of free writing prospectuses after the filing of
a registration statement. For a discussion of the use
of free writing prospectuses by well-known
seasoned issuers prior to filing a registration
statement, see the discussion in Section III.D.2
above under ‘‘Permitted Pre-Filing Offers for WellKnown Seasoned Issuers.’’
213 As with certain of the safe harbors and other
exemptions we are adopting today, we have
included language in the Preliminary Note to Rule
164 making clear that the exemption in that Rule
is non-exclusive.
214 These descriptions cannot be used in any case
if the issuer is or it or any of its predecessors in
the last three years was a blank check company, a
shell company (other than a business combination
related shell company), or a penny stock issuer.
215 We have adopted as proposed a waiver
provision that will allow us to grant or deny a
request to waive an issuer’s ineligibility if we find
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44745
• Reporting issuers who are not
current in their Exchange Act reports
and other materials required to be filed
during the prior 12 months (or such
shorter period that the issuer was
required to file such reports and
materials), other than reports on Form
8–K required solely pursuant to an item
specified in General Instruction I.A.3(b)
of Form S–3; 216
• In the case of asset-backed issuers,
the depositor, or any issuing entities
previously established, directly or
indirectly by the depositor who are not
current in their Exchange Act reports
and other materials required to be filed
during the prior 12 months (or such
shorter period that the issuer was
required to file such reports and
materials), other than reports on Form
8–K required solely pursuant to an item
specified in General Instruction I.A.4 of
Form S–3; 217
• Issuers who are or during the prior
three years were or any of their
predecessors were:
Æ Blank check companies;
Æ Shell companies (other than
business combination related shell
companies);
Æ Issuers for an offering of penny
stock;
• Issuers who are limited
partnerships offering and selling their
securities other than through a firm
commitment underwriting; 218
good cause to provide the waiver. We are adopting
rules today delegating authority to the Division of
Corporation Finance to grant or deny waivers from
any of the ineligibility provisions. See revisions to
Rule 30–1 of the Rules of Organization and Program
Management Governing Delegations of Authority to
the Director of the Division of Corporation Finance
[17 CFR 200.30–1].
216 The exception for reports solely for specified
items of Form 8–K from the requirement that
issuers be current effectively applies only for
purposes of the ineligible issuer definition in the
context of the use of free writing prospectuses. In
the context of the determination of status as a wellknown seasoned issuer, the requirement that the
issuer be current at the determination date applies
separately (without the Form 8–K exceptions) by
virtue of the requirement that the issuer be eligible
for Form S–3. (The Form 8–K exceptions in the
Form S–3 requirements apply in determining
whether an issuer is timely for purposes of Form
S–3 eligibility, but not in determining whether it is
current.)
217 The requirements for Form S–3 eligibility for
asset-backed issuers include not only this
condition, but also the condition that filings be
timely, and extend the requirements to reports of
affiliated depositors regarding the same asset class.
The timeliness condition and extension to affiliated
depositors do not apply here.
218 These issuers are subject to our interpretations
in Limited Partnership Reorganizations and Public
Offerings of Limited Partnership Interests, Release
No. 33–6900 (June 17, 1991) [56 FR 28979].
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44746
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
• Issuers who have filed for
bankruptcy or insolvency during the
past three years; 219
• Issuers who have been or are the
subject of refusal or stop orders under
the Securities Act during the past three
years, or are the subject of a pending
proceeding under Securities Act Section
8 220 or Section 8A; 221 or
• Issuers who, or whose subsidiaries
at the time they were subsidiaries of the
issuer, have been convicted of any
felony or misdemeanor described in
certain provisions of the Exchange Act,
have been found to have violated the
anti-fraud provisions of the federal
securities laws, or have been made the
subject of a judicial or administrative
decree or order (including a settled
claim or order) prohibiting certain
conduct or activities regarding the antifraud provisions of the federal securities
laws 222 during the past three years. The
definition as adopted provides that
ineligibility of an issuer based on a
settlement will be prospective only and
thus arise only for settlements entered
into after the effective date of the new
rules.223
The categories of ineligible issuers
include issuers that at the time of the
eligibility determination are not current
(with specified Form 8-K exceptions) for
12 months in their Exchange Act
reporting obligations, issuers that may
raise greater potential for abuse, and
issuers that have violated the anti-fraud
provisions of the federal securities laws.
Certain of these issuers have been
viewed historically as unsuited for
short-form registration or ineligible for
disclosure-related relief. For instance,
we have repeatedly stated our belief that
blank check companies, shell
companies, and penny stock issuers
219 Ineligibility based on an involuntary
bankruptcy filing arises on the earlier of 90 days
after the date of filing of an involuntary petition (if
the case was not earlier dismissed) or the
conversion of the case to a voluntary proceeding
under federal bankruptcy or state insolvency laws.
As a result, issuers will not immediately be
considered ineligible because an involuntary
bankruptcy petition has been filed. In addition,
ineligibility tied to bankruptcy will no longer apply
after an issuer files an annual report with audited
financial statements after emergence from
bankruptcy.
220 15 U.S.C. 77h.
221 15 U.S.C. 77h–1.
222 The covered decrees or orders (including
settlements) are prohibitions on future violations of
the anti-fraud provisions of the federal securities
laws, orders requiring issuers to cease and desist
from violating the anti-fraud provisions of the
federal securities laws, and determinations of
violations of the anti-fraud provisions of the federal
securities laws. The settlements include settlements
in which the issuer or its subsidiary neither admits
nor denies that it violated the anti-fraud provisions
of the federal securities laws.
223 See amendments to Securities Act Rule 405.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
may give rise to disclosure abuses.224 In
addition, Congress determined not to
extend the safe harbors for forwardlooking statements to issuers of blank
check and penny stock securities, as
well as issuers previously convicted of
certain felonies and misdemeanors and
issuers subject to a decree or order
involving a violation of the anti-fraud
provisions of the federal securities
laws.225
We are adopting as proposed the
exclusion of registered investment
companies and business development
companies from eligibility for use of
Rules 164 and 433 because they are
already subject to separate rules
permitting use of a Section 10(b)
prospectus.226 Securities Act Rule 482
permits investment companies to
advertise investment performance data
and other information, and Securities
Act Rule 498 permits open-end
management investment companies to
use a profile. We also are adopting as
proposed the exclusion of offerings that
are business combination transactions
subject to Regulation M–A. We also are
excluding all offerings registered on
Form S–8, except for those by wellknown seasoned issuers.
We have revised the Rules from the
proposal to change the time of
determination of status as an ineligible
issuer. We have concluded that
eligibility, in most cases, should not be
determined at the time of reliance on
our new Rules for each free writing
prospectus. We have adopted an
approach to eligibility determination
that generally looks to the
commencement of an offering and will
not result in a change of status during
an offering. As adopted, eligibility
determinations will be made:
• If the offering is registered pursuant
to Rule 415, our shelf registration rule,
the earliest time after the filing of the
224 See, e.g., Penny Stock Definition for Purposes
of Blank Check Rule, Release No. 33–7024 (Oct. 25,
1993) [58 FR 58099] (the Commission stated that
Congress found blank check companies to be
common vehicles for fraud and manipulation in the
penny stock market, and concluded that the
Commission’s disclosure-based regulation and
review of such offerings protects investors); Delayed
Pricing for Certain Registrants, Release No. 33–7393
(Feb. 20, 1997) [62 FR 9276] (blank check and
penny stock issuers would be ineligible to use rule
providing for delayed pricing because of ‘‘prior
substantial abuses’’); and the Shell Companies
Release, note 109.
225 See Securities Act Section 27A and Exchange
Act Section 21E.
226 Two commenters suggested that business
development companies should be permitted to rely
on the rules permitting the use of a free writing
prospectus. See letters from Allied and Fried Frank.
A third commenter suggested that Securities Act
Rule 482 should be conformed to Rule 433 for
registered investment companies and business
development companies. See letter from ABA.
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
registration statement covering the
offering at which the issuer, or in the
case of an underwritten offering the
issuer or another offering participant,
makes a bona fide offer, including
without limitation through the use of a
free writing prospectus, in the offering;
or
• Otherwise at the time of filing of a
registration statement covering the
offering.
This timing of determination as to
eligibility to use a free writing
prospectus (with the enumerated
exceptions from the prohibition) applies
to all issuers, including well-known
seasoned issuers. The timing of
determination of whether an issuer is a
well-known seasoned issuer, described
above, is different and is made on an
approximately annual basis.
(1) Comments on Ineligible Issuer
Definition
Commenters expressed a number of
concerns about the ineligibility
conditions, including those relating to
prior securities law violations and
settlements,227 going concern opinions
in audit reports covering financial
statements,228 and certain involuntary
bankruptcy petitions.229 Commenters
also requested clarification of the time
frame for which the issuer must be
current in its reports for purposes of the
definition.230 Commenters did not
believe that issuers should be ineligible
based on disclosure of material
weaknesses in internal controls over
financial reporting.231 Commenters also
stated that offering participants should
be able to rely on the various
exemptions based on a reasonable belief
that the issuer was not an ineligible
issuer.232
With regard to the ineligibility based
on securities law violations or
settlements of alleged violations,
commenters believed that the
disqualifying violations were too broad
and should be limited to violations of
the anti-fraud provisions, not any
provision of the federal securities
laws.233 Moreover, commenters stated
227 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Alston; the
Business Roundtable (‘‘BRT’’); Citigroup; Credit
Suisse First Boston, LLC (‘‘CSFB’’); Davis Polk;
Merrill Lynch; Morgan Stanley; NYSBA; Paul,
Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP (‘‘Paul
Weiss’’); S&C; and SCSGP.
228 See, e.g., letters from ABA; AICPA; Davis Polk;
Deloitte; E & Y; and KPMG.
229 See, e.g., letters from Davis Polk and TBMA.
230 See, e.g., letters from ABA–ABS; ASF; CMSA;
Davis Polk; and TBMA.
231 See, e.g., letters from ABA; AICPA; E & Y; and
KPMG.
232 See, e.g., letters from ABA–ABS and ASF.
233 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Alston; BRT;
Citigroup; Richard Hall; Merrill Lynch; Morgan
Stanley; the NYSBA; Paul Weiss; SCSGP; and SIA.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
that the disqualification based on settled
allegations of violations of the securities
laws should be prospective only,
because the settling parties would not
have known, at the time of the
negotiated settlement, also to negotiate
a waiver of the ineligible issuer
disqualifications.234 Commenters did
not believe that the settlement of an
alleged violation should be a
disqualification.235 Other commenters
did not believe that a securities law
violation or settlement by a subsidiary
should affect the eligibility of an issuer
to use the various exemptions and safe
harbors that we proposed.236
Commenters addressing ineligibility
based on bankruptcy were concerned
that an involuntary bankruptcy
disqualification could disadvantage
issuers in their relationships with their
creditors.237 They were concerned that
a creditor could cause an issuer to be an
ineligible issuer by filing an involuntary
bankruptcy petition against the issuer.
These commenters suggested that the
involuntary bankruptcy petition be a
disqualification only after the lapse of a
period of time or conversion of the
petition to a voluntary petition, enabling
issuers to attempt to resolve the issues
with their creditors.
We have revised the definition of
‘‘ineligible issuer’’ to address many of
commenters’ concerns. Under the
definition we are adopting, an issuer
must be current, but not necessarily
timely, in its required filings under the
Exchange Act for the past twelve
months or such shorter period that the
issuer is subject to the Exchange Act
reporting requirements. We have limited
the ineligibility condition for securities
law violations to those involving the
anti-fraud provisions and have
eliminated the separate provision
regarding settlements because they are
subsumed within the ineligibility
provision based on a settled judicial or
administrative decree or order. In
addition, we have provided that
ineligibility based on actions of a
subsidiary must have arisen at the time
that the entity was a subsidiary of the
issuer. We also have eliminated the
ineligibility condition based on a going
234 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Alston; BRT;
Citigroup; Cleary; CSFB; Davis Polk; Intel
Corporation (‘‘Intel’’); Morgan Stanley; NYSBA;
SCSGP; S&C; SIA; and TBMA.
235 See, e.g., letters from Richard Hall; Paul Weiss;
and TBMA.
236 See, e.g., letters from Alston; Morgan Stanley;
NYSBA; Paul Weiss; S&C; and SIA. Some
commenters were concerned that acquired
subsidiaries that had securities law violations prior
to the acquisition would cause the acquiring issuer
to be ineligible. See, e.g., letters from Alston; Intel;
NYSBA; S&C; and SCSGP.
237 See, e.g., letters from Davis Polk and TBMA.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
concern opinion covering the issuer’s
most recent audited financial
statements. In addition to the revisions
to the specific ineligibility provisions,
we also have revised Rule 164 and Rule
433 to provide that persons relying on
those Rules, other than issuers, must
have a reasonable belief that an issuer
is not ineligible.238 We also have
provided that ineligibility based on
settlements will apply only to judicial
or administrative decrees or orders
entered into after the effective date of
the new rules.
(C) Conditions to Permitted Use of a
Free Writing Prospectus
Rule 164 as adopted provides that,
after the filing of a registration
statement, a free writing prospectus that
meets the requirements of Rule 164 and
satisfies the conditions of Rule 433 will
be a permitted prospectus under Section
10(b) for purposes of Securities Act
Section 5(b)(1). The Rule 433 conditions
on the use of free writing prospectuses
relate to:
• The delivery or availability of the
statutory prospectus at the time the free
writing prospectus is used;
• The information contained in the
free writing prospectus;
• The legend that is to be included in
the free writing prospectus;
• Filing of the free writing
prospectus; and
• Record retention for the free writing
prospectus.
(1) Prospectus Delivery or Availability
The ability of any person participating
in the offer and sale of the securities to
use free writing prospectuses under
Rules 164 and 433 generally is
conditioned on the filing of a
registration statement that includes a
prospectus satisfying the requirements
of Securities Act Section 10.239 Further,
in specified cases, Rule 433 conditions
the use of a free writing prospectus on
prior or concurrent delivery of the
addition, we believe that the new check box
on the Form 10–K and Form 20–F for issuers to
indicate whether they are well-known seasoned
issuers should facilitate an offering participant’s
ability to develop such a reasonable belief with
respect to an issuer’s status as a well-known
seasoned issuer.
239 Base prospectuses, preliminary prospectuses,
summary prospectuses, and prospectuses subject to
completion that are permitted under our rules are
not prospectuses that satisfy the requirements of
Securities Act Section 10(a), but they are statutory
prospectuses that satisfy the requirements of
Securities Act Section 10. Rule 433 makes clear that
the prospectus condition may be satisfied by any
Section 10 prospectus, other than a summary
prospectus permitted by Securities Act Rule 431 [17
CFR 230.431] or a free writing prospectus.
PO 00000
238 In
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44747
issuer’s most recently filed statutory
prospectus.
(a) Prospectus Delivery Conditions for
Non-Reporting Issuers and Unseasoned
Issuers
In an offering of securities of an
eligible non-reporting issuer, including
an initial public offering, or securities of
an eligible unseasoned issuer, the use by
an offering participant of free writing
prospectuses is conditioned on:
• Filing of the registration statement
for the offering; and
• The free writing prospectus being
preceded or accompanied by the most
recent statutory prospectus that satisfies
the requirements of Section 10 if: 240
Æ The free writing prospectus is
prepared by or on behalf of or used or
referred to by an issuer or prepared by
or on behalf of or used or referred to by
other offering participants;
Æ Consideration has been or will be
given by the issuer or an offering
participant for the dissemination (in any
format) 241 of any free writing
prospectus (including any published
article, publication, or advertisement);
or
Æ Securities Act Section 17(b) 242
requires disclosure that consideration
has been or will be given by the issuer
or an offering participant for any
activity described therein in connection
with the free writing prospectus.
In these cases, issuers and offering
participants must assure that the most
recent statutory prospectus is actually
provided to anyone who might receive
a free writing prospectus. Accordingly,
the use of broadly disseminated free
writing prospectuses in registered
offerings by these types of issuers and
offering participants in these offerings
may not be feasible unless they are in
electronic form and contain a hyperlink
to the statutory prospectus. We believe
that this is an appropriate result, as
conditioning the use of the free writing
prospectus on its being preceded or
accompanied by the statutory
240 For purposes of the prospectus delivery
condition, Rule 433 provides that a prospectus will
be deemed to accompany a free writing prospectus
that is an electronic communication if the free
writing prospectus contains an active hyperlink to
the statutory prospectus. In initial public offerings,
a preliminary prospectus that does not contain a
price range does not satisfy our rules or, therefore,
the requirements of Section 10.
241 ‘‘In any format’’ is meant to encompass all
means of dissemination of the materials, including
graphic, television or radio broadcast, or written.
242 The rules we are adopting provide that written
materials for which Securities Act Section 17(b)
requires disclosure will be treated as free writing
prospectuses of the issuer or other offering
participant on whose behalf the payment has been
or will be made or consideration has been or will
be given.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44748
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
prospectus will assure that an investor
has a balanced disclosure document of
an issuer with no or limited reporting
history against which to evaluate the
free writing prospectus and to place the
statements made in context. The
condition that the statutory prospectus
precede or accompany the free writing
prospectus will not require that it be
provided through the same means, so
long as it is provided at the required
time. Referring to its availability will
not satisfy this condition.
In the following situations, for
example, the most recent statutory
prospectus must precede or accompany
the free writing prospectus or the
communication cannot be made in
reliance on Rules 164 and 433: 243
• A direct written communication by
an issuer or offering participant;
• A written communication or a
television or radio broadcast prepared
by or on behalf of or used or referred to
by an issuer or an offering participant;
• The dissemination, in any format
including publication or broadcast, of
any free writing prospectus (including
any published article, publication, or
advertisement) for which
Æ Consideration is or will be given by
the issuer or an offering participant; or
Æ Securities Act Section 17(b)
requires disclosure of a payment made
or consideration given by an issuer or
other offering participant; or
• A paid published or broadcast
advertisement by an issuer or offering
participant.
Once the required statutory
prospectus is provided to an investor,
additional free writing prospectuses can
be provided to that investor without
having to provide an additional
statutory prospectus, unless there is a
material change in the most recent
statutory prospectus from the provided
prospectus.244 For example, once an
investor has been sent a preliminary
prospectus, absent a material change,
the Rule permits subsequent e-mail
communications to that investor by an
offering participant that constitute free
writing prospectuses without the user
having to hyperlink to or otherwise
redeliver a statutory prospectus with
each communication. After effectiveness
and availability of a final prospectus
meeting the requirements of Securities
Act Section 10(a), no earlier statutory
prospectus may be provided, and such
243 See the discussion below regarding the
treatment of media publications. See Section III.D.3
below under ‘‘Media Publications and Broadcasts.’’
244 If there are material changes in a preliminary
prospectus, or preliminary prospectus supplement,
the issuer and offering participants generally will
recirculate the revised preliminary prospectus or
supplement to potential purchasers.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
final prospectus, as revised or
supplemented, must precede or
accompany any free writing prospectus
provided after such availability,
whether or not an earlier statutory
prospectus has been previously
provided to the recipient.245
(c) Comments on Prospectus Delivery or
Availability Conditions
Some commenters believed that the
requirement that a statutory prospectus
precede or accompany a free writing
prospectus in offerings of securities of
non-reporting or unseasoned issuers
(b) Prospectus Availability Condition for should be able to be accomplished by
the availability of the prospectus on our
Seasoned Issuers and Well-Known
Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and
Seasoned Issuers
Retrieval system (‘‘EDGAR’’),249 while
In offerings of securities of eligible
others thought it should be limited only
seasoned issuers (including assetto non-reporting companies engaging in
backed issuers eligible to use Form S–
their initial public offerings 250 or that
3) and eligible well-known seasoned
there should be cure provisions for
issuers, we are adopting as proposed the
failure to provide timely a statutory
provision that these issuers and other
prospectus.251 We do not believe that it
offering participants in their offerings
is appropriate at this time to have access
can use a free writing prospectus after
or filing of a registration statement on
the filing of a registration statement
EDGAR satisfy this delivery obligation
containing a statutory prospectus.246 For
for statutory prospectuses in all cases. In
shelf offerings, this statutory prospectus
addition, as we note above, we believe
can be a base prospectus.247 For
that investors should have the statutory
offerings of securities of eligible
prospectus for unseasoned issuers when
seasoned issuers (including eligible
they evaluate free writing prospectuses
well-known seasoned issuers), the Rule
involving offerings of securities of such
does not condition use of the free
issuers.
writing prospectus on actual delivery of
(2) Information in a Free Writing
the most recent statutory prospectus.
Prospectus
Instead, the user of the free writing
prospectus must notify the recipient,
(a) Information Conditions
through a required legend, of the filing
We are adopting substantially as
of the registration statement and the
proposed the provisions that will permit
URL for our web site where the
a free writing prospectus meeting the
recipient can access or hyperlink to the
conditions of Rule 433 to be a Section
preliminary or base prospectus. The
10(b) prospectus without having lineRule as adopted permits the use of a
item disclosure requirements or
generic rather than an issuer-specific
otherwise requiring that the free writing
legend. The legend must contain a tollfree telephone number, and may contain prospectus contain any particular
information, other than the legend. The
an e-mail address, through which the
Rule permits information in a free
statutory prospectus may be
writing prospectus to go beyond
requested.248
information the substance of which is
contained in the prospectus included in
245 If a final prospectus is given or sent prior to
or with a written offer, under the exception in
the registration statement. However, the
clause (a) of Securities Act Section 2(a)(10), the
information in the free writing
written offer is not a prospectus and therefore will
prospectus must not conflict with the
not be a free writing prospectus and Rules 164 and
information in the registration
433 will not apply.
246 Under Rule 433 as adopted, the following
statement, including Exchange Act
offerings are included in this category:
reports incorporated by reference into
(a) Offerings of securities registered on Form S–
the registration statement. We believe
3 pursuant to General Instruction I.B.1, I.B.2, I.B.5,
that exempting free writing
I.C., or I.D. thereof;
prospectuses meeting the conditions of
(b) Offerings of securities registered on Form F–
3 pursuant to General Instruction I.A.5, I.B.1, I.B.2,
or I.C. thereof;
(c) Any other offering not excluded from reliance
on Rule 164 and Rule 433 of a well-known seasoned
issuer; and
(d) Any other offering not excluded from reliance
on Rule 164 and Rule 433 of an issuer eligible to
use Form S–3 or Form F–3 for primary offerings
pursuant to General Instruction I.B.1 of such forms.
247 See Rule 430B, described in Section V.B.1
below, which is intended, among other things, to
locate within one rule the information requirements
for a base prospectus in a shelf registration
statement.
248 In the event that a well-known seasoned issuer
does not have a registration statement on file, Rule
163 provides that an eligible well-known seasoned
issuer’s written offers are exempt from Section 5(c).
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
While it will be exempt from the requirements of
Section 5(c), a written offer made under the
exemption in Rule 163 will fall within our
definition of ‘‘free writing prospectus.’’ Rule 163
conditions the Section 5(c) exemption for that free
writing prospectus on the satisfaction of the
conditions in Rule 163 including filing and legend
conditions. As discussed above, the filing
conditions of Rule 163 apply only if a registration
statement is filed and otherwise are largely
determined by those set forth under Rule 433 if the
communication was a free writing prospectus used
after filing a registration statement.
249 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Alston; and Cleary.
250 See, e.g., letters from NYSBA and S&C.
251 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Cleary; Merrill
Lynch; S&C; and SIA.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
Rule 433 from limitations on any
particular content should not diminish
investor protection. In that regard, we
believe that the liability provisions
applicable to free writing prospectuses,
particularly Securities Act Section
12(a)(2) and the anti-fraud provisions of
the federal securities laws, provide
protection against material
misstatements in and material
omissions from information contained
in such free writing prospectus.
Although the proposal stated that the
information in the free writing
prospectus did not have to be in the
registration statement, some
commenters requested further
clarification of the proposed condition
that the free writing prospectus cannot
contain information that is
‘‘inconsistent’’ with the information in
the prospectus filed as part of the
registration statement.252 In revising the
provision to preclude information that
‘‘conflicts’’ with that in the registration
statement, we have clarified that
information in the free writing
prospectus may be different from or
additional or supplemental to that in the
registration statement, so long as it does
not ‘‘conflict’’ with the latter.
Commenters requested clarification as
to how information in the free writing
prospectus would be treated in relation
to other information that was filed with
us or was otherwise publicly
available.253 Commenters believed that
liability for free writing prospectuses
should not be considered in isolation
but should take into account other
information that is conveyed for
purposes of the total mix of information
available.254 Free writing prospectuses
may incorporate or refer investors to
other information, so that investors will
be advised to consider the information
presented in the free writing prospectus
in context. We note that the legend that
must be included in a free writing
prospectus will direct investors to the
filed prospectus contained in the
registration statement. As we discuss
below, a free writing prospectus cannot
include language that deems an investor
to have read or have knowledge of or
rely on the content of other documents
incorporated in or referred to in the free
writing prospectus. Whether such other
information is conveyed to the investor
will be determined based on the facts
and circumstances.255
252 See,
e.g., letters from ABA; Merrill Lynch; and
S&C.
253 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Citigroup; Cleary;
CSFB; Davis Polk; Deloitte; Goldman, SachS&Co.
(‘‘Goldman Sachs’’); ICI; Morgan Stanley; and SIA.
254 Id.
255 See, e.g., Starr v. Georgeson Shareholder, Inc.,
2005 U.S. App. LEXIS 11250 (2d Cir. 2005).
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
Treating a free writing prospectus
satisfying the conditions of Rule 433 as
a Section 10(b) prospectus provides for
additional continuing Commission
oversight and enforcement authority
over the contents and use of the free
writing prospectus. As we discussed in
the Proposing Release, we will retain
the ability to halt the use of any
materially false or misleading free
writing prospectus in accordance with
Section 10(b). Under the amendments to
Securities Act Rule 418 we are adopting
today, our staff will be able to request
any free writing prospectus that has
been used in connection with a
securities offering.
(b) Amendment to Rule 408
Finally, we are amending Securities
Act Rule 408 as proposed to make clear
that not including information that is
included in a free writing prospectus in
a prospectus filed as part of a
registration statement will not, solely by
virtue of inclusion of the information in
a free writing prospectus, be considered
an omission of material information
required to be included in the
registration statement.
(c) Legend Condition
(i) Discussion
We are not adopting any content
requirement for free writing
prospectuses other than to condition the
use of a free writing prospectus on
inclusion of a legend indicating where
a prospectus is available for the offering
to which the communication relates and
recommending that potential investors
read the prospectus (including
Exchange Act documents incorporated
by reference).256 In addition, the legend
also advises investors that they can
obtain the registration statement
including the prospectus and any
incorporated Exchange Act documents
for free through the Commission’s web
site at www.sec.gov, and that they may
request the prospectus from the issuer,
any underwriter or any dealer by calling
a toll-free number.257 The legend also
indicates that the free writing
prospectus relates to a registered public
offering. As suggested by commenters,
we are adopting a generic, rather than
issuer-specific legend condition.258 We
256 See Rule 433(c). We have eliminated any
issuer-specific information as well as the reference
to risk factors.
257 Rules 163 and 433 permit offering participants
to include an e-mail address at which the
documents can be requested, a statement that the
documents are available on the issuer’s web site,
and the Internet address and particular location
where the documents can be found.
258 See, e.g., letters from Citigroup; Cleary; CSFB;
Morgan Stanley; S&C; and SIA.
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44749
believe this modification should assist
issuers and offering participants in
including a legend in a free writing
prospectus without much added cost.259
(ii) Cure for Unintentional or Immaterial
Failure To Include a Legend
Rule 164 permits a user to cure an
unintentional or immaterial failure to
include the specified legend in any free
writing prospectus, as long as a good
faith and reasonable effort is made to
comply with the condition and the free
writing prospectus is amended to
include the specified legend as soon as
practicable after discovery of the
omitted or incorrect legend.260 In
addition, if a free writing prospectus has
been transmitted to potential investors
without the specified legend, the free
writing prospectus must be
retransmitted, with the appropriate
legend by substantially the same means
as and directed to substantially the same
investors to whom it was originally
transmitted.261
The legend condition is intended to
identify more clearly materials as free
writing prospectuses used in relation to
a registered offering. We believe that
this legend will put investors on notice
and assist them in evaluating the
content of the free writing prospectus.
(iii) Impermissible Legends or
Disclaimers
As we discussed in the Proposing
Release, we understand that issuers or
other users of written communications
may sometimes include legends or
disclaimers in offering materials that
may be inappropriate. In particular,
disclaimers of responsibility or liability
that are impermissible in a statutory
prospectus or registration statement also
are impermissible in free writing
prospectuses. Examples of
impermissible legends or disclaimers,
which are not exclusive, that will cause
the materials not to be permissible free
writing prospectuses or not to be
259 For example, a single toll-free telephone
number could be used to request a copy of the
prospectus.
260 See Rule 164(c).
261 Rule 163 contains similar cure provisions.
Some commenters were concerned that the cure
provision would require the redelivery of the free
writing prospectus with the correct legend to all
potential purchasers. See letters from ABA and
Fried Frank. While the proposal did not require that
the free writing prospectus be delivered to all
potential purchasers, we have revised the language
to clarify that the free writing prospectus with the
specified legend must be retransmitted by
substantially the same means as and directed to
substantially the same prospective purchasers to
whom it was originally transmitted. For example,
if a free writing prospectus without a legend was
sent by e-mail to a distribution list, it would have
to be retransmitted with the specified legend by email to the same distribution list.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44750
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
effective as to any purchaser for liability
purposes include:
• Disclaimers regarding accuracy or
completeness or reliance by investors;
• Statements requiring investors to
read or acknowledge that they have read
or understand the registration statement
or any disclaimers or legends;
• Language indicating that the
communication is neither a prospectus
nor an offer to sell or a solicitation or
an offer to buy; and
• For information that must be filed
with us, statements that the information
is confidential.262
(3) Filing Conditions
(a) General Conditions
(i) Scope of General Conditions
We are adopting substantially as
proposed the provisions conditioning
use of a free writing prospectus on the
filing of that prospectus or information
contained in that prospectus,263 unless
exempt from filing, in the following
circumstances: 264
• Where a free writing prospectus is
prepared by or on behalf of, or used or
referred to by, the issuer, known as an
‘‘issuer free writing prospectus,’’ the
issuer shall file that free-writing
prospectus;
• Where a free writing prospectus
prepared by or on behalf of or used by
an offering participant other than the
issuer contains material information
about the issuer or its securities that has
been provided by or on behalf of an
issuer, known as ‘‘issuer information,’’
that is not already included or
incorporated in the prospectus or a filed
free writing prospectus, the issuer shall
file the issuer information; 265
• Where a free writing prospectus
used or referred to by an offering
participant other than the issuer is
262 Language indicating that the material is not a
prospectus or offer would make the material not a
permitted prospectus allowed pursuant to Rule 164
and thus preclude reliance on Rules 164 and 433.
See also the Asset-Backed Securities Adopting
Release., note, at III.C.1.d.
263 See Rule 433(d). Under Rule 433, Rule 134
notices and Rule 135 notices are not considered free
writing prospectuses and, therefore, are not subject
to the conditions to use in the Rule. This differs
from Securities Act Rule 425, which is applicable
to business combination transactions and covers all
communications, including Rule 135 notices.
264 Under Rule 433, electronic road shows that are
written communications are not subject to the filing
condition in certain circumstances. See Section
III.D.3 below under ‘‘Electronic Road Shows.’’
265 This condition only provides that the issuer
information contained in the offering participant’s
free writing prospectus be filed, not necessarily the
free writing prospectus itself. In addition, this
condition does not apply where a free writing
prospectus prepared by or on behalf of an offering
participant, other than the issuer, contains
information prepared on the basis of or derived
from issuer information but not issuer information.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
distributed by or on behalf of such
offering participant in a manner
reasonably designed to lead to its broad
unrestricted dissemination, the offering
participant shall file the free writing
prospectus; and
• Where a free writing prospectus or
portion thereof prepared by or on behalf
of the issuer or other offering participant
comprises a description of the final
terms of the issuer’s securities in the
offering or of the offering, the issuer
must file such free writing prospectus or
portion thereof after such terms have
been established for all classes of the
offering.266
In most cases, there is no condition
that underwriters and dealers file the
free writing prospectuses that they
prepare, use, or refer to. This includes
information prepared by underwriters
and others on the basis of or derived
from, but not containing, issuer
information. Such information can be,
but is not limited to, information that is
proprietary to the preparer.
We are adopting as proposed the
exception to the general principle that
underwriter free writing prospectuses
do not need to be filed where a free
writing prospectus is used or referred to
by and distributed by or on behalf of an
offering participant, other than the
issuer, in a manner that is reasonably
designed to lead to its broad
unrestricted dissemination.
Accordingly, such use of a free writing
prospectus is conditioned on such
person filing the free writing prospectus
on or before the date of first use. For
example, the filing condition applies
where:
• An underwriter includes a free
writing prospectus on an unrestricted
web site or hyperlinks from an
unrestricted web site to information that
would be a free writing prospectus; 267
or
• An underwriter sends out a press
release regarding the issuer or the
offering that is a free writing prospectus.
Offering participants include selling
security holders. A selling security
holder who is unaffiliated with the
issuer and who uses a free writing
prospectus is treated for purposes of
Rule 164 and Rule 433 as any other
offering participant who may be an
underwriter of the issuer’s securities. If
description of the final terms of the
issuer’s securities and of the offering will either be
contained in an issuer free writing prospectus or,
if contained in another party’s free writing
prospectus, will be issuer information.
267 Conversely, a web site with access restricted
to customers or a subset of customers will not
require filing, nor will an e-mail by an underwriter
to its customers, regardless of the number of
customers.
PO 00000
266 The
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the selling security holder is an affiliate
of the issuer and the selling security
holder prepares, uses, or refers to a free
writing prospectus, it should consider,
in addition to underwriter status,
whether it is acting by or on behalf of
the issuer. Further, the issuer and such
affiliated selling security holder should
evaluate whether the selling security
holder has access to material
information about the issuer and
whether it is including such material
issuer information in that free writing
prospectus.268
(ii) Conditions Specific to Final Terms
of the Securities or Offering
We also have adopted with
modifications the provision that a
description of the final terms of the
securities in the offering or of the
offering contained in a free writing
prospectus must be filed by the issuer,
regardless of whether it was prepared by
or on behalf of the issuer or other
offering participant prepared or used it.
As modified, the provision applies to
final terms of the securities in the
offering and of the offering, whether or
not they are the only matters included
in the free writing prospectus. Terms are
required to be filed only if they reflect
the final terms of the securities or of the
offering. The issuer has to file the
description of the terms contained in
the free writing prospectus within two
days after the later of the date such
terms became final for all classes of the
offering or the date of first use.269 We
believe this filing condition is
appropriate for the final terms of a
security or offering contained in a free
writing prospectus. Preliminary term
sheets and other descriptive material
containing only the terms of the
securities or the offering that do not
reflect final terms of securities or
transactions are not subject to filing. All
such written offering materials, whether
or not filed, are, however, free writing
prospectuses. As we note above, we
have revised the Rule as adopted to
permit most issuers, whether or not
ineligible issuers, to use free writing
prospectuses that consist only of
descriptions of the terms of the issuer’s
268 While an unaffiliated selling security holder
could, depending on the facts and circumstances,
be acting on behalf of an issuer or have access to
material information about the issuer, those
situations would be more likely to arise with
affiliates.
269 This is essentially the same timing for filing
for final term sheets as we adopted for asset-backed
securities. The filing condition under this provision
of Rule 433 will not be satisfied by the timely filing
of a prospectus supplement under Rule 424.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
securities in the offering or of the
offering.270
(iii) Asset-Backed Issuers
Asset-backed issuers and other parties
to asset-backed transactions specified in
Rule 167(c) potentially have two sets of
rules on which they may rely in using
written offering materials. Under the
special rules for asset-backed securities
we adopted in December 2004, if the
offering is registered on Form S–3, these
persons may use ABS informational and
computation materials as defined in
Item 1101 of Regulation AB as permitted
by Rule 167 and Rule 426. Rule 426 in
particular includes filing conditions for
the use of such materials using a Form
8–K. The filed materials become part of
the registration statement for the
offering of asset-backed securities in
question.
These persons may also use free
writing prospectuses as permitted by
Rules 164 and 433 that we are adopting
today. Use of free writing prospectuses
is not limited to offerings registered on
Form S–3. Free writing prospectuses are
prospectuses subject to the provisions of
Section 12(a)(2) of the Securities Act but
are not filed as part of or included in the
registration statement. The contents of
free writing prospectuses are not limited
to ABS informational and
computational materials. Rule 433
requires filing by issuers of free writing
prospectuses prepared by or on behalf of
or used or referred to by, issuers or,
depositors, sponsors, servicers, or
affiliated depositors, whether or not the
issuer, but not by underwriters or
dealers, unless they contain issuer
information or are distributed in a
manner reasonably designed to lead to
its broad unrestricted dissemination.
Issuers also must file issuer information
contained in other free writing
prospectuses.271
270 The issuers who are not permitted to use these
free writing prospectuses are issuers who are, or
during the prior three years were or any of their
predecessors were, blank check companies, shell
companies (other than business combination related
shell companies), and penny stock issuers. Issuers
registering business combination transactions also
may not use these free writing prospectuses.
Registered investment companies and business
development companies may not use these
descriptions as free writing prospectuses.
271 In the case of asset-backed issuers certain
information comprehended within the definition of
ABS informational and computational material is
analogous to the terms of securities and is therefore
issuer information. For example, we would expect
that the following categories of such material,
which are derived from the definition of ABS
informational and computational materials, are
generally issuer information:
(1) Factual information regarding the asset-backed
securities being offered and the structure and basic
parameters of the securities, such as the number of
classes, seniority, payment priorities, terms of
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
Under Rule 426, filing is required for
ABS informational and computational
materials provided to prospective
investors after final terms of all classes
of securities in the offering have been
established. Filing also is required of
such materials relating to a class of
securities, whether or not final terms of
all classes had been established, as to
which a prospective investor had
indicated an interest. Filing is required
by the later of the due date for filing the
final prospectus with us under Rule
424(b) or two days after the date of first
use.
Under Rule 433, the issuer must file
a free writing prospectus or portion
thereof comprising a description of final
terms of securities in the offering or of
the offering within two days after the
later of the date final terms have been
established for all classes of the offering
or the date of first use. Filing is not
required of descriptions of securities or
of the offering that do not reflect final
terms, even if a prospective investor had
indicated an interest.
Under Rule 164, ineligible issuers
may not use free writing prospectuses,
except that most categories of ineligible
issuers may use free writing
prospectuses comprising only
payment, the tax, ERISA or other legal conclusions
of counsel, and descriptive information relating to
each class (e.g., principal amount, coupon,
minimum denomination, price or anticipated price,
yield, weighted average life, credit enhancements,
anticipated ratings, and other similar information
relating to the proposed structure of the offering);
(2) Factual information regarding the pool assets
underlying the asset-backed securities, including
origination, acquisition and pool selection criteria,
information regarding any prefunding or revolving
period applicable to the offering, information
regarding significant obligors, data regarding the
contractual and related characteristics of the
underlying pool assets (e.g., weighted average
coupon, weighted average maturity, delinquency
and loss information and geographic distribution)
and other factual information concerning the
parameters of the asset pool appropriate to the
nature of the underlying assets, such as the type of
assets comprising the pool and the programs under
which the loans were originated;
(3) Identification of key parties to the transaction,
such as servicers, trustees, depositors, sponsors,
originators and providers of credit enhancement or
other support, including information about any
such party;
(4) Static pool data, as referenced in Item 1105
of Regulation AB [17 CFR 229.1105], such as for the
sponsor’s and/or servicer’s portfolio, prior
transactions or the asset pool itself; and
(5) To the extent that the information is provided
by the issuer, depositor, affiliated depositor, or
sponsor, statistical information displaying for a
particular class of asset-backed securities the yield,
average life, expected maturity, interest rate
sensitivity, cash flow characteristics, total rate of
return, option adjusted spread or other financial or
statistical information relating to the class or classes
under specified prepayment, interest rate, loss or
other hypothetical scenarios. (Where such
information is prepared by an underwriter or
dealer, it is not issuer information, even when
derived from issuer information.)
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44751
descriptions of terms of securities and
offerings. Rule 164 provides that for
offerings of asset-backed securities,
ineligible issuers may use free writing
prospectuses limited to certain
categories of ABS informational and
computational materials.272 There is no
such ineligible issuer restriction on the
use of ABS informational and
computational materials under Rules
167 and 426.
To coordinate the operation of the two
available approaches to use of written
offering communications, Rule 433 as
adopted today provides that a free
writing prospectus or portion thereof
required to be filed under Rule 433
containing only ABS informational and
computational materials, as defined in
Item 1101(a) of Regulation AB, may be
filed under Rule 433 but within the time
frame required for satisfaction of the
conditions of Rule 426, and that such
filing will satisfy the conditions of Rule
433.
272 In asset-backed offerings by ineligible issuers,
free writing prospectuses used by ineligible issuers
are limited to the following information:
(1) Factual information regarding the asset-backed
securities being offered and the structure and basic
parameters of the securities, such as the number of
classes, seniority, payment priorities, terms of
payment, the tax, ERISA or other legal conclusions
of counsel, and descriptive information relating to
each class (e.g., principal amount, coupon,
minimum denomination, anticipated price, yield,
weighted average life, credit enhancements,
anticipated ratings, and other similar information
relating to the proposed structure of the offering);
(2) Factual information regarding the pool assets
underlying the asset-backed securities, including
origination, acquisition and pool selection criteria,
information regarding any prefunding or revolving
period applicable to the offering, information
regarding significant obligors, data regarding the
contractual and related characteristics of the
underlying pool assets (e.g., weighted average
coupon, weighted average maturity, delinquency
and loss information and geographic distribution)
and other factual information concerning the
parameters of the asset pool appropriate to the
nature of the underlying assets, such as the type of
assets comprising the pool and the programs under
which the loans were originated;
(3) Identification of key parties to the transaction,
such as servicers, trustees, depositors, sponsors,
originators and providers of credit enhancement or
other support, including a brief description of each
such party’s roles, responsibilities, background and
experience;
(4) Static pool data;
(5) The names of underwriters participating in the
offering of the securities, and their additional roles,
if any, within the underwriting syndicate;
(6) The anticipated schedule for the offering
(including the approximate date upon which the
proposed sale to the public will begin) and a
description of marketing events (including the
dates, times, locations, and procedures for attending
or otherwise accessing them); and
(7) A description of the procedures by which the
underwriters will conduct the offering and the
procedures for transactions in connection with the
offering with an underwriter or participating dealer
(including procedures regarding account-opening
and submitting indications of interest and
conditional offers to buy).
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44752
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
Rule 433 as adopted today also
provides that where a free writing
prospectus is used in reliance on Rules
164 and 433 and the conditions of those
Rules (including the special filing
election for free writing prospectuses or
portions thereof comprising ABS
informational and computational
materials) are satisfied, the conditions of
Rules 167 and 426 do not need to be
satisfied. It similarly provides that
where ABS informational and
computational materials are used in
reliance on Rules 167 and 426 and the
conditions of those Rules are satisfied,
the conditions of Rules 164 and 433 do
not need to be satisfied.
Special considerations apply with
respect to providing static pool
information in offerings of asset-backed
securities. Rule 312 of Regulation S–
T 273 provides that static pool
information provided on an Internet
web site can be included in the
prospectus included in the registration
statement if certain conditions are
satisfied, including the inclusion of the
specific web site address in the
prospectus.
Static pool information also can be
provided on an Internet web site as part
of ABS informational and
computational materials if certain
conditions are satisfied, including
provision of the specific web site
address in the materials. Those
materials are filed on Form 8–K and
become part of the registration
statement pursuant to Rule 167.
In addition, static pool information
provided on an Internet web site can be
included in a free writing prospectus.
The web site address can be referred to
in a written communication, and in the
case of an electronic communication an
active hyperlink can be provided. In
either case the static pool information
will be part of the free writing
prospectus. Where filing is required
under Rule 433, the Rule provides that
filing of the free writing prospectus
containing the address or hyperlink
satisfies the filing requirement. Where
static pool information provided in a
free writing prospectus is separately
included in the prospectus included in
the registration statement, the filing in
the prospectus included in the
registration statement is accomplished
pursuant to Rule 312 of Regulation
S–T.
(iv) Comments on Filing Condition
Some commenters did not believe
there should be any filing requirements
273 17
CFR 232.312.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
for free writing prospectuses.274 Other
commenters did not believe that filing
should be a condition to the use of a free
writing prospectus because the failure to
comply with the filing requirements
would give rise to a Section 5 violation
with related rescission rights.275 Some
commenters requested further
clarification of the cure provisions,
including what constitutes
‘‘unintentional,’’ a ‘‘good faith and
reasonable effort’’ to comply with the
filing conditions, and a ‘‘discovery’’ of
a failure to file a free writing
prospectus.276 We have retained the
filing condition and cure provisions as
noted. We have not provided further
elaboration of the terms in the cure
provisions which also are contained in
the rules affecting business combination
transactions and asset-backed securities
offerings.277
With regard to filing descriptions of
the final terms of the securities in the
offering or of the offerings, some
commenters expressed concern that
issuers and offering participants would
not know when the terms were final to
be able to file the final term sheet in a
timely manner.278 We believe that
because a description of the final terms
of the securities or the offering does not
have to be filed until after the deal terms
are final for all classes, there will not be
a situation where there is uncertainty
when a description of the final terms is
a final term sheet. In addition, some
commenters thought that only issuer
prepared term sheets should have to be
filed.279 Because the final terms
represent the description of the issuer’s
securities and of the offering, we have
retained the condition that the issuer
must file the final terms, regardless of
who has prepared it.
Commenters also requested
clarification of the interplay between
new Rule 433 and the rules applicable
in business combination transactions
where there is a capital formation
transaction occurring at the same time
as a business combination transaction,
whether or not related.280 Rule 165,
which is applicable to communications
in connection with business
combination transactions, is not
available for a communication whose
primary purpose or effect relates to a
274 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Alston; and
NYSBA.
275 See, e.g., letters from ABA and S&C.
276 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Citigroup;
Goldman Sachs; Merrill Lynch; S&C; and SIA.
277 See Rules 165(e) and 167(e).
278 See, e.g., letters from ABA–ABS; ASF; the
Bond Market Association’s comment letter on assetbacked securities (‘‘BMA–ABS’’); and CMSA.
279 See, e.g., letters from Cleary and Davis Polk.
280 See, e.g., letters from ABA and Alston.
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
capital formation transaction. The rules
we are adopting today applicable to
registered capital formation transactions
generally will apply to registered capital
formation transactions even if they have
some connection to or are proximate in
time to a business combination
transaction. As a result, if an issuer
undertakes a registered capital
formation transaction that is related to,
or takes place at around the same time
as, a business combination transaction,
then the issuer can, if the conditions to
the applicable rules are satisfied, rely on
the rules we adopt today that apply to
the registered capital formation
transaction and Rules 165 and 166 for
the business combination transaction.
This is true whether the two
transactions are connected (for example,
the purpose of the capital formation
transaction is to finance a
contemporaneous business combination
transaction) or independent of each
other. If a communication relates to both
a capital formation and business
combination transaction, then the
communication may be subject to both
Rules 425 and 433.281 We have revised
the filing condition of Rule 433 to
provide that the filing condition of the
Rule will be satisfied if a filing is made
pursuant to Rule 425 and the Rule 425
filing includes the Rule 433 legend and
indicates on the cover page the
registration statement number for the
capital formation transaction and that it
also is being filed pursuant to Rule 433.
Some commenters addressed issues
regarding asset-backed securities
offerings. Some commenters questioned
the interplay between the free writing
prospectus rules and rules affecting
communications in asset-backed
offerings, particularly as it affected the
use of informational and computational
materials and final term sheets.282 These
commenters were concerned about
filing deadlines and the treatment of
certain disclosures, such as static pool
data disclosed on a website, under the
281 In 2001, the staff of the Division of
Corporation Finance provided guidance as to how
to analyze communications made in connection
with contemporaneous capital raising and business
combination transactions in order to determine
whether reliance on the provisions of Regulation
M–A was appropriate. See Question C.1 (Scope of
Rule 165) of Section I (Regulation M–A) from the
Third Supplement, dated July 2001, of the Division
of Corporation Finance’s Manual of Publicly
Available Telephone Interpretations. https://
www.sec.gov/interps/telephone
/phonesupplement3.htm. Such guidance may
continue to be helpful to this analysis. Of course,
the issuer or other offering participant can
determine to comply with both Rule 425 and Rule
433.
282 See, e.g., letters from ABA–ABS; ASF; BMA–
ABS; CMSA; and FMR.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
definition of free writing prospectus.283
As noted above, we are revising Rule
433 and have provided additional
guidance as appropriate to address these
issues.
(b) Immaterial or Unintentional Failures
To File
(i) Scope of Cure Provision
We are adopting as proposed the
ability to cure any unintentional or
immaterial failure to file free writing
materials.284 Rule 164 provides that the
material must be filed as soon as
practicable after discovery of the failure
to file.
Rule 164 provides an issuer and any
other person relying on the Rule the
ability to cure any immaterial or
unintentional failure to file or delay in
filing the free writing prospectus,
without losing the ability to rely on the
Rule. This cure provision is available if
a good faith and reasonable effort is
made to comply with the filing
condition and the free writing
prospectus is filed as soon as practicable
after the discovery of the failure to file.
As in the business combination rules,
we are including the cure provision to
avoid potential chilling of
communications due to uncertainty over
filing status.
(ii) Comments on Cure Provision
Some commenters requested further
clarification of the cure provisions,
including what constitutes
‘‘unintentional,’’ a ‘‘good faith and
reasonable effort’’ to comply with the
filing conditions, and a ‘‘discovery’’ of
a failure to file a free writing
prospectus.285 The filing cure
provisions are the same as those
contained in the asset-backed rules we
adopted in 2004 and in the business
combination rules, which have operated
without further elaboration on these
issues since we adopted the rules in
1999.286 As we discuss above under
Rule 163, we are not including any
further clarification of what constitutes
the elements of the cure provisions.287
(4) Record Retention Condition
(a) Discussion
We are adopting, with some
modifications, the proposed record
retention condition in Rule 433. As
283 See
letter from ABA–ABS.
a ‘‘cure’’ provision is included in
Regulation M–A. See Securities Act Rule 165(e).
See also the Campos Article, note 155, at § 1:30.
285 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Citigroup;
Goldman Sachs; Merrill Lynch; S&C; and SIA.
286 See also Regulation D.
287 See discussion in Section III.D.2 above under
‘‘Permitted Pre-Filing Offers for Well-Known
Seasoned issuers.’’
284 Such
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
adopted, Rule 433 conditions the use of
a free writing prospectus on issuers and
offering participants retaining for three
years any free writing prospectuses they
have used from the date of the initial
bona fide offering of the securities in
question that have not been filed with
us. This record retention condition
applies to all offering participants.288
The three-year retention period is
consistent with retention periods for
brokers and dealers to retain securities
sale confirmations.289
We believe this record retention
condition is appropriate for several
reasons. First, it will give us the ability
to review free writing prospectuses used
in reliance on Rules 164 and 433 under
our authority in Securities Act Section
10(b) and the amendments to Rule 418,
among other rules. Second, offering
participants and purchasers will benefit
from the availability of the free writing
prospectuses.
(b) Immaterial or Unintentional Failure
To Retain a Free Writing Prospectus
Some commenters were concerned
that the lack of a cure provision for
failure to retain free writing
prospectuses could cause retroactive
violations of Securities Act Section 5 for
three years.290 In response to these
concerns, we have included a provision
in Rule 164 that provides that solely for
purposes of that Rule, but not any other
record retention obligation of any issuer
or other offering participant, an
immaterial or unintentional failure to
retain a free writing prospectus will not
result in a violation of Securities Act
Section 5(b)(1) or the loss of the ability
to rely on the exemption so long as a
good faith and reasonable effort was
made to comply with the record
retention condition. Whether or not
there has been a good faith and
reasonable effort to comply with the
record retention condition will be a
facts and circumstances determination.
We have included this provision
because we believe that there can be
circumstances in which a free writing
prospectus is inadvertently not retained
even after a good faith and reasonable
288 For example, the record retention policy
applies to free writing prospectuses prepared by
underwriters and not containing issuer information
and descriptions of the terms of securities or of the
offering not reflecting final terms not required to be
filed. To the extent the record retention
requirements of Exchange Act Rule 17a–4 [17 CFR
240.17a–4] apply to free writing prospectuses
required to be retained by broker-dealers under
Rule 433, such free writing prospectuses are
required to be retained in accordance with such
requirements.
289 See Exchange Act Rule 17a–3(a)(8) [17 CFR
240.17a–3(a)(8)].
290 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Cleary; and TBMA.
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44753
effort. We also have modified the record
retention condition so that it does not
apply in cases where the free writing
prospectus is filed with us.
(D) Road Shows
(1) Definition of Electronic Road Show
Issuers and underwriters frequently
conduct presentations known as ‘‘road
shows’’ to market their offerings to the
public. These road shows are a primary
means by which issuers are involved
directly and actively in a selling effort
to investors. Historically, these
presentations were conducted in person
and limited to institutional investors.
Today, due to advances in electronic
media, road shows also are being
conducted or re-transmitted over the
Internet or other electronic media and in
some cases to broader audiences.
We indicated in the Proposing Release
that we intended to clarify the treatment
of all electronic communications,
including electronic road shows, as
graphic communications under the
Securities Act. Under the proposed
rules, all electronic road shows would
have been written offers and
prospectuses, but also would have been
permitted subject to conditions, as free
writing prospectuses.
As discussed above, we have revised
the definition of graphic communication
from the proposal to exclude a
communication that, at the time of the
communication, originates live, in realtime to a live audience and does not
originate in recorded form or otherwise
as a graphic communication, although it
may be transmitted through graphic
means. This revision applies in the
context of road shows. Under the
definition, a live, in real-time road show
to a live audience that is transmitted
graphically will not be a graphic
communication, and therefore not a
written communication, or a free
writing prospectus. It will still,
however, be an offer subject to
Securities Act Section 12(a)(2) and the
other liability provisions of the federal
securities laws.291 Thus, as we discuss
below, information that is presented as
part of the live, in real-time road show
to a live audience will not be a free
writing prospectus. As discussed below,
we have added a note to the effect that
where a communication (such as slides
or other visual aids) is provided or
291 In addition, while we have revised the
definition of graphic communication to exclude
certain presentations that originate live, in real-time
to a live audience, we have retained in the
definition of written communications the statutory
concept of radio or television broadcasts, regardless
of the transmission means. Thus, a communication
that is a television or radio broadcast, whether or
not live, would still be a written communication.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44754
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
transmitted simultaneously as part of a
live road show that is not a written
communication, including a live, in
real-time graphically transmitted road
show, and that communication is
provided or transmitted in a manner
designed to make it available only as
part of the road show and not
separately, that communication is
deemed part of the road show. Such a
communication is thus deemed also not
to be a written communication.292
Road shows that do not originate live,
in real-time to a live audience and are
graphically transmitted are electronic
road shows that will be considered
written communications and, therefore,
free writing prospectuses. Under our
new Rules, they are, of course,
permitted if the conditions of our new
Rules for free writing prospectuses are
satisfied. As we noted in the Proposing
Release, issuer involvement or
participation in an electronic road show
that is a written communication will
make it an issuer free writing
prospectus.293
(2) Treatment of Electronic Road Shows
Electronic road shows have to date
proceeded in reliance on a series of noaction letters granted by the staff of the
Division of Corporation Finance.294 The
rules we are adopting today permit the
use of electronic road shows without
many of the conditions in the electronic
road show no-action letters.295 As we
292 In-person road shows will continue to be
considered oral communications. As we note, we
have excluded road shows that originate and are
presented live, in real-time to a live audience from
the definition of graphic communication. The
exclusion for presentations to a live audience that
originate live, in real-time also covers overflow
rooms at live, in-person road shows. The rules we
are adopting today do not affect the treatment of
written communications or road shows regarding
business combination transactions to which Rule
425 and Regulation M–A apply.
293 We recognize that road shows may be used in
marketing the issuer’s securities in certain private
placement transactions, as well. Our rules do not
address these offerings, although the treatment of
electronic communications in the definitions of
graphic communication and written
communication apply to private placement
transactions. For example, in an offering made in
reliance on Securities Act Rule 505 or Rule 506 of
Regulation D [17 CFR 230.505 and 17 CFR 230.506],
an electronic road show or other communication
that is a written communication would implicate
the provisions of Securities Act Rule 502 [17 CFR
230.502] regarding information that must be
provided to non-accredited investors and
restrictions on general solicitation and general
advertising.
294 See Division of Corporation Finance no-action
letters to Private Financial Network (Mar. 12, 1997);
Net Roadshow, Inc. (July 30, 1997); Bloomberg L.P.
(Oct. 22, 1997); Thompson Financial Services, Inc.
(Sep. 4, 1998); Activate.net Corporation (June 3,
1999); Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Nov. 15, 1999);
and Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Feb. 9, 2000).
295 For example, under the rules we are adopting
today for road shows that are free writing
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
discussed in the Proposing Release, the
electronic road show no-action letters
for registered public offerings are
withdrawn as of the effective date of
Rule 433.296
For road shows that are free writing
prospectuses, the filing conditions of
Rule 433 do not apply, with one
exception. In the case of an issuer that
is not required to file reports under
Exchange Act Section 13 or Section
15(d) at the time of filing the registration
statement and is registering an offering
of common equity or convertible equity
securities, the filing condition applies to
a road show that is a free writing
prospectus unless the issuer makes at
least one version of a bona fide
electronic road show 297 for the offering
prospectuses, the road show audience does not
have to be limited in any way, and the road show
does not have to be the re-transmission of a live
presentation in front of an audience and the
electronic road show may be edited. In addition,
those distributing the road show do not have to
limit viewers to seeing it either within a 24-hour
period or twice. They also can allow viewers to
copy, print or download the road show. Multiple
versions of the electronic road show are permitted.
Each will be a separate free writing prospectus.
296 See discussion of Staff no-action letters in note
182 of the Proposing Release.
297 We are adding a definition of ‘‘road show’’ and
adopting substantially as proposed the definition of
‘‘bona fide electronic road show.’’ For purposes of
Rule 433, a ‘‘road show’’ is an offer (other than a
statutory prospectus or a portion of a statutory
prospectus filed as part of a registration statement)
that contains a presentation regarding an offering by
one or more members of the issuer’s management
and includes discussion of one or more of the
issuer, such management, and the securities being
offered. In the case of asset-backed offerings, road
shows can include presentations by management
involved in the securitization or servicing by the
depositor, sponsor, or servicers. For purposes of
Rule 433, a ‘‘bona fide electronic road show’’ is a
road show that is a written communication
transmitted by graphic means that contains a
presentation by one or more officers of an issuer or
other persons in an issuer’s management and, if the
issuer is using or conducting more than one road
show that is a written communication, includes
discussion of the same general areas of information
regarding the issuer, such management, and the
securities being offered as such other issuer road
show or road shows for the same offering that are
written communications. To be bona fide, the
version need not address all of the same subjects
or provide the same information as the other
versions of an electronic road show. It also need not
provide an opportunity for questions and answers
or other interaction, even if other versions of the
electronic road show do provide such
opportunities.
A few commenters asked for further guidance on
which categories of information could be properly
excluded from the bona fide version. See, e.g.,
letters from Fried Frank and TBMA. One
commenter thought that the bona fide electronic
road show should be identical to the other
electronic road shows that were being presented.
See letter from Harrisdirect. We have not further
revised the definition of bona fide electronic road
show in response to these comments as we believe
that the definition that we are adopting provides the
flexibility to offering participants to use different
versions of road shows depending on the particular
facts and circumstances of their offering. As we
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
in question readily available without
restriction electronically to any
potential investor. If there is more than
one version of a road show that is a
written communication, the
unrestrictedly available bona fide
electronic road show must be available
no later than the other versions.
We also have modified the filing
conditions from the proposal to
eliminate the specific obligation to file
any material issuer information
provided at an electronic road show.
The filing condition for electronic road
shows is as described above. We have
added a note that a where a
communication that is provided or
transmitted simultaneously with a live
road show that is not a written
communication and that
communication is provided or
transmitted in a manner designed to
make it available only as part of the road
show and not separately, that
communication is deemed to be part of
the road show.298 Therefore, as
discussed above, if the road show is not
a written communication, such a
communication, such as slides or visual
aids, even if it would otherwise be a
graphic or other written communication
is deemed to be part of the road show
and thus not to be written. This
provision also would cover, for
example, a communication of visual
aids provided in a separate feed from a
live, in real-time road show to a live
audience transmitted by graphic means,
where the separate communication is
provided or transmitted in a manner
such that the separate communication
can only be seen as part of the road
show. If the road show is written and
not required to be filed, such a
simultaneous communication is also not
required to be filed. This provision also
would cover visual aids transmitted in
a manner designed to make them
available simultaneously only as part of
an electronic road show. If the
electronic road show is not subject to
filing, neither are the visual aids.
Otherwise, graphic or other written
communications provided separately,
for example by graphic means in a
separate file designed to be available to
be copied or downloaded separately,
will be treated as a written
communication and, if an offer, will be
a free writing prospectus.
Whether or not road shows are
written communications, all road shows
indicated in the Proposing Release and note above,
the bona fide version must only cover the same
general areas regarding the issuer, its management,
and the securities being offered and need not
address all the same subjects or provide the same
information as other versions.
298 See the Note to Rule 433(d)(8).
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
that are offers are subject to Securities
Act Section 12(a)(2) liability. In
addition, all road shows that are offers
that are written communications are free
writing prospectuses, whether or not
required to be filed.
(3) Comments on Electronic Road
Shows
Commenters generally supported
permitting electronic road shows.299
While commenters supported the filing
exclusion for electronic road shows, a
significant number of commenters were
concerned about the proposed rules
conditions affecting electronic road
shows.300 Most of the comments related
to the treatment of live, real-time road
shows transmitted electronically as
graphic communications.301 These
commenters believed that all live, realtime road shows, including those that
are transmitted graphically to ‘‘overflow
rooms,’’ should be treated as oral
communications.302 The commenters
also argued that all materials provided
or made available at these live
graphically transmitted road shows,
including slides and other materials
used but not retained by participants
should be treated as oral
communications and should not be
required to be filed with us under Rule
433.303 Many commenters were
concerned that putting greater
restrictions on these road shows would
eliminate the ability of out of town
investors to participate in these road
shows and view PowerPoint and
similar presentations which would,
therefore, reduce the amount of
information that these investors
receive.304
299 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Alston;
NetRoadshow; and Thomson Financial
(‘‘Thomson’’).
300 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Alston; E. Price
Ambler; Kenneth Arnot; Lisa Baudot; Barry C.
Bruneer; Harold Candland; Matt Crouse; Rick
Dowdle; Robert Evans; Goldman Sachs; Marvin D.
Lutz; Merrill Lynch; NetRoadShow; F. Thomas
O’Halloran; Paul J. Rasplicka; Eric Ribner; Jeffrey A.
Schaffer; Alison Shatz; SIA; Bob Smith; Steve
Smart; Chris D. Wallace; WR Hambrecht + Co. (‘‘WR
Hambrecht’’); and Kevin Yorke.
301 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Alston; Bloomberg
L.P. (‘‘Bloomberg’’); Goldman Sachs; Merrill Lynch;
NetRoadShow; Jeffrey A. Schaffer; SIA; and
Thomson.
302 See, e.g., letters from Alston; Morgan Stanley;
S&C; and SIA.
303 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Alston; Lisa
Baudot; Citigroup; Cleary; Morgan Stanley; S&C;
SIA, David Thickens; Douglas Workman; and WR
Hambrecht.
304 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Alston; E. Price
Ambler; Kenneth Arnot; Lisa Baudot; Barry C.
Bruneer; Harold Candland; Matt Crouse; Rick
Dowdle; Robert Evans; Goldman Sachs; Marvin D.
Lutz; Merrill Lynch; NetRoadShow; F. Thomas
O’Halloran; Paul J. Rasplicka; Eric Ribner; Jeffrey A.
Schaffer; Alison Shatz; SIA; Bob Smith; Steve
Smart; Chris D. Wallace; WR Hambrecht; and Kevin
Yorke.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
We have addressed many of these
comments and concerns through our
modification of the definition of graphic
communications, which as adopted
excludes communications originating
live, in real time to a live audience, even
if transmitted by graphic means. The
materials presented as part of these road
shows, such as slides or PowerPoint
presentations will similarly not be
graphic communications unless they are
separately transmitted as graphic
communications. As a result, live
communications, such as live road
shows transmitted electronically
(whether to an overflow room or another
city) are not graphic communications
and thus not free writing prospectuses.
They will be treated as oral
communications and will be subject to
liability under Securities Act Section
12(a)(2) and the anti-fraud provisions.
We also have revised the filing
conditions applicable to electronic road
shows in response to certain suggestions
of commenters. Commenters generally
supported the definition of ‘‘bona fide
electronic road show,’’ 305 although two
commenters suggested limiting the
requirement for a bona fide electronic
road show only to initial public
offerings 306 and another suggested
limiting it to equity but not debt
offerings.307
Within the category of road shows
that are graphic under our rules as
adopted, we have retained the concept
of bona fide electronic road show only
for initial public offerings of common
equity or convertible equity securities.
We have excluded the concept for all
other registered securities offerings. We
believe that it is appropriate to limit the
filing condition to require a bona fide
electronic road show to initial public
offerings of common equity or
convertible equity securities, due to the
greater potential for involvement and
interest of the retail investor in these
types of offerings and securities of the
issuer. We believe this change addresses
commenters’ concerns that an
unrestricted bona fide electronic road
show should not be required in what are
essentially registered institutional
offerings. Finally, we believe the note
added to Rule 433(d)(8) as adopted will
clarify the characterization and
treatment of materials provided or
transmitted as part of or simultaneously
with road shows, oral or written.
Some commenters also did not
support requiring the filing of any issuer
305 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Davis Polk; and
WR Hambrecht.
306 See, e.g., letters from Alston and
NetRoadshow.
307 See letter from Bloomberg.
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44755
information used at any road show,308
while two commenters thought that all
electronic road shows should be filed
and available to anyone.309
We believe that our treatment of road
shows, including electronic road shows,
strikes the appropriate balance between
the need to market an issuer’s securities
to institutional investors and the desires
of retail and other investors to have
access to issuer information, such as
management presentations, that are
normally available only at road shows
that often have not been open to retail
investors generally. We also believe that
the Rule as adopted addresses some of
the concerns that important information
about an issuer or an offering can be
communicated at electronic (as well as
live) road shows, rather than in the
statutory prospectus. In this regard, as
we noted in the Proposing Release, the
Report and Recommendations of the
NASD/NYSE IPO Advisory Committee
recommended that issuers be required
to make a version of their IPO road
show available electronically to
unrestricted audiences.310 While we are
not requiring that road shows be made
available to unrestricted audiences,
issuers and underwriters are free to
make road shows available to all
investors and we believe that our new
rules will encourage issuers to do so
where retail interest justifies such
unrestricted availability.
(E) Treatment of Communications on
Web Sites and Other Electronics Issues
(1) General
The communications rules we are
adopting will enable issuers and market
participants to take significantly greater
advantage of the Internet and other
electronic media to communicate and
deliver information to investors. We
have addressed previously the
circumstances under which an issuer
308 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Alston; Lisa
Baudot; Citigroup; Cleary; Morgan Stanley; S&C;
SIA; David Thickens; and WR Hambrecht.
309 See, e.g., letter from Harrisdirect and
Renaissance Capital. In addition, many commenters
thought that more information should be made
available to retail investors, particularly in
connection with initial public offerings. See, e.g.,
letters from Trevor Boswell; Lyle Fell, Sr.; Eileen
Fuls; Corey Gorman; Ronald Ricketts, Jr.; and Justin
Swearingen.
310 Report and Recommendations of a Committee
Convened by the New York Stock Exchange, Inc.
and NASD at the Request of the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission, available at
www.nasdr.com/pdf-text/iporeport.pdf (May 29,
2003). Consistent with the Committee’s suggestion,
different versions of electronic road shows for
initial public offerings of common equity or
convertible equity securities are permitted for
different audiences under the filing exemption, so
long as at least one version of a bona fide electronic
road show, where applicable, is available to all
potential investors.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44756
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
retains responsibility for information
included on its web site; 311 however,
the rules we are adopting today expand
possibilities in this regard due to the
ability to communicate outside the
statutory prospectus, including posting
information on web sites that will be
free writing prospectuses.
We are adopting Rule 433(e) as
proposed to make clear that an offer of
an issuer’s securities that is contained
on an issuer’s web site or that is
contained on a third party web site
hyperlinked from the issuer’s web site is
considered a written offer of such
securities made by the issuer and,
unless otherwise exempt, will be a free
writing prospectus of the issuer.
Accordingly, the requirements of Rule
433 will apply to these free writing
prospectuses.312
(2) Historical Information on an Issuer
Web Site
As we discussed in the Proposing
Release, we recognize the importance of
an issuer’s web site as a means to
communicate with the public, not just
with potential investors in an offering,
about its business. In this regard,
commenters on our 2000 Electronics
Release expressed concerns regarding
the possibility that historical issuer
information on an issuer’s web site that
is accessed at a later time would be
considered ‘‘republished’’ at that later
date, with attendant securities law
liability.313
We believe that the availability of
historical issuer information provides
311 In our 2000 Electronics Release, we noted that
the federal securities laws apply equally to
information contained on an issuer’s web site as
they do to other communications made by or
attributed to the issuer. Web site content differs
from traditional methods of distribution, however,
in several important aspects. First, information that
is placed on a web site can be continuously
accessed as long as the information remains posted.
Second, issuers are able to hyperlink to other
documents, information, and web sites, thereby
allowing instant access to such documents,
information, and web sites. See 2000 Electronics
Release, note 96, at II.B.
312 In this regard, if an issuer or other offering
participant includes a hyperlink within a written
communication offering the issuer’s securities, such
as an electronic free writing prospectus, to another
web site or to other information, the hyperlinked
information will be considered part of that written
communication. For example, while a research
report published or distributed by a broker or dealer
around the time of an offering may not be
considered an offer by the broker or dealer under
Rule 139, an issuer hyperlinking to that research
report will not be able to rely on Rule 139. The
research report could, therefore, be a free writing
prospectus of the issuer. See the 2000 Electronics
Release, note 96, at II.B.2.
313 See, e.g., comment letters in File No. S7–11–
00 from the American Corporate Counsel
Association (‘‘ACCA’’); The Council of
Infrastructure Financing Authorities; and the
Florida Division of Bond Finance.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
investors with more readily accessible
information about the issuer. We also
believe that issuers in registration
should be able to maintain historical
information on their web site in a
manner by which that information will
remain accessible to the public but will
not be considered to be reissued or
republished for purposes of the
Securities Act.
Historical information that is not an
offer under the Securities Act, either
because its use and content are such
that it does not fall within the Securities
Act definition of that term or, for
example, because it falls within a safe
harbor (such as those we are adopting
today), will not become an offer if
accessed at a later time, unless it is
updated or used or referred to (by
hyperlink or otherwise) in connection
with the offering.314 We believe it is
appropriate, however, to provide
additional certainty regarding the
treatment of historical information on
web sites as ‘‘offers’’ under the
Securities Act. Accordingly, Rule 433,
as adopted, includes an exception to its
general standard. This exception,
contained in Rule 433(e)(2), provides
that historical information will not be
considered a current offer of the issuer’s
securities and, therefore, will not be a
free writing prospectus, if that historical
information is:
• Separately identified as such; and
• Located in a separate section of the
issuer’s web site containing historical
information.
The use of that historical information
will become a current offer if it is:
• Incorporated by reference into or
otherwise included in a prospectus of
the issuer for the offering; or
• Otherwise used or referred to in
connection with the offering.
While Rule 433(e)(2) addresses
particular situations in which
information retained on a web site will
not be considered a free writing
prospectus, other information located
on or hyperlinked to a web site might
similarly not be considered a current
offer of the issuer’s securities and,
therefore, not a free writing prospectus,
where it can be demonstrated that the
information was published
previously.315 For example, certain
314 See discussion in Section III.D.1 above under
‘‘Permitted Continuation of Ongoing
Communications During an Offering’’ regarding
Rules 168 and 169.
315 See also the 2000 Electronics Release
regarding retention of information on a web site
during an offering. The 2000 Electronics Release
contains a list of information that we believed could
be retained on a web site without the information
being considered an offer and we again concur that
such information will not raise a concern. See the
2000 Electronics Release, note 96, at part II.B.2.
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
information that, while not contained in
a separate section of an issuer’s web
site, is dated or otherwise identified as
historical information and is not
referred to in connection with the
offering activities may not be a current
offer, depending on the particular facts
and circumstances.
(3) Comments on Treatment of
Communications on Web Sites and
Other Electronics Issues
Commenters supported the provisions
of proposed Rule 433 clarifying the
treatment of information contained on
or hyperlinked to web sites of issuers
and offering participants.316 Some
commenters requested that the
Commission provide greater explanation
of what might constitute ‘‘historical’’
information, including whether and
how information is archived.317
Commenters also desired further
clarification of the treatment under the
free writing prospectus rules of
information on an issuer’s web site
hyperlinked from a third party’s web
site.318
Rule 433(e)(2) addresses particular
situations in which information on an
issuer’s web site will not be considered
a current offer or a free writing
prospectus. Whether or not other
information is historical information of
the issuer will depend on the facts and
circumstances. Further, we have not
provided additional detail regarding the
nature of ‘‘archiving’’ information
because we believe that the provision in
Rule 433(e)(2) regarding separately
located, identified historical
information provides issuers with the
necessary flexibility in operating their
web sites within the federal securities
laws. Finally, information that is an
offer and is contained on the web site
of an offering participant or contained
on the web site of another person
hyperlinked from the web site of an
offering participant could be a free
writing prospectus of that offering
participant.
(F) Media Publications or Broadcasts
(1) Overview
As we discussed in the Proposing
Release, we believe it is important to
identify the circumstances under which
information released or disseminated to
the media by an issuer or offering
Although such information may not be considered
an offer and therefore not subject to liability under
Section 12(a)(2), it may still be subject to the antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws.
316 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Davis Polk; and
S&C.
317 See, e.g., letters from Davis Polk; Merrill
Lynch; and S&C.
318 See, e.g., letters from ABA and S&C.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
participant in connection with a
registered offering will be considered
the use of a free writing prospectus
under the new rules. We recognize that
the financial news media are a valuable
source of information about issuers to
the public at large. Issuers and offering
participants use the media to
disseminate important information
about themselves, such as through the
use of press releases and interviews.
The media plays an integral role,
therefore, in providing information
about issuers to the market.
We want to encourage the role of the
media as an important communicator of
information and some media
publications regarding an offering are
not categorized as offers, under the gunjumping provisions, by issuers or other
offering participants. However, we do
not want issuers and offering
participants to avoid responsibility for
their offering or marketing efforts by
using the media. We, therefore, believe
that it is appropriate to address in our
new rules offers that take place using
the media as a communication vehicle.
Under the rules we are adopting today,
where an issuer or any offering
participant provides information about
the issuer or the offering that constitutes
an offer, whether orally or in writing, to
a member of the media and where the
media publication of that information is
an offer by the issuer or other offering
participant, we will consider the
publication to be a free writing
prospectus of the issuer or offering
participant in question.
(2) Application of Rule 164 and Rule
433 to Media Publications
As we proposed, under the rules we
are adopting today, the treatment of a
media publication that constitutes an
offer and therefore a free writing
prospectus of the issuer or other offering
participant will depend on whether the
issuer or other offering participant
prepares the publication or television or
radio broadcast or pays for or provides
other consideration for the publication
or broadcast, or whether unaffiliated
media prepares and publishes or
broadcasts the communication for no
consideration or payment from an issuer
or offering participant.
(a) Prospectus Delivery or Availability
(i) Where Media Publications Are
Prepared or Consideration Paid by
Issuer or Offering Participant
If an issuer or offering participant
prepares, pays for, or gives
consideration for the preparation,
publication or dissemination of or uses
or refers to a published article,
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
television or radio broadcast, or
advertisement, the issuer or other
offering participant will have to satisfy
the conditions to the use of any other
free writing prospectus of that offering
participant at the time of the publication
or broadcast. For example, in the case of
a non-reporting issuer or reporting
unseasoned issuer a statutory
prospectus will have to precede or
accompany the communication. As a
consequence of this requirement, in
offerings by non-reporting and
unseasoned issuers, issuers and offering
participants will not be able to prepare
or pay for published or broadcast
written advertisements, ‘‘infomercials,’’
or broadcast spots or similar written
communications about the issuer, its
securities, or the offering that includes
information beyond that permitted by
Rule 134. Well-known seasoned and
other seasoned issuers and offering
participants will have to comply with
the other applicable conditions for the
free writing prospectus. For seasoned
issuers that are not well-known
seasoned issuers and offering
participants, a registration statement
including a statutory prospectus (which
can be a base prospectus) will have to
be on file with us. These conditions may
also include filing with us not later than
the date of first use.
(ii) Unaffiliated Media Publications
Where, however, the free writing
prospectus is prepared and published or
broadcast by persons in the media
business that are unaffiliated with the
issuer and another offering
participant,319 and the preparation,
publication, or broadcast is not paid for
by the issuer or other offering
participant, our rules include certain
accommodations. In these cases, an
issuer or offering participant would not
have to have a statutory prospectus
precede or accompany the media
communication, although a filed
registration statement including a
statutory prospectus would be
necessary, except in the case of a wellknown seasoned issuer.320 Therefore, an
319 We have revised the provision from the
proposals to address concerns of issuers that are
media companies. See the discussion below under
‘‘Issuers in the Media Business.’’
320 We believe that in a situation where a written
communication is not prepared or paid for by an
offering participant but rather by independent
media, it still may be an offer and thus a free
writing prospectus. There is less need in this
situation, however, to have a statutory prospectus
precede or accompany the free writing prospectus
if a registration statement containing a statutory
prospectus is on file with us and available. A media
publication that is a free writing prospectus of a
well-known seasoned issuer may also be published
or broadcast prior to filing of the registration
statement, as described above. In such a case, where
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44757
interview or other media publication or
television or radio broadcast where an
issuer or offering participant
participates (but does not prepare or pay
for the event or article) could be a free
writing prospectus, but because of the
media intervention, we conclude that its
use should not be conditioned on prior
or simultaneous delivery of the statutory
prospectus. For example, an
underwriter or issuer will be permitted
to invite the press to a live road show
or an electronic road show, but, in most
cases, we will consider an article
including information obtained at that
road show to be a free writing
prospectus of the issuer or underwriter
and subject to the rules regarding free
writing prospectuses.321 As another
example, if a chief executive officer of
a non-reporting issuer gives an
interview to a financial news magazine
without payment to the magazine for the
article, the publication of the article
after the filing of the registration
statement will be a free writing
prospectus of the issuer that will be
subject to the filing conditions by the
issuer after publication. In that case,
there will be no requirement that a
statutory prospectus precede or
accompany the article at the time of the
publication.
(b) Filing
We are adopting the filing condition
applicable to free writing prospectuses
that are media publications or television
or radio broadcasts with some
modifications from the proposals in
response to comments. Rule 433(f)
provides that the filing condition of
Rule 433(d) will be satisfied where a
free writing prospectus including
information about the issuer, its
securities, or the offering provided,
authorized, or approved by or on behalf
of the issuer or an offering participant,
that is prepared and published or
disseminated by persons in the media
business who are not affiliated with or
paid by the issuer or an offering
participant (with certain exceptions for
issuers in the media business), is filed
by the issuer or offering participant
involved within four business days after
another exemption is not available, the filing
conditions would have to be satisfied by the issuer
promptly after filing a registration statement
covering the offering if one is filed.
321 Assuming that the road show in question is an
offer, an article published based on information
obtained from a road show with a limited audience
could be a free writing prospectus depending on its
content. An article published based solely on
information provided at a readily accessible
electronic road show open to an unrestricted
audience may not be an offer as discussed above
where there is no other involvement by an issuer
or offering participant.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44758
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
the issuer or offering participant
becomes aware of its publication or first
broadcast.322 Persons in the media have
no filing or other responsibilities under
these provisions.323
We have made certain modifications
to the filing conditions from the
proposals. First, Rule 433 permits
issuers and offering participants to
satisfy the filing condition by filing:
• The media publication;
• All of the information provided to
the media in lieu of the publication; or
• A transcript of the interview or
similar materials that the issuer or other
offering participant provided to the
media, provided that all the information
provided is filed.
We also have provided that an issuer
or other offering participant does not
have to file the media publication if the
substance of the written communication
has been previously filed with us.
Finally, the issuer or offering participant
may file, together with or after the
media publication is filed, information
that the issuer reasonably believes is
necessary or appropriate to correct
information included in the media
publication.324 We believe that these
additional provisions will give issuers
and offering participants the ability to
file the publications on a timely basis,
to file the underlying materials in lieu
of the publication, and to file correcting
materials after publication, television or
radio broadcast, or other dissemination,
if there is concern about the accuracy of
the publication.325
322 In media publications eligible for this
accommodation, the inclusion of the necessary
legend in the fling of the media publication will
satisfy the legend condition of Rule 433(c)(2) with
regard to that media publication. See Rule
433(f)(1)(ii). Further, the free writing prospectus
will have to be filed only once, regardless of the
number of publications in which the information is
included. In addition, the publication will only
have to be filed if, as discussed above, it is an offer.
323 As we note above, press releases that are offers
sent out by issuers are free writing prospectuses of
the issuer at the time of the issuer distribution.
324 Language that, while arguably in the notice of
a correction, is in fact an impermissible disclaimer
(such as a disclaimer regarding liability or reliance)
or waiver is not permitted.
325 The provisions of Rule 433 apply only to free
writing prospectuses, which by definition must
involve a written offer. Whether or not the media
publication is an offer and therefore a free writing
prospectus of the issuer or the other offering
participant providing the information will depend
as today on the facts and circumstances. In
addition, because the exception for free writing
prospectuses is non-exclusive and does not
preclude reliance on other exclusions or
exemptions from the gun-jumping provisions,
compliance with the conditions of Rule 433 for the
use of a free writing prospectus, including filing,
does not preclude reliance on the argument that the
communication is not an offer.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
(c) Issuers in the Media Business
In response to comments about the
impact the condition that the media
entity is unaffiliated with the issuer has
on issuers that are in the media
business,326 we have provided a limited
exclusion that would permit issuers that
are in the media business to be able to
rely on the unaffiliated media condition
if the media issuer or its affiliated media
business:
• Is the publisher of a bona fide
newspaper, magazine, or business or
financial publication of general and
regular circulation or bona fide
broadcaster of news including business
and financial news; 327
• Has established policies and
procedures for the independence of the
content of the publication or broadcast
from the offering activities of the issuer;
and
• Publishes or broadcasts the
communication in the ordinary course.
(3) Responses to Comments on
Treatment of Media Publications
Among the issues commenters raised,
many focused on the treatment of media
reports under the proposed rules
regarding free writing prospectuses.328
They expressed concern as to whether
the issuer or offering participants were
obligated to monitor media releases and
provide correcting information.329
These commenters were concerned
about the ability to satisfy the
conditions of the exemption if the
media reports or publicity about the
issuer or its securities occurred prior to
the filing of a statutory prospectus.
Commenters also suggested that the
filing condition be limited to the
specific publication that was granted an
interview or, if statements from that
interview were carried by different
media outlets, the issuer or offering
participant should be able to file a
representative statement.330
e.g., letters from Davis Polk and NYSBA.
accommodation is based on the media
entity being a bona fide media entity. We are using
essentially the same definition as included in
Regulation Analyst Certification [17 CFR 242.500–
242.505] (‘‘Regulation AC’’) and the Investment
Advisers Act of 1940 [15 U.S.C. 80b–1 et seq.],
except that we have not limited the publications to
financial or business publications. See Rule 505(a)
of Regulation AC (17 CFR 242.505(a)) and Section
202(a)(11) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940
(15 U.S.C. 80b–2(a)(11)) In addition, we have
conditioned the accommodation on adequate
policies and procedures being in place that require
the media company’s content decisions to be
independent of the issuer’s offering activities.
328 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Alston; Cleary;
Fried Frank; and NYSBA.
329 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Cleary; Fried
Frank; NYSBA; and Reuters.
330 See, e.g., letters from ABA; NYSBA; and
Reuters.
PO 00000
326 See,
327 This
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Additionally, some commenters
suggested that if the media publication
was based on a press release or other
specifically authorized communication,
then only the press release or other
authorized communication should
satisfy the filing condition.331 One
commenter suggested that media
publications based on publicly
disseminated information should be
excluded from the definition of free
writing prospectuses.332 Commenters
also suggested that the filing occur after
a senior officer has actual knowledge of
the publication and that the filing
deadline be extended to three business
days.333
We believe that the modifications we
have made to the filing conditions and
other provisions of Rule 433 should
address most of the commenters’
concerns regarding unaffiliated media
publications. We would observe first
that, as discussed above, not every
media publication about an offering is
an offer or a free writing prospectus of
the issuer or other offering participant.
In particular, we have administered the
gun-jumping provisions so that where
there is no other involvement of an
issuer or other offering participant,
media publications based on
information filed with us or available on
an unrestricted basis are not offers of the
issuer or other offering participant. This
should substantially eliminate the need
to monitor media publications unless
offering participants are directly
communicating offering information or
otherwise involved with the media in
connection with the offering. Further,
the Rule only applies to written offers
prepared, published, or disseminated by
the media where an issuer or offering
participant provides, authorizes, or
approves the information. In addition,
we have made the following
modifications:
• Extended the filing due date to four
business days after the issuer or other
offering participant becomes aware of
the publication or first broadcast;
• Permitted the filing of information
reasonably believed necessary or
appropriate to correct information
included in the communication;
• In lieu of filing the article,
permitted the filing of the transcript of
the entire interview or other materials
that formed the basis for the article; and
• Provided that where the substance
of the information provided by or on
behalf of the issuer or other offering
participants contained in the
331 See,
e.g., letters from Alston and NYSBA.
letter from Davis Polk.
333 See, e.g., letters from ABA and Reuters.
332 See
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
publication is already filed with us no
filing is required.
We also have made accommodations so
that issuers in the bona fide media
business will be able to rely on these
provisions.
As in the case of the safe harbors for
factual business information, some
commenters also requested that we
revise the definition of ‘‘by or on behalf
of’’ an offering participant to include
only those communications that were
made by specific authorized persons
and to provide that the issuer or other
offering participant is not liable for
unauthorized communications.334 For
the reasons noted above, we are not
modifying the definition of ‘‘by or on
behalf of’’ to limit it to specified
persons.
(G) Liability Issues Affecting Free
Writing Prospectuses
(1) General
Even when filed, a free writing
prospectus will not be part of a
registration statement subject to liability
under Securities Act Section 11, unless
the issuer elects to file it as a part of the
registration statement. Regardless of
whether a free writing prospectus is
filed, any seller offering or selling
securities by means of the free writing
prospectus will be subject to disclosure
liability under Securities Act Section
12(a)(2). A free writing prospectus also
can, of course, be the basis for liability
under the anti-fraud provisions of the
federal securities laws.
(2) Filed Free Writing Prospectus Not
Part of Registration Statement
A free writing prospectus used after a
registration statement is filed complying
with Rule 433 will be governed by the
provisions of Securities Act Section
10(b), which provides that a prospectus
permitted under that section is filed as
part of the registration statement, but is
not subject to Section 11 liability. We
are adopting as proposed the
modification to the Section 10(b) filing
requirement to provide that a free
writing prospectus filed pursuant to
Rule 433 must identify the registration
statement to which it relates, but Rule
433 provides that it will not have to be
filed as part of the registration
statement. We believe that the modified
filing condition will enhance investor
protection because it should facilitate
filing of the free writing prospectus on
a timely basis and more readily identify
the filed information as a free writing
prospectus.335
334 See,
e.g., letters from ABA and Alston.
free writing prospectus filed pursuant to
Rule 433 will be filed as a separate filing similar
335 A
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
44759
(3) Cross-Liability Issues
As we discussed in the Proposing
Release, we provided that the filing
condition applied only to an issuer free
writing prospectus and issuer
information or to information in a free
writing prospectus broadly
disseminated, to address the concerns
that commenters on our 1998 proposals
had about cross liability under
Securities Act Section 12(a)(2) for free
writing materials of other offering
participants.336 As we discuss above, we
are adopting the filing condition
substantially as proposed so that it does
not extend to a free writing prospectus
prepared by an underwriter, even one
including information prepared on the
basis of or derived from issuer
information that does not include issuer
information, unless the free writing
prospectus falls into the ‘‘broad
dissemination’’ category. Free writing
prospectuses sent directly to customers
of an offering participant, without
regard to number, are not broadly
disseminated for purposes of the Rule.
Although we attempted in the
proposals to address the cross-liability
concerns by restricting the filing
obligations only to limited situations,
commenters on our proposals continued
to express concern about cross liability
for another participant’s free writing
prospectus, whether or not the
participant used that free writing
prospectus. Commenters requested
clarification that use of a free writing
prospectus by one offering participant
will not subject other offering
participants who do not use the free
writing prospectus to liability under
Securities Act Section 12(a)(2).337 Some
commenters recommended that the
party should be considered to have
offered and sold ‘‘by means of’’ a free
writing prospectus, and liability for the
free writing prospectus should arise,
only if a party has used, prepared, or
referred to the free writing
prospectus.338
In response to commenters’
continuing concerns about cross
liability for free writing prospectuses
used by an issuer and other offering
participants, we have included a new
provision in Rule 159A that will clarify
when an offering participant, other than
the issuer, is considered to offer and sell
securities ‘‘by means of’’ a free writing
prospectus. Under the new provisions of
Rule 159A, an offering participant other
than the issuer will not be considered to
offer or sell securities to a person ‘‘by
means of’’ a free writing prospectus
unless:
• The offering participant used or
referred to the free writing prospectus in
offering or selling the securities to that
person;
• The offering participant offered or
sold the securities to that person and
participated in planning for the use of
that free writing prospectus by other
offering participants and such free
writing prospectus was used or referred
to in offering or selling securities to that
person by one or more of such other
offering participants; 339 or
• Under the conditions for use of the
free writing prospectus in Rule 433, the
offering participant is required to file
the free writing prospectus with us
pursuant to Rule 433.340
The Rule, as revised, also provides
that a person will not be considered to
offer or sell securities by means of a free
writing prospectus solely because
another person has used or referred to
the free writing prospectus or filed the
free writing prospectus with us. As a
result of these provisions, we believe
that offering participants will be able to
determine when they will be considered
to have offered or sold securities by
means of any particular free writing
prospectus.
to the way in which Rule 425 filings are made. A
free writing prospectus will not have to be filed
under Exchange Act Form 8–K. Issuers, of course,
may file a free writing prospectus on Form 8–K if
they wish to have the information incorporated by
reference into the registration statement. The free
writing prospectus also can be filed as part of the
registration statement or, where permitted, included
in an Exchange Act report incorporated by reference
into the registration statement. In such case, the free
writing prospectus would be subject to Securities
Act Section 11 liability. Once a communication or
other document is made part of or incorporated by
reference into a registration statement, Section 11
applies to it as part of the registration statement,
whether or not it is an offer.
336 See, e.g., comment letters in File No. S7–30–
98 from ABA; Ford Motor Credit Company; ICI;
Merrill Lynch; and S&C.
337 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Citigroup; Cleary;
CSFB; Davis Polk; Deloitte; Goldman Sachs; ICI;
Morgan Stanley; SIA; and TBMA.
i. Amendments to Regulation FD
As a consequence of our new rules to
liberalize communications during the
offering process and encourage
continuing ongoing regular
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
c. Interaction of New Communications
Rules With Regulation FD
338 See, e.g., letters from ABA and Goldman
Sachs.
339 We do not intend that the typical intersyndicate arrangement providing for sales out of the
syndicate ‘‘pot’’ falls within this provision, unless
the arrangement contemplates use of free writing
prospectuses in a manner described in the
provision.
340 The Rule does not address when an issuer
offers or sells ‘‘by means of’’ a free writing
prospectus. The Rule does address when an issuer
is considered to be a seller for purposes of
Securities Act Section 12(a)(2). See discussion in
Section IV.B below under ‘‘Issuer as Seller.’’
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44760
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
communications by reporting issuers,
we are revisiting the exclusions from
Regulation FD for communications
made during a registered offering of
securities.341 The communications
regime that we are adopting today
contemplates that, in connection with
an offering, certain material non-public
issuer information can be made public
through the prospectus filed as part of
a registration statement or the issuer’s
filing of free writing prospectuses. Oral
communications of an issuer made in
connection with a registered offering
after the registration statement is filed
will continue not to be subject to any
filing or public disclosure requirement.
As we stated in the Proposing Release,
we continue to believe that subjecting
oral communications that occur in
connection with a registered offering in
a capital formation transaction to a
public disclosure requirement could
adversely affect the capital formation
process.
We are amending Regulation FD
substantially as proposed to specify the
circumstances, both in terms of the type
of offering and the means of
communication, in which issuer
communications will be excluded from
the operation of that Regulation in
connection with a registered securities
offering.
First, as amended, Regulation FD will
not apply to disclosures made in the
following communications in
connection with a registered securities
offering that is of the type excluded
from the Regulation:
• A registration statement filed under
the Securities Act, including a
prospectus contained therein;
• A free writing prospectus used after
filing of the registration statement for
the offering or a communication falling
within the exception to the definition of
prospectus contained in clause (a) of
Securities Act Section 2(a)(10);
• Any other Section 10(b) prospectus;
• A notice permitted by Securities
Act Rule 135;
• A communication permitted by
Securities Act Rule 134; or
• An oral communication made in
connection with the registered securities
offering after filing of the registration
statement for the offering under the
Securities Act.
Second, prior to our actions today,
Regulation FD applied to offerings of the
types described in Rule 415(a)(1)(i)
through (vi).342 Rule 415(a)(1)(i)
341 See
17 CFR 243.100(b)(2).
types of offerings under these provisions
of Rule 415 are delayed or continuous offerings that
are (1) securities to be offered or sold solely by or
on behalf of selling security holders other than the
342 The
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
provides for offering by selling security
holders. We are amending Regulation
FD to clarify that, as to offerings of the
type described in Rule 415(a)(1)(i)
where the registered offering also
includes a registered offering, whether
or not underwritten, for capital
formation purposes for the account of
the issuer, Regulation FD does not
apply, unless the issuer’s offering is
included for the purpose of evading
Regulation FD.343 The amendments do
not otherwise change the types of
registered offerings that are excluded
from, or subject to, the operation of the
Regulation.
In view of our new rules to expand
permissible communications, we
believe it is appropriate to clarify that
the communications excluded from the
operation of Regulation FD are, in fact,
those communications that are directly
related to a registered securities offering.
Communications not contained in our
enumerated list of exceptions from
Regulation FD—for example, the
publication of regularly released factual
business information or regularly
released forward-looking information or
pre-filing communications—are subject
to Regulation FD.
We have clarified the modifications to
Regulation FD from the proposals. We
have not changed the types of offerings
in which disclosures are subject to
Regulation FD. The only change we are
making from the current language is to
provide that disclosures made in
connection with registered offerings by
selling security holders of the type
described in Rule 415(a)(1)(i) are
excluded from the application of
Regulation FD if the offering also
includes a registered primary offering
that is a capital formation transaction
for the account of the issuer.
The change to Regulation FD does
not, as some commenters may have
misinterpreted, mandate that all
registered securities offerings be for
capital formation purposes as a
condition of exclusion from the
operation of Regulation FD. The
exclusions prior to and after the change
have the general effect of excluding
capital formation transactions, but there
was, and after the change will be, no
separate ‘‘capital formation’’
requirement for the exclusions. Rather,
the change will provide that secondary
offerings will be excluded from
Regulation FD if the offering also
includes a registered capital formation
transaction for the account of the issuer.
ii. Comments on Amendments to
Regulation FD
Most commenters on the proposed
changes to Regulation FD supported the
inclusion of the specific enumeration of
communications in connection with
offerings that are not subject to the
provisions of Regulation FD.344
Commenters expressed concern that the
proposed changes limited the
Regulation FD exclusion only to
registered offerings involving capital
formation transactions.345 Some
commenters believed that the
Regulation FD exclusion should cover
all secondary offerings (those on behalf
of selling security holders), regardless of
whether conducted as part of an issuer
capital raising transaction.346
The veracity and reliability of
research reports, particularly those
issued by full service broker-dealers,
have received significant attention in
recent years. The Sarbanes-Oxley
Act,347 Regulation AC,348 the selfregulatory organization rules we
approved,349 and the global research
analyst settlement 350 have addressed
many of the abuses identified with
analyst research and have required
structural reforms and increased
issuer or its subsidiaries; (2) securities offered
pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans
or an employee benefit plan of the issuer; (3)
securities to be issued upon the exercise of
outstanding options, warrants, or rights; (4)
securities to be issued upon conversion of other
outstanding securities; (5) securities pledged as
collateral; and (6) securities registered on Form
F–6.
343 This provision will cover the situation, for
example, where a de minimis issuer participation
is included in what is otherwise entirely a selling
security holder offering for the purpose of
excluding communications in the offering from the
application of Regulation FD.
344 See, e.g., letters from Cleary; Fried Frank; and
NYCBA.
345 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Merrill Lynch; and
TBMA.
346 See, e.g., letters from ABA and NYCBA.
347 See Section 501 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act [15
U.S.C. 78o–6(a)(2)].
348 Regulation AC requires, among other things,
that brokers, dealers and certain persons associated
with a broker or dealer include in research reports
certifications by the research analyst that the views
expressed in the report accurately reflect his or her
personal views, and disclose whether or not the
analyst received compensation or other payments in
connection with his or her specific
recommendation or views. See Regulation AC, note
327.
349 See Order Approving Proposed Rule Changes
Relating to Research Analyst Conflicts of Interest,
Release No. 34–45908 (May 10, 2002) [67 FR
34968]; Order Approving Proposed Rule Changes
Relating to Research Analyst Conflicts of Interest,
Release No. 34–48252 (Aug. 4, 2003)[68 FR 34968].
350 See Lit. Rel. No. 18438 (Oct. 31, 2003); Press
Release 2004–120 (Aug. 26, 2004).
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4. Use of Research Reports
a. Current Regulatory Treatment of
Research Reports
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
disclosures.351 As a direct result of these
initiatives and actions, we expect that
analyst research reports used by market
participants will better disclose
conflicts of interest relating to research
of which investors should be aware.
The value of research reports in
continuing to provide the market and
investors with information about
reporting issuers cannot be disputed.
Research analysts study publicly traded
issuers and provide information about
the securities of those issuers, often
through the issuance of research reports.
We believe it is appropriate to limit
the restrictions on research under the
gun-jumping provisions of the
Securities Act to those we believe are
appropriate to avoid offering abuses.
Given the ongoing flow of information
into the market, particularly with
respect to reporting issuers and the
enhancements to the environment for
research imposed by recent statutory,
regulatory, and enforcement
developments, we believe it is
appropriate to make measured revisions
to the research rules that are consistent
with investor protection but that will
permit dissemination of research around
the time of an offering under a broader
range of circumstances.
b. Amendments to Exemptions for
Research
Rules 137, 138, and 139 under the
Securities Act describe circumstances in
which a broker or dealer may publish
research constituting an offer around the
time of a registered offering without
351 The settlement, which involved twelve
brokerage firms and two individuals, requires the
settling firms to, among other things, adopt changes
designed to ensure that there is a structural
separation between the firm’s analysts and
investment bankers. The firms are required to
include enhanced disclosures, including disclosure
of potential conflicts of interests in research reports
and public disclosure of their analysts’ quarterly
performance. The firms also are required to pay for
independent research for a five-year period and to
make this research available to the firm’s customers.
The National Association of Securities Dealers
and the New York Stock Exchange adopted rules,
among other things, requiring separating analyst
compensation from investment banking influence,
prohibiting analysts from issuing research reports
around the expiration of a lock-up agreement
(sometimes called ‘‘booster shot’’ research reports),
imposing quiet periods around the issuance of
research reports for offering participants,
prohibiting analysts from participating in ‘‘pitches’’
or other communications for the purpose of
soliciting investment banking business, restricting
prepublication review of research reports by nonresearch personnel, prohibiting retaliation by
investment banking against analysts whose reports
or public appearances may adversely affect an
investment banking relationship, requiring
disclosure of any compensation received from an
issuer as well as client relationship with an issuer,
and imposing additional registration, qualification,
and continuing education requirements on research
analysts.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
violating the Section 5 prohibitions on
pre-filing offers and impermissible
prospectuses. We are adopting
measured amendments that will make
incremental modifications to these
rules.352 As adopted, the rules will, for
the first time, contain a definition of
research report. The rules also expand
the circumstances in which offering
participants and persons who are not
offering participants will have safe
harbor exemptions for dissemination of
research reports during a registered
offering.353
The amendments we are adopting
today are designed to ensure that
appropriate investor protections are
maintained. In that regard, we have
maintained our current approach with
respect to liability for research, which
includes general anti-fraud liability,
used in reliance on these rules.354
352 The safe harbor provisions of Securities Act
Rules 137, 138, and 139 will continue to be
available only to brokers and dealers. Issuers cannot
use the safe harbor provisions for research reports
prepared or distributed by brokers or dealers in
reliance on the rules to directly or indirectly
communicate with potential investors about the
issuer’s offering. For example, a hyperlink on an
issuer’s web site during its registered offering to a
research report could raise concerns in this regard.
Issuers using research reports in this manner could
be deemed to have adopted the contents of such
reports and, under our rules, the reports could be
considered free writing prospectuses.
353 The amendments to the rules will continue to
permit the distribution of independent research
within the safe harbor provisions. Our research
rules permit the distribution of independent
research provided the distribution satisfies the
conditions of the rules. For brokers and dealers
subject to the global research analyst settlement,
their ability to continue to distribute independent
research during a registered securities offering
depends on concluding that the independent
research distribution by the broker or dealer
satisfies the conditions of the research rule at the
time of the distribution or is otherwise not an offer.
If a broker or dealer is not able to rely on any of
the research safe harbors for their own research,
they similarly cannot rely on the safe harbor to
distribute independent research. For example,
independent research that is prepared by an entity
not participating in an offering but paid for by a
broker or dealer participating in an offering will be
distributed by an offering participant and thus will
not satisfy the requirements of Securities Act Rule
137 and cannot be used in reliance on the safe
harbor. Such research may continue to be
distributed by the entity not participating in the
offering that prepared it without involvement by an
offering participant. A research report constituting
an offer and not falling within a safe harbor will be
considered a free writing prospectus. Our research
rules also do not supersede the requirements of any
applicable rule of a self-regulatory organization
regarding the timing of the distribution of research
reports. See, e.g., NYSE Rule 472(f)(1) through (4)
and NASD Rule 2711(f)(1) through (4).
354 Research reports published or distributed in
reliance on Rules 138 and 139 are not offers for
purposes of Securities Act Section 2(a)(10) and
Section 5(c). Brokers or dealers publishing or
distributing research in reliance on Rule 137 are not
considered underwriters of the securities under
Securities Act Section 2(a)(11). Of course, the antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws
continue to apply to such communications. See
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44761
i. Definition of Research Report
Based on comments, we believe it is
important to have a significant measure
of consistency between Regulation AC
and the research safe harbors contained
in Rules 137, 138, and 139. We do not
believe, however, that absolute
consistency is appropriate in
recognition of the differences in the
purposes of the rules. Accordingly, we
are adopting a definition of research
report that builds on the definition of
‘‘research report’’ in Regulation AC,
while preserving the purposes of Rules
137, 138, and 139.
(A) Definition
As adopted, ‘‘research report’’ is
defined as a written communication, as
defined in Securities Act Rule 405, that
includes information, opinions, or
recommendations with respect to
securities of an issuer or an analysis of
a security or an issuer, whether or not
it provides information reasonably
sufficient upon which to base an
investment decision.355 This definition
is intended to encompass all types of
research reports, whether issuer-specific
or industry research separately
identifying the issuer.
Unlike the proposals, the definition
does not require that the research report
contain sufficient information on which
to base an investment decision. As with
the current research rules, the definition
is limited to research, including
information, opinions, or
recommendations, contained in written
communications.356
Under the definition of ‘‘research
report’’ we are adopting today, there
could be some differences in the types
of communications that will constitute
a research report under the research safe
harbors as compared to Regulation AC.
In light of the different purposes of the
rules, we believe the distinctions are
appropriate and will not raise investor
Securities Act Section 17(a) and Exchange Act
Section 10(b) and Rule 10b–5 thereunder.
355 The definition of ‘‘research report’’ is included
in each of Rules 137, 138, and 139.
356 The twelve brokerage firms that were part of
the global research analyst settlement agreed to
disclose, on trade confirmations and on account
statements, as well as on the firms’ web sites, their
research ratings, along with the research ratings of
the independent research providers who cover the
security. We do not believe that the continued
publication of these ratings on trade confirmations
and on account statements, as required under the
global research analyst settlement, would raise
concerns about whether the ratings were offers in
that they would be provided in the ordinary course,
and as to confirmations, after the sale of the
securities. The continued inclusion of either the
firm’s own ratings or those of the independent
research provider on the firms’ web sites during an
offering could be an offer of the issuer’s securities
unless the safe harbors in Rules 137, 138, or 139
are available to the firm at that time.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44762
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
protection concerns. For example, for
purposes of Rule 139, it is possible that
particular documents, such as industry
reports, will be research reports under
our new definition, even if they fall
outside of the definition of ‘‘research
report’’ under Regulation AC.
The definition of research report we
are adopting today retains the condition
that the research be in a written
communication. A publication element
has been a condition of the research safe
harbors since the rules were first
contemplated and adopted. From the
earliest Commission statements in the
1960’s, the Commission did not want to
discourage the ongoing publication of
research reports by market
professionals, provided they were
provided within the scope of the
restrictions of Securities Act Section
5.357 The research safe harbors have
always been aimed at written reports
due to the Section 5 restrictions on
written offers.
The research safe harbors are not
intended to protect oral
communications that might be offers
from the liability provisions of
Securities Act Section 12(a)(2).358
Similarly, in our new definition, we are
not expanding the scope of the research
safe harbors to cover oral
communications because we believe
that the appropriate liability provisions
should continue to apply to such oral
communications. Whether oral
communications relate to general
357 As the Commission stated in 1983, * * *
research reports containing information, opinions
or recommendations with respect to a proposed
offering, under certain circumstances, may be
considered offers to sell under Section 5(c),
particularly when a broker-dealer is a participant in
the distribution. In addition, research reports
disseminated by participating broker-dealers in the
waiting or post-effective periods which do not meet
Section 10 prospectus requirements or are not
accompanied by a Section 10 prospectus may
violate Section 5(b)(1).
Research Reports, Release No. 33–6492 (Oct. 5,
1983)[48 FR 46801]. See Publication of Information
and Delivery of Prospectus by Broker Dealers Prior
to or After the Filing of a Registration Statement
Under the Securities Act of 1933, Release No. 33–
5010 (Oct. 7, 1969) [34 FR 18130]; Adoption of
Rules Relating to Publication of Information and
Delivery of Prospectus by Broker-Dealers Prior to or
After the Filing of a Registration Statement under
the Securities Act of 1933, Release No. 33–5101
(Nov. 19, 1970) [35 FR 18457]; Research Reports,
Release No. 33–6550 (Sept. 19, 1984) [49 FR 36719];
Amendments to Clarify Safe Harbors for BrokerDealer Research Reports, Release No. 33–7120 (Dec.
13, 1994) [59 FR 31038]; and Adoption of
Amendments to Clarify Safe Harbors for BrokerDealer Research Reports, Release No. 33–7132 (Feb.
1, 1995) [60 FR 6965]. See also the Wheat Report,
note 21.
358 In this regard, we note that the title of each
safe harbor refers to ‘‘certain publications.’’ After a
registration statement is filed, oral communications
regarding a registered securities offering are not
constrained by the gun-jumping provisions of the
Securities Act.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
research or are in connection with an
offering may also involve distinctions
that are too fine to be appropriate for the
research exemptions. Whether a
particular oral communication about an
issuer or its securities by an offering
participant is an offer will thus continue
to depend on the facts and
circumstances.
(B) Comments on Definition of Research
Report
While commenters supported the
proposed amendments to the research
safe harbors,359 they were concerned
that the proposed definition of research
report would narrow the types of
research that would be eligible for the
safe harbors.360 In particular,
commenters requested that the research
report definition not be the same as in
Regulation AC requiring that the
research report contain information
sufficient upon which to make an
investment decision.361 Rather, the
commenters requested that, as today,
the research safe harbors be available for
information, opinions, and
recommendations about an issuer or its
securities.362 Some commenters also
requested that the definition of research
permit the use of oral, rather than just
written, research in reliance on the safe
harbors.363
As we discuss above, we have revised
the proposed definition of research
report for purposes of Rules 137, 138,
and 139 to make clear that it continues
to apply to information, opinions, or
recommendations contained in written
communications. We agree with
commenters that for purposes of Rules
137, 138, and 139 a research report does
not have to contain information
sufficient to make an investment
decision for the research safe harbors to
be available and have revised the
definition accordingly. We have not,
however, expanded the scope of the
research safe harbors to encompass oral
communications.
ii. Rule 137
Rule 137 provides that a broker or
dealer that is not an offering participant
in a registered offering but publishes or
distributes research reports with respect
to an issuer’s securities will not be
considered to be engaged in a
359 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Davis Polk; Fried
Frank; NYSBA; Richard Hall; and S&C.
360 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Citigroup; Cleary;
Davis Polk; Merrill Lynch; NYSBA; Prudential
Equity Group, LLC (‘‘PEG’’); S&C; and SIA.
361 See, e.g., letters from ABA; NYSBA; S&C; and
SIA.
362 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Cleary; Merrill
Lynch; PEG; and SIA.
363 See, e.g., letters from ABA; S&C; and SIA.
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
distribution of the issuer’s securities
and would therefore not be an
underwriter in the offering. We are
expanding the exemption, as proposed,
to apply to securities of any issuer,
including non-reporting issuers, with
exceptions for blank check companies,
shell companies, and penny stock
issuers. Rule 137 will continue to be
available only to brokers and dealers
who:
• Are not participating in the
registered offering of the issuer’s
securities;
• Have not received compensation
from the issuer, its affiliates, or
participants in the securities
distribution, among others, in
connection with the research report; and
• Publish or distribute the research
report in the regular course of business.
Commenters supported the proposed
changes to Rule 137 but requested that
the rule make clear that the prohibition
on consideration from the issuer would
apply only to consideration paid in
connection with the publication or
distribution of the research report.364
Other commenters suggested that the
safe harbor be expanded to permit
dealers to rely on the safe harbor for the
publication and distribution of research
reports after the effectiveness of the
registration statement.365
We are adopting as proposed, and as
is in current Rule 137, the provision
prohibiting compensation in connection
with the publication or distribution of
the research report. In response to
commenters’ concerns regarding
compensation, however, we have
clarified the compensation language in
Rule 137 to provide that the prohibition
on compensation applies to
compensation for the particular research
report. While the safe harbor covers
research reports provided after
effectiveness of the registration
statement, it continues to be an
exemption from the definition of
underwriter.
iii. Rule 138
Rule 138 permits a broker or dealer
participating in a distribution of an
issuer’s common stock and similar
securities to publish or distribute
research that is confined to that issuer’s
fixed income securities, and vice versa,
if it publishes or distributes that
research in the regular course of its
business. We believe it is appropriate to
permit research on a broader group of
reporting issuers under Rule 138 in
364 See,
e.g., letters from Fried Frank; PEG; and
S&C.
365 See,
e.g., letters from ABA; Merrill Lynch; and
PEG.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
view of the regulatory reforms and the
role of independent research. Further,
we believe the current limitation on the
type of issuers under this Rule is no
longer necessary to protect investors.
(A) Amendments to Rule 138
We are amending Rule 138
substantially as proposed to expand the
categories of eligible issuers. As
adopted, the Rule generally will cover
research reports on all reporting issuers
that are current in their periodic
Exchange Act reports on Forms 10–K,
10–KSB, 10–Q, 10–QSB, and 20–F at the
time of reliance on the exemptions,
rather than only issuers who are Form
S–3 or Form F–3 eligible, as is currently
the case. In addition, in response to
commenters’ suggestions, we are
expanding the Rule as it applies to
foreign private issuers to allow brokerdealers publishing or distributing
research reports on non-reporting
foreign private issuers that either have
had equity securities traded on a
designated offshore market or have a
$700 million worldwide public float to
rely on the Rule.366 Like the
amendments regarding Rules 137 and
139 that we are adopting today, the Rule
excludes research reports on issuers that
have historically posed certain risks of
abuse, including blank check
companies, shell companies, and penny
stock issuers.
We also are adopting as proposed the
condition to the Rule 138 exemption
that the broker or dealer must have
previously published or distributed
research reports on the types of
securities that are the subject of the
reports in the regular course of its
business.367 As we stated in the
Proposing Release, we believe that it is
appropriate to include this condition
because it is important that the broker
or dealer have a history of publishing or
distributing a particular type of
research. This condition does not mean,
however, that the broker or dealer must
have a history of publishing research
reports about the particular issuer or its
securities. If a broker or dealer begins
publishing research about a different
366 Prior to today’s amendments, Rule 138
required that a foreign private issuer’s securities be
traded on a designated offshore securities market
for at least twelve months. We are amending the
Rule to specify that this requirement relates to the
issuer’s equity securities. Current Rule 138 covers
issuers that are Form S–2 or Form F–2 eligible as
well. Because we are eliminating these Forms, as
discussed below, we have revised Rule 138 to
eliminate the reference to those forms.
367 Prior to today’s amendments, Rule 138
required that the broker or dealer publish or
distribute research in the regular course of business,
but did not contain a condition that the broker or
dealer have published or distributed research
reports on the same types of securities.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
type of security around the time of a
public offering of an issuer’s security
and does not have a history of
publishing research on those types of
securities, we are concerned that such
publication or distribution might be a
way to provide information about the
publicly offered securities in order to
circumvent the provisions of Section 5
and the permissible free writing rules
we are adopting today.
(B) Comments on Rule 138
Amendments
Commenters generally supported the
expansion of the safe harbor to a broader
class of issuers.368 Some commenters
suggested that the safe harbor also be
available to research reports on
voluntary filers and Schedule B issuers
and that it apply to all private
offerings.369 A number of commenters
requested a further change to the
existing provisions of Rule 138 to
eliminate the foreign private issuer
eligibility condition regarding trading
on a designated offshore securities
market.370 Finally, some commenters
requested clarification of the condition
that the broker or dealer be publishing
reports on the same types of securities
to be able to rely on the safe harbor,
while others recommended eliminating
this condition.371
We have adopted the amendments to
Rule 138 substantially as proposed. We
do not believe it is appropriate at this
time to further expand the categories of
eligible issuers under the Rule, other
than for certain non-reporting foreign
private issuers that have a significant
worldwide public float. We have
clarified that the broker dealer does not
have to be publishing or distributing
research reports about a particular
issuer or its securities to rely on the
Rule, only that the research reports
cover the same types of securities. We
have not expanded the scope of the
research safe harbor to cover all private
offerings.
iv. Rule 139
Rule 139 permits a broker or dealer
participating in a distribution of
securities by a seasoned issuer or by
certain non-reporting foreign private
issuers to publish research concerning
the issuer or any class of its securities,
if that research is in a publication
distributed with reasonable regularity in
the normal course of its business. Rule
139 also provides a safe harbor for
e.g., letters from ABA and S&C.
e.g., letters from ABA; Cleary; IBA;
Merrill Lynch; NYSBA; and SIA.
370 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Citigroup;
Goldman Sachs; and SIA.
371 See, e.g., letters from ABA; NYSBA; and SIA.
PO 00000
368 See,
369 See,
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44763
industry reports covering smaller
seasoned issuers, if the broker or dealer
complies with restrictions on the nature
of the publication and the opinion or
recommendation expressed in that
publication.
(A) Issuer-Specific Reports
(1) Amendments Regarding IssuerSpecific Reports
We are adopting the amendments to
Rule 139 to allow reports about a
specific issuer that, at the time of
reliance on the Rule, is current in its
Exchange Act periodic reports and:
• At the later of the time of filing its
most recent registration statement on
Form S–3 or Form F–3 or the time of
filing of its most recent amendment to
such registration statement for purposes
of complying with Securities Act
Section 10(a)(3), is eligible to register a
primary offering of securities on Forms
S–3 or F–3, based on the $75 million
minimum public float eligibility
provision of those forms; or
• At the time of reliance on the Rule,
the issuer’s registration statement covers
an offering of the issuer’s securities in
reliance on General Instruction I.B.2 of
Form S–3 or Form F–3.
As with Rule 138, we are allowing
reports on a broader category of nonreporting foreign private issuers also to
be covered by the Rule.372 Research
reports on penny stock issuers, blank
check companies, and shell companies
are excluded from Rule 139.
In the amendments we are adopting
today, we are retaining the requirement
that the broker or dealer publish or
distribute the research report in the
regular course of its business. We are
not retaining the requirement of
publication with reasonable regularity.
As we stated in the Proposing Release,
we do not believe that the reasonable
regularity requirement has added any
particular degree of investor protection
and has raised concerns as to when the
condition is satisfied. We are, however,
requiring that the broker or dealer must,
at the time of reliance on the Rule, have
distributed or published at least one
research report about the issuer or its
securities, or have distributed or
published at least one such report
following discontinuing coverage. This
requirement, we believe, retains the
most important element of the
‘‘reasonable regularity’’ requirement,
namely that the report initiating (or re372 As in the changes to Rule 138, we are
providing that a non-reporting foreign private issuer
must either have its equity securities be traded on
a designated offshore securities market for at least
twelve months or have a $700 million worldwide
public float.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44764
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
initiating) coverage of an issuer not
benefit from an exemption under Rule
139.
As we noted previously, we are not
requiring any minimum time period for
the broker or dealer to have distributed
or published research reports, only that
the particular broker or dealer have
initiated or re-initiated coverage. In
addition, the amendment as adopted
does not require that the previously
published or distributed research report
cover the same securities that are the
subject of the registered offering.
(2) Comments on Issuer-Specific Reports
Commenters supported extending the
safe harbor to a broader class of issuers
and recommended further extension to
all reporting issuers, investment
companies, and business development
companies.373 We have not extended
the safe harbor to a broader class of
issuers than we proposed, other than for
certain non-reporting foreign private
issuers with a significant public float.
Commenters also requested clarification
that the proposed changes would only
require the publication or distribution of
one prior research report in order to be
able to rely on the safe harbor.374 As
noted above, we have clarified the Rule
in this regard to require only that
coverage be initiated or re-initiated.
(B) Industry-Related Reports
(1) Amendments Regarding IndustryRelated Reports
As adopted, industry reports under
Rule 139 can cover issuers required to
file reports pursuant to Exchange Act
Section 13 or Section 15(d) and issuers
satisfying the conditions regarding nonreporting foreign private issuers. The
safe harbor for industry reports is not
available if the issuer is or during the
last three years was or any of its
predecessors was a blank check
company, shell company (other than
business combination related shell
company), or penny stock issuer. As
adopted, the amendments extend the
safe harbor for industry reports to
registered offerings of any reporting
issuer.
Today’s amendments remove the
prohibition on a broker or dealer making
a more favorable recommendation than
the one it made in the last publication.
As in the proposals, we are not
requiring that the research report
include any prior recommendations
373 See,
e.g., letters from ABA; Citigroup;
Goldman Sachs; Morgan Stanley; NYSBA; S&C; and
SIA.
374 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Citigroup; Cleary;
CSFB; Merrill Lynch; Morgan Stanley; S&C; and
SIA.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
regarding the issuer or its securities. We
are adopting as proposed the
requirement that the research reports
contain similar types of information
about the issuer or its securities as
contained in prior reports.
We believe that the recently adopted
safeguards regarding analyst
recommendations make it appropriate to
remove the ‘‘no more favorable’’
recommendation conditions in current
Rule 139. We believe the Rules, as
amended, are consistent with our recent
actions affecting research analysts and
research reports and will result in
enhanced opportunity to provide
information to investors regarding
issuers and their securities.
In the instruction regarding
projections, we are requiring that
projections be provided for substantially
all the issuers listed in the
comprehensive list of securities
contained in the report.
(2) Comments on Industry-Related
Reports
Commenters supported the safe
harbor for industry-related reports for
all reporting issuers and suggested
expanding the safe harbor further to
include all issuers, whether or not
reporting, including voluntary filers.375
Commenters also supported the
elimination of the previous publication
condition in the safe harbor.376 Some
commenters thought that the
disqualification for research reports on
blank check, shell companies, and
penny stock issuers should remain at
two years, not three, and that Rules 137
and 138 should have only a two-year
disqualification.377
We have not expanded the coverage of
the safe harbor to all issuers or to
include voluntary filers. In addition, we
have provided that the disqualification
for blank check companies, shell
companies (other than business
combination related shell companies),
and penny stock issuers is for three,
rather than two, years to be consistent
with all of the Rules we are adopting
today that have similar disqualification
provisions.
v. Rule 139a
In the Asset-Backed Securities
Adopting Release, we noted that we
were considering amendments to Rules
137, 138 and 139 in connection with
these reform proposals and:
To the extent these existing safe harbors
are modified, we also will consider similar
375 See,
e.g., letters from ABA; NYSBA; S&C; and
SIA.
PO 00000
376 See,
377 See,
e.g., letters from ABA and S&C.
e.g., letters from ABA and S&C.
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
modifications to the ABS safe harbor. We
also encourage ABS market participants to
comment specifically on the proposals in that
release regarding any appropriate changes to
the existing safe harbors or the ABS safe
harbor.378
In light of the modifications we are
making to Rule 139 today to eliminate
the requirement that in an industry
report a recommendation regarding the
registrant or its securities can only be
included if a recommendation as
favorable or more favorable had
appeared in the last publication of the
broker-dealer, we are eliminating
paragraph (c) of Rule 139a, which
contains a comparable provision for
recommendations in reports on assetbacked securities.
Commenters suggested the
elimination of paragraph (c) and also
suggested that the ‘‘reasonable
regularity’’ requirement in Rule 139a be
eliminated. While we have eliminated
the latter requirement in Rule 139, we
have added a requirement that the
research report not represent the
initiation or reinitiation of research
coverage. In Rule 139a the ‘‘reasonable
regularity’’ requirement extends to
reports on multiple issuers and
transactions. We have therefore decided
to retain the ‘‘reasonable regularity’’
requirement in Rule 139a.
vi. Research Report Amendments in
Connection With Regulation S and Rule
144A Offerings
We are concerned that the restrictions
in Regulation S on directed selling
efforts and offshore transactions 379 and
in Rule 144A on offers to non-qualified
institutional buyers (‘‘QIBs’’) and
general solicitation 380 have resulted in
brokers and dealers unnecessarily
378 See Asset-Backed Securities Adopting Release,
note at III.C.2.b.
379 Securities Act Regulation S [17 CFR 230.901
through 230.905] provides a safe harbor from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act for
offshore offers and sales of securities. When a
broker or dealer participates in a Regulation S
offering, questions arise regarding whether research
activities would conflict with the prohibition
against directed selling efforts or the offshore
transaction condition. The concern stems from the
fact that the distribution or publication of research
could be viewed as conditioning the market, which
would constitute directed selling efforts, or offering
the securities in the United States, which is
prohibited under the ‘‘offshore transaction’’
requirement.
380 Securities Act Rule 144A provides a safe
harbor from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act for resales of restricted securities to
QIBs. When a broker or dealer is selling securities
in reliance on Rule 144A, it is subject to the
condition that it may not make offers to persons
other than those it reasonably believes are QIBs.
Where it distributes research about the issuer
around the time of a Rule 144A transaction,
questions arise regarding whether it may be viewed
as making offers to persons that receive the
research, including those who are not QIBs.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
withholding regularly published
research.381 Accordingly, we are
adopting as proposed amendments
providing that research reports meeting
the conditions of Rule 138 and Rule 139
will not be considered offers or general
solicitation or general advertising in
connection with offerings relying on
Rule 144A.382 The amendments also
provide that these research reports will
not constitute directed selling efforts or
be inconsistent with the offshore
transaction requirements of Regulation
S.383
We do not believe that the publication
of research in reliance on Rules 138 and
139 will jeopardize the interests of
investors in transactions relying on Rule
144A or Regulation S. On the other
hand, limiting the ability to rely on
these exemptions when research on the
issuers may otherwise be available
could, we believe, negatively impact
information available to investors.
Commenters supported the proposals to
exempt research reports meeting the
conditions of the safe harbor from the
restrictions in Regulation S and Rule
144A.384
vii. Research and Proxy Solicitations
We are adopting with one
modification from the proposal a
codification of a Commission staff
position 385 that the publication or
distribution of research under the
conditions set forth in Rules 138 and
139 is permitted in connection with a
transaction that is subject to the proxy
rules under the Exchange Act.386 The
new Rule provides that distribution of
research in accordance with Rule 138 or
Rule 139 is a solicitation to which Rules
14a–3 through 14a–15 (other than Rule
14a–9) of the proxy rules 387 does not
apply. Commenters supported the
proposal to codify the staff position and
one requested that the exemption not be
restricted to use only in connection with
transactions registered under the
Securities Act.388 We are adopting Rule
14a–2(b)(5) without the requirement
that the exemption be limited to
381 In the 1998 proposals, we expressed the
interpretive view that brokers and dealers may
publish and distribute research reports as described
in current Rule 138 and 139 without such reports
being deemed to constitute ‘‘directed selling
efforts.’’ The amendments we are adopting today
codify that interpretation.
382 See amendments to Rule 138 and Rule 139.
383 See amendments to Regulation S.
384 See, e.g., letters from ABA and Merrill Lynch.
385 See Division of Corporation Finance no-action
letter to Merrill, Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Inc.
(Oct. 24, 1997).
386 See Exchange Act Rule 14a–2(b)(5) [17 CFR
240.14a–2(b)(5)].
387 17 CFR 240.14a–3 through 240.14a–15.
388 See, e.g., letters from ABA and Merrill Lynch.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
transactions registered under the
Securities Act.
IV. Liability Issues
A. Information Conveyed by the Time of
Sale for Purposes of Section 12(a)(2)
and Section 17(a)(2) Liability
1. Interpretation and Rule
Under the Securities Act, purchasers
of an issuer’s securities in a registered
offering have private rights of action for
materially deficient disclosure in
registration statements under Section 11
and in prospectuses and oral
communications under Section 12(a)(2).
Section 11 liability exists for untrue
statements of material facts or omissions
of material facts required to be included
in a registration statement or necessary
to make the statements in the
registration statement not misleading at
the time the registration statement
became effective. Under Section
12(a)(2), sellers have liability to
purchasers for offers or sales by means
of a prospectus or oral communication
that includes an untrue statement of
material fact or omits to state a material
fact that makes the statements made,
based on the circumstances under
which they were made, not
misleading.389 Securities Act Section
17(a) is a general anti-fraud provision
which provides, among other things,
that it shall be unlawful for any person
in the offer and sale of a security to
obtain money or property by means of
any untrue statement of a material fact
or any omission to state a material fact
necessary in order to make the
statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading.390
The term ‘‘sale’’ under the Securities
Act includes any contract of sale.391 As
389 Whether any particular statement or omission
is material will depend on the particular facts and
circumstances. Information is material if ‘‘there is
a substantial likelihood that a reasonable
shareholder would consider it important’’ in
making an investment decision. TSC Industries, Inc.
v. Northway, Inc., 426 U.S. 438, 449 (1976); see also
Basic v. Levinson, 485 U.S. 224, 231 (1988). To
fulfill the materiality requirement, there must be a
substantial likelihood that a fact ‘‘would have been
viewed by the reasonable investor as having
significantly altered the ‘total mix’ of information
made available.’’ Id.
Courts have analyzed materiality under Exchange
Act Section 10(b) and Exchange Act Rule 10b–5,
and Securities Act Sections 11 and 12(a)(2) in a
similar fashion. See, e.g., In re Donald J. Trump
Casino Sec. Litig., 7 F.3d 357, 368 n.10 (3d Cir.
1993) (noting that while there are substantial
differences in the elements that a plaintiff must
establish under these provisions, they all have a
materiality requirement and this element is
analyzed the same under all of the provisions).
390 See Securities Act Section 17(a)(2).
391 See Securities Act Section 2(a)(3). Courts have
held consistently that the date of a sale is the date
of contractual commitment, not the date that a
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44765
we discussed in the Proposing Release,
we believe that we should address the
discrepancies in time between the time
of the contract of sale for securities
(when an investor becomes committed
to purchase the securities) on the one
hand, and the later time of availability
of a prospectus (and perhaps other
information) on the other hand. The
Securities Act registration regime
permits final prospectuses to become
available after an investor becomes
committed to purchase a security.392
This availability, therefore, does not
necessarily address the receipt by an
investor of information at the time of its
contractual commitment.
We provided an interpretation of
Section 12(a)(2) and Section 17(a)(2) in
our Proposing Release and we are
reaffirming that interpretation.
Securities Act Section 12(a)(2) and
Section 17(a)(2) do not require that oral
statements or the prospectus or other
communications contain all information
called for under our line-item disclosure
rules or otherwise contain all material
information.393 Rather, under these
provisions, the determination of liability
is based on whether the communication
includes a material misstatement or fails
to include material information that is
necessary to make the communication,
under the circumstances in which it is
made, not misleading. Under our
interpretation, the time at which an
investor has taken the action the
investor must take to become committed
to purchase the securities, and has
therefore entered into a contract of sale,
confirmation is sent or received or payment is
made. See, e.g., Radiation Dynamics, Inc. v.
Goldmuntz, 464 F.2d 876, 891 (2d Cir. 1972)
(holding that a purchase occurs at ‘‘the time when
the parties to the transaction are committed to one
another’’); In re Alliance Pharmaceutical Corp.
Secs. Lit., 279 F. Supp. 2d 171, 186–187 (S.D.N.Y.
2003) (following the holding in Radiation Dynamics
with respect to the timing of a contract of sale);
Pahmer v. Greenberg, 926 F. Supp. 287, (citing
Finkel v. Stratton Corp., 962 F.2d 169, 173 (2d Cir.
1992) (‘‘[A] sale occurs for Section 12[(a)](2)
purposes when the parties obligate themselves to
perform what they have agreed to perform even if
the formal performance of their agreement is to be
after a lapse of time’’)); Adams v. Cavanaugh
Communities Corp., 847 F. Supp. 1390, 1402 (N.D.
Ill. 1994) (noting that the Seventh Circuit has
followed the Radiation Dynamics decision). Also,
as indicated in note , below, the Uniform
Commercial Code no longer requires that a
securities contract be in writing.
392 For example, in a shelf offering our rules
permit an issuer to file a final prospectus
supplement not later than the second business day
after a takedown from the shelf registration
statement.
393 Registration statements or final prospectuses
or prospectus supplements would, as today, require
inclusion of information necessary to satisfy our
line-item requirements and other applicable
requirements.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44766
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
is one appropriate time 394 to apply the
liability standards of Section 12(a)(2)
and Section 17(a)(2).395
We interpret Section 12(a)(2) and
Section 17(a)(2) as meaning that, for
purposes of assessing whether at the
time of sale (including a contract of sale)
a prospectus or oral communication or
statement includes or represents a
material misstatement or omits to state
a material fact necessary in order to
make the prospectus, oral
communication, or statement, in light of
the circumstances under which it was
made, not misleading, information
conveyed to the investor only after the
time of sale (including a contract of sale)
should not be taken into account.396 For
purposes of Section 12(a)(2) and Section
17(a)(2), whether or not information has
been conveyed to an investor at or prior
to the time of the contract of sale
currently is a facts and circumstances
determination, and our actions today do
not affect that determination. Such
information could include information
394 Under our interpretation, the time of contract
of sale can be the time the purchaser either enters
into the contract (including by virtue of acceptance
by the seller of an offer to purchase) or completes
the sale. The time of the contract of sale under our
interpretation follows the statutory definition of
sale in Securities Act Section 2(a)(3). Under Section
2(a)(3), sale includes ‘‘every contract of sale.’’
Our interpretation is not intended to affect any
rights currently existing at any other time. Section
12(a)(2) applies to oral communications and
prospectuses (including final prospectuses) at other
times. Section 17(a)(2) similarly applies to
statements at other times. In addition, both
Securities Act Section 12(a)(2) and Section 17(a)
assess liability for ‘‘offers’’ as well as for sales.
The 1954 amendments to the Securities Act
permitting the use of a preliminary prospectus
recognized that the final prospectus would not
always be available to investors at the time they
made their investment decisions. See 1954
Amendments to the Securities Act of 1933, Pub. L.
No. 83–577 68 Stat. 683 (1954). Following the 1954
amendments, the Commission adopted a number of
rules that would ensure that preliminary
prospectuses were sent to investors in initial public
offerings at least 48 hours before the confirmation
of the sale of the securities could be sent. Our
interpretation and rule do not affect this
requirement. See Securities Act Rule 460 [17 CFR
230.460], and Exchange Act Rule 15c2–8 [17 CFR
240.15c2–8].
395 Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code was
amended in 1994 to eliminate the requirement that
a contract for the purchase of a security be reflected
in a writing. See UCC, 1994 official text with
comments, Article 8–113 (West 1994). The official
comment to the rule states that the requirement that
a contract be in writing is unsuited to the realities
of the securities business. Thus, under state law
oral contracts for sales of securities are permitted.
396 As we discuss above, the basis for liability
under Section 12(a)(2) for statements in a
prospectus (including a free writing prospectus) or
oral communication, and the basis for liability
under Section 17(a)(2) for the statements to which
the section applies, are that the statements cannot
contain any misstatement of a material fact or omit
to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances
under which they were made, not misleading.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
in the issuer’s registration statement and
prospectuses for the offering in
question, the issuer’s Exchange Act
reports incorporated by reference
therein or information otherwise
disseminated by means reasonably
designed to convey such information to
investors. Such information also could
include information directly
communicated to investors (including,
under the rules we are adopting today,
through the use of free writing
prospectuses).397
As noted above, liability under
Section 12(a)(2) attaches to an oral
communication or prospectus by means
of which an offer or sale is made that
contains a material misstatement or
omits to state a material fact necessary
to make the statements, in light of the
circumstances in which they were
made, not misleading. Liability under
Section 17(a)(2) attaches to an untrue
statement of a material fact or an
omission to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made,
in light of the circumstances in which
they were made, not misleading, by
means of which money or property is
obtained.
Under our interpretation, the liability
determination under Section 12(a)(2) or
Section 17(a)(2) as to an oral
communication, prospectus, or
statement, as the case may be, does not
take into account information conveyed
to a purchaser only after the time of sale
(including the contract of sale),
including information contained in any
final prospectus, prospectus
supplement, or Exchange Act filing that
is filed or delivered subsequent to the
time of sale (including the contract of
sale) where the information is not
otherwise conveyed at or prior to that
time.398
In furtherance of our interpretation
discussed above, we also are adopting as
proposed an interpretive rule, Rule 159,
under Section 12(a)(2) and Section
17(a)(2). We intend that the effect of our
interpretive rule will be the same as our
interpretation. Our new Rule provides
the following:
397 Direct communications can take various
forms, including orally or through the use of
electronic or other free writing prospectuses, under
the new communications regime. See also Starr v.
Georgeson Shareholder, Inc., 2005 U.S. App. LEXIS
11250 (2d Cir. 2005).
398 As we elaborate on later, this interpretation
would not, of course, affect the ability of the seller
and the purchaser to consider subsequently
provided facts or disclosure and, among other
actions, by agreement terminate their sale contract
and by agreement enter into a new contract of sale
with respect to the offered securities. In such case,
for purposes of our interpretation and rule, the time
of the contract of sale to that purchaser will be the
time of the new contract of sale.
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
• For purposes of Section 12(a)(2) and
Section 17(a)(2) only, and without
affecting any other rights under those
sections, for purposes of determining at
the time of sale (including the time of
the contract of sale), whether a
prospectus, oral statement, or a
statement,399 includes an untrue
statement of material fact or omits to
state a material fact necessary in order
to make the statements, in light of the
circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading,400 any
information conveyed to the purchaser
only after that time of sale will not be
taken into account; and
• For purposes of Section 12(a)(2)
only, a purchaser’s ‘‘knowing of such
untruth or omission’’ in respect of a sale
(including a contract of sale) means
knowing at the time of such sale.
We find that our interpretation and
interpretive rule are in furtherance of
the objectives of Section 12(a)(2) and
Section 17(a) and are necessary for the
protection of the rights of investors
intended to be provided by those
sections.
We do not believe that our
interpretation or interpretive rule
should result in ‘‘speed bumps’’ or
otherwise slow down the offering
process. Particularly in light of the new
rules we are adopting today regarding
communications, issuers and
underwriters should have sufficient
flexibility to convey information in a
manner that does not slow the offering
process. At the same time, in our view,
the interpretation that liability under
Section 12(a)(2) and Section 17(a)(2)
should be determined based on
information conveyed at the time of sale
(including a contract of sale) is
unassailable.
2. Comments and Guidance Regarding
Our Interpretation and Rule 159
With regard to our interpretation of
Securities Act Section 12(a)(2) and
Securities Act Section 17(a)(2) and
proposed Rule 159, commenters raised
concerns in the following areas:
• The Section 12(a)(2) and Section
17(a)(2) analysis of the information
conveyed; 401
• The manner in which the time of
‘‘sale’’ is determined; 402 and
399 These include a prospectus or oral statement
in the case of Section 12(a)(2), or a statement to
which Section 17(a)(2) is applicable.
400 Or, in the case of Section 17(a)(2), any
omission to state a material fact necessary in order
to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading.
401 See, e.g., letters from ABA–ABS; BMA–ABS;
Cleary; and CSFB.
402 See, e.g., letters from ABA; ABA–ABS; Alston;
ASF; BMA–ABS; Citigroup; Cleary; CMSA; CSFB;
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
• The manner in which a purchaser
and seller may terminate an old contract
and enter into a new contract of sale
based on new information.403
a. The Section 12(a)(2) and Section
17(a)(2) Analysis of the Information
Conveyed
Securities Act Section 12(a)(2) and
Section 17(a)(2) do not require that oral
statements or the prospectus or other
communication contain all information
called for under our line-item disclosure
rules or otherwise contain all material
information. Rather, under these
provisions, the determination of liability
is based on whether the communication
includes a material misstatement or fails
to include material information that is
necessary to make the communication
not misleading in light of the
circumstances in which the
communication is made. In that regard,
where in our discussion of our
interpretation in the Proposing Release
we referred to ‘‘materially accurate and
complete information,’’ we were
referring to the standards contained in
Securities Act Section 12(a)(2) and
Section 17(a)(2)—a communication that
contains no material misstatements, and
no material omissions that would cause
the communication to be misleading in
light of the circumstances in which it is
made. Accordingly, liability for
omissions under Section 12(a)(2) and
Section 17(a)(2) is not based on the mere
omission of required prospectus
information or other material
information, but on the omission of
material information as a result of
which the information conveyed is
misleading, under the circumstances in
which the communication in question is
made. As a result, for example, a
statement prior to the time of a contract
of sale that a transaction is ‘‘the same as
the XYZ transaction’’ or ‘‘just like the
XYZ transaction’’ with specified
modifications can, if there are no
material omissions that would make
that statement misleading under the
circumstances in which it is made, meet
the standards of Section 12(a)(2) and
Section 17(a)(2). As another example, in
an area cited by a number of
commenters,404 in the asset-backed
securities market there are a number of
forward-sale transactions where
contracts of sale are entered into based
on ‘‘portfolio profiles’’ or similar
communications specifying important
Deloitte; Fried Frank; Merrill Lynch; Morgan
Stanley; NYSBA; and SIA.
403 See, e.g., letters from ABA; ABA–ABS; CSFB;
Morgan Stanley; and NYSBA.
404 See, e.g., letters from ABA–ABS; ASF; BMA–
ABS; CMSA; the Mortgage Bankers Association of
America (‘‘MBA’’).
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
characteristics of asset pools within
given ranges or market standards. Where
the characteristics enumerated in the
portfolio profiles do not exclude
material elements of the pool’s
characteristics the omission of which
would make the profiles misleading and
where the final pools fall within the
ranges or market standards disclosed in
the portfolio profiles, this kind of
disclosure prior to the time of a contract
of sale can, depending on the facts and
circumstances and even if all disclosure
required in a statutory prospectus by
our line-item requirements is not
included, meet the standards of Section
12(a)(2) and Section 17(a)(2).
b. Determination of Time of Sale
Some commenters argued that the
parties to the transaction should be able
to determine by contract, by reference to
state law, when the contract of sale is
entered into, without regard to any
provision of the federal securities
laws,405 including the anti-waiver
provisions of Securities Act Section
14.406 Other commenters argued that the
iterative nature of their particular type
of offerings meant that the parties could
not identify the precise point when the
purchaser became bound to acquire the
securities.407
As we discuss above, we believe that
one appropriate time to assess whether
a purchaser has a claim under Section
12(a)(2), or whether there has been a
violation of Section 17(a)(2), is the time
of the contract of sale of the securities.
State law contract principles are
significant with regard to contract
formation, and we are not aware of any
current significant conflicts between
state contract law and federal law
regarding the elements of formation of a
contract. Of course, a contract of sale
under the federal securities laws can
occur before there is an unconditional
bilateral contract under state law, for
example when a purchaser has taken all
actions necessary to be bound but a
405 See, e.g., letters from Cleary; CSFB; Fried
Frank; Morgan Stanley; and SIA.
406 17 U.S.C. 77n.
407 See, e.g., letters from ABA–ABS; ASF; BMA–
ABS; and CMSA. These comments were most
prevalent in the asset-backed securities area. In this
regard, the commenters stated that asset-backed
securities offerings involved conditional contracts
where investors agreed to purchase securities before
they had all the prospectus information. These
commenters stated that purchasers were given the
opportunity to reassess their purchase decisions if
new or changed information was provided.
Investors who commented, on the other hand, did
not believe that material changes or additional
material disclosures made after their binding
purchase decisions were adequately communicated
to them, if at all, and they believed it was clear
when they had entered into a contract of sale. See,
e.g., letters from FMR and SSGA.
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44767
seller’s obligations remain conditional
under state law.408 If such conflicts
were to arise in the future, we would
have to consider at that time the
appropriate actions to take, if any, to
preserve the important federal interests
in the determination of the time of a
contract of sale. Importantly, beyond the
elements of formation of a contract,
federal law governs any waiver of a right
or claim arising under the federal
securities laws.409 Thus, contracts for
sales of securities may not contain
provisions that operate to waive a
purchaser’s substantive rights under the
federal securities laws. For example,
conditional contracts that bind the
purchaser at an earlier date but provide
that no contract of sale occurs until the
final prospectus is provided would not
be consistent with the definition of sale
under the Securities Act nor the antiwaiver provisions of Securities Act
Section 14.410
c. Termination of an Old Contract and
Creation or Reformation of a New
Contract
We recognize that there may be
circumstances where a seller wishes to
convey information to a purchaser after
the time of a contract of sale that had
not been conveyed before that time. In
the Proposing Release, we made clear
our view that sellers could convey
additional or changed information after
the time of the contract of sale,
terminate the old contract by agreement
with the purchaser, and enter into a new
contract of sale based on the new
information. Any rights to damages with
respect to material defects in
information in respect of the original
contract of sale would cease to exist as
a result of the termination and
formation of a new contract.
Commenters expressed uncertainty
regarding how this renegotiation and
new contract would be effected.411
In light of commenters’ concerns, we
are providing guidance on the
circumstances under which purchasers
and sellers can reassess their purchase
commitment based on new or changed
information and enter into a new
408 See
notes 391 and 394 above.
Corp. v. Dow Chemical Co., 325 F.3d 174,
179 (3d Cir. 2003) cert. denied, 540 U.S. 1068
(2003); Petro-Ventures, Inc. v. Vrable, 967 F.2d 1337
(9th Cir. 1992).
410 Any such contractual provision or any other
contractual provision that operates as a waiver of
substantive rights under the federal securities laws
would be void, even if such provision was
enforceable as a matter of state contract law.
411 While commenters also requested elaboration
on when and how information would be considered
conveyed, as we made clear in the Proposing
Release, we believe this remains a facts and
circumstances determination. See, e.g., letters from
ABA; Alston; Citigroup; Cleary; and S&C.
409 AES
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44768
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
contract of sale, consistent with the
purchaser’s rights, including under
Section 12(a)(2), under the original
contract and the anti-waiver provisions
of the federal securities laws.
Commenters expressed uncertainty
regarding the termination of a contract
of sale and the creation of a new
contract and the ability, consistent with
the federal securities laws, including the
anti-waiver provisions, to agree
contractually on a procedure to
terminate and reform a contract of sale
and thus provide a new time of sale at
the time of the reformation of the
contract.412 In our view, any such
procedure must be the substantive
equivalent of the termination by mutual
agreement of the prior contract of sale
and the entering into a new contract of
sale. Any such procedure would, as
pointed out above, result in a right to
damages under the old contract ceasing
to exist. It follows from this position
that any such procedure would conflict
with federal law unless:
• The investor is provided adequate
disclosure of the contractual
arrangement;
• The investor is provided with
adequate disclosure of its rights under
the existing contract at the time
termination is sought;
• The investor is provided with
adequate disclosure of the new
information that the seller seeks to
convey; and
• The investor is provided with a
meaningful ability to elect to terminate
or not terminate the prior contract and
to elect to enter into or not enter into the
new contract.
Whether the investor is given such
adequate disclosure and meaningful
ability will depend on the particular
facts and circumstances. An evaluation
of the facts and circumstances would
include but not be limited to the
following:
• The manner and prominence of the
disclosure of the contractual
arrangements and the investor’s rights
under the old contract. Insufficient
disclosure as to the provisions would
not necessarily put the purchaser on
notice of the arrangement and of its
rights, and thus may be viewed as an
unacceptable anticipatory waiver of the
purchaser’s substantive rights.
• The process by which the new or
changed material information will be
conveyed to the purchaser. As noted
above, whether information is conveyed
is a facts and circumstances
determination. However, in our view, in
the context of providing new
412 See, e.g., letters from CSFB and Morgan
Stanley.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
information following a contract of sale,
factors to consider in determining
whether the new information has been
conveyed could include whether it is
identified as new or changed or is
otherwise sufficiently prominent.
• The method by which the purchaser
is required to make or communicate its
decisions. For the contractual provision
to be consistent with the anti-waiver
provisions of the federal securities laws,
the purchaser must knowingly terminate
the prior contract if it chooses to do so.
Similarly, the investor must knowingly
enter into the new contract if it chooses
to do so. While we are not saying that
the method chosen necessarily requires
an affirmative communication rather
than acquiescence by silence after the
lapse of a specified period of time, the
concept of reaffirmation is one that
earlier Commissions and Congress have
struggled with since the 1940s.413 The
method chosen should give the
purchaser a meaningful ability to make
its contractual decisions in light of the
new or changed material information.
In addition to our general
observations, we note the following:
• Any contractual provision to the
effect that the seller is deemed to have
communicated information to the
purchaser would be a violation of the
anti-waiver provisions of the federal
securities laws.414
• A non-conditional contract that
moves the time of sale forward to a
different time would effectively act as a
waiver of substantive rights under the
federal securities laws and is a violation
of the anti-waiver provisions of the
federal securities laws.415
413 See, e.g., Nathan D. Lobell, Revision of the
Securities Act, 48 Colum. L.Rev. 313, 332 (1948);
Clark Byse and Raymond J. Bradley, Proposals to
Amend the Registration and Prospectus
Requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, 96 U.Pa.
L.Rev. 609, 635–36 (1947–1948).
414 Moreover, a contractual provision that
provides that a purchaser is deemed to have read
or have constructive or actual knowledge of
information or documents, generally, would act as
a waiver of substantive rights under the federal
securities laws and thus would be inconsistent with
the anti-waiver provisions of the federal securities
laws. For example, a contractual provision stating
that a purchaser who has access to information is
charged with knowledge of that information for
purposes of Section 12(a)(2) would be
impermissible. These are merely examples of
language that would be inconsistent with the antiwaiver provisions of the federal securities laws and
are not all-inclusive.
415 Thus, a waiver might also be deemed to occur
where an underwriter e-mails the purchaser saying
that the issuer filed a prospectus supplement and
provides a specified period of time in which the
purchaser may contact the underwriter, after which
the purchaser will be deemed to have purchased the
securities as of the end of the period, which would
be a new date of sale.
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
3. Rule 412 and Rule 430B
Under Securities Act Rule 412,
information contained in a prospectus
supplement or Exchange Act filing
incorporated by reference into a
registration statement may modify or
supersede other previously disclosed
information that was contained in a
document incorporated or deemed to be
incorporated by reference in that
registration statement. We are revising
Rule 412 essentially as proposed to
make it consistent with the other rules
we are adopting today. The revisions
provide that information contained in a
document that is deemed part of and
included in or incorporated by reference
into a registration statement or
prospectus that is contained in the
registration statement would modify or
supersede the information contained in
the registration statement or prospectus
that is part of or contained in the
registration statement itself.416 Thus, the
provisions of Rule 412 regarding
modified or superseded information
will operate regardless of whether the
new information is contained in an
Exchange Act report, prospectus
supplement, or prospectus that is part of
or included in a registration statement.
Under Rule 430B, which we are
adopting today (and in the
corresponding undertakings of issuers),
we have provided that subsequently
provided information deemed part of
and included in or incorporated by
reference into a registration statement or
prospectus that is part of the registration
statement would not modify or
supersede any information conveyed to
an investor at an earlier time of sale
(including the time of the contract of
sale) for purposes of determining the
information conveyed to an investor at
or prior to that time.417
4. Relationship of Section 12(a)(2) and
Section 17(a)(2) Interpretation and Rule
159 to Section 11 Liability
Information contained in a prospectus
or prospectus supplement that is part of
a registration statement that is filed after
the time of the contract of sale will be
part of and included in a registration
statement for purposes of liability under
Section 11 at the time of effectiveness,
which may be at or before the time of
416 See discussion in Section V.B.1 below under
‘‘Date of Inclusion of Prospectus Supplements in
Registration Statements and New Effective Dates of
Registration Statements.’’
417 We originally proposed to include this
provision in Rule 412 but have determined, in
response to comments, to include it instead in Rule
430B. See, e.g., letter from William J. Williams, Jr.
It also is included in undertakings of issuers
provided in accordance with Item 512 of Regulation
S–K and Regulation S–B [17 CFR 229.512 and 17
CFR 228.512].
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
the contract of sale. The date and time
that the information is part of the
registration statement and the time of
effectiveness relate to an investor’s
rights under Section 11, but do not
affect any rights assessed at the time of
sale that the investor may have under
Section 12(a)(2) or that we might
enforce under Section 17(a). Thus,
information that is deemed to be part of
the registration statement as of the time
of the contract of sale for shelf
takedowns or as of effectiveness under
Securities Act Rule 430A, will not,
under our interpretation or Rule 159, be
taken into account under Section
12(a)(2) or Section 17(a)(2), unless the
information is conveyed to an investor
at or prior to the time of sale (including
the contract of sale). Similarly, an
investor’s rights under Section 11 will
not be affected by information conveyed
to an investor at or prior to the time of
the contract of sale that is not included
in or incorporated by reference into the
registration statement at the time of the
effectiveness of the registration
statement for the securities sold to the
investor.418 The class of investors that
may have a claim under Section 11 and
Section 12(a)(2) may thus be different.
A free writing prospectus that is not
part of a registration statement will not
be subject to Section 11 liability,
although it will be subject to Section
12(a)(2) and Section 17(a)(2) liability.419
Information contained in a free writing
prospectus not otherwise included in or
incorporated by reference into the
registration statement will not be part of
the registration statement for purposes
of Section 11.
B. Issuer as Seller
We believe there currently is
unwarranted uncertainty as to issuer
liability under Section 12(a)(2) for issuer
information in registered offerings using
certain types of underwriting
arrangements.420 As a result, there is a
418 See discussion regarding Rule 430B in Section
V.B.1 below under ‘‘Rule 430B.’’ See also Rule 158.
419 A free writing prospectus, while considered to
relate to a registered securities offering, is not
included in and does not become part of the
registration statement unless the issuer files it as
part of the registration statement or includes it in
a filing that is incorporated by reference into the
registration statement. Thus, the responsibility and
liability of offering participants for a particular free
writing prospectus that is not incorporated or
included in the registration statement can arise only
under Section 12(a)(2) and Section 17(a)(2) and the
other anti-fraud provisions. This is true regardless
of whether the free writing prospectus contains
information from the registration statement
(including information that has been included with
the consent of an expert).
420 See, e.g., Capri v. Murphy, 856 F.2d 473, 478
(2d Cir. 1988); Lone Star Ladies Investment Club v.
Schlotzsky’s, Inc, 238 F.3d 363, 370 (5th Cir. 2001);
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
possibility that issuers may not be held
liable under Section 12(a)(2) to
purchasers in the initial distribution of
the securities for information contained
in the issuer’s prospectus included in its
registration statement. This also could
be the case for other communications
that are offers by or on behalf of an
issuer, including issuer free writing
prospectuses. When an issuer registers
securities to be sold in a primary
offering, the registration covers the offer
and sale of its securities to the public.
The issuer is selling its securities to the
public, although the form of
underwriting of such offering, such as a
firm commitment underwriting, may
involve the sale first by the issuer to the
underwriter and then the sale by the
underwriter to the public.421 We believe
that an issuer offering or selling its
securities in a registered offering
pursuant to a registration statement
containing a prospectus that it has
prepared and filed, or by means of other
communications that are offers made by
or on behalf of or used or referred to by
the issuer can be viewed as soliciting
purchases of the issuer’s registered
securities.422 Therefore, we are adopting
a rule providing that under Section
12(a)(2) an issuer in a primary offering
of securities, regardless of the form of
the underwriting arrangement, will be a
seller and will be considered to offer or
sell the securities to a purchaser in the
initial distribution of the securities as to
any of the following communications:
• Any preliminary prospectus or
prospectus of the issuer relating to the
offering required to be filed pursuant to
Securities Act Rule 424 or Rule 497;
• Any free writing prospectus relating
to the offering prepared by or on behalf
of or used or referred to by the issuer
and, in the case of an issuer that is an
open-end management investment
company, any profile relating to the
offering provided pursuant to Securities
Act Rule 498;
• The portion of any other free
writing prospectus (or, in the case of an
issuer that is a registered investment
company or business development
company, any advertisement pursuant
to Securities Act Rule 482) relating to
the offering containing material
information about the issuer or its
securities provided by or on behalf of
the issuer; and
Rosenzweig v. Azurix Corp., 332 F.3d 854 (5th Cir.
2003).
421 The two transactions are parts of the same
distribution of the securities to the public.
422 See Pinter v. Dahl, 486 U.S. 622 (1988).
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44769
• Any other communication that is an
offer in the offering made by the issuer
to such purchaser.423
This definition of the issuer as a seller
is not intended to affect whether any
other person offers or sells a security by
means of the same prospectus or oral
communication for purposes of Section
12(a)(2). A communication by an
underwriter or dealer participating in an
offering would also not be on behalf of
the issuer solely by virtue of that
participation. As today, there are
circumstances where the involvement of
an issuer could be sufficiently extensive
(for example under adoption and
entanglement theories) that a
communication of another person,
including an offering participant, could
be by an issuer.
A number of commenters were
concerned that as proposed the rule was
unnecessarily broad and would
encompass purchasers of the issuer’s
securities in the aftermarket, after the
initial distribution of securities in the
offering was completed.424 These
commenters were also concerned that
the proposed rule would encompass
oral communications made by
underwriters.425 As with certain of our
other proposals, some commenters
wanted to limit liability only to those
situations in which the communication
was made by designated persons.426
While we have adopted the issuer as
seller provisions substantially as
proposed, we have included language
that clarifies that it is aimed only at
liability to purchasers in the initial
distribution of the securities who were
offered or sold the securities by means
of the particular communication.427
Thus, the Rule, as adopted, would not
cover purchasers of the issuer’s
securities in the aftermarket. We have
also provided, as noted above, that an
underwriter or dealer participating in an
offering is not acting on behalf of the
issuer solely by virtue of that
participation.
C. Due Diligence Interpretation
We requested comment in the
Proposing Release as to whether we
should re-evaluate the factors discussed
in Securities Act Rule 176 428 regarding
423 We are not addressing the status of the issuer
as a seller in a registered offering of transactions by
selling security holders only.
424 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Alston; CMSA;
Davis Polk; and NYSBA.
425 See, e.g., letters from ABA and CMSA.
426 See, e.g., letters from Alston and CMSA.
427 We also have revised the final provision to
provide that it covers communications by the
issuer, not communications by or on behalf of the
issuer.
428 17 CFR 230.176.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44770
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
what constitutes a reasonable
investigation and reasonable grounds
under Securities Act Section 11(c), and
requested an explanation of the changes
that should be made and how each of
those changes would work in the
context of each type of registered
securities offering. In response,
commenters urged us to reintroduce the
1998 proposal to amend Rule 176 so
that it also applies to the reasonable care
standard under Section 12(a)(2).429
Additionally, commenters asked us to
reaffirm the statement from the 1998
proposals that ‘‘Section 11 requires a
more diligent investigation than Section
12(a)(2),’’ so as to avoid any implication
that our view of the matter has
changed.430 We have determined not to
propose modifications to Rule 176 at
this time. We believe, however, as we
have stated previously, that the standard
of care under Section 12(a)(2) is less
demanding than that prescribed by
Section 11 or, put another way, that
Section 11 requires a more diligent
investigation than Section 12(a)(2).431
Moreover, we believe that any practices
or factors that would be considered
favorably under Section 11, including
pursuant to Rule 176, also would be
considered as favorably under the
reasonable care standard of Section
12(a)(2).432
requirements for reporting under the
Exchange Act for public issuers have
been intended to improve the quality
and currency of disclosure under the
Exchange Act. Together with
technological advances, these
developments provide the basis for the
rules we are adopting today to
modernize many procedural aspects of
securities offerings registered under the
Securities Act.
Our new rules cover the registration
procedures for seasoned and
unseasoned issuers, and seek to
streamline the registration process for
most types of reporting issuers. These
rules include:
• A more flexible automatic
registration process for well-known
seasoned issuers;
• Modifications that clarify and
expand how and when information can
be included in registration statements;
• A clarification of the Securities Act
liability treatment of information
provided in a prospectus supplement
and Exchange Act reports incorporated
by reference;
• Modification of the timing of
effectiveness of shelf registration
statements applicable to issuers in
certain cases; and
• Rules relating to non-shelf offerings
of securities.
V. Securities Act Registration Rules and
Amendments
B. Procedural Rules
A. Overview
As discussed above and in the
Proposing Release, enhanced
429 See, e.g., letters from Morgan Stanley; SIA;
and TBMA.
430 See, e.g., letters from ABA; SIA; and S&C.
431 See the 1998 proposals, note , at Section IX.D.
In a brief filed in Sanders v. John Nuveen & Co.,
619 F.2d 1222 (7th Cir. 1980), the Commission
stated that the standard of care under Section
12(a)(2) (formerly Section 12(2)) is less demanding
than that prescribed by Section 11:
[I]t would be inconsistent with the statutory
scheme to apply precisely the same standards to the
scope of an underwriter’s duty under Section
12[(a)](2) as the case law appropriately has applied
to underwriters under Section 11. Because of the
vital role played by an underwriter in the
distribution of securities, and because the
registration process is integral and important to the
statutory scheme, we are of the view that a higher
standard of care should be imposed on those actors
who are critical to its proper operations. Since
Congress has determined that registration is not
necessary in certain defined situations, we believe
that it would undermine the Congressional intent—
that issuers and other persons should be relieved
of registration—if the same degree of investigation
were to be required to avoid potential liability
whether or not a registration statement is required.
Brief for SEC in Nos. 74–2047 and 75–1260
(CA7), Sanders v. John Nuveen & Co., 554 F.2d 790
(7th Cir., 1977), p. 69, as quoted by Powell, J.,
dissenting to the denial of certiorari in John Nuveen
& Co. v. Sanders, 450 U.S. 1005 (U.S., 1981).
432 See
the 1998 proposals, note 30, at Section IX.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
1. Procedural Changes Regarding Shelf
Offerings
a. Overview
We are adopting changes to the
operation of the shelf registration
system under the Securities Act. These
new provisions involve:
• Clarifying and codifying the
information to be included in and
omitted from base prospectuses in shelf
registration statements;
• Codifying the manner of inclusion
of information in the final prospectus;
• Providing for the treatment of
prospectus supplements; and
• Liberalizing certain of the
requirements under Securities Act Rule
415, including:
• Eliminating the two-year limitation
for registered securities for a delayed
offering;
Æ Eliminating the ‘‘at-the-market’’
offering restrictions for issuers
registering primary equity offerings on
Form S–3 or Form F–3;
Æ Eliminating the prohibition against
immediate takedowns off delayed shelf
registration statements; and
Æ Making conforming changes to Rule
424 regarding the filing of prospectus
supplements.
Commenters strongly supported the
proposed procedural changes to the
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Securities Act registration process.433 A
number of commenters on these
proposed changes, while supporting the
automatic shelf registration proposals
for well-known seasoned issuers,
believed that all seasoned issuers
should be able to use certain of the
elements of automatic shelf registration
such as identification of selling security
holders in prospectus supplements,
omission of most information from base
prospectuses, and addition of new
securities and new registrants by
automatically effective post-effective
amendments.434 As discussed in greater
detail below, we are adopting the
procedural changes with some
modifications.
b. Information in a Prospectus
i. Mechanics
(A) Rule 430B
Rule 415 provides for continuous or
delayed offerings and is, therefore, the
foundation for shelf registration.
Primary offerings on a delayed basis
may be registered by certain seasoned
issuers only. A number of other delayed
or continuous offerings may be
undertaken or registered by any issuer,
including offerings on a continuous
basis of securities issued on exercise of
outstanding options or warrants or
conversion of other securities, offerings
on a continuous basis under dividend
reinvestment plans, offerings on a
continuous basis under employee
benefit plans, and offerings solely on
behalf of selling security holders. Rule
415 also permits registration by any
issuer of a continuous offering that will
commence promptly and may continue
for more than 30 days from the date of
initial effectiveness.435
Many of the types of offerings
contemplated by Rule 415 can be
accomplished using a prospectus that is
complete at the time of effectiveness of
the related registration statement and
therefore may not require a supplement
because there may be no additional
information to include in the
prospectus.436 There are a number of
433 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Alston; Citigroup;
Cleary; Davis Polk; Fried Frank; IBA; NYCBA;
NYSBA; S&C; SIA; and TBMA.
434 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Alston; Citigroup;
Cleary; Davis Polk; NYCBA; NYSBA; S&C; SIA; and
TBMA.
435 See Securities Act Rule 415(a)(1)(ix) [17 CFR
230.415(a)(1)(ix)].
436 The terms of the securities being offered and
the plan of distribution are often complete at the
time of effectiveness and not subject to change.
Where the offering is not registered on Form S–3
or Form F–3, updating information in the
registration statement regarding the issuer cannot be
included in future periodic reports filed under the
Exchange Act and incorporated by reference, and
therefore must be included in the prospectus
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
offerings contemplated by Rule 415,
however, such as a delayed offering, in
which the prospectus included in the
related registration statement at the time
of effectiveness, usually referred to as a
‘‘base prospectus,’’ must be
supplemented to reflect the final terms
of the security and offering for each
particular offering of securities. In
addition, in continuous or delayed
offerings employing shelf registration
under Rule 415, there may be
circumstances where a prospectus will
be supplemented other than at the time
of a takedown.
Rule 424 provides the framework for
the filing of each type of prospectus and
prospectus supplement. There currently
is no rule, however, that specifies the
relationship between the base
prospectus and prospectus supplements
and the information that may be omitted
from or included in one or the other. We
are adopting with some clarifications
from the proposals a new rule, Rule
430B, which we intend to achieve that
purpose by codifying existing practice
in most respects and liberalizing the
framework for the registration process in
certain areas.437 We also are adopting
Rule 430C which addresses the
treatment of prospectuses and
prospectus supplements for all
registered offerings not covered by Rule
430B and for prospectuses not covered
by Rule 430A.
Rule 430B is a shelf offering corollary
to existing Rule 430A, in that it
describes the type of information that
primary shelf eligible and automatic
shelf issuers may omit from a base
prospectus in a Rule 415 offering and
include instead in a prospectus
supplement, Exchange Act report
incorporated by reference, or a posteffective amendment.438
Rule 430B covers the following types
of offerings:
• Offerings by well-known seasoned
issuers registered on automatic shelf
registration statements;
• Immediate, delayed, and
continuous primary offerings by
contained in the registration statement by a posteffective amendment. In that case, the new form of
prospectus included in the amended registration
statement is then complete at the new effective date
and therefore also does not require a supplement.
437 We also are making conforming changes to
Rule 424.
438 Issuers cannot rely on Rule 430B for offerings
made in reliance on other provisions of Rule 415(a).
For example, issuers that are not primary shelf
eligible, but that are eligible to register securities for
resale on behalf of selling security holders in
reliance on General Instruction I.B.3 of Form S–3
or register the issuance of securities on exercise or
conversion of outstanding securities pursuant to
General Instruction I.B.4 of Form S–3, would not be
eligible to rely on this Rule, but would instead be
subject to Rule 430C.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
primary shelf eligible issuers pursuant
to Rule 415(a)(1)(x), including assetbacked issuers eligible to register their
offerings on Form S–3;
• Secondary offerings by certain
primary shelf eligible issuers, including
for the purpose of adding information
regarding the identities of and amounts
of securities to be sold by selling
security holders; and
• Offerings of mortgage-backed
securities permitted by Rule
415(a)(1)(vii) that generally are
registered on Form S–11.439
Rule 430C covers all registered
offerings that are not covered by Rule
430B and prospectuses that are not
covered by Rule 430A.440
Rule 430B generally is consistent with
current requirements and practice for
shelf registration statements for delayed
offerings on Forms S–3 and F–3.441
Under Rule 430B, a base prospectus in
a shelf registration statement must
comply with the applicable form
requirements but can, as has been the
case before today’s new rules, continue
to omit information that is unknown or
not reasonably available to the registrant
pursuant to Rule 409.442
Rule 430B provides that a base
prospectus that omits information as
provided in the Rule will be a permitted
prospectus.443 Thus, after a registration
CFR 239.18.
we discuss below, Rule 430C provides that
all prospectuses and prospectus supplements filed
pursuant to Rule 424 and Rule 497(b), (c), (d), and
(e) (other than for offerings relying on Rule 430B or
prospectuses covered by Rule 430A) are deemed
part of and included in the related registration
statement as of the date of first use. Rule 430C
applies to prospectuses filed in offerings made in
reliance on Rule 430A to the extent the prospectus
or prospectus supplement is not covered by Rule
430A.
441 Rule 430B liberalizes current requirements in
certain respects, and significantly liberalizes
requirements for automatic shelf registration
statements, as discussed in Section V.B.2 below
under ‘‘Automatic Shelf Registration for WellKnown Seasoned Issuers.’’
442 See Rule 430B and Rule 409 [17 CFR 230.409].
The base prospectus still must include, for other
than automatic shelf registration statements, general
descriptions of the types of securities and possible
plans of distribution.
443 The Rule codifies that such a prospectus will
satisfy the requirements of Securities Act Section 10
for purposes of Securities Act Section 5(b)(1).
For asset-backed securities offerings made in
reliance on General Instruction I.B.5 of Form S–3,
because those issuers do not have to satisfy a
reporting history requirement, asset-backed
securities offerings often must present most of their
disclosure in the base prospectus and prospectus
supplements rather than incorporate such
information by reference into the registration
statement. Thus, for purposes of Section 10, a
prospectus for an asset-backed securities offering
must include the format of deal-specific
information in the base prospectus or the base
prospectus and a prospectus supplement. See
Asset-Backed Securities Adopting Release, note , at
Section III.A.3.b. and General Instruction V. to
Form S–3.
PO 00000
439 17
440 As
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44771
statement is filed, offering participants
can use a base prospectus that omits
information in accordance with the
Rule. In addition, issuers can
communicate using Rule 134 notices,
and issuers and other offering
participants can use free writing
prospectuses under Rules 164 and 433.
Commenters supported proposed Rule
430B because of the level of certainty it
would provide for delayed offerings off
of shelf registration statements.444
(B) Means for Providing Information
A base prospectus that omits
statutorily required information is not a
Securities Act Section 10(a) final
prospectus, and today’s rules do not
change that fact. To satisfy the
requirements of Securities Act Section
10(a), as is the case with shelf
registration statements today, an issuer
must include the information omitted
from the base prospectus in:
• A prospectus supplement;
• A post-effective amendment; or
• Where permitted as described
below, through its Exchange Act filings
that are incorporated by reference into
the registration statement and
prospectus that is part of the registration
statement and identified in a prospectus
supplement.
Information included in a base
prospectus or in an Exchange Act
periodic report incorporated into a
prospectus is included in the
registration statement. Rule 430B makes
clear that prospectus supplements and
information in them also will be
deemed to be part of and included in
the registration statement.445
The rules we are adopting today
provide primary shelf eligible issuers
and well-known seasoned issuers with
automatic shelf registration statements
the ability to add to a prospectus, by
means other than a post-effective
amendment to the registration
statement, more additional or omitted
information than is currently the
case.446 We are adopting amendments to
Forms S–3 and F–3 to permit all
information required in the prospectus
about the issuer and its securities to be
incorporated by reference from
Exchange Act reports.447 Such
444 See, e.g., letters from Alston; NYCBA; and
NYSBA.
445 In the 1998 proposals, we expressed our belief
that prospectus supplements and the information
contained in them are subject to liability under
Section 11. The rules we adopt today codify that
position. See 1998 proposals, note 30, at Section
V.C.1.
446 Issuers still have the flexibility to file posteffective amendments to include the information.
447 The amendments to Forms S–3 and F–3
explicitly permit information otherwise required in
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
Continued
03AUR2
44772
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
information also can be contained in the
prospectus or a prospectus
supplement.448 For example, material
changes in the plan of distribution,
which currently are required to be
included in post-effective amendments,
can be amended under our new rules by
incorporated Exchange Act reports or
prospectus supplements.449 Rule 430B
also requires that a prospectus
supplement be prepared and filed
pursuant to Rule 424 if omitted
information about an offering, such as
the terms of the offering, the securities,
the plan of distribution, or the selling
security holders, is included in an
Exchange Act report incorporated by
reference. The prospectus supplement
filed pursuant to Rule 424 must disclose
the Exchange Act report or reports
containing such information. This
disclosure will assist investors and the
markets in locating this offering-related
information and will also be consistent
with the treatment of other prospectus
supplements filed for these purposes.
(C) Identification of Selling Security
Holders Following Effectiveness
(1) Scope of Provision
As we discussed in the Proposing
Release, transfers of restricted securities
can occur after a private placement is
completed so that the identities of the
holders of those restricted securities at
the time of filing the resale registration
statement may not be known to the
issuer.450 Filing post-effective
amendments to add new or previously
unidentified security holders can
impose delays. To alleviate the timing
concern arising from an issuer’s
inability to identify selling security
holders prior to effectiveness, we are
including provisions to allow issuers
eligible to use Form S–3 or Form F–3 for
primary offerings in reliance on General
the prospectus directly pursuant to Item 3 through
Item 11 of Form S–3 and Item 3 through Item 5 of
Form F–3 to be included in this manner.
448 The changes to Form S–3 and Form F–3 are
intended to allow the disclosure requirements to be
satisfied through incorporation by reference, or
through a filed prospectus or prospectus
supplement, not to change the timing of when the
information must be included.
449 As noted above, under today’s rules,
prospectus supplements and the information
contained in them are deemed to be part of and
included in the registration statement.
450 Currently, the staff in the Division of
Corporation Finance requires all issuers registering
securities for the benefit of selling security holders
to include the names of selling security holders in
the registration statement either prior to
effectiveness or through a post-effective amendment
to the registration statement, with limited
exceptions for the identities of security holders
owning a de minimis amount of the issuers
securities (less than 1%) or receiving the securities
as a result of a donative transfer.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
Instruction I.B.1 to those Forms 451 to
identify selling security holders and the
amounts of securities to be registered on
behalf of each of them after
effectiveness.
Rule 430B and amendments to Form
S–3 and Form F–3, as adopted, permit
eligible seasoned issuers to add the
identities of the selling security holders
and all information about them, as
required by Item 507 of Regulation S–
K,452 to the registration statement
covering the resale of their securities
after effectiveness by:
• An amendment to that registration
statement;
• A prospectus supplement; or
• An Exchange Act report
incorporated by reference into the
registration statement (subject to filing a
prospectus supplement identifying such
report).453
We have revised this provision from
the proposal to clarify that this ability
to identify selling security holders after
effectiveness will be available only if:
• The registration statement is an
automatic shelf registration
statement; 454 or
• All of the following are satisfied:
Æ The resale registration statement
identifies the initial offering transaction
or transactions pursuant to which the
securities, or securities convertible into
such securities, were sold; 455
Æ The initial offering of the securities,
or the securities convertible into such
securities, is completed; and
Æ The securities, or the securities
convertible into such securities, that are
the subject of the registration statement
451 General Instruction I.B.1 to Form S–3 and
Form F–3 permits reporting issuers that are current
and timely in their periodic and current reporting
obligations under the Exchange Act and that have
$75 million in non-affiliate voting and non-voting
common equity market capitalization to register
securities offerings for cash on Form S–3 and Form
F–3 for the benefit of the issuer or selling security
holders. Blank check companies, shell companies,
and penny stock issuers are not eligible to rely on
this provision.
452 17 CFR 229.507.
453 As we are amending Rule 424 today,
prospectus supplements may be filed in connection
with selling security holders offerings, to add
selling security holders omitted pursuant to Rule
430B and to provide supplemental or additional
information. The filing of a prospectus supplement
to include the identity of omitted selling security
holders pursuant to Rule 424(b)(7) will be deemed
to be a new effective date of the registration
statement for Section 11 liability purposes of the
issuer and underwriter. Under the Securities Act,
selling security holders may be underwriters in
connection with the distribution of the securities
being registered for resale on their behalf.
454 See Section V.B.2 below under ‘‘Automatic
Shelf Registration for Well-Known Seasoned
Issuers.’’
455 The Rule requires disclosure of the initial
offering transaction pursuant to which the sales
were made, not any subsequent resale transactions.
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
are issued and outstanding prior to
initial filing of the resale registration
statement.
An issuer registering the resale of
securities sold in a private offering may
not rely on this provision to identify
after effectiveness selling security
holders who will acquire the securities
directly from the issuer if the securities
are not yet issued in the private offering,
even where the investors are
contractually bound to acquire the
securities.456 The issuer can still register
the resale of the not-yet-issued
securities, but it must identify the
selling security holders in the
registration statement at the time of
filing and prior to effectiveness because
the issuer will know the identities of the
selling security holders who will
acquire the securities from it.
We believe that it is important for
issuers to be able to satisfy their
contractual registration obligations to
selling security holders in registering
their resales, while also assuring that
offerings are properly registered and the
selling security holders and the
securities to be sold by them are
identified in the registration statement.
The purpose of this provision of Rule
430B is to provide a more convenient
method to identify selling security
holders in registration statements, and
not to change the existing
responsibilities and liabilities of issuers
and these selling security holders under
the federal securities laws.
(2) Comments on Identification of
Selling Security Holders
Commenters expressed support for
the proposals to allow seasoned issuers
the ability to identify selling
shareholders after effectiveness.457 As
with many of the other proposals, some
believed that this flexibility also should
be extended to unseasoned issuers.458 In
addition, one commenter suggested that
we eliminate the proposed requirement
that the issuer identify any known
selling security holders prior to
effectiveness, because some selling
security holders known to the issuer
may not have consented to the inclusion
of their names in the prospectus.459
In response to commenters’
suggestions, we have clarified that the
initial transaction that the issuer must
disclose in the resale registration
statement must be the initial offering
transaction in which the securities were
456 These types of offerings include PIPE
transactions discussed in note 182 above.
457 See, e.g., letters from Alston; ABA; and Davis
Polk.
458 See, e.g., letters from ABA; NYCBA; NYSBA;
and TBMA.
459 See letter from Fried Frank.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
initially sold, not a resale transaction in
which any particular selling security
holder may have acquired the securities.
The goal of the disclosure is to clearly
link the securities being registered for
resale to a completed initial offering.
Moreover, we have revised the
instructions to Form S–3 and Form F–
3 to eliminate any requirement to name
any selling security holders prior to
effectiveness if the conditions of Rule
430B are satisfied.
Commenters also suggested that we
should allow all issuers to be able to
identify selling security holders after
effectiveness.460 We have determined
not to extend this flexibility to all
issuers. We believe that issuers that are
not eligible to file a primary offering on
Form S–3 or Form F–3 are more prone,
in general, to engage in transactions
some of which have raised disclosure
and registration issues.461 As a result,
we believe it is important to have
complete selling security holder
information and be able to review that
information in registration statements to
assure compliance with Section 5 and
our disclosure rules in connection with
these offerings.
ii. Information Deemed Part of
Registration Statement
We are adopting provisions in Rule
430B that will make clear that
information contained in a prospectus
supplement required to be filed under
Rule 424, whether in connection with a
takedown or otherwise, will be deemed
part of and included in the registration
statement containing the base
prospectus to which the prospectus
supplement relates. We also are
adopting new Rule 430C that has similar
provisions regarding the treatment of
prospectus supplements, which applies
to offerings not covered by Rule 430B
and prospectuses not covered by Rule
430A. As a result of Rule 430B and Rule
430C, prospectus supplements required
to be filed under Rule 424 or Rule
497(b), (c), (d), or (e) will, in all cases,
be deemed to be part of and included in
registration statements for purposes of
Securities Act Section 11.
iii. Date of Inclusion of Prospectus
Supplements in Registration Statements
and New Effective Dates of Registration
Statements
(A) Scope of Provisions
Rule 430B and Rule 430C, as adopted,
deem information contained in
prospectus supplements to be part of
460 See, e.g., letters from ABA; NYCBA; NYSBA;
and TBMA.
461 See note 182 above.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
and included in the registration
statement as follows:
• For a prospectus supplement
required to be filed other than in
connection with a takedown of
securities, all information contained in
that prospectus supplement will be
deemed part of and included in the
registration statement as of the date the
prospectus supplement is first used; 462
and
• Under Rule 430B only, for a
prospectus supplement required to be
filed in connection with a takedown of
securities pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2),
(b)(5), or (b)(7), all information in that
prospectus supplement will be deemed
part of and included in the registration
statement as of the earlier of the date it
is first used or the date and time of the
first contract of sale of securities in the
offering to which the prospectus
supplement relates.463
We have chosen the triggering dates
for prospectus supplements to be
deemed part of and included in
registration statements for a number of
reasons. First, under Rule 430B and
Rule 430C, for a prospectus supplement
filed other than in connection with a
takedown, we have chosen the date of
first use as the appropriate date for it to
be deemed part of and included in the
registration statement because that is the
date on which the prospectus
supplement updates the information in
the registration statement.464 Second,
under Rule 430B, a prospectus
supplement filed in connection with a
takedown pursuant to Rule 424 will be
deemed part of and included in the
registration statement as of the earlier of
when it is first used or the date and time
of the first contract of sale of the
securities to which the prospectus
supplement relates. This timing,
combined with the new effective date
provisions discussed below, provides
the appropriate timing for assessing
liability under Section 11 for issuers
and underwriters.
462 We already have made clear that the date of
first use for purposes of Securities Act Rule 424 is
not the date that the prospectus supplement is
given to a purchaser in connection with a sale.
Rather, it refers to the date that the prospectus is
available to the managing underwriter, syndicate
member, or any prospective purchaser. See
Elimination of Certain Pricing Amendments and
Revision of Prospectus Filing Procedures, Release
No. 33–6714 (May 27, 1987) [52 FR 21252].
463 These new provisions determine when a
prospectus supplement is deemed part of the
registration statement for Securities Act Section 11
purposes. They do not affect the determination of
when information is conveyed to a purchaser for
Section 12(a)(2) liability purposes.
464 See amendments to Securities Act Rule 412(a)
[17 CFR 230.412(a)].
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44773
(B) New Effective Date for Section 11
Purposes
Rule 430B also establishes a new
effective date for a shelf registration
statement for Section 11 liability
purposes only for the issuer and for a
person that is at the time an
underwriter.465 That new effective date
will be the date a prospectus
supplement filed in connection with the
takedown or takedowns is deemed part
of the relevant registration statement.466
For purposes of liability under Section
11 of the issuer and any underwriter at
the time only, the new effective date
will be as to the part of the registration
statement relating to the securities to
which such prospectus relates. The part
of the registration statement will consist
of all information included in the
registration statement and any
prospectus relating to the offering of the
securities as of the new effective date
and all information included in reports
and materials incorporated by reference
into the registration statement and
prospectus as of such date relating to
the offering, and in each case, not
modified or superseded pursuant to
Rule 412. The part of the registration
statement will include information
relating to the offering in a prospectus
already included in the registration
statement. This includes, for example, a
form of prospectus containing
information relating to the offering and
previously filed pursuant to Rule
424(b)(3) other than in connection with
the takedown in question, where the
information has not been modified or
superseded. These provisions also will
reconcile the effective date for shelf
offerings for issuers and underwriters
with a comparable date for non-shelf
offerings. We believe the Rule also will
eliminate the unwarranted, disparate
treatment of underwriters and issuers
under Section 11.467
465 We also are amending Rule 158 to include
conforming changes to the effective date for
purposes of the last paragraph of Securities Act
Section 11(a).
Under Rule 430C, the filing of prospectus
supplements will not trigger new effective dates of
the registration statement.
466 The new effective date will not, however, be
considered the filing of a new registration statement
for purposes of Form eligibility. See Securities Act
Rule 401.
467 Currently, there can be a mismatch between
issuers and underwriters in the time that liability
is assessed. For example, in an offering off a shelf
registration statement, an issuer could have its
liability assessed as of the date of the registration
statement’s initial effectiveness (or post-effective
amendment) or the most recent updating required
under Securities Act Section 10(a)(3), while the
liability of an underwriter would be assessed at the
later time when it became an underwriter. In such
a case, underwriters in takedowns occurring after
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
Continued
03AUR2
44774
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
At the same time, we believe that for
other persons, including directors,
signing officers, and experts, the filing
of a form of prospectus should not result
in a later Section 11 liability date than
that which applied prior to our new
rules.468 Therefore, under Rule 430B,
except for an effective date resulting
from the filing of a form of prospectus
for purposes of updating the registration
statement pursuant to Section 10(a)(3)
or reflecting fundamental changes in the
information in the registration statement
pursuant to the issuer’s undertakings,
the prospectus filing will not create a
new effective date for directors or
signing officers of the issuer. Any
person signing any report or document
incorporated by reference in the
prospectus that is part of the registration
statement or the registration statement,
other than a document filed for the
purposes of updating the prospectus
pursuant to Section 10(a)(3) or reflecting
a fundamental change, is deemed not to
be a person who signed the registration
statement as a result. The new effective
date also does not apply to a person that
becomes an underwriter after that
effective date; in that case Securities Act
Section 11(d) provides that the date the
person became an underwriter is its
effective date.469
We also are not changing the effective
date for auditors who provided consent
in an existing registration statement for
their report on previously issued
the date of initial effectiveness (or post-effective
amendment) or the Section 10(a)(3) update would
be subject to liability under Section 11 for an
issuer’s Exchange Act reports incorporated by
reference into the prospectus included in the
registration statement after that date while issuers
would not. Rule 430B results in most cases in the
date of effectiveness of a registration statement for
an issuer and underwriter in a particular offering
being close in time.
468 Prior to today’s amendments, Rule 158(c)
provided that, for purposes of the last paragraph of
Section 11(a), a new effective date is deemed to be
the latest to occur of (1) the effective date of the
registration statement, (2) any post-effective
amendment next preceding a particular sale of
registered securities by the issuer filed to update the
registration statement pursuant to Section 10(a)(3)
or to reflect in the prospectus fundamental changes
in the information in the registration statement or
add any material information about or reflect any
material changes in the plan of distribution; or (3)
the date of filing of the last report of the issuer
incorporated by reference into the prospectus and
relied on in lieu of filing a post-effective
amendment to effect a Section 10(a)(3) update to the
registration statement or to reflect a fundamental
change in the information in the registration
statement, next preceding a particular sale by the
issuer of registered securities.
469 Securities Act Section 11(d) provides in part,
‘‘If any person becomes an underwriter with respect
to the security after the part of the registration
statement with respect to which his liability is
asserted has become effective, then * * * such part
of the registration statement shall be considered as
having become effective with respect to such person
as of the time when he became an underwriter.’’
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
financial statements or previous reports
on management’s assessment of internal
control over financial reporting, unless
a prospectus supplement (and any
Exchange Act report incorporated by
reference into the prospectus and
registration statement) or post-effective
amendment contains new audited
financial statements or other
information as to which the auditor is
an expert and for which a new consent
is required.470 As to any other expert,
the filing of the prospectus supplement
also will not trigger a new effective date,
and thus will not require the filing of a
consent, unless the prospectus
supplement (including incorporated
Exchange Act reports) includes a new
report or opinion of an expert whose
consent is required pursuant to Section
7 and who will have liability pursuant
to Section 11. For example, a prospectus
supplement filed in connection with
one or more takedowns of securities that
did not include other disclosure
(including through incorporated
Exchange Act reports) for which the
consent of an expert is required
pursuant to Securities Act Section 7 and
Securities Act Rule 436 will not require
consents to be filed.
Including information contained in
prospectus supplements in registration
statements and triggering new effective
dates for the issuer and underwriter will
provide and preserve important investor
protections under the Securities Act. We
believe that these modifications are
appropriate to ensure issuer liability for
470 New audited financial statements or other
information as to which the accountant is an expert
and for which a new consent is required under
Securities Act Section 7 [15 U.S.C. 77g] or
Securities Act Rule 436 [17 CFR 230.436] includes
any financial statements filed pursuant to Article 3
of Regulation S–X [17 CFR 210.3–01 et seq.] after
the date of the last consent by the accountant,
including those that are restated. Examples of such
audited financial statements and financial
information are (1) a restatement of the issuer’s or
a guarantor’s financial statements, (2) financial
statements required under Rule 3–05 of Regulation
S–X [17 CFR 210.3–05], and (3) financial statements
that are required under Rule 3–14 of Regulation S–
X [17 CFR 210.3–14]. In addition, a new consent is
required when the accountant’s report on
management’s assessment of the registrant’s
internal control over financial reporting is changed.
In the event a new consent is required, that
consent may be filed by a post-effective amendment
to the registration statement or by filing an
Exchange Act report, such as an annual report on
Form 10–K or a report on Form 8–K or Form 6–K,
which is incorporated by reference into the
registration statement. Under Rule 430B, a report
pursuant to Rule 10–01(d) of Regulation S–X [17
CFR 210.10–01] on unaudited interim financial
information by an accountant which has conducted
a review of such interim financial information
would not require the consent of such accountant
under Rule 436. Such a report is not considered
part of a registration statement prepared or certified
by an accountant or a report prepared or certified
by an accountant within the meaning of Securities
Act Sections 7 and 11.
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
information included in the registration
statement at the time of the prospectus
supplement filing.
(C) Comments on Prospectus
Supplements and New Effective Dates
A number of commenters addressed
the provisions providing for new
effective dates of registration statements
at the time of filing of prospectus
supplements for takedowns off shelf
registration statements.471 Commenters
supporting these proposals agreed that,
as to shelf registration statement
takedowns, the liability of issuers under
Section 11 should be brought into line
with the liability of underwriters.472 A
number of commenters were concerned
with the liability of auditors, other
experts, and outside directors that
would arise under Section 11 as of the
new effective date of the registration
statement.473 While some commenters
believed that the Rule should provide
that a new auditor’s consent is not
required in connection with the
takedown and new effective dates,
others believed that unless the Rule was
clear that the takedown would not be a
new effective date for auditors and other
experts, we should require that consents
of these experts be provided at the new
effective date.474
We have revised Rule 430B in
response to commenters’ concerns about
new effective dates as we discuss above.
We believe that these changes should
provide clarity for auditors, among
others, that a new effective date for
them is not created and that new
consents and corresponding procedures
are not required as a result of Rule 430B.
iv. Amendments to Rule 415
(A) Elimination of Limitation on
Amount of Securities Registered
(1) Revised Provisions
Prior to today’s amendments, Rule
415(a)(2) limited the amount of
securities that could be registered where
the registration statement pertained to
offerings pursuant to Rule
415(a)(1)(viii), (ix), and (x). Rule
415(a)(2) limited the amount of
securities that could be registered in
471 See, e.g., letters from ABA; AICPA; Alston,
BDO Seidman; Deloitte; E & Y; KPMG; PwC; and
SIA.
472 See, e.g., letters from ABA and SIA.
473 See, e.g., letters from ABA; AICPA; Alston,
BDO Seidman; Deloitte; E & Y; KPMG; and PwC.
474 One commenter expressed concern that
requiring an auditor to give a consent before a shelf
takedown would impose undue delays on the
offering process. See letter from ABA. The
commenter noted that, although auditor ‘‘bringdown’’ procedures are customary in connection
with a comfort letter, these procedures currently do
not delay pricing.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
these offerings to an amount which, at
the time the registration statement
became effective, was reasonably
expected to be offered and sold within
two years from the initial effective date
of a registration statement.
For offerings under Rule 415(a)(1)(x)
and continuous offerings under Rule
415(a)(1)(ix) in each case that are
registered on Form S–3 or Form F–3, we
are eliminating the provision in
Securities Act Rule 415(a)(2) that limits
the amount of securities registered. The
two-year limitation was designed to
ensure that the issuer had a bona fide
intention to offer and sell securities in
the proximate future.475 We are
eliminating this requirement for these
offerings because we do not believe that
it provides any significant investor
protection.476
However, under the amendments to
Rule 415 we are adopting today, that
shelf registration statement can only be
used for three years (subject to a limited
extension) after the initial effective date
of the registration statement.477 Under
the revised rule, new shelf registration
statements must be filed every three
years, with unsold securities and fees
paid thereon allowed to be included on
the new registration statement, where
the shelf registration statement relates
to:
• Offerings registered on an automatic
shelf registration statement; or
• Offerings of securities described in
Rule 415(a)(vii), (ix), or (x).478
Automatic shelf registration
statements are immediately effective, as
discussed below. In other cases, as long
as the new shelf registration statement
is filed within three years of the original
effective date of the old registration
statement the issuer may continue to
offer and sell securities from the old
registration statement for up to six
months thereafter until the new
registration statement is declared
475 See Securities Act Section 6(a) [15 U.S.C.
77f(a)] and Proposed Revision of Regulation S–K
and Guides for the Preparation and Filing of
Registration Statements and Reports, Release No.
33–6276 at Part III.E (Dec. 23, 1980) [46 FR 78].
476 We are retaining the limitation for business
combination transactions registered under Rule
415(a)(viii) and continuous offerings under Rule
415(a)(ix) that are not registered on Form S–3 or
Form F–3.
477 The rules adopted today do not limit the
amount that can be registered and provide for
unused amounts to be carried forward.
478 In the Proposing Release we sought comment
on whether Rule 415(a)(1)(vii), which permits shelf
offerings of mortgage related securities, should be
eliminated. We have decided to retain Rule
415(a)(1)(vii), but have also determined that the
requirement of a new shelf registration statement
every three years should apply to offerings of these
securities.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
effective.479 Prior to effectiveness of the
new registration statement (including at
the time of filing for an automatic shelf
registration statement), the issuer can
amend the later registration statement to
include any securities (and fees
attributable to such securities)
remaining unsold on the older
registration statement. We believe that
allowing issuers to continue to offer and
sell securities off the old registration
statement for an additional six months
after filing the new registration
statement pending effectiveness of the
new registration statement, and then
including any securities remaining
unsold on the new registration
statement, will preserve the ability of
these issuers to continue to use their
shelf registration statements to access
the capital markets. The additional sixmonth time period will not impact
adversely our decision to have new
shelf registration statements filed every
three years. In addition, continuous
offerings begun prior to the end of the
three years can continue on the old
registration statement until the effective
date of the new registration statement if
they are permitted to be made under the
new registration statement.
We believe that, especially with our
liberalization of procedures for shelf
registration, particularly automatic shelf
registration as described below, the
precise contents of shelf registration
statements may become difficult to
identify over time, and that markets will
benefit from a periodic updating and
consolidation requirement.480 The new
registration statement will include the
disclosures then required under the
applicable form and our rules.
(2) Comments on Elimination of
Limitation on Amount of Securities
Registered
Commenters supported most of the
proposed changes to Rule 415.481 Some
commenters were concerned that the
requirement to file a new shelf
registration statement every three years
could result in a blackout period
between the end of the three years and
effectiveness of the new registration
479 The six-month extension does not apply to
automatic shelf registration statements, since they
will go effective immediately upon filing. See
discussion in Section V.B.2 below under
‘‘Automatic Shelf Registration for Well-Known
Seasoned Issuers.’’
480 See, for example, our revisions to Securities
Act Rule 412 to permit information in registration
statements and prospectuses to be modified or
superseded by subsequently filed Exchange Act
reports and prospectus supplements and our
amendments to Forms S–3 and F–3 to permit most
information to be included in the prospectus
through incorporation by reference.
481 See, e.g., letters from Brinson Patrick; NYCBA;
and NYSBA.
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44775
statement, during which issuers could
not continue to sell securities off their
old registration statements.482 As noted
above, we are maintaining the three-year
requirement, but we are allowing the
issuer to continue to offer and sell
securities off its old registration
statement until the earlier of the
effectiveness of the new registration
statement or six months after the timely
filing of the new registration statement.
We believe that this provision will
eliminate any inappropriate blackout
periods.
(B) Immediate Takedowns From a Shelf
Registration Statement Filed Under Rule
415(a)(1)(x)
We are amending Securities Act Rule
415(a)(1)(x), as proposed, to allow
primary offerings on Form S–3 or Form
F–3 to occur immediately after
effectiveness of a shelf registration
statement.483 With respect to immediate
offerings from an effective registration
statement, our current rules permit
omission of information from the
prospectus at the time of effectiveness
only in reliance on Securities Act Rule
430A.484 The changes we are adopting
today affecting the treatment of
prospectus supplements provides
sufficient protection to investors to
allow, in an immediate offering,
omission of information under Rule 415
and Rule 430B.485 Commenters on this
provision expressed support for
allowing immediate takedowns off of
shelf registration statements in reliance
on Rule 415.486
(C) Eliminating ‘‘At-the-Market’’
Offering Restrictions for Seasoned
Issuers
The restrictions on primary ‘‘at-themarket’’ offerings of equity securities
currently set forth in Rule 415(a)(4)
were adopted initially to address
concerns about the integrity of trading
markets.487 As discussed in the
482 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Alston; BRT;
NYCBA; S&C; and SIA. One commenter suggested
a five-year, rather than a three-year, time period to
file a new automatic registration statement. See
letter from NYCBA.
483 See amendments to Securities Act Rule
415(a)(1)(x).
484 See Prospectus Delivery; Securities
Transactions Settlement, Release No. 33–7168 (May
11, 1995) [60 FR 26604] at Section II.A.5.
485 Rule 430A continues to be available for
immediate takedowns where the information
omitted from a form of prospectus contained in the
registration statement at the time of effectiveness
omits only Rule 430A information. We are
amending Rule 430A to enable the rule to be relied
on by issuers using automatic shelf registration
statements that go effective immediately.
486 See, e.g., letters from NYCBA and NYSBA.
487 17 CFR 230.415(a)(4). See Integrated
Disclosure Release, note 23, at Section IV.B.2.d.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44776
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
Proposing Release, we are eliminating
these restrictions for primary shelf
eligible issuers because they are not
necessary to provide protection to
markets or investors. The market today
has greater information about seasoned
issuers than it did at the adoption of the
‘‘at-the-market’’ limitations, due to
enhanced Exchange Act reporting.
Further, trading markets for these
issuers’ securities have grown
significantly since that time. Requiring
the involvement of underwriters and
limiting the amount of securities that
can be sold imposes artificial limitations
on this avenue for these issuers to
access capital. Under our revised Rule,
an issuer that is registering a primary
equity shelf offering pursuant to Rule
415(a)(1)(x) can register an ‘‘at-themarket’’ offering of equity securities
without identifying an underwriter in
its registration statement 488 and without
a limitation on the amount of the
offering. Issuers who are not eligible to
register primary equity offerings using
Rule 415(a)(1)(x) will still not be eligible
to register ‘‘at-the-market’’ equity
securities offerings. Commenters
generally supported the removal of the
restrictions on ‘‘at-the-market’’
offerings.489
used.493 We are adopting the changes to
Rule 424 essentially as proposed.494
v. Rule 424 Amendments
(A) Treatment of Information in
Prospectus Supplements
In conjunction with our other
procedural rules, we are adopting
certain companion modifications to
Securities Act Rule 424. We are adding
a separate new paragraph (b)(8) to Rule
424 for forms of final prospectuses not
filed within the required timeframe
under Rule 424. As we discuss below,
this provision of Rule 424 will allow us
to identify more readily final
prospectuses not filed timely.490 As
noted above, we also are adding a
separate new paragraph (b)(7) under
Rule 424 for filing of prospectuses
identifying selling security holders.
Commenters supported the
amendments to Rule 424.491 Some
commenters suggested additional
revisions to Rule 424, including deleting
references to paper copies 492 and
defining the phrase ‘‘date it is first
488 Underwriters
may, as in the case of other
information, be included in the relevant prospectus
supplement.
489 See, e.g., letters from Brinson Patrick; NYCBA;
and NYSBA.
490 A prospectus filed under new paragraph (b)(8)
will still be characterized as ‘‘required to be filed’’
under the paragraph originally applicable to it. For
example, a form of prospectus required to be filed
under paragraph (b)(2) but filed under paragraph
(b)(8) will still trigger a new effective date as
provided in Rule 430B.
491 See, e.g., letters from Alston and NYSBA.
492 See, e.g., letters from Cleary and Davis Polk.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
vi. Elimination of Rule 434
In the Proposing Release, we
requested comment as to whether we
should eliminate Rule 434 in its
entirety.495 The commenters who
responded to this request believed that
the Rule is superfluous and should be
eliminated.496 Because we believe that
Rule 434 has been used only very rarely,
and because our new rules regarding
free writing prospectuses permit the use
of written descriptions of the terms of
the issuer’s securities or of the offering,
such as term sheets, under more flexible
circumstances, we are eliminating Rule
434.497
vii. Issuer Undertakings
We are adopting conforming revisions
to the issuer undertakings that are
required in connection with a shelf
registration statement. These revisions
reflect the issuer’s agreement regarding
the inclusion of information contained
in prospectus supplements in
registration statements and new
effective dates of the registration
statement on filing of a prospectus
supplement.
Item 512(a) of Regulation S–K
currently requires an issuer that has
registered securities pursuant to Rule
415 to undertake to file a post-effective
amendment to the registration statement
to:
• Include in the registration statement
any prospectus required by Securities
Act Section 10(a)(3);
• Reflect in a prospectus included in
the registration statement any facts or
events arising after the effective date of
the registration statement (or the most
recent post-effective amendment
thereto) which, individually or in the
aggregate, represent a fundamental
change in the information set forth in
the registration statement; and
• Include in a prospectus included in
the registration statement any material
information with respect to the plan of
distribution not previously disclosed in
the registration statement or any
e.g., letter from NYSBA.
have included in Rule 430B a provision
regarding identification in prospectuses or
prospectus supplements of Exchange Act reports
filed to include certain omitted information in
prospectuses and registration statements.
495 Rule 434 has permitted the use of term sheets
in connection with certain offerings.
496 See letters from Cleary and Davis Polk.
497 We have made conforming changes to the
rules that reference Rule 434.
PO 00000
493 See,
494 We
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
material change in such information in
the registration statement.498
Currently, shelf issuers can satisfy the
first two of these obligations by filing
Exchange Act periodic reports that are
incorporated by reference into the
registration statement. We are amending
the Item 512(a) undertaking as proposed
to clarify that, in shelf registration
statements filed on Forms S–3 and F–3,
all the disclosures required by this
undertaking also may be contained in
any filed prospectus supplement
deemed part of and included in a
registration statement or any Exchange
Act report, instead of only in periodic
reports, that an issuer files that is
incorporated by reference into the
registration statement.499 As discussed
below, we also are adopting as proposed
the undertaking to allow automatic shelf
issuers to include in this manner all
other information that has been omitted
from the base prospectus, subject in the
case of a takedown of securities to the
filing of a prospectus supplement. In the
event that satisfaction of any element of
the undertaking requires the filing by
any of the permitted methods of a
consent of an expert, that consent may
be filed by post-effective amendment to
Part II of the registration statement or by
filing of an Exchange Act report, such as
an annual report on Form 10–K or a
report on Form 8–K or Form 6–K, that
is incorporated by reference into the
registration statement.500
(B) Prospectus Supplements Deemed
Part of a Registration Statement and
New Effective Dates
To reflect the issuer’s understanding
of and agreement to the changes
described above regarding inclusion of
prospectus supplements in registration
statements and new effective dates, we
are including a new undertaking in
which the issuer will agree that,
consistent with Rules 430B and 430C,
information in prospectus supplements
is deemed part of and included in
registration statements and that,
consistent with Rule 430B, new
effective dates as to the issuer and
underwriter will occur in respect of
498 In addition, Item 512(a)(4) contains a
provision under which foreign private issuers are
required include an undertaking regarding the
updating of the financial and other information in
a shelf prospectus in accordance with the age of
financial statements provisions under Item 8.A of
Form 20–F. We are not modifying this requirement.
Foreign private issuers will continue to be subject
to this updating requirement, by a post-effective
amendment or by incorporation by reference, as
currently provided for under Item 512(a)(4).
499 This amendment will permit an issuer to use
an incorporated Form 8–K (or incorporated Form 6–
K) to satisfy this undertaking.
500 See Securities Act Rule 436.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
prospectuses related to certain shelf
takedowns.501 The new undertaking
will assure that the issuer agrees that it
has liability for information that is
included in or deemed part of the
registration statement, that the liability
of the issuer will be assessed as of the
date such a prospectus supplement is
deemed part of and included in the
registration statement.502
Because closed-end management
investment companies use Securities
Act Rule 415 to make shelf offerings
under certain circumstances and
provide an undertaking similar to that
required by Item 512(a) of Regulation S–
K in their registration statements on
Form N–2, we are including a new
undertaking in Form N–2 similar to that
which we are including in Item 512(a)
of Regulation S–K.503 We also are
amending Rule 415 to clarify that
investment companies filing on Form
N–2 that use the Rule must provide the
undertaking required by Form N–2,
rather than the undertaking required in
Item 512(a) of Regulation S–K.504
c. Changes to Form S–3 and Form F–3
In addition to adopting changes that
will allow additional Form S–3 or Form
F–3 disclosures to be included through
prospectus supplements and Exchange
Act reports, we are amending Form S–
3 and Form F–3, as proposed, to expand
the categories of majority-owned
subsidiaries that will be eligible to
register their non-convertible securities,
other than common equity, or
guarantees under General Instruction
I.C. of Form S–3 or General Instruction
I.A.5 of Form F–3. The permitted
circumstances are the same as those
provided for majority-owned
subsidiaries to be well-known seasoned
issuers.505 We believe that this
expansion is appropriate in that it
recognizes the various types of
subsidiary guarantees that may be
employed in registered offerings of such
non-convertible securities, other than
common equity, of related entities.
Whether information regarding the
subsidiary will have to be included in
the registration statement will depend,
501 See
Rules 430B and 430C.
regard to the liability of directors,
persons signing registration statements, and experts,
see the discussion in Section V.B.1. above under
‘‘Date of Inclusion of Prospectus Supplements in
Registration Statements and New Effective Dates of
Registration Statements.’’
503 Item 34.4.d and e of Form N–2. Form N–2 is
the registration form used by closed-end
management investment companies to register
under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and to
offer their securities under the Securities Act.
504 See Rule 415(a)(3).
505 See discussion in Section II.A. above under
‘‘Well-Known Seasoned Issuers.’’
502 With
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
as today, on whether the subsidiary
meets the conditions of Rule 3–10 of
Regulation S–X and Exchange Act Rule
12h–5.
2. Automatic Shelf Registration for
Well-Known Seasoned Issuers
a. Overview
i. Rule Changes
In addition to the updating of the
shelf registration process described
above, we are adopting rules to establish
a significantly more flexible version of
shelf registration for offerings by wellknown seasoned issuers. This version of
shelf registration, which we refer to as
‘‘automatic shelf registration,’’ involves
filings on Form S–3 or Form F–3. The
automatic shelf registration rules are in
addition to the communications
exemptions we are adopting today and
will allow eligible well-known seasoned
issuers substantially greater latitude in
registering and marketing securities.
The automatic shelf registration process
will continue to enable the issuer, as
with other shelf registrants, to take
down securities off a shelf registration
statement from time to time.506
Automatic shelf registration is not
mandatory; a well-known seasoned
issuer may continue to file any other
registration statement it is eligible to use
or engage in any exempt offering or
offerings of exempt securities available
to it.507
For well-known seasoned issuers, we
believe that the modifications we are
adopting will facilitate immediate
market access and promote efficient
capital formation, without at the same
time diminishing investor protection.
Most significantly, the new rules will
provide the flexibility to take advantage
of market windows, to structure
securities on a real-time basis to
accommodate issuer needs or investor
demand, and to determine or change the
plan of distribution of securities as
issuers elect in response to changing
market conditions. We hope that
providing these automatic shelf issuers
more flexibility for their registered
offerings, coupled with the liberalized
communications rules we are adopting,
will encourage these issuers to raise
their necessary capital through the
registration process.508
506 As with other delayed shelf registration
statements, the issuer will be considered to be in
registration or offering its securities only when it
offers securities in a takedown off its registration
statement. See, e.g., the 2000 Electronics Release,
note , at note 10.
507 Those other registration statements will not go
effective immediately.
508 The flexibility permitted under the automatic
shelf registration process will benefit issuers and
investors by facilitating different types of offerings
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44777
Under our automatic shelf registration
process, eligible well-known seasoned
issuers may register unspecified
amounts of different specified types of
securities on immediately effective
Form S–3 or Form F–3 registration
statements. Unlike other issuers
registering primary offerings on Form S–
3 or Form F–3, the automatic shelf
registration process allows eligible
issuers to add additional classes of
securities and to add eligible majorityowned subsidiaries as additional
registrants after an automatic shelf
registration statement is effective. They
also can freely accommodate both
primary and secondary offerings using
automatic shelf registration. Thus, these
issuers have significant latitude in
determining the types and amounts of
their securities or those of their eligible
subsidiaries that can be offered without
any potential time delay or other
obstacles imposed by the registration
process.
Issuers using an automatic shelf
registration statement will be permitted,
but not required, to pay filing fees at any
time in advance of a takedown or on a
‘‘pay-as-you-go’’ basis at the time of
each takedown off the shelf registration
statement in an amount calculated for
that takedown.
The rules as adopted also permit more
information to be excluded from the
base prospectus in an automatic shelf
registration statement than from a
regular shelf registration statement. The
omitted information can then be
included at or before the time of filing
a prospectus supplement. The automatic
shelf registration process, together with
the loosening of the restrictions on
communications, permits well-known
seasoned issuers with maximum
flexibility to use free writing
prospectuses to structure transactions.
ii. Comments on Automatic Shelf
Registration
Commenters strongly supported the
concept of automatic shelf registration
that issuers currently may elect to conduct on an
unregistered basis. For example, this process will
facilitate the registration under the Securities Act of
rights offerings conducted by eligible foreign
private issuers. At present, foreign private issuers
frequently do not extend rights offerings to their
U.S. security holders because the current
registration process under the Securities Act does
not accommodate the timing mechanics of rights
offerings, which are typically announced and
launched in a very short period of time. The ability
of eligible foreign private issuers to use the
automatic shelf registration process and to have a
Securities Act registration statement become
automatically effective so that sales in a rights
offering can take place immediately after filing
should encourage eligible foreign private issuers to
extend rights offerings to U.S. security holders.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44778
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
for well-known seasoned issuers.509
Commenters also believed that
automatic shelf registration should be
optional and, in addition, should allow
issuers to control the timing of
effectiveness of their registration
statements, if they did not want
immediate effectiveness.510 A number of
commenters on the procedural changes,
while supporting the automatic shelf
registration proposals for well-known
seasoned issuers, believed that all
seasoned issuers should be able to use
certain of the elements of automatic
shelf registration such as identification
of selling security holders in prospectus
supplements, omission of most
information from base prospectuses, and
addition of new securities and new
registrants by automatically effective
post-effective amendments.511
The rules we are adopting today
continue to provide the greatest
flexibility to well-known seasoned
issuers. We have not expanded the
automatic shelf provisions to other
issuers.512 As we discussed in the
Proposing Release, we believe that
limiting the benefits of automatic shelf
registration to well-known seasoned
issuers is appropriate, at this point, as
these issuers have an established
Exchange Act record and a significant
following in the market. As we discuss
above, we are directing the staff of the
Division of Corporation Finance and
OEA to undertake a study in three years
after the full implementation of the
rules as to the operation of the
definition of well-known seasoned
issuers.513
We are not mandating that automatic
shelf registration be used by any issuer
meeting the conditions for being a wellknown seasoned issuer and we are not
modifying the immediate effectiveness
provisions to permit a well-known
seasoned issuer to defer effectiveness.
Rather, well-known seasoned issuers
may continue to file a registration
statement on any form for which it is
eligible if they either do not wish to file
an automatic shelf registration statement
509 See,
e.g., letters from ABA; Alston; BMA;
Citigroup; Cleary; Davis Polk; Fried Frank; NYCBA;
NYSBA; S&C; and SIA.
510 See, e.g., letters from ABA and Cleary.
511 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Citigroup; Cleary;
NYSBA; SIA; S&C; and TBMA.
512 As a result of the amendments to Rule 415 and
the provisions of Rule 430B, seasoned issuers will
have more flexibility in a number of respects,
including in providing information in registration
statements, including selling security holder
information, conducting ‘‘at-the-market’’ offerings,
and conducting immediate takedowns off of shelf
registration statements.
513 See Section II.A.4 above under ‘‘Comments
Regarding the Definition of Well-Known Seasoned
Issuer.’’
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
or otherwise desire to delay the effective
date of their registration statements.
ii. Information in a Registration
Statement
b. Automatic Shelf Registration
Mechanics
(A) Information That May Be Omitted
From the Base Prospectus
i. Eligibility
Our rules as adopted will allow wellknown seasoned issuers using automatic
shelf registration statements to omit
more information from the base
prospectus in an automatic shelf
registration statement than is the case
currently or than is the case in a regular
shelf offering registration statement
under new Rule 430B. A base
prospectus included in an automatic
shelf registration statement can, as
today, omit information pursuant to
Securities Act Rule 409 that is unknown
and not reasonably available and, as
adopted, can omit the following
additional information:
• Whether the offering is a primary or
secondary offering;
• The description of the securities to
be offered other than an identification of
the name or class of the securities;
• The names of any selling security
holders; and
• The disclosure regarding any plan
of distribution.
Omitting this additional information
from the base prospectus will not affect
the information that an investor will be
provided in connection with a
particular sale.517
The automatic shelf registration
procedure can be used in connection
with registration statements on Form S–
3 or Form F–3 for all primary and
secondary offerings of securities of wellknown seasoned issuers.514 In general,
securities of majority-owned
subsidiaries of a well-known seasoned
issuer parent can be included on the
automatic shelf registration statement of
the parent if the subsidiary satisfies the
conditions for being considered a wellknown seasoned issuer described
above.515 Under automatic shelf
registration, as adopted, a registration
statement can be amended by posteffective amendment to add an eligible
subsidiary as an issuer.516
Under the rules we are adopting
today, an issuer can file an automatic
shelf registration statement if it meets
the eligibility criteria for well-known
seasoned issuer on the initial filing date.
Thereafter, the issuer also must
determine its eligibility at the time of
each amendment to its shelf registration
statement for purposes of providing its
update under Securities Act Section
10(a)(3) (or on the due date thereof). If
an issuer is no longer eligible to use an
automatic shelf registration statement at
the time of its determination of
eligibility, it will have to either posteffectively amend its registration
statement onto the form it is then
eligible to use or file a new registration
statement on such a form. For example,
a well-known seasoned issuer that is
initially eligible for automatic shelf
registration, that is not eligible at the
time of its annual report filing, but that
retains its eligibility to file a shelf
registration statement under Rule 415
on Form S–3, can file a post-effective
amendment or a new registration
statement on Form S–3 that designates
an amount of securities to be registered
and otherwise complies with
requirements for seasoned issuers that
are not well-known seasoned issuers.
514 As today, business combination transactions,
including exchange offers cannot be registered on
Form S–3 or Form F–3. Automatic shelf registration
is not available for Form S–4 or Form F–4.
515 See discussion in Section II.A above under
‘‘Well-Known Seasoned Issuers.’’
516 See discussion below at note 520.
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(B) Mechanics for Including Information
We believe that our new rules to
broaden the means by which issuers
may include information in an
automatic shelf registration statement
will benefit both issuers and investors.
These new rules provide issuers with
automatic shelf registration statements
the ability to add omitted information to
a prospectus by means of:
• A post-effective amendment to the
registration statement;
• Incorporation by reference from
Exchange Act reports; or
• A prospectus or a prospectus
supplement that would be deemed to be
517 In shelf registration statements currently, base
prospectuses generally do not contain certain
information about particular securities offering
takedowns. That information is communicated
orally or through a preliminary prospectus and then
reflected in a final prospectus filed pursuant to Rule
424. Under our new rules, it also will be permitted
to communicate such information in free writing
prospectuses. The automatic shelf expands the
categories of information that may be omitted from
the base prospectus. The right to omit information
from a base prospectus does not affect the fact that
under our interpretation and Rule 159 regarding
Securities Act Sections 12(a)(2) and 17(a)(2),
whether there are material misstatements or
material omissions that make a communication
misleading, in the circumstances in which it is
made, is assessed on the basis of information
conveyed at the time of sale, as discussed above.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
part of and included in the registration
statement.518
Examples of the types of information
that can be added in this manner for
automatic shelf registration statements
include:
• The public offering price;
• Any updating information regarding
the issuer (whether or not a
fundamental change);
• Detailed description of securities
including information not contained or
incorporated by reference in the base
prospectus;
• The identity of underwriters and
selling security holders; and
• The plan of distribution of the
securities.
The principal exceptions to this
complete flexibility will be that an
issuer adding new types of securities 519
or new eligible issuers, including
guarantors, and the securities they may
issue to a registration statement must do
so by post-effective amendment, which
will be effective immediately upon
filing.520 New issuers and requisite
officers and directors are required to be
signatories to the post-effective
amendment.521
(C) Registration of Securities To Be
Offered
An eligible well-known seasoned
issuer may register on an automatic
shelf registration statement an
unspecified amount of securities to be
offered, without indicating whether the
securities are being sold in primary
offerings or secondary offerings on
behalf of selling security holders.
Issuers that are well-known seasoned
518 The amendments permit any information
required in the prospectus pursuant to Item 3
through Item 11 of Form S–3 and Item 3 through
Item 5 of Form F–3 to be included in this manner
by any one of these methods or a combination
thereof. Rule 430B requires that the issuer file a
prospectus supplement if the Exchange Act reports
include the offering-related information.
519 See discussion in Section V.B.2 below under
‘‘Registration of Securities to be Offered.’’
520 Adding the issuer by post-effective
amendment, including necessary signatures and
information and filings necessary for qualification
under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 [15 U.S.C.
77aaa-bbbb] where applicable, ensures that the
entity will be considered an issuer for purposes of
Securities Act Section 11 for the securities covered
by the registration statement. Information about the
newly added subsidiary is required in the amended
registration statement, either in a prospectus that is
part of the registration statement or through
incorporation by reference, unless the subsidiary is
exempt from reporting pursuant to Exchange Act
Rule 12h-5. The post-effective amendment also
must include necessary opinions and consents. All
disclosure items with regard to that new issuer can
be incorporated by reference from the new issuer’s
Exchange Act filings, or be included in a prospectus
supplement or a post-effective amendment.
521 See Securities Act Section 6 [15 U.S.C. 77f],
and the discussion in Section V.B.2 below under
‘‘Registration of Securities to be Offered.’’
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
issuers based only on their registered
non-convertible security issuances can
register on automatic shelf registration
statements only non-convertible
securities, other than common equity,
unless they also are primarily eligible to
use Form S–3 or Form F–3 for a primary
offering because they have a public float
of $75 million or more.522 The
calculation of registration fee table in
the initial registration statement will not
need to include a dollar amount or a
specific number of securities, unless a
fee based on an amount of securities is
paid at the time of filing, but that table
must at least list each class of security
registered and indicate if the filing fee
will be paid on a pay-as-you-go basis.
The issuer can specify the number or
dollar amount of securities in a
prospectus supplement at the time it
pays a fee in advance of or for each
offering.523
The base prospectus in the initial
registration statement must identify in
general terms the names or classes of
securities registered.524 In addition, we
are expanding the unallocated shelf
procedure to allow automatic shelf
issuers to register classes of securities
without allocating the mix of securities
registered between the issuer, its eligible
subsidiaries, or selling security
holders.525 Allowing registration
without separately allocating the
registered classes of securities will
provide, we believe, greater flexibility to
well-known seasoned issuers in
522 See the discussion in Section II.A.3 above
under ‘‘Well-Known Seasoned Issuers Securities
Offerings.’’
523 See amendments to Securities Act Rules 413,
456(b), and 457(r) [17 CFR 230.413; 230.456(b), and
230.457(r)]. See also, Form S–3—General
Instruction II.E and Instructions to the Calculation
of Registration Fee Table.
524 One commenter suggested that the rule should
not require issuers using automatic shelf
registration statements to include a description of
securities in the base prospectus. See letter from
NYCBA. The proposal did not contemplate a
detailed description and we are clarifying that only
the identification of the names or classes of
securities such as ‘‘debt,’’ ‘‘common
stock,’’preferred stock,’’ etc., is required.
525 See General Instruction II.E. of Form S–3 and
General Instruction II.F. of Form F–3. Currently, an
issuer offering securities on Form S–3 or Form F–
3 is not required to specify the amount of each class
of securities that it will offer, but it is required to
separately register and designate the amount and
classes of securities that may be offered and sold
by eligible subsidiaries and selling security holders.
Under our current rules, offerings for selling
security holders are not considered delayed
offerings under Rule 415(a)(1)(x) and thus must be
separately registered or designated prior to
effectiveness of the registration statement. Except
under our new rules for well-known seasoned
issuers, issuers cannot offer and sell securities of
selling security holders using an unallocated shelf
registration statement.
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44779
conducting registered securities
offerings.
We are adopting revisions to remove
the current restriction that would
prevent well-known seasoned issuers
from adding classes of securities to an
automatic shelf registration statement
after effectiveness.526 Under the
amended rules, a well-known seasoned
issuer can add new classes of securities
or securities of an eligible subsidiary to
an automatic shelf registration statement
at any time before the sale of those
securities. In order to add new classes
of securities, an issuer must file a posteffective amendment, which will be
immediately effective, to register an
unspecified amount of securities of the
new class of security.527 This
requirement will cause the registration
statement to include each new class of
securities to be offered. An issuer can
provide the disclosure about the new
class of securities of the issuer in:
• A post-effective amendment to the
registration statement;
• A prospectus supplement deemed
part of and included in the registration
statement; or
526 See amendments to Securities Act Rule 413
[17 CFR 230.413].
527 If an issuer using automatic shelf registration
determines after effectiveness to add a class of debt
securities or guarantees of securities to its
registration statement, in addition to filing a posteffective amendment to the registration statement to
register the class of debt securities or guarantees, it
also needs to qualify all appropriate indentures
under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939. The Division
of Corporation Finance has long taken the position
that the indenture covering the securities to be sold
pursuant to a registration statement must be
qualified when that registration statement becomes
effective and not at the time of any post-effective
amendment to that registration statement. See
Division of Corporation Finance letter to Donald P.
Spencer (available September 24, 1982). This
position is consistent with the existing registration
process and Securities Act Rule 413, which
provides that an issuer must register an offering of
additional securities through the use of a separate
registration statement. In the automatic shelf
registration process we are adopting today,
however, an issuer is permitted to add securities to
a shelf registration statement by means of a posteffective amendment. As such, unlike in the current
registration statement process, under our new rules
the effectiveness of an automatic shelf registration
post-effective amendment that adds securities to a
shelf registration statement will be the time ‘‘when
registration becomes effective as to such
securit(ies),’’ as that term is used in Trust Indenture
Act Section 309(a)(1). Accordingly, under the
automatic shelf procedure, the Trust Indenture Act
qualification requirement will be satisfied in the
following manner: (1) for debt securities or
guarantees included in the registration statement at
original effectiveness, the trust indenture will be
required to be included in the registration statement
at the time that registration statement becomes
effective; and (2) for debt securities or guarantees
added to the registration statement through a posteffective amendment, the trust indenture will be
required to be included in the registration statement
at the time that post-effective amendment becomes
effective.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44780
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
• An Exchange Act report that is
incorporated by reference into the
registration statement.528
(D) Pay-as-You-Go Registration Fees
(1) Pay-as-You-Go Fee Rules
We are adopting rules to permit, but
not require, issuers using automatic
shelf registration statements to pay
filing fees at the time of a securities
offering—commonly known as ‘‘pay-asyou-go’’—or prior to that time. Under
the new rules, for issuers electing to use
the pay-as-you-go arrangement, the
issuer will not have to pay any filing fee
at the time of filing the initial
registration statement.529 We have
eliminated the requirement in the
proposal to pay a nominal ($100) initial
filing fee. The triggering event for a
required fee payment is a takedown off
a shelf registration statement. For each
takedown, the issuer can file a
prospectus supplement for the
takedown that includes a calculation of
registration fee table or can file a posteffective amendment including the same
information. The rules provide that the
issuer must pay the appropriate fee
calculated in accordance with Securities
Act Rule 457 within the time required
to file the prospectus supplement
pursuant to Rule 424, but provide an
ability to cure a failure to pay the fee.
The cure is available if the issuer made
a good faith effort to pay the fee timely
and then pays the fee within four
business days of the original fee due
date. The rules we are adopting today
also require that the issuer file the
prospectus supplement, including the
fee table reflecting payment of the fee on
the cover page, pursuant to Rule 424. In
addition, at any time before one or more
takedowns in the future (for example, in
the case of a medium-term note
program), the issuer can pay a filing fee
in advance and file such a prospectus
supplement with a fee table reflecting
payment of the fee on the cover.530
528 This disclosure becomes part of the
registration statement regardless of the method
chosen to provide it.
529 Because an issuer can pay any filing fee, in
whole or in part, in advance of a takedown, the
rules as adopted provide flexibility in the timing of
the fee payment. Issuers using pay-as-you-go can
still deposit monies in an account for payment of
filing fees when due. As today, the fee rules
applicable to the use of such account will apply.
We are referring to this account as the ‘‘lockbox
account.’’ The amount of the fee will be calculated
based on the fee schedule in effect when the money
is withdrawn from the lockbox account. We are
providing this flexibility for issuers, such as those
with medium term note programs, to determine the
fee payment approach most appropriate for them.
530 As we note above, issuers can use the lockbox
account for the monies to be used to pay the fees.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
(2) Comments on Pay-as-You-Go Fees
Commenters supported a pay-as-yougo filing fee approach.531 Some
commenters were concerned about the
effect of an inadvertent failure to pay
the filing fee in a timely manner.532
Commenters also believed that issuers
should continue to be able to pay filing
fees in advance of an offering.533 Some
commenters requested guidance on the
time at which automatic shelf issuers
using the pay-as-you-go system should
calculate the amount of the filing fee.534
We have adopted the pay-as-you-go
filing fee provisions substantially as
proposed, but with certain
modifications to address commenters’
concerns. In response to commenters’
concerns, we have provided a cure
provision that will allow an issuer to
pay a filing fee after its original payment
due date if it made a good faith effort
to pay timely and then paid the fee
within four business days of the original
fee due date. We also have clarified that
automatic shelf issuers may use any of
the methods available to pay their filing
fees, including paying the filing fees in
advance, or paying the filing fees on a
pay-as-you-go basis. We have eliminated
the initial fee requirement. As a result
of this clarification and the cure
provisions, we believe that we have
addressed commenters’ concerns in this
area. With regard to the time when the
amount of the filing fee is calculated, as
today, the amount of the filing fee is
calculated based on the fee schedule in
effect at the time of payment (upon
filing in advance, or at the time of a
takedown) in accordance with the
provisions of Rule 457. Thus, the fee
amount may be different depending on
the time of payment.535
(E) Registration under Securities Act
Sections 5 and 6
As we discussed in the Proposing
Release, under our new rules for
automatic shelf registration, compliance
with Securities Act Sections 5 and 6 is
tied to the timing of the necessary
filings and the content of the automatic
shelf registration statement (including,
as we have described, amendments,
incorporated documents, and
prospectus supplements). Securities Act
Section 5 requires registration of each
securities offering unless an exemption
531 See,
e.g., letters from ABA; Cleary; S&C; and
TBMA.
532 See, e.g., letters from Cleary and TBMA.
533 See, e.g., letters from NYSBA; S&C; and SIA.
534 See, e.g., letters from Cleary and TBMA.
535 Fees paid through the use of the lockbox
account will be calculated at the time the money
is withdrawn from the lockbox account to make the
payment, not at the time the money is deposited
into the lockbox account.
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
is available. Securities Act Section 6
governs how securities may be
registered, including the filing of
registration statements and the payment
of filing fees. Any securities offered and
sold off an effective automatic shelf
registration statement will satisfy the
requirements of Securities Act Section
5(c) if the registration statement, as
amended if applicable, includes that
class of securities and is filed prior to
sale and will satisfy the requirements of
Securities Act Section 5(a) if such
registration statement, as amended if
applicable, includes that class of
securities and is effective prior to sale.
The securities sold in the takedown will
be registered for purposes of Securities
Act Section 6 if:
• The class of securities is included
in the registration statement, which is
signed as required; and
• The appropriate fee is paid as
provided in our rules.
(F) Immediate Effectiveness
Under the automatic shelf registration
statement rules we are adopting today,
all automatic shelf registration
statements and post-effective
amendments thereto will become
effective immediately upon filing.536 In
addition, we are adopting the proposed
amendments to Securities Act Rule
401(g) to provide that an automatic shelf
registration statement will be deemed to
be filed on the proper form unless we
notify the issuer after filing of our
objection to the use of such form.537
Therefore, until an issuer is notified by
us, it can conduct offerings with
certainty that it has registered the
securities on the proper form. After we
notify an issuer of our objection, the
issuer cannot proceed with subsequent
offerings (those offerings not in
progress), unless it amends the
registration statement to the proper
form, or otherwise resolves the issue
with us. If we notify an issuer that it is
ineligible to use an automatic shelf
registration statement, securities sold
prior to our notification will not have
been sold in violation of Section 5. For
ongoing offerings, the issuer, once
notified by us, will promptly have to file
a post-effective amendment or a new
registration statement to reflect that it is
536 See
Rule 462(e) and (f).
are delegating our authority to object and
to notify the issuer to the Division of Corporation
Finance.
One commenter supported the change to Rule 401
that provides that automatic shelf registration
statements will be deemed to be filed on the proper
form unless we notify the issuer of our objection.
See letter from Alston. Of course this provision
does not affect the issuer’s responsibility to assess
its eligibility as a well-known seasoned issuer on
the relevant determination date.
537 We
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
not an automatic shelf registration
statement. Pending effectiveness of the
post-effective amendment or a new
registration statement, the ongoing
offering could continue if such offering
is permitted by the post-effective
amendment or new registration
statement.
Immediate effectiveness of automatic
shelf registration statements will not
raise, we believe, significant investor
protection concerns. As with shelf
registration statements today, most, if
not all, information about the issuer is
included in shelf registration statements
through incorporation by reference of
Exchange Act reports. Such shelf
registration statements permit issuers to
sell securities off the shelf registration
statement without previous staff review
of each offering.538 We expect issuers to
evaluate disclosure or accounting issues
in Exchange Act filings before filing
registration statements, including
automatic shelf registration statements,
and at the time of filing incorporated
Exchange Act reports. Because we
believe it is important that issuers
address unresolved staff comments as
part of its evaluation of these issues, we
are adopting, as we discuss below,
substantially as proposed the
requirement for accelerated filers and
well-known seasoned issuers to disclose
written staff comments received 180
days before an issuer’s fiscal year end
that the issuer believes are material and
that have remained unresolved at the
time of filing of the Form 10–K or Form
20–F.539
(G) Duration
An automatic shelf registration
statement will become effective
immediately and will cover an
unspecified amount of securities. The
open-ended nature of such registration
statements could result in a large
number of post-effective amendments.
We are, therefore, adopting as proposed
a requirement for issuers to file new
automatic shelf registration statements
every three years that will, in effect,
restate their then-current registration
statement and amend it, as they deem
appropriate. As adopted, issuers will be
538 The staff of the Division of Corporation
Finance will continue to review, upon request,
prospectus supplements involving novel and
unique securities offerings that are submitted to
them prior to the offering.
539 See amendments to Form 10–K and Form 20–
F. We recently began publicly releasing, not less
than 45 days after the staff has completed a filing
review, staff comment letters and response letters
relating to disclosure filings made after August 1,
2004 that are selected for review. See SEC Press
Release 2005–72 (May 9, 2005). See discussion in
Section VII.B below under ‘‘Disclosure of
Unresolved Staff Comments.’’
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
prohibited from issuing securities off an
automatic shelf registration statement
that is more than three years old. Our
rules provide, however, that, so long as
eligibility for automatic shelf
registration is maintained, the new
registration statement will be effective
immediately and will carry forward to
the new registration statement, at the
issuer’s election, either any unused fees
paid or unsold securities registered and
fees paid attributable to such registered
securities under the old registration
statement. As a result, an issuer’s
securities offerings under the
registration statement can be
uninterrupted.540
3. Unseasoned Issuers and NonReporting Issuers
a. Overview
We are adopting as proposed
procedural changes that will affect
reporting issuers that are not seasoned
issuers. These include:
• Expanding the circumstances under
which issuers may incorporate
information from their Exchange Act
reports into their Securities Act
registration statements; 541 and
• Eliminating Form S–2 and Form F–
2.
The provisions of Rule 430C also
apply to prospectuses and prospectus
supplements used in offerings by nonreporting issuers and unseasoned
reporting issuers.542
b. Amendments to Form S–1 and Form
F–1—Expanded Use of Incorporation by
Reference
i. Eligibility
As we stated in the Proposing Release,
as part of our initiatives to integrate
further the Exchange Act and the
Securities Act, we are adopting as
proposed amendments to Form S–1 and
Form F–1 to permit a reporting issuer
that has filed at least one annual report
and that is current in its reporting
obligation under the Exchange Act to
incorporate by reference into its Form
S–1 or Form F–1 information from its
previously filed Exchange Act reports
and documents. Successor registrants
can incorporate by reference if their
predecessors were eligible.543 In a
540 We are adopting a similar requirement for
non-automatic shelf issuers but are providing an
additional six-month timeframe for such issuers to
have their non-automatic shelf registration
statements declared effective. See discussion in
Section V.B.1. above under ‘‘Elimination of
Limitation on Amount of Securities Registered.’’
541 See amendments to Form S–1 and Form F–1.
542 See discussion in Section V.B.1 above under
‘‘Information Deemed Part of Registration
Statement.’’
543 This is the same as has been the case for Form
S–2 and Form F–2. The succession will either have
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44781
change from the proposals, only the
following issuers will not be able to
incorporate by reference into a Form S–
1 or Form F–1:
• Reporting issuers who are not
current in their Exchange Act
reports; 544
• Issuers who are, or were or any of
whose predecessors were during the
past three years:
Æ Blank check issuers;
Æ Shell companies (other than
business combination related shell
companies); or
• Issuers for offerings of penny stock.
In addition, as proposed, to enhance
the availability to investors of
incorporated information, the ability to
incorporate by reference is conditioned
on the issuer making its incorporated
Exchange Act reports and other
materials readily accessible on a web
site maintained by or for the issuer. By
conditioning the ability to incorporate
by reference on the ready accessibility
of an issuer’s incorporated Exchange
Act reports and other materials on its
web site, we are providing investors the
ability to obtain the information from
those reports and materials at the same
time that they would have been able to
obtain the information if it was set forth
directly in the registration statement.
Issuers may satisfy this condition by
including hyperlinks directly to the
reports or other materials filed on
EDGAR or on another third-party web
site where the reports or other materials
are made available in the appropriate
time frame and access to the reports or
other materials is free of charge to the
user.545
ii. Procedural Requirements
Under the amendments we are
adopting today, the prospectus in the
registration statement at effectiveness
must identify all previously filed
Exchange Act reports and materials,
such as proxy and information
statements, that are incorporated by
reference. There will be no permitted
to be primarily for the purpose of changing the state
or jurisdiction of incorporation of the issuer or
because all of the predecessor issuers were eligible
at the time of the succession and the issuer
continues to be eligible.
544 To be current in its reporting obligations
under the Exchange Act, at the time of filing the
registration statement, the issuer must have filed all
materials required to be filed pursuant to Exchange
Act Sections 13, 14, or 15(d) during the preceding
12 calendar months (or for such shorter period that
the issuer was required to file such materials).
545 This manner of access is similar to that
provided for disclosure of web site access to an
accelerated filer’s Exchange Act reports. See
Acceleration of Periodic Report Filing Dates and
Disclosure Concerning Web site Access to Reports,
Release No. 33–8128 (Sept. 5, 2002) [67 FR 58480]
at part II.D.3.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44782
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
incorporation by reference of Exchange
Act reports and materials filed after the
registration statement is effective—
known as ‘‘forward incorporation by
reference.’’ Under the amended Forms,
an issuer eligible to incorporate by
reference its Exchange Act reports and
other materials into its Securities Act
registration statement must include the
following in the prospectus that is part
of the registration statement:
• A list of the incorporated reports
and materials;
• A statement that it will provide
copies of any incorporated reports or
materials on request;
• An indication that the reports and
materials are available from us through
our EDGAR system or our public
reference room;
• Identification of the issuer’s web
site address where such incorporated
reports and other materials can be
accessed; and
• Required disclosures regarding
material changes in or updates to the
information that is incorporated by
reference from an Exchange Act report
or other material required to be filed.
iii. Comments on Form S–1 and Form
F–1 Amendments
Commenters on this aspect of the
proposals strongly supported the
changes to allow issuers to incorporate
by reference historical filings into Forms
S–1 and F–1.546 Some commenters
suggested that Form S–1 and Form F–
1 should allow forward incorporation by
reference as well for filings made after
effectiveness of a registration
statement.547 Some commenters did not
believe that issuers should, as a
condition to incorporating by reference
into their Forms S–1 or F–1, be required
to make their Exchange Act reports and
other materials readily accessible on
their web sites.548
As we discuss above, we have
adopted the proposals substantially as
proposed. We have narrowed the
categories of ineligible issuers that can
use incorporation by reference because
the amended provisions still permit
only incorporation of previously filed
reports. Because the purpose of the
proposal was not to extend short-form
registration to all reporting issuers, but
to further integrate disclosures under
the Securities Act and Exchange Act
without impacting investor protection,
we have not adopted the suggestion that
Form S–1 and Form F–1 permit
546 See, e.g., letters from Alston; BDO Seidman;
Cleary; Davis Polk; and E & Y.
547 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Alston; Cleary;
Davis Polk, and NYCBA.
548 See, e.g., letters from ABA; E & Y; and NYSBA.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
‘‘forward incorporation by reference’’ of
Exchange Act reports that are filed in
the future. As adopted, we also are
retaining the condition that the reports
and other materials that are
incorporated by reference must be
readily available and accessible on a
web site maintained by or for the issuer
and containing issuer information.
c. Elimination of Form S–2 and Form
F–2
As we discussed in the Proposing
Release, the purposes underlying the
disclosure and delivery requirements of
Form S–2 and Form F–2 are to minimize
duplicative reporting, while still
requiring that the incorporated
information be delivered with the
prospectus. It appears that the premises
underlying Form S–2 and Form F–2
have become outdated in view of the
introduction of EDGAR, other
technological developments, and the
rapid dissemination of information in
the market. Also, these forms have not
been widely used, particularly for the
purposes they were intended.549
Expanding the types of issuers that may
incorporate by reference through our
amendments to Form S–1 and Form F–
1, without requiring delivery of the
incorporated documents (except on
request), makes Form S–2 and Form F–
2 superfluous. Several commenters
supported the elimination of Form S–2
and Form F–2.550 We are, therefore,
rescinding Form S–2 and Form F–2.551
VI. Prospectus Delivery Reforms
A. Current Prospectus Delivery
Requirements
The Securities Act requires delivery
of a prospectus meeting the
requirements of Securities Act Section
10(a), known as a ‘‘final prospectus,’’ to
each investor in a registered offering.552
After the effective date of a registration
statement, a written communication that
offers a security for sale or confirms the
sale of a security may be provided if a
final prospectus is sent or given
previously or at the same time.
Otherwise, such a communication is a
prospectus and may not be provided
unless it meets the requirements of
549 According to data obtained from our internal
Filing Activity Tracking System, from 2001 to 2004,
a total of 10 Forms F–2 were filed by 9 different
issuers and a total of 253 Forms S–2 were filed by
153 different issuers.
550 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Alston; BDO
Seidman; E & Y; NYCBA; and NYSBA.
551 We also are amending Forms S–4 and F–4 to
delete the references to Forms S–2 and F–2.
552 Congress intended that the prospectus provide
investors with ‘‘the means of understanding the
intricacies of the transaction * * *.’’ H.R. Rep. No.
85, 73rd Cong., 1st Sess. 8 (1933).
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Securities Act Section 10(a).553 A
written confirmation is not designed to
meet these requirements. Therefore, a
final prospectus must accompany or
precede a written confirmation. In
addition, Securities Act Section 5(b)(2)
makes it unlawful to deliver a security
‘‘unless accompanied or preceded’’ by a
final prospectus.
Under these requirements, in the
current system, if no preliminary
prospectus or written selling materials
are distributed, the final prospectus is
the only prospectus received by
investors. However, an investor’s
purchase commitment and the resulting
contract of sale of securities to the
investor in the offering generally occur
before the final prospectus is required to
be delivered under the Securities Act.
Moreover, for sales occurring in the
aftermarket, as a result of our rules,
investors in securities of reporting
issuers generally are not delivered a
final prospectus.554 Accordingly, the
greatest utility of a final prospectus may
be as a document that informs and
memorializes the information for the
aftermarket. Actual delivery to
purchasers is not necessary to satisfy
this purpose.555
We have previously adopted a
number of other rules to address
prospectus delivery in primary offerings
and secondary market transactions.
Securities Act Rule 153 addresses
delivery of final prospectuses in
transactions between brokers taking
553 The term ‘‘prospectus,’’ as defined in
Securities Act Section 2(a)(10), includes any written
communication that ‘‘offers a security for sale or
confirms the sale of any security; except that * * *
a communication provided after the effective date
of the registration statement * * * shall not be
deemed a prospectus if it is proved that prior to or
at the same time with such communication a
written prospectus meeting the requirements of
subsection (a) of section 10’’ is sent or given.
554 For non-reporting issuers who are listed, as of
the offering date, on a national securities exchange
or automated quotation system, we require that
prospectuses be delivered for 25 days after the
offering date. See Securities Act Rule 174(d) [17
CFR 230.174(d)].
555 Professor Louis Loss has noted that ‘‘[a]
prospectus that comes with the security does not
tell the investor whether or not he or she should
buy; it tells the investor whether he has acquired
a security or a lawsuit.’’ L. Loss & J. Seligman,
Securities Regulation, § 2–b–3 (3d ed. 2001). See
also Cohen, Truth in Securities Revisited, 79 Harv.
L. Rev.1340, note 20, at 1386 (criticizing the
requirement that a final prospectus be delivered
after an investment decision is made and noting
that information essential to a transaction should,
to the extent practicable, be required to be provided
in time for use in an investment decision). The final
prospectus also can be a basis for liability claims
under Securities Act Section 12(a)(2).
Our interpretation set forth above and in the
Proposing Release and Rule 159 as adopted also
provide that liability under Section 12(a)(2) is
assessed based on the information conveyed at the
time of the contract of sale.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
place over a national securities
exchange. Securities Act Rule 434 was
intended to ease the burden of
prospectus delivery within the T+3
settlement cycle by permitting delivery
of a final prospectus to be made in
multiple documents at different
intervals in the offering process.556
Many of our recent rulemakings to
improve the content and timing of a
reporting issuer’s Exchange Act filings,
together with the communications and
procedural changes we are adopting
today, are aimed at providing more
information to investors at the time they
commit to purchase a security. As we
discussed in the Proposing Release, the
increase in the flow of current
information about a reporting issuer and
the ability of offering participants to use
free writing prospectuses in connection
with offerings will give offering
participants a greater ability to provide
information to investors about the
securities at that time. Further, rapid
technological advances in the area of
information delivery have resulted in
greater access to information. For
example, prospectuses and other filings
now are available through EDGAR and
other electronic sources, including the
Internet, immediately upon filing.557
B. Prospectus Delivery Revisions
We are adopting revisions to the
prospectus delivery requirements. Our
new and amended rules are intended to
facilitate effective access to information,
while taking into account advancements
in technology and the practicalities of
the offering process. These changes are
intended to alleviate timing difficulties
that may arise under the current
securities clearance and settlement
system, and also to facilitate the
successful delivery of, and payment for,
securities in a registered offering.
As we discussed in the Proposing
Release, given that the final prospectus
delivery obligations generally affect
investors only after they have made
their purchase commitments and that
investors and the market have access to
the final prospectus upon its filing, we
believe that delivery obligation should
be able to be satisfied through a means
other than physical delivery. Because
the contract of sale has already
occurred, we also believe that delivery
of a written confirmation and the
delivery of the final prospectus need not
be linked.
556 As part of our actions today, we are
eliminating Rule 434 because it has been used
extremely infrequently and we believe that with the
new rules it is no longer necessary.
557 Paper copies also remain available through our
Public Reference Room, 100 F Street, N.E.,
Washington, DC 20549.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
Many commenters and market
participants have encouraged us to
adopt an ‘‘access equals delivery’’
model for final prospectus delivery.558
Under such an ‘‘access equals delivery’’
model, investors are presumed to have
access to the Internet, and issuers and
intermediaries can satisfy their delivery
requirements if the filings or documents
are posted on a web site. The access
concept is premised on the information
or filings being readily available.
At this time, we believe that Internet
usage has increased sufficiently to allow
us to adopt a final prospectus delivery
model for issuers and their
intermediaries that relies on timely
access to filed information and
documents.559 Issuers, brokers, and
dealers can satisfy their final prospectus
delivery obligations if a final prospectus
is or will be on file with us within the
time required by the new rules,
including the cure period.
As adopted, the new and amended
rules will:
• Eliminate the existing link between
delivery of the final prospectus and the
delivery of a written confirmation of
sale;
• Provide that the obligation to have
a final prospectus precede or
accompany a security for sale can be
satisfied by filing the final prospectus
with us within the relevant timeframe
provided by Rule 424(b);
• Permit written notices of
allocations; and
• Permit the prospectus delivery
obligations in dealer transactions during
any prospectus delivery period and in
broker or dealer transactions on
exchanges, facilities of exchanges, and
alternative trading systems to be
satisfied if the final prospectus has been
or will be filed with us.
558 Commenters on prospectus delivery aspects of
the 2000 Electronics Release indicated support for
some sort of ‘‘access equals delivery’’ model. See
comment letters in File No. S7–11–00 from ACCA;
NYCBA; SIA; and TBMA.
559 Internet usage in the United States has grown
considerably since 2000 when we published our
most recent interpretive guidance on the use of
electronic media in securities offerings, including
with regard to prospectus delivery by electronic
means. For example, recent data indicates that 75%
of Americans have access to the Internet in their
homes, and that those numbers are increasing
steadily among all age groups. See, Three out of
Four Americans Have Access to the Internet,
Nielsen//NetRatings, March 18, 2004; Robyn
Greenspan, Senior Surfing Surges, ClickZNetwork,
Nov. 20, 2003 (citing statistics from Neilsen/
NetRatings and Jupiter Research). In addition, there
is evidence suggesting that the ‘‘digital divide’’ is
diminishing. See, for example, Kristen Fountain,
Antennas Sprout, and a Bronx Neighborhood Goes
Online, The N.Y. Times, June 10, 2004 at G8; and
Steve Lohr, Libraries Wired, and Reborn, The N.Y.
Times, Apr. 22, 2004 at G1.
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44783
1. Access Equals Delivery
a. Rule 172
(i) Scope of Rule
We are adopting new Rule 172 with
some refinements from the proposals to
implement our access equals delivery
model.560 Under Rule 172(b), as
adopted, a final prospectus will be
deemed to precede or accompany a
security for sale for purposes of
Securities Act Section 5(b)(2) as long as
the final prospectus meeting the
requirements of Securities Act Section
10(a) is filed or the issuer will make a
good faith and reasonable effort to file
it with us as part of the registration
statement within the required Rule 424
prospectus filing timeframe.561
Our ‘‘access equals delivery’’ model
will continue to satisfy the principal
statutory purposes of final prospectus
delivery while recognizing the need to
modernize the obligations in view of
technological and market structure
developments.562
(ii) Comments on Rule 172
Most commenters supported the
proposals that would deem the final
prospectus delivery requirements
satisfied through the filing of the final
prospectus with the Commission.563
Some commenters believed that the
‘‘access equals delivery’’ concept should
extend to delivery obligations for
preliminary prospectuses in initial
public offerings as well as those
applicable to proxy statements and
other documents.564 One commenter
was concerned that an access equals
delivery method for providing
information would not provide older
persons with the information they
needed for their investment
decisions.565
A number of commenters were
concerned about the condition to the
proposed rule that the final prospectus
560 This prospectus delivery model is in addition
to Rules 153 and 174, as we are amending those
rules. See discussion in Section VI.B.3 below under
‘‘Transactions Taking Place on an Exchange or
Through a Registered Trading Facility—Rule 153’’
and in Section VI.B.4 below under ‘‘Aftermarket
Prospectus Delivery—Rule 174.’’
561 A final prospectus only filed as provided in
Rule 172 will not be considered to be sent or given
prior to or with a written offer within the meaning
of clause (a) of Securities Act Section 2(a)(10).
562 We are not amending Exchange Act Rule
15c2–8(d), which requires broker-dealers to take
reasonable steps to comply promptly with written
requests for copies of the final prospectus.
563 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Alston; ASF; BRT;
Cleary; Davis Polk; Fried Frank; Goldman Sachs;
ICI; Intel; Lindsay Kassof; Merrill Lynch; NYCBA;
NYSBA; PEG; S&C; SCSGP; SIA; and TBMA.
564 See, e.g., letters from BRT and Cleary.
565 See letter from the American Association of
Retired Persons (‘‘AARP’’).
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44784
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
would have to be on file with the
Commission within the time frame
required under Securities Act Rule
424.566 The commenters were
concerned about retroactive violations
of Section 5 if underwriters or dealers
sent written confirmations and then the
issuer failed to file the final prospectus
within the required time frame. These
commenters recommended including a
cure provision in the Rule. Other
commenters recommended eliminating
this condition entirely and instead
relying on Commission enforcement
actions as the penalty for issuers failing
to timely file final prospectuses.567
As we note above, we have adopted
Rule 172 to continue to cover only
delivery of final prospectuses. We do
not currently believe that extension of
access equals delivery is appropriate for
preliminary prospectus delivery
obligations in initial offerings because
we believe that it is important for
potential investors to be sent the
preliminary prospectus.
We have, however, revised the Rule in
response to commenters’ concerns about
the filing condition. As adopted, we
have provided that the filing condition
is satisfied if the issuer makes a good
faith and reasonable effort to file the
prospectus within the timeframe
required by Rule 424. We have included
a cure provision that allows the issuer
an ability to cure an unintentional
failure to file if it has made such a good
faith and reasonable effort to comply
with the filing condition and files the
prospectus as soon as practicable after
discovery of the failure to file. We
believe that these revisions to the Rule
will address commenters’ concerns
regarding retroactive violations of
Section 5 due to an issuer’s failure to
timely file the final prospectus.568 We
also have provided new paragraph (b)(8)
of Rule 424 under which the issuer will
file a form of prospectus that is not
timely filed. We also have provided that
the filing condition does not apply to
transactions by dealers requiring
delivery of a final prospectus pursuant
to Securities Act Section 4(3).
b. Exceptions to the Rule
We have excluded certain types of
offerings from the Rule as adopted
566 See, e.g., letters from Citigroup; Cleary; CSFB;
Fried Frank; Goldman Sachs; Merrill Lynch;
Morgan Stanley; NYSBA; and PEG.
567 See, e.g., letters from ABA and SIA. Some
commenters requested that we provide an
interpretation of the applicability of the Electronic
Signature in Global and National Commerce Act
(‘‘E-Sign’’) to the Securities Act prospectus delivery
requirements. See, e.g., letters from ABA and S&C.
568 We believe that the filing condition remains a
central component of the access equals delivery
construct.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
because either they do not raise the
same issues as in corporate capital
formation transactions or they are
already subject to rules unique to their
offerings. For example, in offerings
made pursuant to Form S–8, the final
prospectus is never filed with us and
thus, these offerings do not raise the
same types of issues as other capital
formation transactions. Business
combination transactions and exchange
offers also differ from other types of
offerings registered under the Securities
Act because the proxy rules and tender
offer rules in conjunction with state law
impose informational and delivery
requirements in those transactions. The
information contained in the final
prospectus, therefore, will be delivered
regardless of the Securities Act’s
requirements. Moreover, it is important
to retain consistency among the various
rules and regulations applicable to these
business combination transactions and
exchange offers.569
Finally, registered investment
companies and business development
companies will not be able to rely on
the Rule. These entities are subject to a
separate framework governing
communications with investors, and we
believe that it would be more
appropriate to consider any changes to
our prospectus delivery requirements as
they apply to registered investment
companies and business development
companies in the context of a broader
reconsideration of this framework.570
Rule 173 provides that, in these
transactions, each underwriter or dealer
participating in a registered offering (or,
if the sale was effected by the issuer and
not by or through an underwriter or
dealer, then the issuer) must provide to
each purchaser from it, not later than
two business days after the completion
of the sale, a copy of the final
prospectus or, in lieu of the final
prospectus, a notice providing that the
sale was made pursuant to a registration
statement or in a transactions in which
a final prospectus would have been
required to have been delivered in the
absence of Rule 172.
The Rule also provides that an
investor can request a final prospectus.
Under the Rule, a requested final
prospectus does not have to be provided
before settlement.571
Rule 173, as adopted, provides that
compliance with Rule 173 is not a
condition to reliance on Rule 172 to
satisfy final prospectus delivery.
Accordingly non-compliance with Rule
173 will not result in a violation of
Securities Act Section 5. Rule 173 is,
however, an important component of
the prospectus delivery modifications
we are adopting today.
As adopted, the same offerings
excluded pursuant to Rule 172, as
discussed above, also are excluded from
this notification provision.572 We also
have revised Rule 173 to exclude
transactions solely between brokers or
dealers in reliance on Rule 153.
c. Notification
(ii) Comments on Rule 173
(i) Rule 173
Commenters suggested certain
clarifications to proposed Rule 173
including providing a cure provision for
failure to provide the required
notification,573 eliminating required
compliance with Rule 173 for
aftermarket sales covered by Rule
174,574 and providing that compliance
with Rule 153 would be deemed
compliance with Rule 173.575 One
commenter also requested that we
confirm that the Rule 173 notification
may be included in Rule 10b–10
confirmations.576
In addition to providing access to
information, prospectus delivery can
serve the function of informing
investors that they purchased securities
in a registered transaction. This
notification will provide investors the
ability to trace their purchases for
purposes of asserting their rights under
the liability provisions of the federal
securities laws. To preserve this
investor protection function, we are
adopting Rule 173 substantially as
proposed. Rule 173 addresses each
transaction involving:
• A sale by an issuer or an
underwriter to a purchaser; and
• A sale in which the final prospectus
delivery requirements apply.
569 Securities Act Rule 162 provides, however, a
final prospectus delivery exemption in certain
registered exchange offers subject to Exchange Act
Rules 13e–4(e) [17 CFR 240.13e–4(e)] or 14d–4(b)
[17 CFR 240.14d–4(b)].
570 Although some commenters wanted us to
expand the categories of issuers to whom Rule 172
would apply, we are not doing so at this time. See,
e.g., letters from ABA; Allied; and Cleary.
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
571 The final prospectus also can be comprised of
a set of documents which, taken together, satisfy the
information requirements of Securities Act Section
10(a). See discussion in Section V.B.1 above under
‘‘Information Deemed Part of Registration
Statement.’’
572 In addition, as a result of the operation of Rule
172 and Rule 173, if a current final prospectus is
filed with us, final prospectuses will no longer be
required to be delivered in connection with marketmaking transactions by dealers affiliated with
issuers.
573 See, e.g., letter from TBMA.
574 See, e.g., letter from Goldman Sachs.
575 See, e.g., letter from Brinson Patrick.
576 17 CFR 240.10b–10. See, e.g, letter from CSFB.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
We have adopted Rule 173
substantially as proposed. We have
made clear that Rule 173 does not apply
to transactions between dealers or
brokers in reliance on Rule 153, but it
continues to apply to the transaction
between the broker or dealer and the
underlying purchaser on whose behalf
or for whose account the transaction is
effected. We believe that it is important
that purchasers in registered offerings
are notified that they have acquired
their securities in the registered
transaction and so we also have not
taken commenters’ suggestions to
eliminate compliance with the Rule for
aftermarket sales. The Rule 173
notification can be sent separately or
can be included in a Rule 10b–10
confirmation.
2. Written Confirmations and Notices of
Allocations
We are adopting Rule 172(a),
substantially as proposed, to provide an
exemption from Securities Act Section
5(b)(1) that allows written confirmations
and notices of allocation to be sent after
effectiveness of a registration statement
without being accompanied or preceded
by a final prospectus.577 The exemption
is conditioned on the registration
statement being effective and the final
prospectus meeting the requirements of
Securities Act Section 10(a) being filed
with us.578 The exemption permits:
• Written confirmations containing
information limited to that called for in
Exchange Act Rule 10b–10 and other
information customarily included in
confirmations, including any notice
provided pursuant to Rule 173; and
• Written communications from an
offering participant to a customer or
from an underwriter to dealers in the
selling group notifying them of the
transaction and their allocations of
securities in a registered offering.
Under the exemption, for example,
broker-dealers could send e-mail notices
after effectiveness to inform investors in
a public offering of their allocations.
Under the Rule as adopted, the notices
of allocations may include the name of
the securities, the CUSIP number, the
amount allocated to the customer, the
price of the securities, and the date or
expected date of settlement and
incidental information. Similar
information is permitted in notices to
participating dealers. The exemption is
not available for the same offerings
excluded from the prospectus delivery
provision of the Rule discussed above.
577 See
Rule 172.
exemption is in Rule 172 and is subject
to the same prospectus filing and cure condition,
as we have modified it, as described above.
578 The
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
One commenter suggested that the
notice of allocation be permitted to
included CUSIP numbers and also
suggested that, especially for assetbacked securities, the notice of
allocation should be expanded to permit
communication of demand for securities
and ‘‘price talk’’ or a communication of
information regarding expected or
actual allocation of classes of securities
in order to facilitate an investment
decision.579 We have included specific
reference permitting inclusion of a
CUSIP number. However, we believe
that the other information identified in
this comment, if communicated in
writing, should be the subject of a free
writing prospectus. It is not an
appropriate subject for a notice of
allocation. The notice of allocation is
intended to be a notice of actual
allocation of securities to the investor or
participating dealer to which the notice
is provided.
3. Transactions Taking Place on an
Exchange or Through a Registered
Trading Facility—Rule 153
Securities Act Rule 153 addresses
delivery of final prospectuses in
transactions taking place between
brokers over a national securities
exchange; it does not currently apply to
transactions on an automated quotation
system, such as the Nasdaq Stock
Market. Rule 153 provides that where
members of the exchange are on both
sides of the transaction and the
transaction is effected on that exchange,
the Section 5 obligation to deliver a
final prospectus before or with a
security between the brokers will be
satisfied if the issuer or underwriter
delivers copies of the final prospectus to
the exchange.580 Rule 153 has limited
utility today because it may be relied on
only for transactions between brokers on
an exchange. The difficulty in
prospectus delivery that Rule 153 was
designed to address—the difficulty or
inability to identify the ultimate buyer—
has expanded since 1936 with the rise
in transactions effected on markets other
than national securities exchanges, such
as the Nasdaq Stock Market and
alternative trading systems, the growth
of the book-entry system, and street
name holdings.581 In addition, the
letter from BMA–ABS.
Act Rule 153 defines the phrase
‘‘preceded by a prospectus’’ as used in Securities
Act Section 5(b)(2).
581 In connection with a proposed rulemaking in
1976, we solicited comment on extending the
procedures available under Securities Act Rule 153
to transactions effected on the automated quotation
system of a national securities association registered
under Exchange Act Section 15A [15 U.S.C. 78oA],
at least initially for Form S–8 transactions. See
Effective Date of Amendments to Registration
PO 00000
579 See
580 Securities
Frm 00065
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44785
paper-based system upon which Rule
153 is premised is outmoded and
unnecessary due to electronic filings of
final prospectuses on EDGAR and the
technological resources of market
members. There currently is no
significance to the paper copies of
prospectuses delivered to national
securities exchanges.
As we stated in the Proposing Release,
we believe it is important, therefore, to
amend Rule 153. Under the
amendments we are adopting today,
brokers or dealers effecting transactions
on a registered exchange, through a
trading facility of a registered national
securities association, or through a
registered alternative trading system
will be deemed to satisfy their
prospectus delivery obligations under
Securities Act Section 5(b)(2) with
regard to transactions in securities if:
• The issuer has filed or will file the
final prospectus with us;
• Securities of the same class as the
securities that are the subject of the
transaction are trading on that exchange
or through that trading facility or
alternative trading system;
• The registration statement relating
to the offering is effective and not the
subject of a stop order issued under
Securities Act Section 8; and
• Neither the issuer nor any
underwriter or participating dealer is
the subject of a pending proceeding
under Securities Act Section 8A in
connection with the offering.
These changes will eliminate the
difficulties for prospectus delivery
among brokers and dealers in registered
resales and other sales into existing
trading markets where securities of the
same class already are trading. We are
not requiring as part of the Rule that
physical copies of the prospectus be
sent to the exchange or a market maker.
Further, the exchange and the market
maker no longer will need to keep track
of any prospectuses.582 As with the
existing rule, the amended Rule does
not affect delivery obligations to
Statement and Possible Expansion of Definitional
Rule, Release No. 33–5768 (Nov. 22, 1976) [41 FR
52701]. Two years later, these plans were deferred
for further consideration due to lack of public
interest and input at the time. See Effective Date of
Amendments to Registration Statement and
Expansion of Definition Rule, Release No. 33–5978
(Sep. 18, 1978) [43 FR 43725]. Many trading
markets allow market participants to preserve their
anonymity, thus making it difficult or impossible to
identify the ultimate buyer. The growth in the bookentry system and the fact that most securities are
held in street name exacerbates the problem.
582 Because we are adopting the proposed changes
to Rule 153, on the effective date of the amendment
our interpretation in Question 11 in the 1995
Electronics Release will no longer be effective.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44786
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
purchasers other than brokers or
dealers.
We have revised our proposed
amendments to Rule 153 in one respect.
For purposes of Rule 153 as amended,
the filing of the final prospectus,
regardless of whether it occurs before or
after reliance on the Rule, will satisfy
the conditions of the Rule.583
4. Aftermarket Prospectus Delivery—
Rule 174
Unless our rules provide otherwise,
all dealers are required to deliver a final
prospectus for a specified period after a
registration statement becomes effective
to persons who buy the securities in the
aftermarket.584 Securities Act Rule 174
exempts from this aftermarket dealer
prospectus delivery obligation any
transaction relating to securities of a
reporting issuer. These exemptions in
Rule 174 do not apply to underwriters
or dealers with regard to any unsold
allotment. Otherwise, if the transaction
relates to securities of a non-reporting
issuer that will be listed on a national
securities exchange or quoted on an
electronic inter-dealer quotation system,
current Rule 174 sets an aftermarket
delivery period of 25 days after
effectiveness. For offerings of securities
of non-reporting issuers that will not be
so listed or quoted and offerings by
blank check companies, Rule 174 sets
an aftermarket prospectus delivery
period of 90 days after effectiveness or
after the funds are released from the
escrow or trust account, as the case may
be. Where a registration statement
relates to offerings to be made from time
to time, Rule 174 provides that there is
no aftermarket delivery requirement
once the initial period expires. The
underlying purpose of aftermarket
prospectus delivery is to assure wide
dissemination of information about the
issuer in the market. For reporting
issuers, the Rule assumes that the
information is already disseminated and
eliminates the prospectus delivery
requirement for these issuers.
We believe that, where information
regarding all issuers is largely
disseminated other than through
physical delivery, including through
EDGAR, physical delivery of a final
prospectus in the aftermarket is of
limited utility and necessity. We are,
therefore, amending Rule 174 as
proposed to provide that during the
aftermarket period, dealers can rely on
proposed Rule 172 to satisfy any
583 We have revised the amendments to Rule 153
to address the suggestions of some commenters in
this regard. See, e.g., letters from Cleary and Fried
Frank.
584 See Securities Act Section 4(3).
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
aftermarket delivery obligations (other
than for blank check companies).
Some commenters recommended that
we eliminate the conditions to ‘‘access
equals delivery’’ contained in Rule 172
for brokers or dealers involved in only
aftermarket distributions.585
Commenters also recommended
elimination of all aftermarket
prospectus delivery requirements for all
transactions, with some suggesting that
the obligation should be eliminated
where the securities are listed on an
exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq Stock
Market.586 While we are not eliminating
the prospectus delivery obligations that
currently arise under Securities Act
Section 4(3) and Rule 174, we are
providing for reliance on Rule 172 to
satisfy those delivery obligations (other
than for blank check companies).587
Rule 173 applies in part where
Securities Act Section 4(3) requires
prospectus delivery and where there is
no exemption from delivery under Rule
174.
VII. Additional Exchange Act
Disclosure Provisions
A. Risk Factor Disclosure
1. Scope of Requirement
As we stated in the Proposing Release,
many Securities Act registration
statements require disclosure of the
risks associated with an investment in
an issuer’s securities. Items 503(c) of
Regulation S–K and Regulation S–B 588
describe that required disclosure as a
‘‘discussion of the most significant
factors that make the offering
speculative or risky.’’ The risk factor
section is intended to provide investors
with a clear and concise summary of the
material risks to an investment in the
issuer’s securities.
We are adopting substantially as
proposed a new item requiring risk
factor disclosure in annual reports on
Forms 10–K and Exchange Act
registration statements on Form 10.589
We are not extending this requirement
to Forms 10–KSB or Form 10–SB. The
new item applies the standard for risk
585 See,
e.g., letters from ABA; Cleary; and Davis
Polk.
586 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Goldman Sachs;
Morgan Stanley; and SIA.
587 We also have eliminated the filing condition
as a condition to satisfaction of that delivery
requirement.
588 17 CFR 229.503(c) and 17 CFR 228.503(c).
589 See amendments to Form 10–K and Form 10.
Form 20–F (the form used for annual reports and
Exchange Act registrations for foreign private
issuers) already requires risk factor disclosure. See
Item 3.D. of Form 20–F. The 1998 proposals also
proposed risk factor disclosure in annual reports.
The Advisory Committee Report contained similar
recommendations. See the Advisory Committee
Report, note 25, at Section II.B.4.
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
factor disclosure in Securities Act
registration statements to Exchange Act
registration statements and annual
reports.590 As such, risk factor
disclosure under the Exchange Act will
be the same type of disclosure as
required in a Securities Act registration
statement by Item 503, other than
information about a particular securities
offering.591 We are not requiring assetbacked issuers to include risk factor
disclosure in their annual reports on
Form 10–K. We agree with commenters
who noted that disclosure requirements
in a Form 10–K for asset-backed issuers
varies considerably under Regulation
AB from corporate issuers.592 These
requirements, along with the
fundamental structure of most assetbacked securities offerings involving
stand-alone trusts, make this
requirement inappropriate for assetbacked issuers.
We also are adopting as proposed the
requirement that the risk factor
disclosure in Forms 10 and 10–K be
written in accordance with the same
‘‘plain English’’ standards as apply to
risk factor disclosure in Securities Act
registration statements.593 The
amendments as adopted also provide for
quarterly updates to reflect material
changes from risk factors as previously
disclosed in Exchange Act reports. The
amendments do not otherwise require,
and we discourage, unnecessary
restatement or repetition of risk factors
in quarterly reports.
As we stated in the Proposing Release,
the requirement to include risk factor
disclosure in Forms 10 and 10–K will,
we believe, further enhance the contents
of Exchange Act reports and their value
in informing investors and the
markets.594 Further, requiring risk factor
590 See Item 503(c) of Regulation S–K. We
recognize that a risk factor discussion in a Form 10–
K may not be necessary or appropriate in all cases,
depending on the issuer.
591 We have revised the item from the proposal
to eliminate the added language which caused
concern that a different standard for risk disclosure
would apply to annual reports on Form 10–K and
registration statements on Form 10 from that
required for Securities Act registration statements.
We believe that the added language was redundant
of the existing language of Item 503 and, therefore,
unnecessary.
592 See, e.g., letters from ABA–ABS; ASF; BMA–
ABS; and CMSA.
593 Securities Act Rule 421 [17 CFR 230.421]
requires issuers to write and design their risk factor
disclosure in registration statements using plain
English principles. See also Updated Staff Legal
Bulletin No. 7 (June 7, 1999), question no. 3. The
plain English rules applicable to Securities Act
registration statements already apply to risk factor
disclosure in Exchange Act reports incorporated by
reference into Securities Act registration statements.
594 We note that many issuers have included risk
factor disclosure in their Exchange Act reports for
a number of years. See comment letter in File No.
S7–30–98 from BRT. Issuers may already include
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
disclosure in Exchange Act registration
statements and annual reports will
enhance the ability of reporting issuers
to incorporate risk factor disclosure
from these Exchange Act reports into
Securities Act registration statements to
satisfy the risk factor disclosure
requirements.595 Because one of our
goals is to further integrate disclosures
under the Securities Act and the
Exchange Act, we believe it is important
to establish consistent disclosure
standards for risk factor disclosure.
We are adopting the proposed
requirements for updated risk factor
disclosure in quarterly reports because
we believe that issuers who are required
to file quarterly reports already need to
undertake a review of changes in their
operations, financial results, financial
condition, and other circumstances in
order to prepare the other portions of
the quarterly report, including the
financial statements and MD&A.596
Therefore, we believe that issuers
should be able, on a quarterly basis, to
update risk factors to reflect material
changes from previously disclosed risk
factors.
2. Comments on Risk Factor Disclosure
Requirement
While some commenters supported
the proposal generally, others suggested
modifications to the risk factor
requirement.597 For example, several
commenters suggested we should
require risk factors only ‘‘where
appropriate.’’ 598 Other commenters did
not believe a separate risk factor section
was necessary because reporting
companies already included risk
risk factor disclosure in their Exchange Act reports
for varying reasons, including to take advantage of
the safe harbor for forward-looking statements in
Securities Act Section 27A and the ‘‘bespeaks
caution’’ defense developed through case law. See,
e.g., In re Donald Trump Sec. Litig., 7 F.3d at 371
(3d Cir. 1993); P. Stolz Family P’ship L.P. v. Daum,
355 F.3d 92, 97 (2d Cir., 2004); and In re Sprint
Corp. Sec. Litig., 232 F. Supp. 2d 1193 (D. Kan.
Sept. 30, 2002).
595 We note that incorporation by reference of risk
factors in Exchange Act reports may not fully satisfy
the Securities Act disclosure obligations. For
example, additional offering-related risks may need
to be included in Securities Act registration
statements.
596 Moreover, issuers will already have in place
disclosure controls and procedures and internal
controls over financial reporting that should alert
them to new or changing material risks affecting the
issuer.
597 See, e.g., letters from ABA; AICPA; Alston;
BDO Seidman; BRT; Deloitte; E & Y; KPMG;
NYCBA; and PwC.
598 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Davis Polk;
NYSBA; and S&C. The proposed disclosure
requirement omitted the qualifier that risk factors
should only be disclosed ‘‘where appropriate.’’ In
addition, commenters believed that risk factors are
not appropriate for issuers of asset-backed
securities. See, e.g., letters from ASF; BMA–ABS;
and CMSA.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
disclosures in various sections of their
annual reports.599 Commenters also
noted that the proposed language was
more extensive than Item 503(c).600 A
number of commenters thought we
should extend the requirement for risk
factor disclosure to small business
issuers.601 Further, at least one
commenter was concerned about the
proposal to require updated risk factor
disclosures in quarterly reports.602
We have made modifications to the
language in the proposals as we
considered appropriate. While we are
providing risk factor disclosure to be
included ‘‘where appropriate,’’ and have
eliminated duplicative language, we
continue to believe that a risk factor
section in Exchange Act annual reports
and registration statements will, where
appropriate, be beneficial to investors.
B. Disclosure of Unresolved Staff
Comments
As we stated in the Proposing Release,
because enhanced Exchange Act
reporting provides a principal element
of support for, and is at the core of, the
rules we are adopting today, it is
important that issuers timely resolve
any staff comments on their Exchange
Act reports. It is possible, however, that
the procedural changes we are adopting
today may eliminate some of the
incentives issuers have to respond to
and resolve comments on their
Exchange Act reports in a timely
manner. In particular, with immediate
effectiveness, well-known seasoned
issuers will not be subject to the
possibility that effectiveness of a
Securities Act registration statement
could be delayed while comments are
being resolved. In addition, all shelf
eligible issuers will have to file new
registration statements only every three
years. Staff in the Division of
Corporation Finance has begun to
review more Exchange Act reports and
will continue to do so in keeping with
the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act 603 as well as our view of the
importance of an issuer’s Exchange Act
reports. Under these circumstances, and
with the greater flexibility given in the
rules we are adopting today to
communications outside the statutory
prospectus and offering procedures, we
e.g., letters from BRT; Intel; and SCSGP.
proposed, the risk factor disclosure would
have required a discussion of the most significant
factors with respect to the registrant’s business,
operations, industry, or financial position that may
have a negative impact on the registrant’s future
financial performance. See, e.g., letters from ABA;
Alston; and S&C.
601 See, e.g., letters from ABA; AICPA; Alston;
BDO Seidman; KPMG; NYSBA; and PwC.
602 See letter from Fried Frank.
603 See Section 408 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
PO 00000
599 See,
600 As
Frm 00067
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44787
think it is appropriate for accelerated
filers and well-known seasoned issuers
to disclose outstanding staff comments
that remain unresolved for a substantial
period of time.
1. Disclosure Requirement
We are adopting substantially as
proposed the requirement that all
entities defined as accelerated filers and
well-known seasoned issuers disclose,
in their annual reports on Form 10–K or
Form 20–F, written comments our staff
made in connection with a review of
Exchange Act reports that:
• The issuer believes are material;
• Were issued more than 180 days
before the end of the fiscal year covered
by the annual report; 604 and
• Remain unresolved as of the date of
the filing of the Form 10–K or Form 20–
F.605
The disclosure must be sufficient to
disclose the substance of the comments.
Staff comments that have been resolved,
including those that the staff and issuer
have agreed will be addressed in future
Exchange Act reports, do not need to be
disclosed. Issuers can provide other
information, including their position
regarding any such unresolved
comments.
2. Comments on Disclosure of
Outstanding Comments
Many commenters did not support the
proposed disclosure of outstanding
comments.606 These commenters
believed that issuers already have
sufficient incentives to comply with
staff comments and that the disclosure
may not provide meaningful
information to investors.607 Some
commenters suggested that well-known
seasoned issuers should be able to
choose to either comply with the
disclosure requirement or abstain from
conducting an offering until the
604 The 180-day time period begins from the date
of the first comment letter that specifically raises
the issue, which may be later than the date of the
initial comment letter on the filing.
605 The requirement to disclose outstanding
comments applies to both domestic and foreign
registrants. The term ‘‘accelerated filer,’’ which is
defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b–2 [17 CFR
240.12b–2], does not distinguish between domestic
and foreign issuers. Accelerated filers who file
reports on Form 20–F are not subject to accelerated
deadlines because that Form, unlike Form 10–K,
does not include accelerated deadlines for filing.
Nevertheless, any registrant that meets the
definition of accelerated filer is subject to the
disclosure requirement for outstanding comments.
606 See, e.g., letters from AICPA; Alston; BDO
Seidman; BRT; Cleary; CSFB; Deloitte; E & Y;
KPMG; Intel; Merrill Lynch; Morgan Stanley;
SCSGP; and TBMA.
607 See, e.g., letters from AICPA; BDO Seidman;
and E & Y.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44788
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
comments have been resolved.608 One
commenter was concerned about
potential liability that might arise from
the disclosure of the unresolved
comments.609
For the reasons noted above, we
believe that disclosure of outstanding
comments is an important component of
the rules that we are adopting today.
Because the disclosure requirement
applies only to comments issued more
than 180 days before the issuer’s fiscal
year end that remain unresolved at the
filing date, we believe that, in most
circumstances, this will provide issuers
with more than enough time to address
and resolve issues. Moreover, we are not
modifying the language from the
proposal to allow issuers the choice to
either disclose or refrain from offering
securities in registered offerings because
we believe the disclosures are important
to the entire market.
C. Disclosure of Status as Voluntary
Filer Under the Exchange Act
As we noted in the Proposing Release,
our filing system does not prohibit
issuers that are not required to file
Exchange Act reports us from filing
those reports voluntarily. In most cases,
voluntary filers are issuers who have, at
some point, completed a registered
offering under the Securities Act and
have continued to file Exchange Act
reports even after their reporting
obligation under Exchange Act Section
15(d) has been suspended.610
We are adopting the proposal to
include a box on the cover page of
Forms 10–K, 10–KSB, and 20–F for an
issuer to check if it is filing reports
voluntarily. However, the box is for
disclosure purposes only and an issuer’s
filing obligation will be unaffected by an
incorrectly checked box.
We believe that it is important that
investors and other market participants
are aware that an issuer that is a
voluntary filer is not required to
continue to file Exchange Act reports
and may cease to file its Exchange Act
reports at any time and for any reason
without notice. In addition, our
communications and procedural rules
we are adopting today do not treat
voluntary filers as reporting issuers or
seasoned issuers. As we indicated
above, voluntary filers desiring
608 See, e.g., letters from ABA; Alston; CSFB; and
NYSBA.
609 See letter from TBMA.
610 Exchange Act Section 15(d) suspends
automatically its application to any issuer that
would be subject to the filing requirements of that
section where, if other conditions are met, on the
first day of the issuer’s fiscal year, it has fewer than
300 holders of record of the class of securities that
created the Section 15(d) obligation.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
treatment as reporting issuers should
register a class of their securities under
the Exchange Act.611 Identification of
voluntary filers will enable market
participants and us to identify voluntary
filers.
Commenters on voluntary filers
generally thought that voluntary filers
should be treated as seasoned issuers
because many of them have contractual
obligations to file reports.612 Some
commenters were concerned that it
would be difficult for certain foreign
private issuers to assess their voluntary
filer status because of issues relating to
calculating the number of U.S. holders
of record.613
We are adopting as proposed the
requirement for voluntary filers to
disclose their status on the cover of
Form 10–K, Form 10–KSB, and Form
20–F. To date, we have permitted
voluntary filers to submit their reports
to us through EDGAR. We believe it is
important to be able to assess whether
issuers are subject to our reporting and
other requirements arising from their
reporting status. We do not believe that
calculation of the number of U.S.
holders is a significant obstacle to
unregistered foreign private issuers’
determination of their voluntary filer
status.
VIII. Paperwork Reduction Act
A. Background
The rules contain ‘‘collection of
information’’ requirements within the
meaning of the Paperwork Reduction
Act of 1995 (PRA).614 We published a
notice requesting comment on the
collection of information requirements
in the Proposing Release, and we
submitted these requirements to the
Office of Management and Budget
(OMB) for review in accordance with
the PRA.615
We did not receive any comments on
the PRA analysis contained in the
Proposing Release. As discussed above,
we have made several changes to the
proposed rules in response to comments
on the proposals. These changes are
designed to avoid potential unintended
consequences and reduce possible
additional costs or burdens pointed out
by commenters. After evaluating the
comments and our responsive revisions
to address them, we are not changing
the initial PRA estimates described in
the Proposing Release and submitted to
OMB, other than to reflect the decreased
611 See Exchange Act Section 12(g) [15 U.S.C.
78l(g)].
612 See, e.g., letters from ABA and Alston.
613 See, e.g., letters from ABA and Alston.
614 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.
615 44 U.S.C. 3507(d) and 5 CFR 1320.11.
PO 00000
Frm 00068
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
number of free writing prospectuses that
will be filed as a result of the changes
to the treatment of electronic road
shows, as discussed below.
The titles for all the collections of
information affected by these rules
are: 616
(1) ‘‘Form 10’’ (OMB Control No.
3235–0064);
(2) ‘‘Form 20–F’’ (OMB Control No.
3235–0288);
(3) ‘‘Form 10–K’’ (OMB Control No.
3235–0063);
(4) ‘‘Form 10–Q’’ (OMB Control No.
3235–0070);
(5) ‘‘Regulation S–K’’ (OMB Control
No. 3235–0071);
(6) ‘‘Regulation S–B’’ (OMB Control
No. 3235–0417);
(7) ‘‘Regulation C’’ (OMB Control No.
3235–0074);
(8) ‘‘Form S–1’’ (OMB Control No.
3235–0065);
(9) ‘‘Form F–1’’ (OMB Control No.
3235–0258);
(10) ‘‘Form S–2’’ (OMB Control
Number 3235–0072);
(11) ‘‘Form F–2’’ (OMB Control
Number 3235–0257);
(12) ‘‘Form S–3’’ (OMB Control
Number 3235–0073);
(13) ‘‘Form F–3’’ (OMB Control
Number 3235–0256);
(14) ‘‘Form S–4’’ (OMB Control
Number 3235–0324);
(15) ‘‘Form F–4’’ (OMB Control
Number 3235–0325);
(16) ‘‘Form N–2’’ (OMB Control
Number 3235–0026);
(17) ‘‘Rule 173’’ (OMB Control
Number 3235–0618);
(18) ‘‘Rule 163’’ (OMB Control
Number 3235–0619); and
(19) ‘‘Rule 433’’ (OMB Control
Number 3235–0617).
We adopted all of the existing
regulations and forms pursuant to the
Securities Act of 1933, the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, and the
Investment Company Act of 1940. They
set forth the disclosure requirements for
annual and quarterly reports,
registration statements, and
prospectuses that are prepared by
issuers to ensure that investors have the
information they need to make informed
investment decisions in registered
offerings and in secondary market
transactions. We also are adopting new
Securities Act Rules 163, 173, and 433
616 The paperwork burden from Regulations S–K,
S–B, and C are imposed through the forms that are
subject to the requirements in those Regulations
and reflected in the analysis of those forms. To
avoid a Paperwork Reduction Act inventory
reflecting duplicative burdens, for administrative
convenience we estimate the burdens imposed by
Regulations S–K, S–B, and C to be a total of one
hour.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
and eliminating Securities Act Rule 434
and Forms S–2 and F–2.
The amendments to existing forms
and regulations and new rules will
modify and advance the Commission’s
regulatory system for offerings under the
Securities Act, enhance
communications between public issuers
and investors, and promote investor
protection. The rules involve three main
areas:
• Communications related to
registered securities offerings;
• Procedural restrictions in the
offering and capital formation processes;
and
• Delivery of information to investors.
The hours and costs associated with
preparing disclosure, filing forms, and
retaining records constitute reporting
and cost burdens imposed by the
collections of information. The
estimates of reporting and cost burdens
provided in this PRA analysis address
the time, effort, and financial resources
necessary to provide the collections of
information and are not intended to
represent the full economic cost of
complying with the rules. An agency
may not conduct or sponsor, and a
person is not required to respond to, a
collection of information unless it
displays a currently valid control
number.
The information collection
requirements related to registration
statements and periodic reports will be
mandatory. For registration statements
and periodic reports, there will be no
mandatory retention period for the
information disclosed, and the
information gathered will be made
publicly available. The information
collection requirements related to the
communications and prospectus
delivery rules will apply only to issuers
and other offering participants choosing
to rely on them. There will be a
mandatory record retention period with
respect to the communications and
prospectus delivery provisions.
Moreover, free writing prospectuses that
are prepared by or on behalf of or used
or referred to by an issuer, and free
writing prospectuses that are broadly
disseminated by another offering
participant, will have to be filed and
will be publicly available on the EDGAR
filing system, whereas other free writing
prospectuses prepared by or on behalf of
or used or referred to by offering
participants, other than the issuer, will
not have to be filed.
B. Summary of Information Collections
The rules will add the following
disclosure requirements to Exchange
Act periodic reports and registration
statements:
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
• Risk factor disclosure;
• Disclosure by accelerated filers and
well-known seasoned issuers, in their
annual reports on Forms 10–K or 20–F,
of any written staff comments regarding
their Exchange Act reports issued more
than 180 days before the end of the
fiscal year covered by the annual report
that the issuer believes to be material
and that remain unresolved as of the
date of the filing of the annual report;
and
• ‘‘Check boxes’’ that will appear on
the cover page of the report or
registration statement to indicate
whether the registrant is filing Exchange
Act reports on a voluntary basis and
whether the registration is a well-known
seasoned issuer.617
The rules will impose the following
new disclosure requirements and filing
or notification conditions in connection
with registered offerings under the
Securities Act:
• A brief notice to purchasers in a
registered offering providing that the
sale was made pursuant to a registration
statement; 618
• A brief legend in ‘‘free writing
prospectuses’’ 619 that refers investors to
the statutory prospectus;
• ‘‘Check boxes’’ on registration
statement cover pages indicating
whether the registration statement is
being used for ‘‘automatic shelf
registration’’ or post-effective
registration of additional securities or
classes of securities; 620
• Additional disclosure in the
undertakings required to be included in
a registration statement for securities to
be offered pursuant to Rule 415; 621
• A filing condition in connection
with the use of certain free writing
prospectuses; 622 and
• Making a version of an electronic
road show that is a written
communication used in initial public
617 We believe that the burden associated with
checking a box on the cover page of an Exchange
Act report or registration statement is so minimal
that we are unable to quantify the burden.
618 Under Securities Act Rule 173, this
notification will be imposed, which may be
satisfied through inclusion of the notification on a
confirmation of sale already required to be provided
in sales involving broker dealers, while Securities
Act Rule 172 will eliminate the more burdensome
requirement of delivery of a final prospectus.
619 ‘‘Free writing prospectuses’’ are written
communications (other than statutory prospectuses)
that constitute offers to sell or solicitations of offers
to buy securities.
620 In this regard, see note regarding the burden
associated with checking a box on the cover page.
621 We also are requiring similar undertaking
language in Form N–2, the registration statement
form for closed-end management investment
companies.
622 See the discussion in Section III above under
‘‘Permissible Use of Free Writing Prospectuses’’
under ‘‘Filing Conditions.’’
PO 00000
Frm 00069
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44789
offerings of common equity or
convertible equity securities by nonreporting issuers broadly disseminated
on an unrestricted basis.
The rules will decrease existing
disclosure requirements by:
• Reducing the need to repeat
previously disclosed information by
permitting any reporting issuer that has
filed at least one annual report and that
is current in its reporting obligation to
incorporate information by reference
into its registration statement on Forms
S–1 or F–1; and
• Reducing the number of registration
statements filed because the automatic
shelf registration rules likely will
eliminate the need to file multiple
registration statements.
C. Summary of Comment Letters on the
PRA Analysis
We received no comments in response
to our request for comment on the PRA
analysis in the Proposing Release. We
have made several changes and
clarifications in response to comments
on the proposals that are designed to
avoid or reduce possible additional
costs or burdens pointed out by
commenters. For example, we are not
requiring that an electronic road show
be filed for most offerings, except if an
electronic road show that is a written
communication is used in an initial
public offering of common equity or
convertible equity securities by a nonreporting issuer. In that case, the
electronic road show does not have to
be filed if a bona fide electronic road
show is made readily available
electronically on an unrestricted basis
In addition, we have revised the
definition of graphic communication so
that live, in real-time presentations to a
live audience will not be considered
written communications and therefore
not free writing prospectuses. As a
result of these modifications, we believe
that fewer free writing prospectuses,
including those that are electronic road
shows, will be filed or otherwise made
available electronically on an
unrestricted basis, and we have
therefore revised the estimates for the
total burden imposed by Rule 433.
D. Paperwork Reduction Act Burden
Estimates
For purposes of the PRA, we
estimated the total annual incremental
reduction in the paperwork burden for
registrants to comply with the collection
of information requirements to be
approximately 40,393 hours of in-house
issuer personnel time and the reduction
in cost to be approximately $70,797,000
for the services of outside
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44790
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
professionals.623 The changes in the
PRA burden estimates for Rule 433
(OMB Control No. 3235–0617) have the
effect of reducing the estimated
paperwork burden for registrants by
approximately 356 hours of in-house
personnel time, for a new estimate of
approximately 40,749 hours, and a
reduction in cost of approximately
$320,800, for a new estimate of
approximately $71,117,800 for the
services of outside professionals. For
broker-dealers, we estimated the annual
incremental paperwork burden to
comply with the collection of
information requirements to be
approximately 3,874,133 hours of inhouse issuer personnel time, and we are
not changing this estimate.624 Those
estimates include the time and the cost
of preparing and reviewing disclosure,
filing documents or otherwise
publicizing information, and retaining
records.
As we noted in the Proposing Release,
the estimates represent the average
burden for all issuers, both large and
small. We expect that the burdens and
costs could be greater for larger issuers
and lower for smaller issuers. For
Exchange Act periodic reports, we
estimated that 75% of the burden of
preparation is carried by the issuer
internally and that 25% of the burden
is carried by outside professionals
retained by the issuer at an average cost
of $300 per hour.625 For Securities Act
registration statements, Exchange Act
registration statements, all filings by
foreign private issuers, and the free
writing prospectus rules, we estimated
that 25% of the burden of preparation
is carried by the issuer internally and
that 75% of the burden is carried by
outside professionals retained by the
issuer at an average cost of $300 per
hour. The portion of the burden carried
by outside professionals is reflected as
a cost, while the portion of the burden
carried by the issuer internally is
reflected in hours.
1. Exchange Act Periodic Reports and
Registration Statements
For purposes of the PRA, we
estimated the annual incremental
623 For
administrative convenience, the
presentation of the totals related to the paperwork
burden hours have been rounded to the nearest
whole number and the cost totals have been
rounded to the nearest thousand.
624 We assume that brokers and dealers will not
use outside professionals to comply with the new
collection of information requirements.
625 In connection with other recent rulemakings,
we have had discussions with several private law
firms to estimate an hourly rate of $300 as the
average cost of outside professionals that assist
issuers in preparing disclosures and conducting
registered offerings.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
paperwork burden for all issuers to
prepare the disclosure required in
Exchange Act periodic reports and
registration statements under the rules
to be approximately 43,245 hours of
issuer personnel time and the cost to be
approximately $4,477,000 for the
services of outside professionals, as we
explained more fully in the Proposing
Release. Those estimates include the
time and the cost of preparing and
reviewing the required new disclosure.
The estimates reflect our belief that,
because the current disclosure
requirements for Exchange Act reports
(such as Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations) 626 already
require issuers to obtain information
necessary to evaluate their material
risks, and because disclosure by
accelerated filers describing unresolved
written staff comments on previous
filings that the issuer believes to be
material will be simply a summary of
comments provided to the issuer by the
staff of the Commission, the disclosure
that issuers would have to make in their
Exchange Act periodic reports and
registration statements should not
impose significant new burdens.
2. Communications and Prospectus
Delivery
For purposes of the PRA, we estimate
that the annual paperwork burden for
issuers that choose to comply with the
communications rules will be
approximately 1,176 hours of issuer
personnel time and a cost of
approximately $1,058,288 for the
services of outside professionals. These
estimates reflect the burden hours and
costs associated with the disclosure,
filing, and record retention conditions.
As noted above, we are revising the
annual burden for the information
collection requirements of Rule 433 as
a result of the changes to the treatment
of electronic road shows and we have
decreased the annual paperwork burden
accordingly. For the prospectus delivery
rules, we estimated that the annual
burden would be 3,874,133 hours total
for all respondents to comply with Rule
173.
3. Securities Act Registration Statements
For purposes of the PRA, we
estimated that the rules affecting the
collection of information requirements
related to Securities Act registration
statements would reduce incrementally
the annual paperwork burden by
approximately 85,170 hours of issuer
personnel time and by a cost of
approximately $76,653,000 for the
PO 00000
626 Item
303 of Regulation S–K [17 CFR 229.303].
Frm 00070
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
services of outside professionals, as we
explained more fully in the Proposing
Release. That estimate reflected changes
to the number of filings that could result
from the rules as well as the decrease in
disclosure preparation time resulting
from the expansion of incorporation by
reference.
IX. Cost Benefit Analysis
A. Background
We are revising the registration,
communications, and offering processes
under the Securities Act. The rules
involve three main areas:
• Communications related to
registered securities offerings;
• Registration and other procedures
in the offering and capital formation
processes; and
• Delivery of information to investors.
The overall goal of the reforms is to
make the registration system more
workable for issuers and underwriters
and more effective for investors in
today’s capital markets. We believe that
the gun-jumping provisions of the
Securities Act impose substantial and
increasingly unworkable restrictions on
useful communications that would be
beneficial to investors and markets and
consistent with investor protection.
Today’s rules reflect our view that
revisions to the Securities Act
registration and offering processes are
appropriate in light of significant
developments in the offering and capital
formation processes and can provide
enhanced protection of investors under
the statute. This view is based on our
belief that today’s rules will:
• Facilitate greater availability of
information to investors and the market
with regard to all issuers;
• Eliminate barriers to open
communications that have been made
increasingly outmoded by technological
advances;
• Reflect the increased importance of
electronic dissemination of information,
including the use of the Internet;
• Make the capital formation process
more efficient; and
• Define more clearly both the
information and the timeliness of the
availability of information against
which a seller’s statements are
evaluated for liability purposes.
B. Summary of Rules
The amount of flexibility granted to
issuers under the revisions to the
registration, communications, and
offering processes is contingent on the
characteristics of the issuer. We believe
that the most far-reaching revisions of
the communications rules and
registration processes should be
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
considered for issuers that have a
reporting history under the Exchange
Act and are presumptively the most
widely followed in the marketplace. We
believe that these issuers have an
Exchange Act record, a broad following
of their Exchange Act filings, and the
contemplated attention directed to their
Exchange Act reports by analysts and
institutional investors, and the staff of
the Division of Corporation Finance that
will produce the greatest likelihood of
Exchange Act reports that not only are
reliable but also are broadly scrutinized
by investors and the markets.
For purposes of the rules we are
adopting today, we categorize issuers
into tiers, consisting of non-reporting
issuers, unseasoned issuers, seasoned
issuers, and well-known seasoned
issuers. The first three tiers of issuers
are identified by pre-existing criteria
under the existing federal securities
laws. A non-reporting issuer is an issuer
that is not required to file reports
pursuant to Sections 13 or 15(d) of the
Exchange Act.627 An unseasoned issuer
is an issuer that is required to file
reports pursuant to Sections 13 or 15(d)
of the Exchange Act, but does not satisfy
the requirements of Form S–3 or Form
F–3 for a primary offering of its
securities. A seasoned issuer is an issuer
that uses Form S–3 or Form F–3 to
register primary offerings of securities.
Our longstanding experience with these
categories of issuers provides us with a
basis for determining the amount of
flexibility provided by the rules we are
adopting today.
The characteristics of the last tier of
issuer, called well-known seasoned
issuers in the rules, will be easily
measurable and readily available so that
issuers and market participants can
determine eligibility easily. In response
to comments, we are modifying the
definition of well-known seasoned
issuer to provide that the eligibility
determination will be made as of the
later of the time of filing of the issuer’s
most recent registration statement on
Form S–3 or Form F–3 for a primary
offering, the time of filing its most
recent amendment for purposes of
complying with Section 10(a)(3) of the
Securities Act, or an amendment to a
shelf registration within 16 months. If
the well-known seasoned issuer has not
filed an automatic shelf registration
statement, the eligibility is determined
at the time of filing the issuer’s most
recent annual report on Form 10–K or
Form 20–F (or if such report has not
627 Under
the rules, an issuer that is filing
Exchange Act reports voluntarily, but is not
required to do so, will be a non-reporting issuer for
purposes of the communications and procedural
rules.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
44791
been filed by its due date, such due
date). In addition, we will require
issuers to check a box on the cover of
their Form 10–K or Form 20–F if they
are a well-known seasoned issuer so
that market participants may reasonably
rely on the issuer’s determination. For
issuers with publicly traded equity, we
believe that market capitalization
provides a sufficient proxy for
determining whether or not an issuer is
well followed. For issuers of fixed
income securities, we believe that the
amount of fixed income securities sold
in registered offerings for cash in the
past three years provides a sufficient
proxy.628
Under the rules, a well-known
seasoned issuer will have the greatest
flexibility. The largest issuers are
followed by sophisticated institutional
and retail investors, members of the
financial press, and numerous sell-side
and buy-side analysts that actively seek
new information on a continual basis.
Unlike smaller or less mature issuers,
large, seasoned public issuers tend to
have a more regular dialogue with
investors and market participants
through the press and other media. The
communications of these well-known
seasoned issuers are subject to scrutiny
by investors, the financial press,
analysts, and others who evaluate
disclosure when it is made.
• There will be two separate
exclusions from the gun-jumping
provisions for communications not
encompassed in the rules above that
occur prior to the filing of a registration
statement:
Æ An exclusion from the definition of
offer for purposes of Securities Act
Section 5(c) for all issuers for all
communications made by or on behalf
of issuers 30 days prior to filing a
registration statement; and
Æ An exemption from the prohibition
on offers for purposes of Securities Act
Section 5(c) before the filing of a
registration statement for offers made by
or on behalf of eligible well-known
seasoned issuers.
• Certain written offering related
communications, such as
communications about the schedule for
an offering or communications about
account-opening procedures, will be
permitted in connection with an
offering and will be excluded from the
definition of ‘‘prospectus.’’
• Issuers and other offering
participants will be permitted to use
free writing prospectuses after the filing
of the registration statement, subject to
enumerated conditions (including, in
specified cases, filing with the
Commission).
• The safe harbors for research
reports will be expanded.
1. Communications
2. Securities Act Registration Rules
As part of the rules to modernize the
regulatory regime for registered
securities offerings, we are streamlining
the registration process for most types of
reporting issuers. The rules recognize
the role that technology and improved
Exchange Act reporting procedures have
in informing the marketplace. The rules
address the registration procedures for
seasoned and unseasoned issuers. These
rules include:
• Modifications that clarify and
expand how and when information can
be included in registration statements;
• A clarification of the Securities Act
liability treatment of information
provided in a prospectus supplement
and Exchange Act reports incorporated
by reference;
• A more flexible automatic
registration process for well-known
seasoned issuers, including immediate
effectiveness and pay-as-you-go
registration fee payment; and
• Rules related to non-shelf offerings
of securities.
We are adopting communications
rules that recognize the value of ongoing
communications as well as the
importance of avoiding unnecessary
restrictions on offers during a registered
offering. The rules are designed to
improve investors’ access to
information, to promote
communications between offering
participants and investors, and to
maintain adequate investor protection.
The rules will operate in the following
manner:
• There will be two separate safe
harbors from the gun-jumping
provisions for ongoing communications
at any time:
Æ A safe harbor for a reporting
issuer’s continued publication or
dissemination at any time of regularly
released factual business and forwardlooking information; and
Æ A safe harbor for a non-reporting
issuer’s continued publication or
dissemination at any time of factual
business information that is regularly
released to persons other than investors
or potential investors.
628 For further discussion of the characteristics of
well-known seasoned issuers, see Section II above.
PO 00000
Frm 00071
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
3. Prospectus Delivery
We are adopting an ‘‘access equals
delivery’’ prospectus delivery model,
where final prospectus delivery
obligations for purposes of Securities
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44792
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
Act Section 5(b)(2) will be satisfied if
the issuer filed the final prospectus with
the Commission within the required
time frame. The rules will:
• Eliminate the existing link between
delivery of the final prospectus and the
delivery of a written confirmation of
sale;
• Provide that the obligation to have
a final prospectus precede or
accompany a security can be satisfied by
filing a final prospectus with us within
the relevant timeframe provided by Rule
424(b);
• Permit written notices of
allocations; and
• Permit the prospectus delivery
obligations in dealer transactions during
any prospectus delivery period and
broker or dealer transactions in
registered resales of securities that are
trading to be satisfied if the final
prospectus has been or will be filed
with us.
4. Exchange Act Reports
A public issuer’s Exchange Act record
often provides the most detailed source
of information to the market and to
potential purchasers regarding the
issuer, its business, its financial
condition, and its prospects. We are
adopting, substantially as proposed,
several reforms to Exchange Act
reporting requirements related to the
reforms to the Securities Act offering
process. As a result of the rules, we will:
• Extend risk factor disclosure
requirements to annual reports on
Exchange Act Form 10–K and
registration statements on Exchange Act
Form 10;
• Require updates for previously
disclosed risk factors in quarterly
reports on Exchange Act Form 10–Q;
• Require accelerated filers and wellknown seasoned issuers to disclose in
their annual reports on Exchange Act
Forms 10–K and 20–F any written staff
comments on Exchange Act reports
issued more than 180 days before the
end of the fiscal year covered by the
report that the issuer believes to be
material and that remain unresolved as
of the filing date of the report;
• Include a box on the cover page of
the Exchange Act Forms 10–K and 20–
F for an issuer to check if it is a wellknown seasoned issuer; and
• Include a box on the cover page of
Exchange Act Forms 10–K, 10–KSB, and
20–F for an issuer to check if it is filing
reports voluntarily.
C. Comments on the Proposals
Commenters supported the proposals,
with many commenters noting that the
proposals struck the appropriate balance
between improving the capital
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
formation process and modernizing
offering communications, while
preserving investor protection and
avoiding unnecessary impediments to
the capital formation process. We did
not receive any comments on the costbenefit analysis, other than asking
generally about cost savings by
underwriters and broker-dealers. Some
commenters noted potential costs that
certain of the proposals might impose.
We considered these comments
carefully and believe that we have made
responsive changes in order to minimize
these potential costs.
For example, a number of commenters
were concerned about the final
prospectus filing condition in Rule 172,
due to the potential liability if written
confirmations were sent and the issuer
failed to file the final prospectus within
the required time frame. We have
included a cure provision allowing an
issuer that has made a good faith and
reasonable effort to file within the
required time frame to file the final
prospectus as soon as practicable after
discovery of the failure to file.
Commenters also expressed concern
about the distinctions between oral and
written communications and the effects
on offering participants to provide
information. We have revised the
definition of graphic and written
communications to make clearer when a
communication is written and when it
is oral.
D. Benefits
As discussed, the overall goal of the
reforms is to make the registration
system more workable for issuers and
underwriters and more effective for
investors in today’s capital markets. We
believe that the reforms will achieve
this goal and consequently result in
significant benefits in a number of areas,
including by increasing the flow of
information available to investors
during a registered offering while
maintaining investor protection against
misleading or inaccurate disclosures.
We also anticipate that the rules will
improve access to the public capital
markets and possibly lower the cost of
capital by, among other things,
modifying, and in some cases clarifying,
the federal securities laws related to
communications, liability, shelf
registration, and the use of electronic
media during a registered offering.
Finally, we believe that the rules will
provide cost-saving options to issuers
and underwriters.
1. Increased Information Flow
The primary benefit that the rules
seek to achieve is an increased flow of
information to investors during a
PO 00000
Frm 00072
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
registered offering. While much of the
Commission’s recent rulemaking is
intended to encourage reporting issuers
to provide materially accurate and
complete information to the market on
a more current basis, the Securities
Act’s constraints on communications
during an offering cause issuers to be
concerned about the treatment of their
ongoing communications and whether
their customary disclosures will be
considered an impermissible offer of
securities. As a result of the multiplicity
of means of communication, restricting
written offers to a statutory prospectus
inhibits desirable methods of timely
communication of information. The
rules regarding communications,
registration, and liability will operate to
increase the amount of valuable
information that could be provided to
investors before they make investment
decisions. We believe that more
information will be provided on a more
timely basis because the rules will
eliminate regulatory barriers to the
dissemination of that information, and
the markets may provide incentives for
issuers, underwriters, and broker
dealers to produce additional
information.
Increased information flow will
promote efficient capital markets
because the market may be able to value
securities more accurately. Under the
rules, underwriters can communicate
with potential investors during an
offering to better gauge investor interest,
thus facilitating greater discourse among
investors and underwriters.
Another benefit of increasing the
information flow is that investors may
become better informed in making
portfolio allocation decisions in
accordance with their particular riskreturn profiles. Moreover, the ability of
offering participants to use free writing
prospectuses in connection with
offerings will impart a greater ability to
provide information to investors about
securities before they make investment
decisions. For example, issuers and
underwriters will be able to provide
proprietary analytical material that is
specifically tailored to address the
particular asset allocation
considerations of different investors.
Today’s markets include a growing
number of increasingly complex
securities where written
communications, such as detailed term
sheets, will enhance significantly the
offering process for the benefit of
investors. In addition, we are adopting
rules to permit research to be
distributed about more issuers that are
making registered offerings. Having
access to these reports may facilitate
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
additional security analysis among
investors.
By reducing the restrictions on the
contents of written communications, we
anticipate that investors will demand
more information and issuers,
underwriters, and other offering
participants will be more willing to
provide it. Significant technological
advances have increased both the
market’s demand for more timely
corporate disclosure and the ability of
issuers to capture, process, and
disseminate information. The rules will
enable issuers and market participants
to take greater advantage of the Internet
and other electronic media to
communicate and deliver information to
investors. As discussed in greater detail
below, reducing regulatory and liability
uncertainty with respect to the
treatment of written communications
may make issuers more comfortable in
supplying information without worrying
about violating the gun-jumping
provisions. Accordingly, investor
demand for information can be satisfied
through relatively inexpensive mass
dissemination of the information
through electronic means.
Finally, the rules we are adopting
today that provide that an electronic
road show presentation must either be
filed or a bona fide version must be
made readily available to an
unrestricted audience for initial public
offerings of a non-reporting issuer’s
common equity or convertible equity
securities provide for the availability of
information in these offerings to all
investors. We believe these changes will
encourage more road shows and other
information in these offerings to be
provided to more investors.
2. Investor Protection
Another benefit of the rules is that
they will maintain investor protection
against misleading or inaccurate
disclosures. Investor protection is of
paramount importance in maintaining
fair, orderly, and efficient capital
markets. The rules regarding liability
and disclosure in Exchange Act periodic
reports, as well as the filing conditions
and record retention conditions for
unfiled free writing prospectuses, will
maintain and enhance investor
protection in connection with registered
securities offerings.
A central premise underlying the
liability rules is that communications to
investors at the time of sale (including
the time of the contract of sale) should
not include material misstatements or
fail to include material information that
is necessary to make the communication
not misleading in light of the
circumstances in which the
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
communication is made. We believe
that the rules will provide issuers and
underwriters with greater flexibility to
communicate information in a manner
that does not slow the offering process
unduly. At the same time, investors
should be in a better position to have
accurate information at the time of the
sale of the securities to them (including
the time of the contract of sale). These
measures should encourage the
disclosure of accurate information about
transactions.629
The free writing prospectus rules will
promote investor protection by
requiring issuers to file issuer prepared
or used free writing prospectuses and
issuer information in free writing
prospectuses. We believe that
conditioning the use of written issuer
provided or used information on filing
will improve investor protection. On the
one hand, the filing requirement is
designed to assure that written issuer
provided or used information is
publicly available. On the other hand,
requiring underwriters to file their
proprietary analysis may cause them
competitive harm. Additionally, the free
writing prospectus will be a Section
10(b) prospectus under the Securities
Act and, as such, will be subject to
liability under Section 12(a)(2) as well
as the anti-fraud provisions of the
federal securities laws. As a Section
10(b) prospectus, there will be
continuing Commission oversight and
enforcement authority over the contents
and use of the free writing prospectus,
including the ability to halt the use of
any materially false or misleading free
writing prospectus in accordance with
Section 10(b).
The rules allowing automatic shelf
registration statements to become
effective immediately will allow the
Commission to shift its resources more
toward the review of issuers’ Exchange
Act reports. Because we believe that an
issuer’s Exchange Act record often
provides the most detailed source of
information to the market and to
potential purchasers regarding the
issuer, its business, its financial
condition, and its prospects, we believe
that investors will benefit from the
staff’s ability to review Exchange Act
reports more frequently.
The inclusion of additional
disclosures in Exchange Act periodic
reports also will promote investor
629 Recent research has examined the effect of
securities laws on stock market development in 49
countries and found strong evidence that laws
facilitating private enforcement through disclosure
and liability rules are positively correlated with
more developed stock markets. See, La Porta, Lopez
de Silanes, and Shleifer, ‘‘What Works in Securities
Laws?’’ Forthcoming in Journal of Finance.
PO 00000
Frm 00073
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44793
protection. We believe that the
disclosure by issuers meeting the
definition of accelerated filers and wellknown seasoned issuers of unresolved
written staff comments that the issuer
believes to be material will benefit
investors because they will be able to
ascertain the nature of the staff
comments and take them into account
in their investment decisions. We
believe that the disclosure of risk factors
in plain English will help investors in
assessing the risks that an issuer
currently faces or may face in the future.
Many issuers currently provide this risk
factor disclosure in their Exchange Act
reports voluntarily. However, for other
issuers, investors have access to this
information only if the issuer has
recently conducted a registered offering
under the Securities Act, in which case
the issuer will be subject to risk factor
disclosure requirements in its Securities
Act registration statement. The rules
also require disclosure of voluntary filer
status. We believe it is important that
the staff and the market understand
when issuers are filing Exchange Act
reports voluntarily, since such issuers
may cease filing these reports at any
time.
3. Facilitating Capital Formation
We anticipate that the rules will
facilitate capital formation, and possibly
lower the cost of capital, by improving
access to the public capital markets. The
rules are designed to eliminate
unnecessary regulatory impediments to
capital formation and provide more
flexibility to issuers to conduct
registered securities offerings. The
amount of flexibility accorded by the
rules will depend on the characteristics
of the issuer. The rules provide the most
flexibility under the communications
rules and the automatic shelf
registration system to eligible wellknown seasoned issuers. Other issuers
also will benefit, albeit to a lesser
degree, from the other revisions to the
communications and registration
process.
The rules may lower the cost of
capital because they will provide
significant flexibility to issuers and
underwriters in marketing their
securities. The communications rules
will allow well-known seasoned issuers
to communicate at any time regarding
an offering and will allow other issuers
more freedom in communicating after a
registration statement is filed. For wellknown seasoned issuers, automatic shelf
registration will facilitate immediate
market access and promote efficient
capital formation, without diminishing
investor protection. The automatic shelf
registration process will allow eligible
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44794
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
issuers to add additional classes of
securities and eligible majority-owned
subsidiaries as additional registrants
after an automatic shelf registration
statement is effective. The ‘‘pay-as-yougo’’ system will allow well-known
seasoned issuers to pay at the time of
each takedown off the shelf registration
statement or in advance. The automatic
shelf registration rules will provide
these issuers with significant latitude in
determining the types and amounts of
their securities or those of their eligible
subsidiaries that could be offered
without any potential time delay or
other obstacles imposed by the
registration process. The rules will
provide the flexibility to take advantage
of market windows, to structure
securities on a real-time basis to
accommodate issuer needs or investor
demand, and to determine or change the
plan of distribution of securities as
issuers elect in response to changing
market conditions.
The other rules to the shelf
registration procedures and expansion
of incorporation by reference also will
provide flexibility to issuers to enable
them to access the capital markets at a
lower cost. For example, removing the
current restrictions on at-the-market
offerings of equity securities will allow
issuers eligible to use Form S–3 or Form
F–3 for primary equity offerings to offer
securities directly to the marketplace,
without using the underwriting or
syndication process. Under the rules to
expand Form S–3 eligibility to cover
additional majority-owned subsidiaries,
issuers will have greater flexibility to
structure offerings of guaranteed
securities without losing the benefits of
shelf registration. In addition, the rules
to expand incorporation by reference to
Form S–1 and Form F–1 will enable
eligible issuers to use their Exchange
Act filings to satisfy their disclosure
requirements without having to incur
costs to replicate information in the
prospectus.
Providing flexibility for registered
offerings may encourage issuers to raise
capital through the registration process
instead of through private placements.
Typically, registered securities enjoy
more liquid markets than unregistered
securities. Therefore, registered
securities are less likely to be subject to
a liquidity discount. In addition,
registered securities offerings provide a
potentially larger investor base than that
available to those who participate in
private placements. Accordingly, issuers
may incur lower transaction costs when
raising capital because they will have
access to a much deeper market for their
securities and may have to expend
fewer resources to locate investors.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
The prospectus delivery rules are
designed to facilitate effective access to
information, while taking into account
advancements in technology and the
practicalities of the offering process.
These changes are intended to alleviate
timing difficulties that may arise under
the current securities clearance and
settlement system, and also to facilitate
the successful delivery of, and payment
for, securities in a registered offering.
Given that the final prospectus delivery
obligations generally affect investors
only after they have made their
investment decisions and that investors
and the market have access to the final
prospectus upon its filing, we believe
that the obligation can be satisfied
through a means other than physical
delivery. Because the contract of sale
will have already occurred by the time
the final prospectus is filed, we also
believe that delivery of a confirmation
and the delivery of the final prospectus
need not be linked. Receiving
confirmations earlier in the settlement
process will enable investors to review
the confirmation and verify trade data
closer to the time of the investment
decision.
availability of historical information
that may be useful to investors.
The rules affecting the shelf
registration procedures will codify in a
single location permissible omissions
from shelf registration statements and
the permissible methods to include the
omitted information. This will promote
efficiency by providing certainty about
the content of base prospectuses in shelf
registration statements and the methods
by which required information may be
included, thereby reducing divergent
practices and eliminating possible
inadvertent mistakes. In addition, we
believe the rules will address the
disparate treatment of underwriters
from a liability standpoint by
establishing a new effective date for
liability purposes for issuers and
persons who are underwriters at that
time in connection with takedowns off
shelf registration statements, as reflected
in prospectus supplements filed for
such takedowns. On the other hand, the
new rules regarding prospectus
supplement filings will not trigger a
new effective date for officers or
directors of the issuer or for experts,
including accountants.
4. Reduced Regulatory Uncertainty
The rules modify the federal
securities laws related to
communications, liability, shelf
registration, and the use of electronic
media during a registered offering. The
rules, by enhancing issuers’ certainty
about the regulatory treatment of and
liability provisions attached to the
communication of information to the
marketplace, could encourage issuers to
increase the dissemination of readily
available information useful to
investors, such as management’s plans
and objectives for future operations. The
30-day bright-line exclusion and the
exemption from the prohibition on
offers prior to filing for well-known
seasoned issuers will provide these
issuers with the ability to communicate
information prior to filing a registration
statement without risk of violating the
gun-jumping provisions.
The safe harbors for regularly released
factual business information and
forward-looking information will allow
issuers to continue ordinary
communications without fear of
violating the gun-jumping provisions.
At the same time, these communications
could benefit all investors because there
will be more current information and
analysis available upon which to make
investment decisions. We also are
clarifying the treatment of information
located on or hyperlinked to an issuer’s
website around the time of a registered
offering, to allow for the continued
5. Lower Costs
The prospectus delivery rules and the
rules related to the registered securities
offering process will provide cost-saving
options to issuers, underwriters, and
dealers. We believe that allowing
reporting issuers to incorporate by
reference their previously filed
Exchange Act reports and other
materials into a Form S–1 or Form F–
1 provides them a more cost-effective
way to raise capital without the cost of
duplicating the information contained
in their filed reports and other
materials. The rules affecting final
prospectus delivery should also result
in lower costs to issuers because of
reduced printing costs for a smaller
number of final prospectuses.
For purposes of the PRA analysis, we
have estimated that the rules to the
registered securities offering processes
will reduce the total current annual
compliance costs by approximately
$87,664,000.630 In addition, we believe
that issuers and underwriters will
benefit from not having to print and
deliver final prospectuses. We estimate
that the cost savings per prospectus will
be approximately $0.75 per prospectus.
For purposes of the PRA, we have
estimated 232.45 million instances in
which broker dealers will be able to rely
on the ‘‘access equals delivery’’
PO 00000
Frm 00074
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
630 For purposes of monetizing the cost of issuer
personnel time, we estimate the average hourly cost
of issuer personnel time to be $125.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
provisions. Investors may request the
final prospectus, and we estimate that
they will do so 25% of the time.
Therefore, we estimate the total annual
cost savings will be approximately
$130,753,000.
E. Costs
While the overall goal of the reforms
is to make the registration system more
workable for issuers and underwriters
and more effective for investors in
today’s capital markets, we do believe
that there will be costs to the rules.
These include costs for compliance with
the rules, potential behavioral changes
resulting from the liability rules, and
certain other costs.
1. Compliance Costs
One potential cost of the rules is that
issuers may incur increased filing costs
associated with issuer free writing
prospectuses or making a version of an
electronic road show publicly
available.631 These costs should be
mitigated somewhat by the fact that free
writing prospectuses are not required to
be filed as part of the registration
statement and therefore will not have to
be conformed to meet all the
requirements for an amendment to the
registration statement. In addition,
because oral communications are not
written and, therefore, not free writing
prospectuses, the rules should not result
in significant incremental costs from
existing regulations. We also are
conditioning the use of free writing
prospectuses on the inclusion of a
legend that notifies investors that they
can receive a copy of the prospectus by
calling a toll-free number. Accordingly,
there may be some costs for issuers and
offering participants associated with
establishing a toll-free number for
investors, although the toll-free number
does not have to be issuer specific.
Another potential compliance cost is
the additional expenditures that issuers
and offering participants may incur in
storing and archiving information to
satisfy the record retention
conditions.632 Parties will need to
implement appropriate mechanisms to
ensure that they retain for three years
631 For example, for purposes of the PRA analysis,
we estimate that the aggregate total annual
paperwork burden for issuers arising from the
preparation, review, and filing of free writing
prospectuses or making a version of an electronic
road show available under the new
communications rules will be approximately
$301,993.
632 For example, as we discussed in the Proposing
Release, for purposes of the PRA analysis, we
estimated that the aggregate total annual paperwork
burden of complying with the record retention
conditions for free writing prospectuses used in
reliance on Rule 433 will be approximately
$948,900.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
adequate records of any free writing
prospectuses used and not filed. We
have revised the proposed record
retention condition so that it
encompasses only free writing
prospectuses that have not been filed on
EDGAR, so this should ease the burden
for issuers and offering participants.
The disclosures may increase the cost
to issuers of preparing their Exchange
Act reports. We do not expect the costs
to accelerated filers and well-known
seasoned issuers of including disclosure
of certain unresolved staff comments to
be significant because the information
will be readily available to the issuer.633
Including risk factor disclosure may
impact issuers who do not already
include this disclosure in their
Exchange Act reports for other
reasons.634 Because issuers already are
required to prepare financial statements
and other information about their
business, financial condition, and
prospects in their annual and quarterly
reports, some of which will include
these risk factors, we believe that issuers
will have already analyzed the issues
that might be addressed in the risk
factor disclosure. In addition, issuers
may already include risk factor
disclosure in their Exchange Act reports
for varying reasons, including to take
advantage of the safe harbor for forwardlooking statements in Securities Act
Section 27A of the Securities Act 635
and the ‘‘bespeaks caution’’ defense
developed through case law. We
recognize, however, that issuers will
incur costs in preparing, reviewing,
filing, printing, and disseminating this
information. In particular, in addition to
involving in-house preparers, in-house
legal and accounting staff, and senior
management, issuers may consult with
outside legal counsel in preparing this
disclosure. We believe, however, that
the potential compliance costs for the
risk factor disclosure should be
considered in light of the fact that
requiring risk factor disclosure in
Exchange Act registration statements
and annual reports will enhance the
ability of reporting issuers to
incorporate risk factor disclosure from
Exchange Act reports into Securities Act
633 For example, as we discussed in the Proposing
Release, for purposes of the PRA analysis, we
estimated that the aggregate total annual paperwork
burden of preparing, reviewing and filing the
disclosure of unresolved comments in Exchange
Act reports will be approximately $138,713.
634 For example, as we discussed in the Proposing
Release, for purposes of the PRA analysis, we
estimated that the aggregate total annual paperwork
burden of preparing, reviewing and filing the
disclosure of risk factors in Exchange Act reports
will be approximately $9,743,417.
635 17 U.S.C. 77z–2.
PO 00000
Frm 00075
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44795
registration statements to satisfy the risk
factor disclosure requirements.
Parties also may incur additional
costs due to the requirement to notify
investors that they have purchased in a
registered offering. In addition, these
same parties will incur costs to establish
procedures for receiving and complying
with requests for final prospectuses. We
believe that providing the notice to
investors will not impose a significant
incremental cost because the notice can
consist of a pre-printed message that is
automatically delivered with or as part
of the confirmation required by
Exchange Act Rule 10b–10.
Accordingly, we estimate that the cost
for complying with Rule 173 will be
approximately $0.05 per notice. We
estimate the annual cost of providing
the notifications will be approximately
$11,622,500.636 The cost savings
resulting from the elimination of the
requirement to supply a final prospectus
to each investor will offset the costs
incurred, however.
2. Potential for Increased Liability
The rules to deem prospectus
supplements to be part of and included
in effective registration statements, and
to modify, for liability purposes for the
issuer and underwriters only, the
effective date of shelf registration
statements to link them to individual
offerings or takedowns off the shelf
registration statement may cause issuers
to evaluate more carefully the
information contained in prospectuses
and the information conveyed to
investors. We have sought to minimize
the potential costs by limiting the rule
so that it affects the issuer and
underwriters only, and therefore have
not changed the effective date for
liability purposes for officers, directors,
and experts, other than when new
expertized information is included in
the prospectus.
In response to commenters’ concerns
about cross-liability for free writing
prospectuses, the rules provide greater
clarity for when an offering participant
would be liable for a free writing
prospectus.
With respect to the risk factor
disclosure, a potential cost might be that
issuers may be concerned about
increased liability for a material
misstatement or omission in their
disclosure. In view of existing liability
for information in registration
statements and Exchange Act reports, as
well as existing safe-harbors for
forward-looking information, in drafting
the current rules, however, we were
636 ($0.05 per notice) multiplied by (232.45
million confirmations) = $11,622,500.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44796
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
sensitive to potential additional costs
that the disclosure requirement might
impose. For example, for liability
purposes, we are not treating risk factor
disclosure any differently than other
disclosures in Exchange Act reports that
may be incorporated by reference into
Securities Act registration statements.
We also note that the safe harbor for
forward-looking statements contained in
Securities Act Section 27A and
Exchange Act Section 21E may apply to
this disclosure for eligible issuers. In
addition, the risk factor disclosure is
based on an evaluation of the material
risks facing an issuer. Issuers currently
disclose significant information about
themselves in their Exchange Act
reports, including in management’s
discussion and analysis of financial
condition and results of operations and,
as a result, already analyze their
business and operations. Moreover, we
note that issuers already are subject to
disclosure requirements regarding this
information in Securities Act
registration statements.
3. Other Potential Costs
We are allowing registration
statements by well-known seasoned
issuers to become effective
automatically, rather than being subject
to review by the staff of the Division of
Corporation Finance. As a result,
registrants may not have the same
incentive to remedy deficient disclosure
in Exchange Act reports or in the
registration statement itself than they
would if their registration statements
were subject to pre-effective staff
review. We have sought to minimize
this possibility by requiring accelerated
filers and well-known seasoned issuers
to disclose, on an annual basis, written
staff comments on their periodic report
disclosures, that were issued more than
180 days prior to the fiscal year end
covered by the report, that the issuer
believes to be material, and that remain
unresolved at the time of the filing of
the annual report.
The rules also may impose certain
costs on underwriters. For example,
removing the restrictions on at-themarket equity offerings by unseasoned
issuers on Form S–3 or Form F–3 may
affect underwriters adversely because
issuers may decide not to hire an
underwriter to conduct an at-the-market
equity offering.
The rules permit reporting issuers
with the ability to incorporate by
reference historical filings into Form S–
1 or Form F–1, provided that the issuer
post its Exchange Act reports on a web
site maintained by or for the issuer and
containing issuer information. Issuers
wishing to take advantage of this ability
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
to incorporate by reference will have to
make these reports readily available on
a web site maintained by or for the
issuer in addition to availability on
EDGAR. Because most companies today
maintain web sites for their businesses
and other entities maintain web sites for
companies, we do not believe that this
cost will be significant.
We also recognize that relaxing
restrictions on communications may
impose a burden on investors. For
example, today, for some offerings, such
as those on Form S–1, much of the
relevant information regarding an
offering is required to be contained in
one document comprising the
registration statement. Under the rules,
some offerings will require an investor
to assemble and assimilate information
from various free writing prospectuses,
Exchange Act reports, and the Securities
Act registration statement in order to get
the relevant information regarding an
offering. Investors will have to compile
the information integrated into the
registration statement or delivered by
means outside of the prospectus. We
note, however, that Securities Act
Forms S–3 and F–3 have long permitted
incorporation by reference from the
issuer’s Exchange Act reports and
investors have not complained they are
unduly burdened when investing in
offerings registered on these Forms.
X. Consideration of Burden on
Competition and Promotion of
Efficiency, Competition and Capital
Formation
Exchange Act Section 23(a)(2) 637
requires us, when adopting rules under
the Exchange Act, to consider the
impact that any new rule would have on
competition. In addition, Section
23(a)(2) prohibits us from adopting any
rule that would impose a burden on
competition not necessary or
appropriate in furtherance of the
purposes of the Exchange Act.
Furthermore, Securities Act Section
2(b),638 Exchange Act Section 3(f),639
and Investment Company Act Section
2(c) 640 require us, when engaging in
rulemaking where we are required to
consider or determine whether an action
is necessary or appropriate in the public
interest, to consider, in addition to the
protection of investors, whether the
action will promote efficiency,
competition, and capital formation.
The rules are intended to modify and
advance the Commission’s regulatory
system for offerings under the Securities
PO 00000
637 15
U.S.C. 78w(a)(2).
U.S.C. 77b(b).
639 15 U.S.C. 78c(f).
640 15 U.S.C. 80a–2(c).
Act, enhance communications between
public issuers and investors, and
promote investor protection. We
anticipate these rules will improve
investors’ ability to make informed
investment decisions and, therefore,
lead to increased efficiency and
competitiveness of the U.S. capital
markets. We anticipate that this
increased market efficiency and investor
confidence also may encourage more
efficient capital formation. Specifically,
we believe that the rules will:
• Facilitate greater availability of
information to investors and the market
with regard to all issuers;
• Eliminate barriers to open
communications that have been made
increasingly outmoded by technological
advances;
• Reflect the increased importance of
electronic dissemination of information,
including the use of the Internet;
• Make the capital formation process
more efficient; and
• Define more clearly both the
information and the timeliness of the
availability of information against
which a seller’s statements are
evaluated for liability purposes.
To the extent that some of these
reforms will be available to well-known
seasoned issuers, smaller issuers may
not be able to use all of the reforms. In
addition, it is possible that investors
will favor issuers that are able to take
advantage of the reforms. We believe,
however, that these potential unequal
effects are justified in order to ensure
that investors have appropriate access to
required information about all issuers.
We requested comment on whether
the rules would promote efficiency,
competition, and capital formation or
have an impact or burden on
competition. We received no comments
on this subject directly, but some
comments touched on these issues.
Commenters expressed strong support
for the proposals to streamline the
registration process by providing wellknown seasoned issuers the ability to
use automatic shelf registration
statements.641 They generally believed
that the streamlined registration process
will aid issuers in capital formation by
providing them with quick access to the
capital markets. In addition, one
commenter believed the proposals have
the potential to draw more offerings
from 144A and other unregistered
markets into public market, improve
efficiency of U.S. public market, and
possibly enhance global
competitiveness of U.S. public capital
markets.642
638 15
Frm 00076
Fmt 4701
641 See
642 See
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
note 509, above.
letter from SIA.
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
Two commenters believed that the
proposed rules, which created an
exception to the conditions to the free
writing prospectus rules for
publications by unaffiliated media
would create a competitive
disadvantage for issuers who are in the
media business.643 We have addressed
these concerns by providing an
exclusion for media companies and
their affiliates if certain conditions are
met, including that the company or its
affiliate is a bona fide media publisher
or broadcaster.644
XI. Final Regulatory Flexibility Act
Analysis
This Final Regulatory Flexibility Act
Analysis has been prepared in
accordance with 5 U.S.C. 603. It relates
to revisions to the rules and forms under
the Securities Act and the Exchange Act
that will (1) alter shelf registration
procedures; (2) allow more
communications between offering
participants than currently permitted;
and (3) enable offering participants to
satisfy their prospectus delivery
obligations through means other than
actual physical delivery. These rules are
intended to modify and advance the
Commission’s regulatory system for
offerings under the Securities Act,
enhance communications between
public issuers and investors, and
promote investor protection.
A. Reasons for and Objectives of the
Rules and Amendments
On November 3, 2004, we issued
proposed rule and form changes under
the Securities Act and the Exchange Act
that would modernize the securities
offering and communication processes
while maintaining protection of
investors under the Securities Act.645
We are revising the registration,
communications, and offering processes
under the Securities Act that we believe,
while limited in scope, properly address
the areas that are in need of
modernization. The rules involve three
main areas:
• Communications related to
registered securities offerings;
• Procedural restrictions in the
offering and capital formation processes;
and
• Delivery of information to investors.
The overall objective of the reforms is
to make the registration system more
workable for issuers and underwriters
and more effective for investors in
643 See
letters from Davis Polk and NYSBA.
the discussion in Section III.D.3 above
under ‘‘Issuers in the Media Business.’’
645 Securities Offering Reform, Release No. 33–
8501 (Nov. 3, 2004)[69 FR 67392] (‘‘Proposing
Release’’).
644 See
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
today’s capital markets. The rules reflect
our view that revisions to the Securities
Act registration and offering processes
are not only appropriate in light of
significant developments in the offering
and capital formation processes, but
also are necessary for the proper
protection of investors under the statute.
This view is based on our belief that
today’s rules will:
• Facilitate greater availability of
information to investors and the market
with regard to all issuers;
• Eliminate barriers to open
communications that have been made
increasingly outmoded by technological
advances;
• Reflect the increased importance of
electronic dissemination of information,
including the use of the Internet;
• Make the capital formation process
more efficient; and
• Define more clearly both the
information and the timeliness of the
availability of information against
which a seller’s statements are
evaluated for liability purposes.
B. Significant Issues Raised by Public
Comment
The Initial Regulatory Flexibility
Analysis, or IRFA, appeared in the
Proposing Release.646 We requested
comment on any aspect of the IRFA,
including the number of small entities
that would be affected by the rules, the
nature of the impact, how to quantify
the number of small entities that would
be affected and how to quantify the
impact of the proposals. We received no
comment letters responding to that
request.
C. Small Entities Subject to the Rules
The rules will affect issuers that are
small entities. Securities Act Rule
157 647 and Exchange Act Rule 0–
10(a) 648 define an issuer, other than an
investment company, to be a ‘‘small
business’’ or ‘‘small organization’’ for
purposes of the Regulatory Flexibility
Act if it had total assets of $5 million
or less on the last day of its most recent
fiscal year.649 We estimate that there
were approximately 2,500 public
issuers, other than investment
companies, that may be considered
small entities as of the end of fiscal year
2004.650
the Proposing Release at Section VII.
CFR 230.157.
648 17 CFR 240.0–10(a).
649 An investment company is a small entity if it,
together with other investment companies in the
same group of related investment companies, has
net assets of $50 million or less as of the end of
its most recent fiscal year. 17 CFR 270.0–10.
650 We estimate that there are approximately 233
investment companies that may be considered
PO 00000
44797
In addition to small issuers, small
broker-dealers may be affected by the
rules. Paragraph (c)(1) of Rule 0–10 651
states that the term ‘‘small business’’ or
‘‘small organization,’’ when referring to
a broker-dealer, means a broker or
dealer that had total capital (net worth
plus subordinated liabilities) of less
than $500,000 on the date in the prior
fiscal year as of which its audited
financial statements were prepared
pursuant to § 240.17a–5(d); and is not
affiliated with any person (other than a
natural person) that is not a small
business or small organization. As of
2003, we estimated that there were
approximately 900 broker-dealers that
qualified as small entities as defined
above. To the extent a small brokerdealer participates in a securities
offering or prepares research reports, it
may be affected by the rules. Generally,
we believe larger broker-dealers engage
in these activities. We requested
comment on whether and how these
rules will affect small broker-dealers
and did not receive any responses.
For purposes of the rules, we
categorize issuers into tiers, consisting
of non-reporting issuers, unseasoned
issuers, seasoned issuers, and wellknown seasoned issuers. The first three
tiers of issuers are identified by preexisting criteria under the existing
federal securities laws. A non-reporting
issuer is an issuer that is not required
to file reports pursuant to Sections 13 or
15(d) of the Exchange Act.652 An
unseasoned issuer is an issuer that is
required to file reports pursuant to
Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange
Act, but does not satisfy the
requirements of Form S–3 or Form F–3
for a primary offering of its securities. A
seasoned issuer is an issuer that uses
Form S–3 or Form F–3 to register
offerings of securities.
Under the rules, a well-known
seasoned issuer will have the greatest
flexibility. The largest issuers are
followed by sophisticated institutional
and retail investors, members of the
financial press, and numerous sell-side
and buy-side analysts that actively seek
new information on a continual basis.
Unlike smaller or less mature issuers,
large, seasoned public issuers tend to
have a more regular dialogue with
investors and market participants
through the press and other media. The
646 See
647 17
Frm 00077
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
small entities. We believe the impact on these
investment companies will be minimal because
they generally are not covered by the new rules.
651 17 CFR 240.0–10(c)(1).
652 Under the rules, an issuer that is voluntarily
filing Exchange Act reports, but is not required to
do so, will be an unseasoned issuer for purposes of
the communications and procedural rules and rule
rules.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44798
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
communications of these well-known
seasoned issuers are subject to scrutiny
by investors, the financial press,
analysts, and others who evaluate
disclosure when it is made.
To the extent that some of these
reforms are designed for well-known
seasoned issuers, smaller issuers may
not benefit from all of the reforms to the
registration process. We believe,
however, that these potential unequal
effects are justified in order to ensure
that investors have access to required
information about all issuers. Therefore,
allowing smaller entities to take
advantage of all of the reforms to the
registration process may not address
issues of investor protection. The
reforms are not available to offerings by
a blank check company, offerings by a
shell company, and offerings of penny
stock by an issuer. These offerings are
more likely to be made by issuers that
are small issuers. We have excluded
these offerings from the reforms because
they pose the greatest risk of abuse of
the reforms.
To the extent the rules are not
available to smaller issuers, the
establishment of any differing
compliance or reporting requirements or
timetables or any exemptions for small
business issuers may not be in keeping
with the objectives of the rules. We
believe that the rules are a cost-effective
initial approach to address specific
concerns related to small entities.
D. Reporting, Recordkeeping, and Other
Compliance Requirements
The rules are expected to impact all
issuers raising capital and selling
security holder transactions that are
registered under the Securities Act, as
well as all issuers that file annual
reports on Exchange Act Form 10–K or
Form 20–F.
For smaller issuers, we are not
imposing any new restrictions on
communications. In fact, small issuers
will be able to take advantage of the new
bright-line rule permitting
communications more than 30 days
before filing a registration statement and
the clarification that they can continue
to make factual business
communications and, if they are
reporting companies, communications
of forward-looking information. Small
issuers, like larger issuers, will have to
file any free writing prospectus they
use. We requested comment on whether
issuers that file on Form 10–KSB, who
tend to be smaller issuers, should be
required to disclose risk factors in their
annual reports, and have decided not to
extend this requirement to these issuers.
Unlike larger companies that are
‘‘accelerated filers,’’ smaller issuers will
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
not be required to disclose outstanding
staff comments in their annual reports.
The rules also will affect brokerdealers participating in a registered
offering, as they will no longer be
required to deliver a final prospectus,
but will be able to send a notice of
allocation and notice of prospectus
availability. They also will be permitted
to prepare and use free writing
prospectuses. If a free writing is not
required to be filed publicly, the brokerdealer will have to retain copies of the
free writing prospectus for three years.
(Such retention requirements may
already exist in most cases). Finally, the
broker-dealer will be permitted to issue
research reports with respect to a
broader class of issuers and securities
than currently permitted.
E. Agency Action To Minimize Effect on
Small Entities
The Regulatory Flexibility Act directs
us to consider significant alternatives
that would accomplish the stated
objectives, while minimizing any
significant adverse impact on small
entities. In connection with the rules,
we considered the following
alternatives:
1. Establishing different compliance
or reporting requirements that take into
account the resources available to small
entities;
2. Clarifying, consolidating, or
simplifying compliance and reporting
obligations for small entities;
3. Using performance standards rather
than design standards; and
4. Including smaller entities in some
of the reforms.
We have considered a variety of
reforms to achieve our regulatory
objectives and, where possible, have
taken steps to minimize the effects of
the rules and amendments on small
entities. For example, we are not
requiring small business issuers to
include disclosure of risk factors or
unresolved staff comments in their
Exchange Act periodic reports. We are
liberalizing generally the restrictions
regarding communications around the
time of a Securities Act registered
offering of securities. As discussed
above, the flexibility will be greatest for
larger, more seasoned issuers; however,
the rules will provide greater flexibility
for all issuers, including small entities.
As we implement these changes, we
will consider the available information
to determine whether greater flexibility
is warranted, consistent with investor
protections. In this regard, we have
established an Advisory Committee on
Smaller Public Companies to examine
these and other related issues.
PO 00000
Frm 00078
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
XII. Statutory Authority—Text of the
Rules and Amendments
We are adopting the new rules and
amendments pursuant to Sections 7, 10,
19, 27A and 28 of the Securities Act, as
amended, Sections 3, 10, 12, 13, 15, 17,
21E, 23 and 36 of the Securities
Exchange Act, as amended, and
Sections 8, 24(a), 30, and 38 of the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended.
List of Subjects
17 CFR Part 200
Administrative practice and
procedure, Authority delegations
(Government agencies), Organization
and functions (Government agencies).
17 CFR Part 228
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, Securities, Small
businesses.
17 CFR Parts 229, 230, 239, 240, 243,
and 249
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, Securities.
17 CFR Part 274
Investment companies, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements, Securities.
I For the reasons set out in the preamble,
title 17, chapter II of the Code of Federal
Regulations is amended as follows:
PART 200—ORGANIZATION;
CONDUCT AND ETHICS; AND
INFORMATION AND REQUESTS
Subpart A—Organization and Program
Management
1. The authority citation for Part 200,
subpart A, continues to read, in part, as
follows:
I
Authority: 15 U.S.C. 77s, 77o, 77sss, 78d,
78d–1, 78d–2, 78w, 78ll(d), 78mm, 79t, 80a–
37, 80b–11, and 7202, unless otherwise
noted.
*
*
*
*
*
2. Amend § 200.30–1 to add
paragraphs (a)(9) and (a)(10) to read as
follows:
I
§ 200.30–1 Delegation of authority to
Director of Division of Corporation Finance.
*
*
*
*
*
(a) * * *
(9) To determine whether to object,
pursuant to Rule 401(g)(1)
(§ 230.401(g)(1) of this chapter), and to
notify issuers, pursuant to Rule
401(g)(2) (§ 230.401(g)(2) of this
chapter), of an objection to the use of an
automatic shelf registration as defined
in Rule 405 (§ 230.405 of this chapter)
or any post-effective amendment thereto
that becomes effective immediately
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
pursuant to Rule 462 (§ 230.462 of this
chapter).
(10) To authorize the granting or
denial of applications, upon a showing
of good cause, that it is not necessary
under the circumstances that the issuer
be considered an ineligible issuer as
defined in Rule 405.
*
*
*
*
*
PART 228—INTEGRATED
DISCLOSURE SYSTEM FOR SMALL
BUSINESS ISSUERS
3. The authority citation for part 228
continues to read in part as follows:
I
Authority: 15 U.S.C. 77e, 77f, 77g, 77h, 77j,
77k, 77s, 77z–2, 77z–3, 77aa(25), 77aa(26),
77ddd, 77eee, 77ggg, 77hhh, 77jjj, 77nnn,
77sss, 78l, 78m, 78n, 78o, 78u–5, 78w, 78ll,
78mm, 80a–8, 80a–29, 80a–30, 80a–37, 80b–
11, and 7201 et seq.; and 18 U.S.C. 1350.
*
*
*
*
*
I 4. Amend § 228.512 as follows:
I a. Revise the Note after paragraph
(a)(1)(iii);
I b. Add paragraph (a)(4); and
I c. Add paragraph (g).
The additions read as follows:
§ 228.512 (Item 512)
*
*
*
(a) * * *
*
Undertakings.
*
Notes to paragraph (a)(1):
1. Small business issuers do not need to
give the statements in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and
(a)(1)(ii) of this Item if the registration
statement is on Form S–8 (§ 239.16b of this
chapter), and the information required in a
post-effective amendment is incorporated by
reference from periodic reports filed by the
small business issuer under the Exchange
Act; and
2. Small business issuers do not need to
give the statements in paragraphs (a)(1)(i),
(a)(1)(ii), and (a)(1)(iii) of this Item if the
registration statement is on Form S–3
(§ 239.13 of this chapter) and the information
required in a post-effective amendment is
incorporated by reference from periodic
reports filed by the small business issuer
under the Exchange Act, or is contained in
a form of prospectus filed pursuant to Rule
424(b) (§ 230.424(b) of this chapter) that is
deemed part of and included in the
registration statement.
*
*
*
*
*
(4) For determining liability of the
undersigned small business issuer
under the Securities Act to any
purchaser in the initial distribution of
the securities, the undersigned small
business issuer undertakes that in a
primary offering of securities of the
undersigned small business issuer
pursuant to this registration statement,
regardless of the underwriting method
used to sell the securities to the
purchaser, if the securities are offered or
sold to such purchaser by means of any
of the following communications, the
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
undersigned small business issuer will
be a seller to the purchaser and will be
considered to offer or sell such
securities to such purchaser:
(i) Any preliminary prospectus or
prospectus of the undersigned small
business issuer relating to the offering
required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424
(§ 230.424 of this chapter);
(ii) Any free writing prospectus
relating to the offering prepared by or on
behalf of the undersigned small
business issuer or used or referred to by
the undersigned small business issuer;
(iii) The portion of any other free
writing prospectus relating to the
offering containing material information
about the undersigned small business
issuer or its securities provided by or on
behalf of the undersigned small
business issuer; and
(iv) Any other communication that is
an offer in the offering made by the
undersigned small business issuer to the
purchaser.
*
*
*
*
*
(g) That, for the purpose of
determining liability under the
Securities Act to any purchaser:
(1) If the small business issuer is
relying on Rule 430B (§ 230.430B of this
chapter):
(i) Each prospectus filed by the
undersigned small business issuer
pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3)
(§ 230.424(b)(3) of this chapter) shall be
deemed to be part of the registration
statement as of the date the filed
prospectus was deemed part of and
included in the registration statement;
and
(ii) Each prospectus required to be
filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5),
or (b)(7) (§ 230.424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7)
of this chapter) as part of a registration
statement in reliance on Rule 430B
relating to an offering made pursuant to
Rule 415(a)(1)(i), (vii), or (x)
(§ 230.415(a)(1)(i), (vii), or (x) of this
chapter) for the purpose of providing
the information required by section
10(a) of the Securities Act shall be
deemed to be part of and included in
the registration statement as of the
earlier of the date such form of
prospectus is first used after
effectiveness or the date of the first
contract of sale of securities in the
offering described in the prospectus. As
provided in Rule 430B, for liability
purposes of the issuer and any person
that is at that date an underwriter, such
date shall be deemed to be a new
effective date of the registration
statement relating to the securities in
the registration statement to which that
prospectus relates, and the offering of
such securities at that time shall be
PO 00000
Frm 00079
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44799
deemed to be the initial bona fide
offering thereof. Provided, however, that
no statement made in a registration
statement or prospectus that is part of
the registration statement or made in a
document incorporated or deemed
incorporated by reference into the
registration statement or prospectus that
is part of the registration statement will,
as to a purchaser with a time of contract
of sale prior to such effective date,
supersede or modify any statement that
was made in the registration statement
or prospectus that was part of the
registration statement or made in any
such document immediately prior to
such effective date; or
(2) If the small business issuer is
subject to Rule 430C (§ 230.430C of this
chapter), include the following:
Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule
424(b)(§ 230.424(b) of this chapter) as part of
a registration statement relating to an
offering, other than registration statements
relying on Rule 430B or other than
prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A
(§ 230.430A of this chapter), shall be deemed
to be part of and included in the registration
statement as of the date it is first used after
effectiveness. Provided, however, that no
statement made in a registration statement or
prospectus that is part of the registration
statement or made in a document
incorporated or deemed incorporated by
reference into the registration statement or
prospectus that is part of the registration
statement will, as to a purchaser with a time
of contract of sale prior to such first use,
supersede or modify any statement that was
made in the registration statement or
prospectus that was part of the registration
statement or made in any such document
immediately prior to such date of first use.
PART 229—STANDARD
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FILING FORMS
UNDER SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
AND ENERGY POLICY AND
CONSERVATION ACT OF 1975—
REGULATION S–K
5. The authority citation for part 229
continues to read in part as follows:
I
Authority: 15 U.S.C. 77e, 77f, 77g, 77h, 77j,
77k, 77s, 77z–2, 77z–3, 77aa(25), 77aa(26),
77ddd, 77eee, 77ggg, 77hhh, 77iii, 77jjj,
77nnn, 77sss, 78c, 78i, 78j, 78l, 78m, 78n,
78o, 78u–5, 78w, 78ll, 78mm, 79e, 79j, 79n,
79t, 80a–8, 80a–9, 80a–20, 80a–29, 80a–30,
80a–31(c), 80a–37, 80a–38(a), 80a–39, 80b–
11, and 7201 et seq.; and 18 U.S.C. 1350,
unless otherwise noted.
*
*
*
*
*
6. Amend § 229.512 as follows:
a. Revise the first proviso immediately
following paragraph (a)(1)(iii);
I b. Redesignate the second proviso
immediately following paragraph
(a)(1)(iii) as paragraph (a)(1)(iii)(C);
I c. Add paragraph (a)(5); and
I
I
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44800
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
d. Add paragraph (a)(6).
The revision and additions read as
follows:
I
§ 229.512
(Item 512) Undertakings.
(a) * * *
(1) * * *
(iii) * * *
Provided, however, That:
(A) Paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(1)(ii) of
this section do not apply if the
registration statement is on Form S–8
(§ 239.16b of this chapter), and the
information required to be included in
a post-effective amendment by those
paragraphs is contained in reports filed
with or furnished to the Commission by
the registrant pursuant to section 13 or
section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d))
that are incorporated by reference in the
registration statement; and
(B) Paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (a)(1)(ii) and
(a)(1)(iii) of this section do not apply if
the registration statement is on Form S–
3 (§ 239.13 of this chapter) or Form F–
3 (§ 239.33 of this chapter) and the
information required to be included in
a post-effective amendment by those
paragraphs is contained in reports filed
with or furnished to the Commission by
the registrant pursuant to section 13 or
section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 that are incorporated by
reference in the registration statement,
or is contained in a form of prospectus
filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)
(§ 230.424(b) of this chapter) that is part
of the registration statement.
*
*
*
*
*
(5) That, for the purpose of
determining liability under the
Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser:
(i) If the registrant is relying on Rule
430B (§ 230.430B of this chapter):
(A) Each prospectus filed by the
registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3)
(§ 230.424(b)(3) of this chapter) shall be
deemed to be part of the registration
statement as of the date the filed
prospectus was deemed part of and
included in the registration statement;
and
(B) Each prospectus required to be
filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5),
or (b)(7) (§ 230.424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7)
of this chapter) as part of a registration
statement in reliance on Rule 430B
relating to an offering made pursuant to
Rule 415(a)(1)(i), (vii), or (x)
(§ 230.415(a)(1)(i), (vii), or (x) of this
chapter) for the purpose of providing
the information required by section
10(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 shall
be deemed to be part of and included in
the registration statement as of the
earlier of the date such form of
prospectus is first used after
effectiveness or the date of the first
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
contract of sale of securities in the
offering described in the prospectus. As
provided in Rule 430B, for liability
purposes of the issuer and any person
that is at that date an underwriter, such
date shall be deemed to be a new
effective date of the registration
statement relating to the securities in
the registration statement to which that
prospectus relates, and the offering of
such securities at that time shall be
deemed to be the initial bona fide
offering thereof. Provided, however, that
no statement made in a registration
statement or prospectus that is part of
the registration statement or made in a
document incorporated or deemed
incorporated by reference into the
registration statement or prospectus that
is part of the registration statement will,
as to a purchaser with a time of contract
of sale prior to such effective date,
supersede or modify any statement that
was made in the registration statement
or prospectus that was part of the
registration statement or made in any
such document immediately prior to
such effective date; or
(ii) If the registrant is subject to Rule
430C (§ 230.430C of this chapter), each
prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)
as part of a registration statement
relating to an offering, other than
registration statements relying on Rule
430B or other than prospectuses filed in
reliance on Rule 430A (§ 230.430A of
this chapter), shall be deemed to be part
of and included in the registration
statement as of the date it is first used
after effectiveness. Provided, however,
that no statement made in a registration
statement or prospectus that is part of
the registration statement or made in a
document incorporated or deemed
incorporated by reference into the
registration statement or prospectus that
is part of the registration statement will,
as to a purchaser with a time of contract
of sale prior to such first use, supersede
or modify any statement that was made
in the registration statement or
prospectus that was part of the
registration statement or made in any
such document immediately prior to
such date of first use.
(6) That, for the purpose of
determining liability of the registrant
under the Securities Act of 1933 to any
purchaser in the initial distribution of
the securities:
The undersigned registrant
undertakes that in a primary offering of
securities of the undersigned registrant
pursuant to this registration statement,
regardless of the underwriting method
used to sell the securities to the
purchaser, if the securities are offered or
sold to such purchaser by means of any
of the following communications, the
PO 00000
Frm 00080
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
undersigned registrant will be a seller to
the purchaser and will be considered to
offer or sell such securities to such
purchaser:
(i) Any preliminary prospectus or
prospectus of the undersigned registrant
relating to the offering required to be
filed pursuant to Rule 424 (§ 230.424 of
this chapter);
(ii) Any free writing prospectus
relating to the offering prepared by or on
behalf of the undersigned registrant or
used or referred to by the undersigned
registrant;
(iii) The portion of any other free
writing prospectus relating to the
offering containing material information
about the undersigned registrant or its
securities provided by or on behalf of
the undersigned registrant; and
(iv) Any other communication that is
an offer in the offering made by the
undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
*
*
*
*
*
PART 230—GENERAL RULES AND
REGULATIONS, SECURITIES ACT OF
1933
7. The authority citation for part 230
continues to read in part as follows:
I
Authority: 15 U.S.C. 77b, 77c, 77d, 77f,
77g, 77h, 77j, 77r, 77s, 77z-3, 77sss, 78c, 78d,
78j, 78l, 78m, 78n, 78o, 78t, 78w, 78ll(d),
78mm, 79t, 80a–8, 80a–24, 80a–28, 80a–29,
80a–30, and 80a–37, unless otherwise noted.
*
I
*
*
*
*
8. Revise § 230.134 to read as follows:
§ 230.134 Communications not deemed a
prospectus.
Except as provided in paragraphs (e)
and (g) of this section, the terms
‘‘prospectus’’ as defined in section
2(a)(10) of the Act or ‘‘free writing
prospectus’’ as defined in Rule 405
(§ 230.405) shall not include a
communication limited to the
statements required or permitted by this
section, provided that the
communication is published or
transmitted to any person only after a
registration statement relating to the
offering that includes a prospectus
satisfying the requirements of section 10
of the Act (except as otherwise
permitted in paragraph (a) of this
section) has been filed.
(a) Such communication may include
any one or more of the following items
of information, which need not follow
the numerical sequence of this
paragraph, provided that, except as to
paragraphs (a)(4), (a)(5), (a)(6), and
(a)(17) of this section, the prospectus
included in the filed registration
statement does not have to include a
price range otherwise required by rule:
(1) Factual information about the legal
identity and business location of the
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
issuer limited to the following: the name
of the issuer of the security, the address,
phone number, and e-mail address of
the issuer’s principal offices and contact
for investors, the issuer’s country of
organization, and the geographic areas
in which it conducts business;
(2) The title of the security or
securities and the amount or amounts
being offered, which title may include a
designation as to whether the securities
are convertible, exercisable, or
exchangeable, and as to the ranking of
the securities;
(3) A brief indication of the general
type of business of the issuer, limited to
the following:
(i) In the case of a manufacturing
company, the general type of
manufacturing, the principal products
or classes of products manufactured,
and the segments in which the company
conducts business;
(ii) In the case of a public utility
company, the general type of services
rendered, a brief indication of the area
served, and the segments in which the
company conducts business;
(iii) In the case of an asset-backed
issuer, the identity of key parties, such
as sponsor, depositor, issuing entity,
servicer or servicers, and trustee, the
asset class of the transaction, and the
identity of any credit enhancement or
other support; and
(iv) In the case of any other type of
company, a corresponding statement;
(4) The price of the security, or if the
price is not known, the method of its
determination or the bona fide estimate
of the price range as specified by the
issuer or the managing underwriter or
underwriters;
(5) In the case of a fixed income
security, the final maturity and interest
rate provisions or, if the final maturity
or interest rate provisions are not
known, the probable final maturity or
interest rate provisions, as specified by
the issuer or the managing underwriter
or underwriters;
(6) In the case of a fixed income
security with a fixed (non-contingent)
interest rate provision, the yield or, if
the yield is not known, the probable
yield range, as specified by the issuer or
the managing underwriter or
underwriters and the yield of fixed
income securities with comparable
maturity and security rating as referred
to in paragraph (a)(17) of this section;
(7) A brief description of the intended
use of proceeds of the offering, if then
disclosed in the prospectus that is part
of the filed registration statement;
(8) The name, address, phone number,
and e-mail address of the sender of the
communication and the fact that it is
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
participating, or expects to participate,
in the distribution of the security;
(9) The type of underwriting, if then
included in the disclosure in the
prospectus that is part of the filed
registration statement;
(10) The names of underwriters
participating in the offering of the
securities, and their additional roles, if
any, within the underwriting syndicate;
(11) The anticipated schedule for the
offering (including the approximate date
upon which the proposed sale to the
public will begin) and a description of
marketing events (including the dates,
times, locations, and procedures for
attending or otherwise accessing them);
(12) A description of the procedures
by which the underwriters will conduct
the offering and the procedures for
transactions in connection with the
offering with the issuer or an
underwriter or participating dealer
(including procedures regarding
account-opening and submitting
indications of interest and conditional
offers to buy), and procedures regarding
directed share plans and other
participation in offerings by officers,
directors, and employees of the issuer;
(13) Whether, in the opinion of
counsel, the security is a legal
investment for savings banks,
fiduciaries, insurance companies, or
similar investors under the laws of any
State or Territory or the District of
Columbia, and the permissibility or
status of the investment under the
Employee Retirement Income Security
Act of 1974 [29 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.];
(14) Whether, in the opinion of
counsel, the security is exempt from
specified taxes, or the extent to which
the issuer has agreed to pay any tax with
respect to the security or measured by
the income therefrom;
(15) Whether the security is being
offered through rights issued to security
holders, and, if so, the class of securities
the holders of which will be entitled to
subscribe, the subscription ratio, the
actual or proposed record date, the date
upon which the rights were issued or
are expected to be issued, the actual or
anticipated date upon which they will
expire, and the approximate
subscription price, or any of the
foregoing;
(16) Any statement or legend required
by any state law or administrative
authority;
(17) With respect to the securities
being offered:
(i) Any security rating assigned, or
reasonably expected to be assigned, by
a nationally recognized statistical rating
organization as defined in Rule 15c3–
1(c)(2)(vi)(F) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 (§ 240.15c3–1(c)(2)(vi)(F) of
PO 00000
Frm 00081
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44801
this chapter) and the name or names of
the nationally recognized statistical
rating organization(s) that assigned or is
or are reasonably expected to assign the
rating(s); and
(ii) If registered on Form F–9 (§ 239.39
of this chapter), any security rating
assigned, or reasonably expected to be
assigned, by any other rating
organization specified in the Instruction
to paragraph A.(2) of General Instruction
I of Form F–9;
(18) The names of selling security
holders, if then disclosed in the
prospectus that is part of the filed
registration statement;
(19) The names of securities
exchanges or other securities markets
where any class of the issuer’s securities
are, or will be, listed;
(20) The ticker symbols, or proposed
ticker symbols, of the issuer’s securities;
(21) The CUSIP number as defined in
Rule 17Ad–19(a)(5) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (§ 240.17Ad–
19(a)(5) of this chapter) assigned to the
securities being offered; and
(22) Information disclosed in order to
correct inaccuracies previously
contained in a communication
permissibly made pursuant to this
section.
(b) Except as provided in paragraph
(c) of this section, every communication
used pursuant to this section shall
contain the following:
(1) If the registration statement has
not yet become effective, the following
statement:
A registration statement relating to these
securities has been filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission but has not yet
become effective. These securities may not be
sold nor may offers to buy be accepted prior
to the time the registration statement
becomes effective; and
(2) The name and address of a person
or persons from whom a written
prospectus for the offering meeting the
requirements of section 10 of the Act
(other than a free writing prospectus as
defined in Rule 405) including as to the
identified paragraphs above a price
range where required by rule, may be
obtained.
(c) Any of the statements or
information specified in paragraph (b) of
this section may, but need not, be
contained in a communication which:
(1) Does no more than state from
whom and include the uniform resource
locator (URL) where a written
prospectus meeting the requirements of
section 10 of the Act (other than a free
writing prospectus as defined in Rule
405) may be obtained, identify the
security, state the price thereof and state
by whom orders will be executed; or
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44802
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
(2) Is accompanied or preceded by a
prospectus or a summary prospectus,
other than a free writing prospectus as
defined in Rule 405, which meets the
requirements of section 10 of the Act,
including a price range where required
by rule, at the date of such preliminary
communication.
(d) A communication sent or
delivered to any person pursuant to this
section which is accompanied or
preceded by a prospectus which meets
the requirements of section 10 of the Act
(other than a free writing prospectus as
defined in Rule 405), including a price
range where required by rule, at the date
of such communication, may solicit
from the recipient of the communication
an offer to buy the security or request
the recipient to indicate whether he or
she might be interested in the security,
if the communication contains
substantially the following statement:
No offer to buy the securities can be
accepted and no part of the purchase price
can be received until the registration
statement has become effective, and any such
offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without
obligation or commitment of any kind, at any
time prior to notice of its acceptance given
after the effective date.
Provided, that such statement need not
be included in such a communication to
a dealer.
(e) A section 10 prospectus included
in any communication pursuant to this
section shall remain a prospectus for all
purposes under the Act.
(f) The provision in paragraphs (c)(2)
and (d) of this section that a prospectus
that meets the requirements of section
10 of the Act precede or accompany a
communication will be satisfied if such
communication is an electronic
communication containing an active
hyperlink to such prospectus.
(g) This section does not apply to a
communication relating to an
investment company registered under
the Investment Company Act of 1940
(15 U.S.C. 80a–1 et seq.) or a business
development company as defined in
section 2(a)(48) of the Investment
Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a–
2(a)(48))
I 9. Revise § 230.137 to read as follows:
§ 230.137 Publications or distributions of
research reports by brokers or dealers that
are not participating in an issuer’s
registered distribution of securities.
Under the following conditions, the
terms ‘‘offers,’’ ‘‘participates,’’ or
‘‘participation’’ in section 2(a)(11) of the
Act shall not be deemed to apply to the
publication or distribution of research
reports with respect to the securities of
an issuer which is the subject of an
offering pursuant to a registration
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
statement that the issuer proposes to
file, or has filed, or that is effective:
(a) The broker or dealer (and any
affiliate) that has distributed the report
and, if different, the person (and any
affiliate) that has published the report
have not participated, are not
participating, and do not propose to
participate in the distribution of the
securities that are or will be the subject
of the registered offering.
(b) In connection with the publication
or distribution of the research report,
the broker or dealer (and any affiliate)
that has distributed the report and, if
different, the person (and any affiliate)
that has published the report are not
receiving and have not received
consideration directly or indirectly
from, and are not acting under any
direct or indirect arrangement or
understanding with:
(1) The issuer of the securities;
(2) A selling security holder;
(3) Any participant in the distribution
of the securities that are or will be the
subject of the registration statement; or
(4) Any other person interested in the
securities that are or will be the subject
of the registration statement.
Instruction to § 230.137(b). This paragraph
(b) does not preclude payment of:
1. The regular price being paid by the
broker or dealer for independent research, so
long as the conditions of this paragraph (b)
are satisfied; or
2. The regular subscription or purchase
price for the research report.
(c) The broker or dealer publishes or
distributes the research report in the
regular course of its business.
(d) The issuer is not and during the
past three years neither the issuer nor
any of its predecessors was:
(1) A blank check company as defined
in Rule 419(a)(2) (§ 230.419(a)(2));
(2) A shell company, other than a
business combination related shell
company, each as defined in Rule 405
(§ 230.405); or
(3) An issuer for an offering of penny
stock as defined in Rule 3a51–1 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934
(§ 240.3a51–1 of this chapter).
(e) Definition of research report. For
purposes of this section, research report
means a written communication, as
defined in Rule 405, that includes
information, opinions, or
recommendations with respect to
securities of an issuer or an analysis of
a security or an issuer, whether or not
it provides information reasonably
sufficient upon which to base an
investment decision.
I 10. Revise § 230.138 to read as follows:
PO 00000
Frm 00082
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
§ 230.138 Publications or distributions of
research reports by brokers or dealers
about securities other than those they are
distributing.
(a) Registered offerings. Under the
following conditions, a broker’s or
dealer’s publication or distribution of
research reports about securities of an
issuer shall be deemed for purposes of
sections 2(a)(10) and 5(c) of the Act not
to constitute an offer for sale or offer to
sell a security which is the subject of an
offering pursuant to a registration
statement that the issuer proposes to
file, or has filed, or that is effective,
even if the broker or dealer is
participating or will participate in the
registered offering of the issuer’s
securities:
(1)(i) The research report relates
solely to the issuer’s common stock, or
debt securities or preferred stock
convertible into its common stock, and
the offering involves solely the issuer’s
non-convertible debt securities or nonconvertible, non-participating preferred
stock; or
(ii) The research report relates solely
to the issuer’s non-convertible debt
securities or non-convertible, nonparticipating preferred stock, and the
offering involves solely the issuer’s
common stock, or debt securities or
preferred stock convertible into its
common stock.
Instruction to paragraph (a)(1): If the issuer
has filed a shelf registration statement under
Rule 415(a)(1)(x) (§ 230.415(a)(1)(x)) or
pursuant to General Instruction I.D. of Form
S–3 or General Instruction I.C. of Form F–3
(§ 239.13 or § 239.33 of this chapter) with
respect to multiple classes of securities, the
conditions of paragraph (a)(1) of this section
must be satisfied for the offering in which the
broker or dealer is participating or will
participate.
(2) The issuer as of the date of
reliance on this section:
(i) Is required to file reports, and has
filed all periodic reports required during
the preceding 12 months (or such
shorter time that the issuer was required
to file such reports) on Forms 10–K
(§ 249.310 of this chapter), 10–KSB
(§ 249.310b of this chapter), 10–Q
(§ 249.308a of this chapter), 10–QSB
(§ 249.308b of this chapter), and 20–F
(§ 249.220f of this chapter) pursuant to
section 13 or section 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15
U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); or
(ii) Is a foreign private issuer that:
(A) Meets all of the registrant
requirements of Form F–3 other than the
reporting history provisions of General
Instructions I.A.1. and I.A.2(a) of Form
F–3;
(B) Either:
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
(1) Satisfies the public float threshold
in General Instruction I.B.1. of Form F–
3; or
(2) Is issuing non-convertible
investment grade securities meeting the
provisions of General Instruction I.B.2.
of Form F–3; and
(C) Either:
(1) Has its equity securities trading on
a designated offshore securities market
as defined in Rule 902(b) (§ 230.902(b))
and has had them so traded for at least
12 months; or
(2) Has a worldwide market value of
its outstanding common equity held by
non-affiliates of $700 million or more.
(3) The broker or dealer publishes or
distributes research reports on the types
of securities in question in the regular
course of its business; and
(4) The issuer is not, and during the
past three years neither the issuer nor
any of its predecessors was:
(i) A blank check company as defined
in Rule 419(a)(2) (§ 230.419(a)(2));
(ii) A shell company, other than a
business combination related shell
company, each as defined in Rule 405
(§ 230.405); or
(iii) An issuer for an offering of penny
stock as defined in Rule 3a51–1 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934
(§ 240.3a51–1 of this chapter).
(b) Rule 144A offerings. If the
conditions in paragraph (a) of this
section are satisfied, a broker’s or
dealer’s publication or distribution of a
research report shall not be considered
an offer for sale or an offer to sell a
security or general solicitation or
general advertising, in connection with
an offering relying on Rule 144A
(§ 230.144A).
(c) Regulation S offerings. If the
conditions in paragraph (a) of this
section are satisfied, a broker’s or
dealer’s publication or distribution of a
research report shall not:
(1) Constitute directed selling efforts
as defined in Rule 902(c) (§ 230.902(c))
for offerings under Regulation S
(§ 230.901 through § 230.905); or
(2) Be inconsistent with the offshore
transaction requirement in Rule 902(h)
(§ 230.902(h)) for offerings under
Regulation S.
(d) Definition of research report. For
purposes of this section, research report
means a written communication, as
defined in Rule 405, that includes
information, opinions, or
recommendations with respect to
securities of an issuer or an analysis of
a security or an issuer, whether or not
it provides information reasonably
sufficient upon which to base an
investment decision.
I 11. Revise § 230.139 to read as follows:
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
§ 230.139 Publications or distributions of
research reports by brokers or dealers
distributing securities.
(a) Registered offerings. Under the
conditions of paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of
this section, a broker’s or dealer’s
publication or distribution of a research
report about an issuer or any of its
securities shall be deemed for purposes
of sections 2(a)(10) and 5(c) of the Act
not to constitute an offer for sale or offer
to sell a security that is the subject of
an offering pursuant to a registration
statement that the issuer proposes to
file, or has filed, or that is effective,
even if the broker or dealer is
participating or will participate in the
registered offering of the issuer’s
securities:
(1) Issuer-specific research reports.
(i) The issuer either:
(A)(1) At the later of the time of filing
its most recent Form S–3 (§ 239.13 of
this chapter) or Form F–3 (§ 239.33 of
this chapter) or the time of its most
recent amendment to such registration
statement for purposes of complying
with section 10(a)(3) of the Act, meets
the registrant requirements of such
Form S–3 or Form F–3 and either at
such date meets the minimum float
provisions of General Instruction I.B.1
of such Forms or, at the date of reliance
on this section, is offering securities
meeting the requirements for the
offering of investment grade securities
pursuant to General Instruction I.B.2 of
Form S–3 or Form F–3; and
(2) As of the date of reliance on this
section, has filed all periodic reports
required during the preceding 12
months on Forms 10–K (§ 249.310 of
this chapter), 10–KSB (§ 249.310b of this
chapter), 10–Q (§ 249.308a of this
chapter), 10–QSB (§ 249.308b of this
chapter), and 20–F (§ 249.220f of this
chapter) pursuant to section 13 or
section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d));
or
(B) Is a foreign private issuer that as
of the date of reliance on this section:
(1) Meets all of the registrant
requirements of Form F–3 other than the
reporting history provisions of General
Instructions I.A.1. and I.A.2(a) of Form
F–3;
(2) Either:
(i) Satisfies the public float threshold
in General Instruction I.B.1. of Form F–
3; or
(ii) Is issuing non-convertible
investment grade securities meeting the
provisions of General Instruction I.B.2.
of Form F–3; and
(3) Either:
(i) Has its equity securities trading on
a designated offshore securities market
as defined in Rule 902(b) (§ 230.902(b))
PO 00000
Frm 00083
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44803
and has had them so traded for at least
12 months; or
(ii) Has a worldwide market value of
its outstanding common equity held by
non-affiliates of $700 million or more;
(ii) The issuer is not and during the
past three years neither the issuer nor
any of its predecessors was:
(A) A blank check company as
defined in Rule 419(a)(2)
(§ 230.419(a)(2));
(B) A shell company, other than a
business combination related shell
company, each as defined in Rule 405
(§ 230.405); or
(C) An issuer for an offering of penny
stock as defined in Rule 3a51–1 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934
(§ 240.3a51–1 of this chapter); and
(iii) The broker or dealer publishes or
distributes research reports in the
regular course of its business and such
publication or distribution does not
represent the initiation of publication of
research reports about such issuer or its
securities or reinitiation of such
publication following discontinuation of
publication of such research reports.
(2) Industry reports.
(i) The issuer is required to file
reports pursuant to section 13 or section
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 or satisfies the conditions in
paragraph (a)(1)(i)(B) of this section;
(ii) The condition in paragraph
(a)(1)(ii) of this section is satisfied;
(iii) The research report includes
similar information with respect to a
substantial number of issuers in the
issuer’s industry or sub-industry, or
contains a comprehensive list of
securities currently recommended by
the broker or dealer;
(iv) The analysis regarding the issuer
or its securities is given no materially
greater space or prominence in the
publication than that given to other
securities or issuers; and
(v) The broker or dealer publishes or
distributes research reports in the
regular course of its business and, at the
time of the publication or distribution of
the research report, is including similar
information about the issuer or its
securities in similar reports.
(b) Rule 144A offerings. If the
conditions in paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2)
of this section are satisfied, a broker’s or
dealer’s publication or distribution of a
research report shall not be considered
an offer for sale or an offer to sell a
security or general solicitation or
general advertising, in connection with
an offering relying on Rule 144A
(§ 230.144A).
(c) Regulation S offerings. If the
conditions in paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2)
of this section are satisfied, a broker’s or
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44804
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
dealer’s publication or distribution of a
research report shall not:
(1) Constitute directed selling efforts
as defined in Rule 902(c) (§ 230.902(c))
for offerings under Regulation S
(§§ 230.901 through 230.905); or
(2) Be inconsistent with the offshore
transaction requirement in Rule 902(h)
(§ 230.902(h)) for offerings under
Regulation S.
(d) Definition of research report. For
purposes of this section, research report
means a written communication, as
defined in Rule 405, that includes
information, opinions, or
recommendations with respect to
securities of an issuer or an analysis of
a security or an issuer, whether or not
it provides information reasonably
sufficient upon which to base an
investment decision.
Instruction to § 230.139.
Projections. A projection constitutes an
analysis or information falling within the
definition of research report. When a broker
or dealer publishes or distributes projections
of an issuer’s sales or earnings in reliance on
paragraph (a)(2) of this section, it must:
1. Have previously published or
distributed projections on a regular basis in
order to satisfy the ‘‘regular course of its
business’’ condition;
2. At the time of publishing or
disseminating a research report, be
publishing or distributing projections with
respect to that issuer; and
3. For purposes of paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of
this section, include projections covering the
same or similar periods with respect to either
a substantial number of issuers in the issuer’s
industry or sub-industry or substantially all
issuers represented in the comprehensive list
of securities contained in the research report.
§ 230.139a
[Amended]
12. Amend § 230.139a as follows:
a. Remove paragraph (c); and
b. Redesignate paragraphs (d) and (e)
as paragraphs (c) and (d).
I 13. Revise § 230.153 to read as follows:
I
I
I
§ 230.153 Definition of ‘‘preceded by a
prospectus’’ as used in section 5(b)(2) of
the Act, in relation to certain transactions.
(a) Definition of preceded by a
prospectus. The term preceded by a
prospectus as used in section 5(b)(2) of
the Act, regarding any requirement of a
broker or dealer to deliver a prospectus
to a broker or dealer as a result of a
transaction effected between such
parties on or through a national
securities exchange or facility thereof,
trading facility of a national securities
association, or an alternative trading
system, shall mean the satisfaction of
the conditions in paragraph (b) of this
section.
(b) Conditions. Any requirement of a
broker or dealer to deliver a prospectus
for transactions covered by paragraph
(a) of this section will be satisfied if:
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
(1) Securities of the same class as the
securities that are the subject of the
transaction are trading on that national
securities exchange or facility thereof,
trading facility of a national securities
association, or alternative trading
system;
(2) The registration statement relating
to the offering is effective and is not the
subject of any pending proceeding or
examination under section 8(d) or 8(e)
of the Act;
(3) Neither the issuer, nor any
underwriter or participating dealer is
the subject of a pending proceeding
under section 8A of the Act in
connection with the offering; and
(4) The issuer has filed or will file
with the Commission a prospectus that
satisfies the requirements of section
10(a) of the Act.
(c) Definitions.
(1) The term national securities
exchange, as used in this section, shall
mean a securities exchange registered as
a national securities exchange under
section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78f).
(2) The term trading facility, as used
in this section, shall mean a trading
facility sponsored and governed by the
rules of a registered securities
association or a national securities
exchange.
(3) The term alternative trading
system, as used in this section, shall
mean an alternative trading system as
defined in Rule 300(a) of Regulation
ATS under the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 (§ 242.300(a) of this chapter)
registered with the Commission
pursuant to Rule 301 of Regulation ATS
under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 (§ 242.301(a) of this chapter).
I 14. Amend § 230.158 to revise
paragraph (c) to read as follows:
§ 230.158 Definitions of certain terms in
the last paragraph of section 11(a).
*
*
*
*
*
(c) For purposes of the last paragraph
of section 11(a) of the Act only, the
effective date of the registration
statement is deemed to be the date of
the latest to occur of:
(1) The effective date of the
registration statement;
(2) The effective date of the last posteffective amendment to the registration
statement next preceding a particular
sale of the issuer’s registered securities
to the public filed for the purposes of:
(i) Including any prospectus required
by section 10(a)(3) of the Act; or
(ii) Reflecting in the prospectus any
facts or events arising after the effective
date of the registration statement (or the
most recent post-effective amendment
thereof) which, individually or in the
PO 00000
Frm 00084
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
aggregate, represent a fundamental
change in the information set forth in
the registration statement;
(3) The date of filing of the last report
of the issuer incorporated by reference
into the prospectus that is part of the
registration statement or the date that a
form of prospectus filed pursuant to
Rule 424(b) or Rule 497(b), (c), (d), or (e)
(§ 230.424(b) or § 230.497(b), (c), (d), or
(e)) is deemed part of and included in
the registration statement, and relied
upon in either case in lieu of filing a
post-effective amendment for purposes
of paragraphs (c)(2)(i) and (ii) of this
section next preceding a particular sale
of the issuer’s registered securities to the
public; or
(4) As to the issuer and any
underwriter at that time only, the most
recent effective date of the registration
statement for purposes of liability under
section 11 of the Act of the issuer and
any such underwriter only at the time
of or next preceding a particular sale of
the issuer’s registered securities to the
public determined pursuant to Rule
430B (§ 230.430B).
*
*
*
*
*
I 15. Add § 230.159 to read as follows:
§ 230.159 Information available to
purchaser at time of contract of sale.
(a) For purposes of section 12(a)(2) of
the Act only, and without affecting any
other rights a purchaser may have, for
purposes of determining whether a
prospectus or oral statement included
an untrue statement of a material fact or
omitted to state a material fact necessary
in order to make the statements, in the
light of the circumstances under which
they were made, not misleading at the
time of sale (including, without
limitation, a contract of sale), any
information conveyed to the purchaser
only after such time of sale (including
such contract of sale) will not be taken
into account.
(b) For purposes of section 17(a)(2) of
the Act only, and without affecting any
other rights the Commission may have
to enforce that section, for purposes of
determining whether a statement
includes or represents any untrue
statement of a material fact or any
omission to state a material fact
necessary in order to make the
statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading at the time of sale
(including, without limitation, a
contract of sale), any information
conveyed to the purchaser only after
such time of sale (including such
contract of sale) will not be taken into
account.
(c) For purposes of section 12(a)(2) of
the Act only, knowing of such untruth
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
or omission in respect of a sale
(including, without limitation, a
contract of sale), means knowing at the
time of such sale (including such
contract of sale).
16. Add § 230.159A to read as follows:
§ 230.159A Certain definitions for
purposes of section 12(a)(2) of the Act.
(a) Definition of seller for purposes of
section 12(a)(2) of the Act. For purposes
of section 12(a)(2) of the Act only, in a
primary offering of securities of the
issuer, regardless of the underwriting
method used to sell the issuer’s
securities, seller shall include the issuer
of the securities sold to a person as part
of the initial distribution of such
securities, and the issuer shall be
considered to offer or sell the securities
to such person, if the securities are
offered or sold to such person by means
of any of the following communications:
(1) Any preliminary prospectus or
prospectus of the issuer relating to the
offering required to be filed pursuant to
Rule 424 (§ 230.424) or Rule 497
(§ 230.497);
(2) Any free writing prospectus as
defined in Rule 405 (§ 230.405) relating
to the offering prepared by or on behalf
of the issuer or used or referred to by the
issuer and, in the case of an issuer that
is an open-end management company
registered under the Investment
Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a–1
et seq.), any profile relating to the
offering provided pursuant to Rule 498
(§ 230.498);
(3) The portion of any other free
writing prospectus (or, in the case of an
issuer that is an investment company
registered under the Investment
Company Act of 1940 or a business
development company as defined in
section 2(a)(48) of the Investment
Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a–
2(a)(48)), any advertisement pursuant to
Rule 482 (§ 230.482)) relating to the
offering containing material information
about the issuer or its securities
provided by or on behalf of the issuer;
and
(4) Any other communication that is
an offer in the offering made by the
issuer to such person.
Notes to paragraph (a) of Rule 159A.
1. For purposes of paragraph (a) of this
section, information is provided or a
communication is made by or on behalf of an
issuer if an issuer or an agent or
representative of the issuer authorizes or
approves the information or communication
before its provision or use. An offering
participant other than the issuer shall not be
an agent or representative of the issuer solely
by virtue of its acting as an offering
participant.
2. Paragraph (a) of this section shall not
affect in any respect the determination of
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
whether any person other than an issuer is
a ‘‘seller’’ for purposes of section 12(a)(2) of
the Act.
(b) Definition of by means of for
purposes of section 12(a)(2) of the Act.
(1) For purposes of section 12(a)(2) of
the Act only, an offering participant
other than the issuer shall not be
considered to offer or sell securities that
are the subject of a registration
statement by means of a free writing
prospectus as to a purchaser unless one
or more of the following circumstances
shall exist:
(i) The offering participant used or
referred to the free writing prospectus in
offering or selling the securities to the
purchaser;
(ii) The offering participant offered or
sold securities to the purchaser and
participated in planning for the use of
the free writing prospectus by one or
more other offering participants and
such free writing prospectus was used
or referred to in offering or selling
securities to the purchaser by one or
more of such other offering participants;
or
(iii) The offering participant was
required to file the free writing
prospectus pursuant to the conditions to
use in Rule 433 (§ 230.433).
(2) For purposes of section 12(a)(2) of
the Act only, a person will not be
considered to offer or sell securities by
means of a free writing prospectus
solely because another person has used
or referred to the free writing prospectus
or filed the free writing prospectus with
the Commission pursuant to Rule 433.
I 17. Add § 230.163 to read as follows:
§ 230.163 Exemption from section 5(c) of
the Act for certain communications by or on
behalf of well-known seasoned issuers.
Preliminary Note to § 230.163. Attempted
compliance with this section does not act as
an exclusive election and the issuer also may
claim the availability of any other applicable
exemption or exclusion. Reliance on this
section does not affect the availability of any
other exemption or exclusion from the
requirements of section 5 of the Act.
(a) In an offering by or on behalf of a
well-known seasoned issuer, as defined
in Rule 405 (§ 230.405), that will be or
is at the time intended to be registered
under the Act, an offer by or on behalf
of such issuer is exempt from the
prohibitions in section 5(c) of the Act on
offers to sell, offers for sale, or offers to
buy its securities before a registration
statement has been filed, provided that:
(1) Any written communication that is
an offer made in reliance on this
exemption will be a free writing
prospectus as defined in Rule 405 and
a prospectus under section 2(a)(10) of
PO 00000
Frm 00085
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44805
the Act relating to a public offering of
securities to be covered by the
registration statement to be filed; and
(2) The exemption from section 5(c) of
the Act provided in this section for such
written communication that is an offer
shall be conditioned on satisfying the
conditions in paragraph (b) of this
section.
(b) Conditions. (1) Legend. (i) Every
written communication that is an offer
made in reliance on this exemption
shall contain substantially the following
legend:
The issuer may file a registration statement
(including a prospectus) with the SEC for the
offering to which this communication relates.
Before you invest, you should read the
prospectus in that registration statement and
other documents the issuer has filed with the
SEC for more complete information about the
issuer and this offering. You may get these
documents for free by visiting EDGAR on the
SEC Web site at www.sec.gov. Alternatively,
the company will arrange to send you the
prospectus after filing if you request it by
calling toll-free 1–8[xx-xxx-xxxx].
(ii) The legend also may provide an email address at which the documents
can be requested and may indicate that
the documents also are available by
accessing the issuer’s Web site, and
provide the Internet address and the
particular location of the documents on
the Web site.
(iii) An immaterial or unintentional
failure to include the specified legend in
a free writing prospectus required by
this section will not result in a violation
of section 5(c) of the Act or the loss of
the ability to rely on this section so long
as:
(A) A good faith and reasonable effort
was made to comply with the specified
legend condition;
(B) The free writing prospectus is
amended to include the specified legend
as soon as practicable after discovery of
the omitted or incorrect legend; and
(C) If the free writing prospectus has
been transmitted without the specified
legend, the free writing prospectus is
retransmitted with the legend by
substantially the same means as, and
directed to substantially the same
prospective purchasers to whom, the
free writing prospectus was originally
transmitted.
(2) Filing condition. (i) Subject to
paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section, every
written communication that is an offer
made in reliance on this exemption
shall be filed by the issuer with the
Commission promptly upon the filing of
the registration statement, if one is filed,
or an amendment, if one is filed,
covering the securities that have been
offered in reliance on this exemption.
(ii) The condition that an issuer shall
file a free writing prospectus with the
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44806
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
Commission under this section shall not
apply in respect of any communication
that has previously been filed with, or
furnished to, the Commission or that the
issuer would not be required to file with
the Commission pursuant to the
conditions of Rule 433 (§ 230.433) if the
communication was a free writing
prospectus used after the filing of the
registration statement. The condition
that the issuer shall file a free writing
prospectus with the Commission under
this section shall be satisfied if the
issuer satisfies the filing conditions
(other than timing of filing which is
provided in this section) that would
apply under Rule 433 if the
communication was a free writing
prospectus used after the filing of the
registration statement.
(iii) An immaterial or unintentional
failure to file or delay in filing a free
writing prospectus to the extent
provided in this section will not result
in a violation of section 5(c) of the Act
or the loss of the ability to rely on this
section so long as:
(A) A good faith and reasonable effort
was made to comply with the filing
condition; and
(B) The free writing prospectus is
filed as soon as practicable after
discovery of the failure to file.
(3) Ineligible offerings. The exemption
in paragraph (a) of this section shall not
be available to:
(i) Communications relating to
business combination transactions that
are subject to Rule 165 (§ 230.165) or
Rule 166 (§ 230.166);
(ii) Communications by an issuer that
is an investment company registered
under the Investment Company Act of
1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a–1 et seq.); or
(iii) Communications by an issuer that
is a business development company as
defined in section 2(a)(48) of the
Investment Company Act of 1940 (15
U.S.C. 80a–2(a)(48)).
(c) For purposes of this section, a
communication is made by or on behalf
of an issuer if the issuer or an agent or
representative of the issuer, other than
an offering participant who is an
underwriter or dealer, authorizes or
approves the communication before it is
made.
(d) For purposes of this section, a
communication for which disclosure
would be required under section 17(b)
of the Act as a result of consideration
given or to be given, directly or
indirectly, by or on behalf of an issuer
is deemed to be an offer by the issuer
and, if a written communication, is
deemed to be a free writing prospectus
of the issuer.
(e) A communication exempt from
section 5(c) of the Act pursuant to this
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
section will not be considered to be in
connection with a securities offering
registered under the Securities Act for
purposes of Rule 100(b)(2)(iv) of
Regulation FD under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934
(§ 243.100(b)(2)(iv) of this chapter).
I 18. Add § 230.163A to read as follows:
§ 230.163A Exemption from section 5(c) of
the Act for certain communications made
by or on behalf of issuers more than 30
days before a registration statement is filed.
Preliminary Note to § 230.163A.
Attempted compliance with this section does
not act as an exclusive election and the issuer
also may claim the availability of any other
applicable exemption or exclusion. Reliance
on this section does not affect the availability
of any other exemption or exclusion from the
requirements of section 5 of the Act.
(a) Except as excluded pursuant to
paragraph (b) of this section, in all
registered offerings by issuers, any
communication made by or on behalf of
an issuer more than 30 days before the
date of the filing of the registration
statement that does not reference a
securities offering that is or will be the
subject of a registration statement shall
not constitute an offer to sell, offer for
sale, or offer to buy the securities being
offered under the registration statement
for purposes of section 5(c) of the Act,
provided that the issuer takes
reasonable steps within its control to
prevent further distribution or
publication of such communication
during the 30 days immediately
preceding the date of filing the
registration statement.
(b) The exemption in paragraph (a) of
this section shall not be available with
respect to the following
communications:
(1) Communications relating to
business combination transactions that
are subject to Rule 165 (§ 230.165) or
Rule 166 (§ 230.166);
(2) Communications made in
connection with offerings registered on
Form S–8 (§ 239.16b of this chapter),
other than by well-known seasoned
issuers;
(3) Communications in offerings of
securities of an issuer that is, or during
the past three years was (or any of
whose predecessors during the last three
years was):
(i) A blank check company as defined
in Rule 419(a)(2) (§ 230.419(a)(2));
(ii) A shell company, other than a
business combination related shell
company, each as defined in Rule 405
(§ 230.405); or
(iii) An issuer for an offering of penny
stock as defined in Rule 3a51–1 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934
(§ 240.3a51–1 of this chapter); or
PO 00000
Frm 00086
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(4) Communications made by an
issuer that is:
(i) An investment company registered
under the Investment Company Act of
1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a–1 et seq.); or
(ii) A business development company
as defined in section 2(a)(48) of the
Investment Company Act of 1940 (15
U.S.C. 80a–2(a)(48)).
(c) For purposes of this section, a
communication is made by or on behalf
of an issuer if the issuer or an agent or
representative of the issuer, other than
an offering participant who is an
underwriter or dealer, authorizes or
approves the communication before it is
made.
(d) A communication exempt from
section 5(c) of the Act pursuant to this
section will not be considered to be in
connection with a securities offering
registered under the Securities Act for
purposes of Rule 100(b)(2)(iv) of
Regulation FD under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934
(§ 243.100(b)(2)(iv) of this chapter).
I 19. Add § 230.164 to read as follows:
§ 230.164 Post-filing free writing
prospectuses in connection with certain
registered offerings.
Preliminary Notes to § 230.164.
1. This section is not available for any
communication that, although in technical
compliance with this section, is part of a plan
or scheme to evade the requirements of
section 5 of the Act.
2. Attempted compliance with this section
does not act as an exclusive election and the
person relying on this section also may claim
the availability of any other applicable
exemption or exclusion. Reliance on this
section does not affect the availability of any
other exemption or exclusion from the
requirements of section 5 of the Act.
(a) In connection with a registered
offering of an issuer meeting the
requirements of this section, a free
writing prospectus, as defined in Rule
405 (§ 230.405), of the issuer or any
other offering participant, including any
underwriter or dealer, after the filing of
the registration statement will be a
section 10(b) prospectus for purposes of
section 5(b)(1) of the Act provided that
the conditions set forth in Rule 433
(§ 230.433) are satisfied.
(b) An immaterial or unintentional
failure to file or delay in filing a free
writing prospectus as necessary to
satisfy the filing conditions contained in
Rule 433 will not result in a violation
of section 5(b)(1) of the Act or the loss
of the ability to rely on this section so
long as:
(1) A good faith and reasonable effort
was made to comply with the filing
condition; and
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
(2) The free writing prospectus is filed
as soon as practicable after discovery of
the failure to file.
(c) An immaterial or unintentional
failure to include the specified legend in
a free writing prospectus as necessary to
satisfy the legend condition contained
in Rule 433 will not result in a violation
of section 5(b)(1) of the Act or the loss
of the ability to rely on this section so
long as:
(1) A good faith and reasonable effort
was made to comply with the legend
condition;
(2) The free writing prospectus is
amended to include the specified legend
as soon as practicable after discovery of
the omitted or incorrect legend; and
(3) If the free writing prospectus has
been transmitted without the specified
legend, the free writing prospectus must
be retransmitted with the legend by
substantially the same means as, and
directed to substantially the same
prospective purchasers to whom, the
free writing prospectus was originally
transmitted.
(d) Solely for purposes of this section,
an immaterial or unintentional failure to
retain a free writing prospectus as
necessary to satisfy the record retention
condition contained in Rule 433 will
not result in a violation of section
5(b)(1) of the Act or the loss of the
ability to rely on this section so long as
a good faith and reasonable effort was
made to comply with the record
retention condition. Nothing in this
paragraph will affect, however, any
other record retention provisions
applicable to the issuer or any offering
participant.
(e) Ineligible issuers. (1) This section
and Rule 433 are available only if at the
eligibility determination date for the
offering in question, determined
pursuant to paragraph (h) of this
section, the issuer is not an ineligible
issuer as defined in Rule 405 (or in the
case of any offering participant, other
than the issuer, the participant has a
reasonable belief that the issuer is not
an ineligible issuer);
(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (e)(1)
of this section, this section and Rule 433
are available to an ineligible issuer with
respect to a free writing prospectus that
contains only descriptions of the terms
of the securities in the offering or the
offering (or in the case of an offering of
asset-backed securities, contains only
information specified in paragraphs
(a)(1), (2), (3), (4), (6), (7), and (8) of the
definition of ABS informational and
computational materials in Item 1101 of
Regulation AB (§ 229.1101 of this
chapter), unless the issuer is or during
the last three years the issuer or any of
its predecessors was:
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
(i) A blank check company as defined
in Rule 419(a)(2) (§ 230.419(a)(2));
(ii) A shell company, other than a
business combination related shell
company, as defined in Rule 405; or
(iii) An issuer for an offering of penny
stock as defined in Rule 3a51–1 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934
(§ 240.3a51–1 of this chapter).
(f) Excluded issuers. This section and
Rule 433 are not available if the issuer
is an investment company registered
under the Investment Company Act of
1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a–1 et seq.) or a
business development company as
defined in section 2(a)(48) of the
Investment Company Act of 1940 (15
U.S.C. 80a–2(a)(48)).
(g) Excluded offerings. This section
and Rule 433 are not available if the
issuer is registering a business
combination transaction as defined in
Rule 165(f)(1) (§ 230.165(f)(1)) or the
issuer, other than a well-known
seasoned issuer, is registering an
offering on Form S–8 (§ 239.16b of this
chapter).
(h) For purposes of this section and
Rule 433, the determination date as to
whether an issuer is an ineligible issuer
in respect of an offering shall be:
(1) Except as provided in paragraph
(h)(2) of this section, the time of filing
of the registration statement covering
the offering; or
(2) If the offering is being registered
pursuant to Rule 415 (§ 230.415), the
earliest time after the filing of the
registration statement covering the
offering at which the issuer, or in the
case of an underwritten offering the
issuer or another offering participant,
makes a bona fide offer, including
without limitation through the use of a
free writing prospectus, in the offering.
I 20. Add § 230.168 to read as follows:
§ 230.168 Exemption from sections
2(a)(10) and 5(c) of the Act for certain
communications of regularly released
factual business information and forwardlooking information
Preliminary Notes to § 230.168.
1. This section is not available for any
communication that, although in technical
compliance with this section, is part of a plan
or scheme to evade the requirements of
section 5 of the Act.
2. This section provides a non-exclusive
safe harbor for factual business information
and forward-looking information released or
disseminated as provided in this section.
Attempted compliance with this section does
not act as an exclusive election and the issuer
also may claim the availability of any other
applicable exemption or exclusion. Reliance
on this section does not affect the availability
of any other exemption or exclusion from the
definition of prospectus in section 2(a)(10) or
the requirements of section 5 of the Act.
PO 00000
Frm 00087
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44807
3. The availability of this section for a
release or dissemination of a communication
that contains or incorporates factual business
information or forward-looking information
will not be affected by another release or
dissemination of a communication that
contains all or a portion of the same factual
business information or forward-looking
information that does not satisfy the
conditions of this section.
(a) For purposes of sections 2(a)(10)
and 5(c) of the Act, the regular release
or dissemination by or on behalf of an
issuer (and, in the case of an assetbacked issuer, the other persons
specified in paragraph (a)(3) of this
section) of communications containing
factual business information or forwardlooking information shall be deemed not
to constitute an offer to sell or offer for
sale of a security which is the subject of
an offering pursuant to a registration
statement that the issuer proposes to
file, or has filed, or that is effective, if
the conditions of this section are
satisfied by any of the following:
(1) An issuer that is required to file
reports pursuant to section 13 or section
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d));
(2) A foreign private issuer that:
(i) Meets all of the registrant
requirements of Form F–3 (§ 239.33 of
this chapter) other than the reporting
history provisions of General
Instructions I.A.1. and I.A.2.(a) of Form
F–3;
(ii) Either:
(A) Satisfies the public float threshold
in General Instruction I.B.1. of Form F–
3; or
(B) Is issuing non-convertible
investment grade securities meeting the
provisions of General Instruction I.B.2.
of Form F–3; and
(iii) Either:
(A) Has its equity securities trading on
a designated offshore securities market
as defined in Rule 902(b) (§ 230.902(b))
and has had them so traded for at least
12 months; or
(B) Has a worldwide market value of
its outstanding common equity held by
non-affiliates of $700 million or more;
or
(3) An asset-backed issuer or a
depositor, sponsor, or servicer (as such
terms are defined in Item 1101 of
Regulation AB (§ 229.1101 of this
chapter)) or an affiliated depositor,
whether or not such other person is the
issuer.
(b) Definitions.
(1) Factual business information
means some or all of the following
information that is released or
disseminated under the conditions in
paragraph (d) of this section, including,
without limitation, such factual
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44808
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
business information contained in
reports or other materials filed with,
furnished to, or submitted to the
Commission pursuant to the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a et
seq.):
(i) Factual information about the
issuer, its business or financial
developments, or other aspects of its
business;
(ii) Advertisements of, or other
information about, the issuer’s products
or services; and
(iii) Dividend notices.
(2) Forward-looking information
means some or all of the following
information that is released or
disseminated under the conditions in
paragraph (d) of this section, including,
without limitation, such forwardlooking information contained in
reports or other materials filed with,
furnished to, or submitted to the
Commission pursuant to the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934:
(i) Projections of the issuer’s revenues,
income (loss), earnings (loss) per share,
capital expenditures, dividends, capital
structure, or other financial items;
(ii) Statements about the issuer
management’s plans and objectives for
future operations, including plans or
objectives relating to the products or
services of the issuer;
(iii) Statements about the issuer’s
future economic performance, including
statements of the type contemplated by
the management’s discussion and
analysis of financial condition and
results of operation described in Item
303 of Regulations S–B and S–K
(§ 228.303 and § 229.303 of this chapter)
or the operating and financial review
and prospects described in Item 5 of
Form 20–F (§ 249.220f of this chapter);
and
(iv) Assumptions underlying or
relating to any of the information
described in paragraphs (b)(2)(i),
(b)(2)(ii) and (b)(2)(iii) of this section.
(3) For purposes of this section, the
release or dissemination of a
communication is by or on behalf of the
issuer if the issuer or an agent or
representative of the issuer, other than
an offering participant who is an
underwriter or dealer, authorizes or
approves such release or dissemination
before it is made.
(4) For purposes of this section, in the
case of communications of a person
specified in paragraph (a)(3) of this
section other than the asset-backed
issuer, the release or dissemination of a
communication is by or on behalf of
such other person if such other person
or its agent or representative, other than
an underwriter or dealer, authorizes or
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
approves such release or dissemination
before it is made.
(c) Exclusion. A communication
containing information about the
registered offering or released or
disseminated as part of the offering
activities in the registered offering is
excluded from the exemption of this
section.
(d) Conditions to exemption. The
following conditions must be satisfied:
(1) The issuer (or in the case of an
asset-backed issuer, the issuer and the
other persons specified in paragraph
(a)(3) of this section, taken together) has
previously released or disseminated
information of the type described in this
section in the ordinary course of its
business;
(2) The timing, manner, and form in
which the information is released or
disseminated is consistent in material
respects with similar past releases or
disseminations; and
(3) The issuer is not an investment
company registered under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 (15
U.S.C. 80a–1 et seq.) or a business
development company as defined in
section 2(a)(48) of the Investment
Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a–
2(a)(48)).
I 21. Add § 230.169 to read as follows:
§ 230.169 Exemption from sections
2(a)(10) and 5(c) of the Act for certain
communications of regularly released
factual business information.
Preliminary Notes to § 230.169.
1. This section is not available for any
communication that, although in technical
compliance with this section, is part of a plan
or scheme to evade the requirements of
section 5 of the Act.
2. This section provides a non-exclusive
safe harbor for factual business information
released or disseminated as provided in this
section. Attempted compliance with this
section does not act as an exclusive election
and the issuer also may claim the availability
of any other applicable exemption or
exclusion. Reliance on this section does not
affect the availability of any other exemption
or exclusion from the definition of
prospectus in section 2(a)(10) or the
requirements of section 5 of the Act.
3. The availability of this section for a
release or dissemination of a communication
that contains or incorporates factual business
information will not be affected by another
release or dissemination of a communication
that contains all or a portion of the same
factual business information that does not
satisfy the conditions of this section.
(a) For purposes of sections 2(a)(10)
and 5(c) of the Act, the regular release
or dissemination by or on behalf of an
issuer of communications containing
factual business information shall be
deemed not to constitute an offer to sell
or offer for sale of a security by an issuer
PO 00000
Frm 00088
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
which is the subject of an offering
pursuant to a registration statement that
the issuer proposes to file, or has filed,
or that is effective, if the conditions of
this section are satisfied.
(b) Definitions.
(1) Factual business information
means some or all of the following
information that is released or
disseminated under the conditions in
paragraph (d) of this section:
(i) Factual information about the
issuer, its business or financial
developments, or other aspects of its
business; and
(ii) Advertisements of, or other
information about, the issuer’s products
or services.
(2) For purposes of this section, the
release or dissemination of a
communication is by or on behalf of the
issuer if the issuer or an agent or
representative of the issuer, other than
an offering participant who is an
underwriter or dealer, authorizes or
approves such release or dissemination
before it is made.
(c) Exclusions. A communication
containing information about the
registered offering or released or
disseminated as part of the offering
activities in the registered offering is
excluded from the exemption of this
section.
(d) Conditions to exemption. The
following conditions must be satisfied:
(1) The issuer has previously released
or disseminated information of the type
described in this section in the ordinary
course of its business;
(2) The timing, manner, and form in
which the information is released or
disseminated is consistent in material
respects with similar past releases or
disseminations;
(3) The information is released or
disseminated for intended use by
persons, such as customers and
suppliers, other than in their capacities
as investors or potential investors in the
issuer’s securities, by the issuer’s
employees or agents who historically
have provided such information; and
(4) The issuer is not an investment
company registered under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 (15
U.S.C. 80a–1 et seq.) or a business
development company as defined in
section 2(a)(48) of the Investment
Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a–
2(a)(48)).
I 22. Add § 230.172 to read as follows:
§ 230.172
Delivery of prospectuses.
(a) Sending confirmations and notices
of allocations. After the effective date of
a registration statement, the following
are exempt from the provisions of
section 5(b)(1) of the Act if the
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
conditions set forth in paragraph (c) of
this section are satisfied:
(1) Written confirmations of sales of
securities in an offering pursuant to a
registration statement that contain
information limited to that called for in
Rule 10b–10 under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (§ 240.10b–10 of
this chapter) and other information
customarily included in written
confirmations of sales of securities,
which may include notices provided
pursuant to Rule 173 (§ 230.173); and
(2) Notices of allocation of securities
sold or to be sold in an offering
pursuant to the registration statement
that may include information
identifying the securities (including the
CUSIP number) and otherwise may
include only information regarding
pricing, allocation and settlement, and
information incidental thereto.
(b) Transfer of the security. Any
obligation under section 5(b)(2) of the
Act to have a prospectus that satisfies
the requirements of section 10(a) of the
Act precede or accompany the carrying
or delivery of a security in a registered
offering is satisfied if the conditions in
paragraph (c) of this section are met.
(c) Conditions. (1) The registration
statement relating to the offering is
effective and is not the subject of any
pending proceeding or examination
under section 8(d) or 8(e) of the Act;
(2) Neither the issuer, nor an
underwriter or participating dealer is
the subject of a pending proceeding
under section 8A of the Act in
connection with the offering; and
(3) The issuer has filed with the
Commission a prospectus with respect
to the offering that satisfies the
requirements of section 10(a) of the Act
or the issuer will make a good faith and
reasonable effort to file such a
prospectus within the time required
under Rule 424 (§ 230.424) and, in the
event that the issuer fails to file timely
such a prospectus, the issuer files the
prospectus as soon as practicable
thereafter.
(4) The condition in paragraph (c)(3)
of this section shall not apply to
transactions by dealers requiring
delivery of a final prospectus pursuant
to section 4(3) of the Act.
(d) Exclusions. This section shall not
apply to any:
(1) Offering of any investment
company registered under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 (15
U.S.C. 80a–1 et seq.);
(2) Offering of any business
development company as defined in
section 2(a)(48) of the Investment
Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a–
2(a)(48));
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
(3) A business combination
transaction as defined in Rule 165(f)(1)
(§ 230.165(f)(1); or
(4) Offering registered on Form S–8
(§ 239.16b of this chapter).
I 23. Add § 230.173 to read as follows:
§ 230.173
Notice of registration.
(a) In a transaction that represents a
sale by the issuer or an underwriter, or
a sale where there is not an exclusion
or exemption from the requirement to
deliver a final prospectus meeting the
requirements of section 10(a) of the Act
pursuant to section 4(3) of the Act or
Rule 174 (§ 230.174), each underwriter
or dealer selling in such transaction
shall provide to each purchaser from it,
not later than two business days
following the completion of such sale, a
copy of the final prospectus or, in lieu
of such prospectus, a notice to the effect
that the sale was made pursuant to a
registration statement or in a transaction
in which a final prospectus would have
been required to have been delivered in
the absence of Rule 172 (§ 230.172).
(b) If the sale was by the issuer and
was not effected by or through an
underwriter or dealer, the responsibility
to send a prospectus, or in lieu of such
prospectus, such notice as set forth in
paragraph (a) of this section, shall be the
issuer’s.
(c) Compliance with the requirements
of this section is not a condition to
reliance on Rule 172.
(d) A purchaser may request from the
person responsible for sending a notice
a copy of the final prospectus if one has
not been sent.
(e) After the effective date of the
registration statement with respect to an
offering, notices as set forth in
paragraph (a) of this section, are exempt
from the provisions of section 5(b)(1) of
the Act.
(f) Exclusions. This section shall not
apply to any:
(1) Transaction solely between
brokers or dealers in reliance on Rule
153 (§ 230.153);
(2) Offering of any investment
company registered under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 (15
U.S.C. 80a–1 et seq.);
(3) Offering of any business
development company as defined in
section 2(a)(48) of the Investment
Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a–
2(a)(48));
(4) A business combination
transaction as defined in Rule 165(f)(1)
(§ 230.165(f)(1)); or
(5) Offering registered on Form S–8
(§ 239.16b of this chapter).
I 24. Amend § 230.174 by removing the
authority citations following the section
and adding paragraph (h) to read as
follows:
PO 00000
Frm 00089
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44809
§ 230.174 Delivery of prospectus by
dealers; exemptions under section 4(3) of
the Act.
*
*
*
*
*
(h) Any obligation pursuant to Section
4(3) of the Act and this section to
deliver a prospectus, other than
pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section,
may be satisfied by compliance with the
provisions of Rule 172 (§ 230.172).
I 25. Amend § 230.401 by removing the
authority citations following the section
and revising paragraph (g) to read as
follows:
§ 230.401
Requirements as to proper form.
*
*
*
*
*
(g)(1) Subject to paragraph (g)(2) of
this section, except for registration
statements and post-effective
amendments that become effective
immediately pursuant to Rule 462 and
Rule 464 (§ 230.462 and § 230.464), a
registration statement or any
amendment thereto is deemed filed on
the proper registration form unless the
Commission objects to the registration
form before the effective date.
(2) An automatic shelf registration
statement as defined in Rule 405
(§ 230.405) and any post-effective
amendment thereto are deemed filed on
the proper registration form unless and
until the Commission notifies the issuer
of its objection to the use of such form.
Following any such notification, the
issuer must amend its automatic shelf
registration statement onto the
registration form it is then eligible to
use, provided, however, that any
continuous offering of securities
pursuant to Rule 415 (§ 230.415) that the
issuer has commenced pursuant to the
registration statement before the
Commission has notified the issuer of
its objection to the use of such form may
continue until the effective date of a
new registration statement or posteffective amendment to the registration
statement that the issuer has filed on the
proper registration form, if the issuer
files promptly after notification the new
registration statement or post-effective
amendment and if the offering is
permitted to be made under the new
registration statement or post-effective
amendment.
I 26. Amend § 230.405 as follows:
I a. Add new definitions of ‘‘automatic
shelf registration statement,’’ ‘‘free
writing prospectus,’’ ‘‘ineligible issuer,’’
‘‘well-known seasoned issuer,’’ and
‘‘written communication,’’ in
alphabetical order; and
I b. Revise the definition of ‘‘graphic
communication.’’
The additions and revision read as
follows:
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44810
§ 230.405
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
Definition of terms.
*
*
*
*
*
Automatic shelf registration
statement. The term automatic shelf
registration statement means a
registration statement filed on Form S–
3 or Form F–3 (§ 239.13 or § 239.33 of
this chapter) by a well-known seasoned
issuer pursuant to General Instruction
I.D. or I.C. of such forms, respectively.
*
*
*
*
*
Free writing prospectus. Except as
otherwise specifically provided or the
context otherwise requires, a free
writing prospectus is any written
communication as defined in this
section that constitutes an offer to sell
or a solicitation of an offer to buy the
securities relating to a registered
offering that is used after the registration
statement in respect of the offering is
filed (or, in the case of a well-known
seasoned issuer, whether or not such
registration statement is filed) and is
made by means other than:
(1) A prospectus satisfying the
requirements of section 10(a) of the Act,
Rule 430 (§ 230.430), Rule 430A
(§ 230.430A), Rule 430B (§ 230.430B),
Rule 430C (§ 230.430C), or Rule 431
(§ 230.431);
(2) A written communication used in
reliance on Rule 167 and Rule 426
(§ 230.167 and § 230.426); or
(3) A written communication that
constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation
of an offer to buy such securities that
falls within the exception from the
definition of prospectus in clause (a) of
section 2(a)(10) of the Act.
Graphic communication. The term
graphic communication, which appears
in the definition of ‘‘write, written’’ in
section 2(a)(9) of the Act and in the
definition of written communication in
this section, shall include all forms of
electronic media, including, but not
limited to, audiotapes, videotapes,
facsimiles, CD–ROM, electronic mail,
Internet Web sites, substantially similar
messages widely distributed (rather than
individually distributed) on telephone
answering or voice mail systems,
computers, computer networks and
other forms of computer data
compilation. Graphic communication
shall not include a communication that,
at the time of the communication,
originates live, in real-time to a live
audience and does not originate in
recorded form or otherwise as a graphic
communication, although it is
transmitted through graphic means.
Ineligible issuer. (1) An ineligible
issuer is an issuer with respect to which
any of the following is true as of the
relevant date of determination:
(i) Any issuer that is required to file
reports pursuant to section 13 or 15(d)
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
(15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)) that has not
filed all reports and other materials
required to be filed during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period
that the issuer was required to file such
reports pursuant to sections 13 or 15(d)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934),
other than reports on Form 8–K
(§ 249.308 of this chapter) required
solely pursuant to an item specified in
General Instruction I.A.3(b) of Form S–
3 (§ 239.13 of this chapter) (or in the
case of an asset-backed issuer, to the
extent the depositor or any issuing
entity previously established, directly or
indirectly, by the depositor (as such
terms are defined in Item 1101 of
Regulation AB (§ 229.1101 of this
chapter) are or were at any time during
the preceding 12 calendar months
required to file reports pursuant to
section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 with respect to a
class of asset-backed securities
involving the same asset class, such
depositor and each such issuing entity
must have filed all reports and other
material required to be filed for such
period (or such shorter period that each
such entity was required to file such
reports), other than reports on Form 8–
K required solely pursuant to an item
specified in General Instruction I.A.4 of
Form S–3);
(ii) The issuer is, or during the past
three years the issuer or any of its
predecessors was:
(A) A blank check company as
defined in Rule 419(a)(2)
(§ 230.419(a)(2));
(B) A shell company, other than a
business combination related shell
company, each as defined in this
section;
(C) An issuer in an offering of penny
stock as defined in Rule 3a51–1 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934
(§ 240.3a51–1 of this chapter);
(iii) The issuer is a limited
partnership that is offering and selling
its securities other than through a firm
commitment underwriting;
(iv) Within the past three years, a
petition under the federal bankruptcy
laws or any state insolvency law was
filed by or against the issuer, or a court
appointed a receiver, fiscal agent or
similar officer with respect to the
business or property of the issuer
subject to the following:
(A) In the case of an involuntary
bankruptcy in which a petition was
filed against the issuer, ineligibility will
occur upon the earlier to occur of:
(1) 90 days following the date of the
filing of the involuntary petition (if the
case has not been earlier dismissed); or
PO 00000
Frm 00090
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(2) The conversion of the case to a
voluntary proceeding under federal
bankruptcy or state insolvency laws;
and
(B) Ineligibility will terminate under
this paragraph (1)(iv) if an issuer has
filed an annual report with audited
financial statements subsequent to its
emergence from that bankruptcy,
insolvency, or receivership process;
(v) Within the past three years, the
issuer or any entity that at the time was
a subsidiary of the issuer was convicted
of any felony or misdemeanor described
in paragraphs (i) through (iv) of section
15(b)(4)(B) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)(4)(B)(i)
through (iv));
(vi) Within the past three years (but in
the case of a decree or order agreed to
in a settlement, not before December 1,
2005), the issuer or any entity that at the
time was a subsidiary of the issuer was
made the subject of any judicial or
administrative decree or order arising
out of a governmental action that:
(A) Prohibits certain conduct or
activities regarding, including future
violations of, the anti-fraud provisions
of the federal securities laws;
(B) Requires that the person cease and
desist from violating the anti-fraud
provisions of the federal securities laws;
or
(C) Determines that the person
violated the anti-fraud provisions of the
federal securities laws;
(vii) The issuer has filed a registration
statement that is the subject of any
pending proceeding or examination
under section 8 of the Act or has been
the subject of any refusal order or stop
order under section 8 of the Act within
the past three years; or
(viii) The issuer is the subject of any
pending proceeding under section 8A of
the Act in connection with an offering.
(2) An issuer shall not be an ineligible
issuer if the Commission determines,
upon a showing of good cause, that it is
not necessary under the circumstances
that the issuer be considered an
ineligible issuer. Any such
determination shall be without
prejudice to any other action by the
Commission in any other proceeding or
matter with respect to the issuer or any
other person.
(3) The date of determination of
whether an issuer is an ineligible issuer
is as follows:
(i) For purposes of determining
whether an issuer is a well-known
seasoned issuer, at the date specified for
purposes of such determination in
paragraph (2) of the definition of wellknown seasoned issuer in this section;
and
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
(ii) For purposes of determining
whether an issuer or offering participant
may use free writing prospectuses in
respect of an offering in accordance
with the provisions of Rules 164 and
433 (§ 230.164 and § 230.433), at the
date in respect of the offering specified
in paragraph (h) of Rule 164.
*
*
*
*
*
Well-known seasoned issuer. A wellknown seasoned issuer is an issuer that,
as of the most recent determination date
determined pursuant to paragraph (2) of
this definition:
(1)(i) Meets all the registrant
requirements of General Instruction I.A.
of Form S–3 or Form F–3 (§ 239.13 or
§ 239.33 of this chapter) and either:
(A) As of a date within 60 days of the
determination date, has a worldwide
market value of its outstanding voting
and non-voting common equity held by
non-affiliates of $700 million or more;
or
(B)(1) As of a date within 60 days of
the determination date, has issued in
the last three years at least $1 billion
aggregate principal amount of nonconvertible securities, other than
common equity, in primary offerings for
cash, not exchange, registered under the
Act; and
(2) Will register only non-convertible
securities, other than common equity,
and full and unconditional guarantees
permitted pursuant to paragraph (1)(ii)
of this definition unless, at the
determination date, the issuer also is
eligible to register a primary offering of
its securities relying on General
Instruction I.B.1. of Form S–3 or Form
F–3.
(3) Provided that as to a parent issuer
only, for purposes of calculating the
aggregate principal amount of
outstanding non-convertible securities
under paragraph (1)(i)(B)(2) of this
definition, the parent issuer may
include the aggregate principal amount
of non-convertible securities, other than
common equity, of its majority-owned
subsidiaries issued in registered primary
offerings for cash, not exchange, that it
has fully and unconditionally
guaranteed, within the meaning of Rule
3–10 of Regulation S–X (§ 210.3–10 of
this chapter) in the last three years; or
(ii) Is a majority-owned subsidiary of
a parent that is a well-known seasoned
issuer pursuant to paragraph (1)(i) of
this definition and, as to the
subsidiaries’ securities that are being or
may be offered on that parent’s
registration statement:
(A) The parent has provided a full and
unconditional guarantee, as defined in
Rule 3–10 of Regulation S–X, of the
payment obligations on the subsidiary’s
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
securities and the securities are nonconvertible securities, other than
common equity;
(B) The securities are guarantees of:
(1) Non-convertible securities, other
than common equity, of its parent being
registered; or
(2) Non-convertible securities, other
than common equity, of another
majority-owned subsidiary being
registered where there is a full and
unconditional guarantee, as defined in
Rule 3–10 of Regulation S–X, of such
non-convertible securities by the parent;
or
(C) The securities of the majorityowned subsidiary meet the conditions
of General Instruction I.B.2 of Form S–
3 or Form F–3.
(iii) Is not an ineligible issuer as
defined in this section.
(iv) Is not an asset-backed issuer as
defined in Item 1101 of Regulation AB
(§ 229.1101(b) of this chapter).
(v) Is not an investment company
registered under the Investment
Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a–1
et seq.) or a business development
company as defined in section 2(a)(48)
of the Investment Company Act of 1940
(15 U.S.C. 80a–2(a)(48)).
(2) For purposes of this definition, the
determination date as to whether an
issuer is a well-known seasoned issuer
shall be the latest of:
(i) The time of filing of its most recent
shelf registration statement; or
(ii) The time of its most recent
amendment (by post-effective
amendment, incorporated report filed
pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15
U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d) of this chapter), or
form of prospectus) to a shelf
registration statement for purposes of
complying with section 10(a)(3) of the
Act (or if such amendment has not been
made within the time period required
by section 10(a)(3) of the Act, the date
on which such amendment is required);
or
(iii) In the event that the issuer has
not filed a shelf registration statement or
amended a shelf registration statement
for purposes of complying with section
10(a)(3) of the Act for sixteen months,
the time of filing of the issuer’s most
recent annual report on Form 10–K
(§ 249.310 of this chapter) or Form 20–
F (§ 249.220f of this chapter) (or if such
report has not been filed by its due date,
such due date).
*
*
*
*
*
Written communication. Except as
otherwise specifically provided or the
context otherwise requires, a written
communication is any communication
that is written, printed, a radio or
PO 00000
Frm 00091
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44811
television broadcast, or a graphic
communication as defined in this
section.
Note: Note to definition of ‘‘written
communication.’’
A communication that is a radio or
television broadcast is a written
communication regardless of the means of
transmission of the broadcast.
27. Amend § 230.408 as follows:
a. Designate the current text as
paragraph (a); and
I b. Add paragraph (b).
The addition reads as follows:
I
I
§ 230.408
Additional information.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of
this section, unless otherwise required
to be included in the registration
statement, the failure to include in a
registration statement information
included in a free writing prospectus
will not, solely by virtue of inclusion of
the information in a free writing
prospectus (as defined in Rule 405
(§ 230.405)), be considered an omission
of material information required to be
included in the registration statement.
I 28. Amend § 230.412 as follows:
I a. Remove the authority citation
following the section; and
I b. Revise paragraph (a).
The revision reads as follows:
§ 230.412 Modified or superseded
documents.
(a) Any statement contained in a
document incorporated or deemed to be
incorporated by reference or deemed to
be part of a registration statement or the
prospectus that is part of the registration
statement shall be deemed to be
modified or superseded for purposes of
the registration statement or the
prospectus that is part of the registration
statement to the extent that a statement
contained in the prospectus that is part
of the registration statement or in any
other subsequently filed document
which also is or is deemed to be
incorporated by reference or deemed to
be part of the registration statement or
prospectus that is part of the registration
statement modifies or replaces such
statement. Any statement contained in a
document that is deemed to be
incorporated by reference or deemed to
be part of a registration statement or the
prospectus that is part of the registration
statement after the most recent effective
date or after the date of the most recent
prospectus that is part of the registration
statement may modify or replace
existing statements contained in the
registration statement or the prospectus
that is part of the registration statement.
*
*
*
*
*
I 29. Revise § 230.413 to read as follows:
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44812
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
§ 230.413 Registration of additional
securities and additional classes of
securities.
(a) Except as provided in section 24(f)
of the Investment Company Act of 1940
(15 U.S.C. 80a–24(f)) and in paragraph
(b) of this section, where a registration
statement is already in effect, the
registration of additional securities shall
only be effected through a separate
registration statement relating to the
additional securities.
(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of
this section, the following additional
securities or additional classes of
securities may be added to an automatic
shelf registration statement already in
effect by filing a post-effective
amendment to that automatic shelf
registration statement:
(1) Securities of a class different than
those registered on the effective
automatic shelf registration statement
identified as provided in Rule 430B(a)
(§ 230.430B(a)); or
(2) Securities of a majority-owned
subsidiary that are permitted to be
included in an automatic shelf
registration statement, provided that the
subsidiary and the securities are
identified as provided in Rule 430B and
the subsidiary satisfies the signature
requirements of an issuer in the posteffective amendment.
I 30. Amend § 230.415 as follows:
I a. Remove the authority citations
following the section;
I b. Revise paragraph (a)(1)(x);
I c. Revise paragraph (a)(2);
I d. Revise paragraph (a)(3);
I e. Revise paragraph (a)(4) including the
undesignated paragraph;
I f. Add paragraph (a)(5); and
I g. Add paragraph (a)(6).
The revisions and addition read as
follows:
§ 230.415 Delayed or continuous offering
and sale of securities.
(a) * * *
(1) * * *
(x) Securities registered (or qualified
to be registered) on Form S–3 or Form
F–3 (§ 239.13 or § 239.33 of this chapter)
which are to be offered and sold on an
immediate, continuous or delayed basis
by or on behalf of the registrant, a
majority-owned subsidiary of the
registrant or a person of which the
registrant is a majority-owned
subsidiary; or
*
*
*
*
*
(2) Securities in paragraph (a)(1)(viii)
of this section and securities in
paragraph (a)(1)(ix) of this section that
are not registered on Form S–3 or Form
F–3 (§ 239.13 or § 239.33 of this chapter)
may only be registered in an amount
which, at the time the registration
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
statement becomes effective, is
reasonably expected to be offered and
sold within two years from the initial
effective date of the registration.
(3) The registrant furnishes the
undertakings required by Item 512(a) of
Regulation S–K (§ 229.512(a) of this
chapter) or Item 512(a) or Item 512(g) of
Regulation S–B (§ 228.512(a) or (g) of
this chapter), except that a registrant
that is an investment company filing on
Form N–2 (§§ 239.14 and 274.11a–1 of
this chapter) must furnish the
undertakings required by Item 34.4 of
Form N–2.
(4) In the case of a registration
statement pertaining to an at the market
offering of equity securities by or on
behalf of the registrant, the offering
must come within paragraph (a)(1)(x) of
this section. As used in this paragraph,
the term ‘‘at the market offering’’ means
an offering of equity securities into an
existing trading market for outstanding
shares of the same class at other than a
fixed price.
(5) Securities registered on an
automatic shelf registration statement
and securities described in paragraphs
(a)(1)(vii), (ix), and (x) of this section
may be offered and sold only if not more
than three years have elapsed since the
initial effective date of the registration
statement under which they are being
offered and sold, provided, however,
that if a new registration statement has
been filed pursuant to paragraph (a)(6)
of this section:
(i) If the new registration statement is
an automatic shelf registration
statement, it shall be immediately
effective pursuant to Rule 462(e)
(§ 230.462(e)); or
(ii) If the new registration statement is
not an automatic shelf registration
statement:
(A) Securities covered by the prior
registration statement may continue to
be offered and sold until the earlier of
the effective date of the new registration
statement or 180 days after the third
anniversary of the initial effective date
of the prior registration statement; and
(B) A continuous offering of securities
covered by the prior registration
statement that commenced within three
years of the initial effective date may
continue until the effective date of the
new registration statement if such
offering is permitted under the new
registration statement.
(6) Prior to the end of the three-year
period described in paragraph (a)(5) of
this section, an issuer may file a new
registration statement covering
securities described in such paragraph
(a)(5) of this section, which may, if
permitted, be an automatic shelf
registration statement. The new
PO 00000
Frm 00092
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
registration statement and prospectus
included therein must include all the
information that would be required at
that time in a prospectus relating to all
offering(s) that it covers. Prior to the
effective date of the new registration
statement (including at the time of filing
in the case of an automatic shelf
registration statement), the issuer may
include on such new registration
statement any unsold securities covered
by the earlier registration statement by
identifying on the bottom of the facing
page of the new registration statement or
latest amendment thereto the amount of
such unsold securities being included
and any filing fee paid in connection
with such unsold securities, which will
continue to be applied to such unsold
securities. The offering of securities on
the earlier registration statement will be
deemed terminated as of the date of
effectiveness of the new registration
statement.
*
*
*
*
*
I 31. Amend § 230.418 as follows:
I a. Revise the introductory text of
paragraph (a)(3);
I b. Remove the word ‘‘and’’ at the end
of paragraph (a)(6);
I c. Remove the period at the end of the
paragraph (a)(7) and in its place add ‘‘;
and’’;
I d. Add paragraph (a)(8); and
I e. Revise the introductory text of
paragraph (b).
The addition and revisions read as
follows:
§ 230.418
Supplemental information.
(a) * * *
(3) Except in the case of a registrant
eligible to use Form S–3 (§ 239.13 of this
chapter), any engineering, management
or similar reports or memoranda relating
to broad aspects of the business,
operations or products of the registrant,
which have been prepared within the
past twelve months for or by the
registrant and any affiliate of the
registrant or any principal underwriter,
as defined in Rule 405 (§ 230.405), of
the securities being registered except
for:
*
*
*
*
*
(8) Any free writing prospectuses
used in connection with the offering.
(b) Supplemental information
described in paragraph (a) of this
section shall not be required to be filed
with or deemed part of and included in
the registration statement, unless
otherwise required. The information
shall be returned to the registrant upon
request, provided that:
*
*
*
*
*
I 32. Amend § 230.424 as follows:
I a. Revise the introductory text of
paragraph (b);
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
b. Revise paragraph (b)(2);
c. Revise paragraph (b)(7);
d. Add paragraph (b)(8) before the
Instruction 1;
I e. Remove Instruction 2;
I f. Revise the heading to ‘‘Instruction 1’’
to read ‘‘Instruction;’’ and
I g. Add paragraph (g).
The additions and revisions read as
follows:
I
I
I
§ 230.424 Filing of prospectuses, number
of copies.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Ten copies of each form of
prospectus purporting to comply with
section 10 of the Act, except for
documents constituting a prospectus
pursuant to Rule 428(a) (§ 230.428(a)) or
free writing prospectuses pursuant to
Rule 164 and Rule 433 (§ 230.164 and
§ 230.433), shall be filed with the
Commission in the form in which it is
used after the effectiveness of the
registration statement and identified as
required by paragraph (e) of this section;
provided, however, that only a form of
prospectus that contains substantive
changes from or additions to a
previously filed prospectus is required
to be filed; Provided, further, that this
paragraph (b) shall not apply in respect
of a form of prospectus contained in a
registration statement and relating
solely to securities offered at
competitive bidding, which prospectus
is intended for use prior to the opening
of bids. Ten copies of the form of
prospectus shall be filed or transmitted
for filing as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
(2) A form of prospectus that is used
in connection with a primary offering of
securities pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(x)
(§ 230.415(a)(1)(x)) or a primary offering
of securities registered for issuance on a
delayed basis pursuant to Rule
415(a)(1)(vii) or (viii)
(§ 230.415(a)(1)(vii) or (viii)) and that, in
the case of Rule 415(a)(1)(viii) discloses
the public offering price, description of
securities or similar matters, and in the
case of Rule 415(a)(1)(vii) and (x)
discloses information previously
omitted from the prospectus filed as
part of an effective registration
statement in reliance on Rule 430B
(§ 230.430B), shall be filed with the
Commission no later than the second
business day following the earlier of the
date of the determination of the offering
price or the date it is first used after
effectiveness in connection with a
public offering or sales, or transmitted
by a means reasonably calculated to
result in filing with the Commission by
that date.
*
*
*
*
*
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
(7) A form of prospectus that
identifies selling security holders and
the amounts to be sold by them that was
previously omitted from the registration
statement and the prospectus in reliance
upon Rule 430B (§ 230.430B) shall be
filed with the Commission no later than
the second business day following the
earlier of the date of sale or the date of
first use or transmitted by a means
reasonably calculated to result in filing
with the Commission by that date.
(8) A form of prospectus otherwise
required to be filed pursuant to
paragraph (b) of this section that is not
filed within the time frames specified in
paragraph (b) of this section must be
filed pursuant to this paragraph as soon
as practicable after the discovery of such
failure to file.
Note to paragraph (b)(8) of Rule 424. A
form of prospectus required to be filed
pursuant to another paragraph of Rule 424(b)
that is filed under Rule 424(b)(8) shall
nonetheless be ‘‘required to be filed’’ under
such other paragraph.
*
*
*
*
*
(g) A form of prospectus filed
pursuant to this section that operates to
reflect the payment of filing fees for an
offering or offerings pursuant to Rule
456(b) (§ 230.456(b)) must include on its
cover page the calculation of registration
fee table reflecting the payment of such
filing fees for the securities that are the
subject of the payment.
I 33. Amend § 230.426 by adding
paragraph (c)(8) to read as follows:
§ 230.426 Filing of certain prospectuses
under § 230.167 in connection with certain
offerings of asset-backed securities.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(8) Any free writing prospectus used
in reliance on Rule 164 and Rule 433
(§ 230.164 and § 230.433).
*
*
*
*
*
I 34. Amend § 230.430A to add
paragraph (f) immediately preceding the
note to read as follows:
§ 230.430A Prospectus in a registration
statement at the time of effectiveness.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) This section may apply to
registration statements that are
immediately effective pursuant to Rule
462(e) and (f) (§ 230.462(e) and (f)).
I 35. Add § 230.430B to read as follows:
§ 230.430B Prospectus in a registration
statement after effective date.
(a) A form of prospectus filed as part
of a registration statement for offerings
pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(vii) or
(a)(1)(x) (§ 230.415(a)(1)(vii) or (a)(1)(x))
may omit from the information required
by the form to be in the prospectus
PO 00000
Frm 00093
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44813
information that is unknown or not
reasonably available to the issuer
pursuant to Rule 409 (§ 230.409). In
addition, a form of prospectus filed as
part of an automatic shelf registration
statement for offerings pursuant to Rule
415(a) (§ 230.415(a)), other than Rule
415(a)(1)(vii) or (viii), also may omit
information as to whether the offering is
a primary offering or an offering on
behalf of persons other than the issuer,
or a combination thereof, the plan of
distribution for the securities, a
description of the securities registered
other than an identification of the name
or class of such securities, and the
identification of other issuers. Each
such form of prospectus shall be
deemed to have been filed as part of the
registration statement for the purpose of
section 7 of the Act.
(b) A form of prospectus filed as part
of a registration statement for offerings
pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(i) by an
issuer eligible to use Form S–3 or Form
F–3 (§ 239.13 or § 239.33 of this chapter)
for primary offerings pursuant to
General Instruction I.B.1 of such forms,
may omit the information specified in
paragraph (a) of this section, and may
also omit the identities of selling
security holders and amounts of
securities to be registered on their behalf
if:
(1) The registration statement is an
automatic shelf registration statement as
defined in Rule 405 (§ 230.405); or
(2) All of the following conditions are
satisfied:
(i) The initial offering transaction of
the securities (or securities convertible
into such securities) the resale of which
are being registered on behalf of each of
the selling security holders, was
completed;
(ii) The securities (or securities
convertible into such securities) were
issued and outstanding prior to the
original date of filing the registration
statement covering the resale of the
securities;
(iii) The registration statement refers
to any unnamed selling security holders
in a generic manner by identifying the
initial offering transaction in which the
securities were sold; and
(iv) The issuer is not and during the
past three years neither the issuer nor
any of its predecessors was:
(A) A blank check company as
defined in Rule 419(a)(2)
(§ 230.419(a)(2));
(B) A shell company, other than a
business combination related shell
company, each as defined in Rule 405;
or
(C) An issuer in an offering of penny
stock as defined in Rule 3a51–1 of the
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44814
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
Securities Exchange Act of 1934
(§ 240.3a51–1 of this chapter).
(c) A form of prospectus that is part
of a registration statement that omits
information in reliance upon paragraph
(a) or (b) of this section meets the
requirements of section 10 of the Act for
the purpose of section 5(b)(1) thereof.
This provision shall not limit the
information required to be contained in
a form of prospectus in order to meet
the requirements of section 10(a) of the
Act for the purposes of section 5(b)(2)
thereof or exception (a) of section
2(a)(10) thereof.
(d) Information omitted from a form of
prospectus that is part of an effective
registration statement in reliance on
paragraph (a) or (b) of this section may
be included subsequently in the
prospectus that is part of a registration
statement by:
(1) A post-effective amendment to the
registration statement;
(2) A prospectus filed pursuant to
Rule 424(b) (§ 230.424(b)); or
(3) If the applicable form permits,
including the information in the issuer’s
periodic or current reports filed
pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15
U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)) that are
incorporated or deemed incorporated by
reference into the prospectus that is part
of the registration statement in
accordance with applicable
requirements, subject to the provisions
of paragraph (h) of this section.
(e) Information omitted from a form of
prospectus that is part of an effective
registration statement in reliance on
paragraph (a) or (b) of this section and
contained in a form of prospectus
required to be filed with the
Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b),
other than as provided in paragraph (f)
of this section, shall be deemed part of
and included in the registration
statement as of the date such form of
filed prospectus is first used after
effectiveness.
(f)(1) Information omitted from a form
of prospectus that is part of an effective
registration statement in reliance on
paragraph (a) or (b) of this section and
is contained in a form of prospectus
required to be filed with the
Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2),
(b)(5), or (b)(7), shall be deemed to be
part of and included in the registration
statement on the earlier of the date such
subsequent form of prospectus is first
used or the date and time of the first
contract of sale of securities in the
offering to which such subsequent form
of prospectus relates.
(2) The date on which a form of
prospectus is deemed to be part of and
included in the registration statement
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
pursuant to paragraph (f)(1) of this
section shall be deemed, for purposes of
liability under section 11 of the Act of
the issuer and any underwriter at the
time only, to be a new effective date of
the part of such registration statement
relating to the securities to which such
form of prospectus relates, such part of
the registration statement consisting of
all information included in the
registration statement and any
prospectus relating to the offering of
such securities (including information
relating to the offering in a prospectus
already included in the registration
statement) as of such date and all
information relating to the offering
included in reports and materials
incorporated by reference into such
registration statement and prospectus as
of such date, and in each case not
modified or superseded pursuant to
Rule 412 (§ 230.412). The offering of
such securities at that time shall be
deemed to be the initial bona fide
offering thereof.
(3) If a registration statement is
amended to include or is deemed to
include, through incorporation by
reference or otherwise, except as
otherwise provided in Rule 436
(§ 230.436), a report or opinion of any
person made on such person’s authority
as an expert whose consent would be
required under section 7 of the Act
because of being named as having
prepared or certified part of the
registration statement, then for purposes
of this section and for liability purposes
under section 11 of the Act, the part of
the registration statement for which
liability against such person is asserted
shall be considered as having become
effective with respect to such person as
of the time the report or opinion is
deemed to be part of the registration
statement and a consent required
pursuant to section 7 of the Act has
been provided as contemplated by
section 11 of the Act.
(4) Except for an effective date
resulting from the filing of a form of
prospectus filed for purposes of
including information required by
section 10(a)(3) of the Act or pursuant
to Item 512(a)(1)(ii) of Regulation S–K or
Regulation S–B (§ 229.512(a)(1)(ii) or
§ 228.512(a)(1)(ii) of this chapter), the
date a form of prospectus is deemed part
of and included in the registration
statement pursuant to this paragraph
shall not be an effective date established
pursuant to paragraph (f)(2) of this
section as to:
(i) Any director (or person acting in
such capacity) of the issuer;
(ii) Any person signing any report or
document incorporated by reference
into the registration statement, except
PO 00000
Frm 00094
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
for such a report or document
incorporated by reference for purposes
of including information required by
section 10(a)(3) of the Act or pursuant
to Item 512(a)(1)(ii) of Regulation S–K or
Regulation S–B (such person except for
such reports being deemed not to be a
person who signed the registration
statement within the meaning of section
11(a) of the Act).
(5) The date a form of prospectus is
deemed part of and included in the
registration statement pursuant to
paragraph (f)(2) of this section shall not
be an effective date established pursuant
to paragraph (f)(2) of this section as to:
(i) Any accountant with respect to
financial statements or other financial
information contained in the
registration statement as of a prior
effective date and for which the
accountant previously provided a
consent to be named as required by
section 7 of the Act, unless the form of
prospectus contains new audited
financial statements or other financial
information as to which the accountant
is an expert and for which a new
consent is required pursuant to section
7 of the Act or Rule 436; and
(ii) Any other person whose report or
opinion as an expert or counsel has,
with their consent, previously been
included in the registration statement as
of a prior effective date, unless the form
of prospectus contains a new report or
opinion for which a new consent is
required pursuant to section 7 of the Act
or Rule 436.
(g) Notwithstanding paragraph (e) or
(f) of this section or paragraph (a) of
Rule 412, no statement made in a
registration statement or prospectus that
is part of the registration statement or
made in a document incorporated or
deemed incorporated by reference into
the registration statement or prospectus
that is part of the registration statement
after the effective date of such
registration statement or portion thereof
in respect of an offering determined
pursuant to this section will, as to a
purchaser with a time of contract of sale
prior to such effective date, supersede or
modify any statement that was made in
the registration statement or prospectus
that was part of the registration
statement or made in any such
document immediately prior to such
effective date.
(h) Where a form of prospectus filed
pursuant to Rule 424(b) relating to an
offering does not include disclosure of
omitted information regarding the terms
of the offering, the securities, or the plan
of distribution, or selling security
holders for the securities that are the
subject of the form of prospectus,
because such omitted information has
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
been included in periodic or current
reports filed pursuant to section 13 or
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 incorporated or deemed
incorporated by reference into the
prospectus, the issuer shall file a form
of prospectus identifying the periodic or
current reports that are incorporated or
deemed incorporated by reference into
the prospectus that is part of the
registration statement that contain such
omitted information. Such form of
prospectus shall be required to be filed,
depending on the nature of the
incorporated information, pursuant to
Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7).
(i) Issuers relying on this section shall
furnish the undertakings required by
Item 512(a) of Regulation S–K or Item
512(a) or (g) of Regulation S–B.
Note to Rule 430B: The provisions of
paragraph (b) of Rule 401 (§ 230.401(b)) shall
apply to any prospectus filed for purposes of
including information required by section
10(a)(3) of the Act.
I
36. Add § 230.430C to read as follows:
§ 230.430C Prospectus in a registration
statement pertaining to an offering other
than pursuant to Rule 430A or Rule 430B
after the effective date.
(a) In offerings made other than in
reliance on Rule 430B (§ 230.430B) and
other than for prospectuses filed in
reliance on Rule 430A (§ 230.430A),
information contained in a form of
prospectus required to be filed with the
Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b)
(§ 230.424(b)) or Rule 497(b), (c), (d), or
(e) (§ 230.497(b), (c), (d) or (e)), shall be
deemed to be part of and included in
the registration statement on the date it
is first used after effectiveness.
(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of
this section or paragraph (a) of Rule 412
(§ 230.412), no statement made in a
registration statement or prospectus that
is part of the registration statement or
made in a document incorporated or
deemed incorporated by reference into
the registration statement or prospectus
that is part of the registration statement
will, as to a purchaser with a time of
contract of sale prior to such first use,
supersede or modify any statement that
was made in the registration statement
or prospectus that was part of the
registration statement or made in any
such document immediately prior to
such date of first use.
(c) Nothing in this section shall affect
the information required to be included
in an issuer’s registration statement and
prospectus.
(d) Issuers subject to paragraph (a) of
this section shall furnish the
undertakings required by Item 512(a) of
Regulation S–K (§ 229.512(a) of this
chapter), Item 512(a) and (g) of
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
Regulation S–B (§ 229.512(a) and (g) of
this chapter), or Item 34.4 of Form N–
2 (§§ 239.14 and 274.11a–1 of this
chapter), as applicable.
I 37. Add § 230.433 to read as follows:
§ 230.433 Conditions to permissible postfiling free writing prospectuses.
(a) Scope of section. This section
applies to any free writing prospectus
with respect to securities of any issuer
(except as set forth in Rule 164
(§ 230.164)) that are the subject of a
registration statement that has been filed
under the Act. Such a free writing
prospectus that satisfies the conditions
of this section may include information
the substance of which is not included
in the registration statement. Such a free
writing prospectus that satisfies the
conditions of this section will be a
prospectus permitted under section
10(b) of the Act for purposes of sections
2(a)(10), 5(b)(1), and 5(b)(2) of the Act
and will, for purposes of considering it
a prospectus, be deemed to be public,
without regard to its method of use or
distribution, because it is related to the
public offering of securities that are the
subject of a filed registration statement.
(b) Permitted use of free writing
prospectus. Subject to the conditions of
this paragraph (b) and satisfaction of the
conditions set forth in paragraphs (c)
through (g) of this section, a free writing
prospectus may be used under this
section and Rule 164 in connection with
a registered offering of securities:
(1) Eligibility and prospectus
conditions for seasoned issuers and
well-known seasoned issuers. Subject to
the provisions of Rule 164(e), (f), and
(g), the issuer or any other offering
participant may use a free writing
prospectus in the following offerings
after a registration statement relating to
the offering has been filed that includes
a prospectus that, other than by reason
of this section or Rule 431, satisfies the
requirements of section 10 of the Act:
(i) Offerings of securities registered on
Form S–3 (§ 239.33 of this chapter)
pursuant to General Instruction I.B.1,
I.B.2, I.B.5, I.C., or I.D. thereof;
(ii) Offerings of securities registered
on Form F–3 (§ 239.13 of this chapter)
pursuant to General Instruction I.A.5,
I.B.1, I.B.2, or I.C. thereof;
(iii) Any other offering not excluded
from reliance on this section and Rule
164 of securities of a well-known
seasoned issuer; and
(iv) Any other offering not excluded
from reliance on this section and Rule
164 of securities of an issuer eligible to
use Form S–3 or Form F–3 for primary
offerings pursuant to General
Instruction I.B.1 of such Forms.
PO 00000
Frm 00095
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44815
(2) Eligibility and prospectus
conditions for non-reporting and
unseasoned issuers. If the issuer does
not fall within the provisions of
paragraph (b)(1) of this section, then,
subject to the provisions of Rule 164(e),
(f), and (g), any person participating in
the offer or sale of the securities may
use a free writing prospectus as follows:
(i) If the free writing prospectus is or
was prepared by or on behalf of or used
or referred to by an issuer or any other
offering participant, if consideration has
been or will be given by the issuer or
other offering participant for the
dissemination (in any format) of any
free writing prospectus (including any
published article, publication, or
advertisement), or if section 17(b) of the
Act requires disclosure that
consideration has been or will be given
by the issuer or other offering
participant for any activity described
therein in connection with the free
writing prospectus, then a registration
statement relating to the offering must
have been filed that includes a
prospectus that, other than by reason of
this section or Rule 431, satisfies the
requirements of section 10 of the Act,
including a price range where required
by rule, and the free writing prospectus
shall be accompanied or preceded by
the most recent such prospectus;
provided, however, that use of the free
writing prospectus is not conditioned
on providing the most recent such
prospectus if a prior such prospectus
has been provided and there is no
material change from the prior
prospectus reflected in the most recent
prospectus; provided further, that after
effectiveness and availability of a final
prospectus meeting the requirements of
section 10(a) of the Act, no such earlier
prospectus may be provided in
satisfaction of this condition, and such
final prospectus must precede or
accompany any free writing prospectus
provided after such availability,
whether or not an earlier prospectus had
been previously provided.
Notes to paragraph (b)(2)(i) of Rule 433.
1. The condition that a free writing
prospectus shall be accompanied or preceded
by the most recent prospectus satisfying the
requirements of section 10 of the Act would
be satisfied if a free writing prospectus that
is an electronic communication contained an
active hyperlink to such most recent
prospectus; and
2. A communication for which disclosure
would be required under section 17(b) of the
Act as a result of consideration given or to
be given, directly or indirectly, by or on
behalf of an issuer or other offering
participant is an offer by the issuer or such
other offering participant as the case may be
and is, if written, a free writing prospectus
of the issuer or other offering participant.
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44816
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
(ii) Where paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this
section does not apply, a registration
statement relating to the offering has
been filed that includes a prospectus
that, other than by reason of this section
or Rule 431 satisfies the requirements of
section 10 of the Act, including a price
range where required by rule.
(3) Successors. A successor issuer will
be considered to satisfy the applicable
provisions of this paragraph (b) if:
(i) Its predecessor and it, taken
together, satisfy the conditions,
provided that the succession was
primarily for the purpose of changing
the state or other jurisdiction of
incorporation of the predecessor or
forming a holding company and the
assets and liabilities of the successor at
the time of succession were
substantially the same as those of the
predecessor; or
(ii) All predecessors met the
conditions at the time of succession and
the issuer has continued to do so since
the succession.
(c) Information in a free writing
prospectus. (1) A free writing
prospectus used in reliance on this
section may include information the
substance of which is not included in
the registration statement but such
information shall not conflict with:
(i) Information contained in the filed
registration statement, including any
prospectus or prospectus supplement
that is part of the registration statement
(including pursuant to Rule 430B or
Rule 430C) (§ 230.430B or § 230.430C)
and not superseded or modified; or
(ii) Information contained in the
issuer’s periodic and current reports
filed or furnished to the Commission
pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15
U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)) that are
incorporated by reference into the
registration statement and not
superseded or modified.
(2)(i) A free writing prospectus used
in reliance on this section shall contain
substantially the following legend:
The issuer has filed a registration statement
(including a prospectus) with the SEC for the
offering to which this communication relates.
Before you invest, you should read the
prospectus in that registration statement and
other documents the issuer has filed with the
SEC for more complete information about the
issuer and this offering. You may get these
documents for free by visiting EDGAR on the
SEC Web site at www.sec.gov. Alternatively,
the issuer, any underwriter or any dealer
participating in the offering will arrange to
send you the prospectus if you request it by
calling toll-free 1–8[xx–xxx–xxxx].
(ii) The legend also may provide an email address at which the documents
can be requested and may indicate that
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
the documents also are available by
accessing the issuer’s Web site and
provide the Internet address and the
particular location of the documents on
the Web site.
(d) Filing conditions. (1) Except as
provided in paragraphs (d)(3), (d)(4),
(d)(5), (d)(6), (d)(7), (d)(8), and (f) of this
section, the following shall be filed with
the Commission under this section by a
means reasonably calculated to result in
filing no later than the date of first use.
The free writing prospectus filed for
purposes of this section will not be filed
as part of the registration statement:
(i) The issuer shall file:
(A) Any issuer free writing
prospectus, as defined in paragraph (h)
of this section;
(B) Any issuer information that is
contained in a free writing prospectus
prepared by or on behalf of or used by
any other offering participant (but not
information prepared by or on behalf of
a person other than the issuer on the
basis of or derived from that issuer
information); and
(C) A description of the final terms of
the issuer’s securities in the offering or
of the offering contained in a free
writing prospectus or portion thereof
prepared by or on behalf of the issuer
or any offering participant, after such
terms have been established for all
classes in the offering; and
(ii) Any offering participant, other
than the issuer, shall file any free
writing prospectus that is used or
referred to by such offering participant
and distributed by or on behalf of such
person in a manner reasonably designed
to lead to its broad unrestricted
dissemination.
(2) Each free writing prospectus or
issuer information contained in a free
writing prospectus filed under this
section shall identify in the filing the
Commission file number for the related
registration statement or, if that file
number is unknown, a description
sufficient to identify the related
registration statement.
(3) The condition to file a free writing
prospectus under paragraph (d)(1) of
this section shall not apply if the free
writing prospectus does not contain
substantive changes from or additions to
a free writing prospectus previously
filed with the Commission.
(4) The condition to file issuer
information contained in a free writing
prospectus of an offering participant
other than the issuer shall not apply if
such information is included (including
through incorporation by reference) in a
prospectus or free writing prospectus
previously filed that relates to the
offering.
PO 00000
Frm 00096
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(5) Notwithstanding the provisions of
paragraph (d)(1) of this section:
(i) To the extent a free writing
prospectus or portion thereof otherwise
required to be filed contains a
description of terms of the issuer’s
securities in the offering or of the
offering that does not reflect the final
terms, such free writing prospectus or
portion thereof is not required to be
filed; and
(ii) A free writing prospectus or
portion thereof that contains only a
description of the final terms of the
issuer’s securities in the offering or of
the offerings shall be filed by the issuer
within two days of the later of the date
such final terms have been established
for all classes of the offering and the
date of first use.
(6)(i) Notwithstanding the provisions
of paragraph (d) of this section, in an
offering of asset-backed securities, a free
writing prospectus or portion thereof
required to be filed that contains only
ABS informational and computational
materials as defined in Item 1101(a) of
Regulation AB (§ 229.1101 of this
chapter), may be filed under this section
within the timeframe permitted by Rule
426(b) (§ 230.426(b)) and such filing will
satisfy the filing conditions under this
section.
(ii) In the event that a free writing
prospectus is used in reliance on this
section and Rule 164 and the conditions
of this section and Rule 164 (which may
include the conditions of paragraph
(d)(6)(i) of this section) are satisfied
with respect thereto, then the use of that
free writing prospectus shall not be
conditioned on satisfaction of the
provisions, including without limitation
the filing conditions, of Rule 167 and
Rule 426 (§ 230.167 and § 230.426). In
the event that ABS informational and
computational materials are used in
reliance on Rule 167 and Rule 426 and
the conditions of those rules are
satisfied with respect thereto, then the
use of those materials shall not be
conditioned on the satisfaction of the
conditions of Rule 164 and this section.
(iii) If a free writing prospectus used
in an offering of asset-backed securities
in reliance on this section and Rule 164
includes the specific address of or a
hyperlink to an Internet Web site
containing static pool information and
is filed in accordance with this
paragraph (d), the static pool
information relating to the asset-backed
securities offering at that specific
address is included in the free writing
prospectus, and the filing including
such address or hyperlink satisfies the
filing conditions under this section.
(7) The condition to file a free writing
prospectus or issuer information
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
pursuant to this paragraph (d) for a free
writing prospectus used at the same
time as a communication in a business
combination transaction subject to Rule
425 (§ 230.425) shall be satisfied if:
(i) The free writing prospectus or
issuer information is filed in accordance
with the provisions of Rule 425,
including the filing timeframe of Rule
425;
(ii) The filed material pursuant to
Rule 425 indicates on the cover page
that it also is being filed pursuant to
Rule 433; and
(iii) The filed material pursuant to
Rule 425 contains the information
specified in paragraph (c)(2) of this
section.
(8) Notwithstanding any other
provision of this paragraph (d):
(i) A road show for an offering that is
a written communication is a free
writing prospectus, provided that,
except as provided in paragraph
(d)(8)(ii) of this section, a written
communication that is a road show shall
not be required to be filed; and
(ii) In the case of a road show that is
a written communication for an offering
of common equity or convertible equity
securities by an issuer that is, at the
time of the filing of the registration
statement for the offering, not required
to file reports with the Commission
pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
such a road show is required to be filed
pursuant to this section unless the
issuer of the securities makes at least
one version of a bona fide electronic
road show available without restriction
by means of graphic communication to
any person, including any potential
investor in the securities (and if there is
more than one version of a road show
for the offering that is a written
communication, the version available
without restriction is made available no
later than the other versions).
Note to paragraph (d)(8): A
communication that is provided or
transmitted simultaneously with a road show
and is provided or transmitted in a manner
designed to make the communication
available only as part of the road show and
not separately is deemed to be part of the
road show. Therefore, if the road show is not
a written communication, such a
simultaneous communication (even if it
would otherwise be a graphic
communication or other written
communication) is also deemed not to be
written. If the road show is written and not
required to be filed, such a simultaneous
communication is also not required to be
filed. Otherwise, a written communication
that is an offer contained in a separate file
from a road show, whether or not the road
show is a written communication, or
otherwise transmitted separately from a road
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
show, will be a free writing prospectus
subject to any applicable filing conditions of
paragraph (d) of this section.
(e) Treatment of information on, or
hyperlinked from, an issuer’s Web site.
(1) An offer of an issuer’s securities
that is contained on an issuer’s Web site
or hyperlinked by the issuer from the
issuer’s Web site to a third party’s Web
site is a written offer of such securities
by the issuer and, unless otherwise
exempt or excluded from the
requirements of section 5(b)(1) of the
Act, the filing conditions of paragraph
(d) of this section apply to such offer.
(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (e)(1)
of this section, historical issuer
information that is identified as such
and located in a separate section of the
issuer’s Web site containing historical
issuer information, that has not been
incorporated by reference into or
otherwise included in a prospectus of
the issuer for the offering and that has
not otherwise been used or referred to
in connection with the offering, will not
be considered a current offer of the
issuer’s securities and therefore will not
be a free writing prospectus.
(f) Free writing prospectuses
published or distributed by media. Any
written offer for which an issuer or any
other offering participant or any person
acting on its behalf provided,
authorized, or approved information
that is prepared and published or
disseminated by a person unaffiliated
with the issuer or any other offering
participant that is in the business of
publishing, radio or television
broadcasting or otherwise disseminating
written communications would be
considered at the time of publication or
dissemination to be a free writing
prospectus prepared by or on behalf of
the issuer or such other offering
participant for purposes of this section
subject to the following:
(1) The conditions of paragraph
(b)(2)(i) of this section will not apply
and the conditions of paragraphs (c)(2)
and (d) of this section will be deemed
to be satisfied if:
(i) No payment is made or
consideration given by or on behalf of
the issuer or other offering participant
for the written communication or its
dissemination; and
(ii) The issuer or other offering
participant in question files the written
communication with the Commission,
and includes in the filing the legend
required by paragraph (c)(2) of this
section, within four business days after
the issuer or other offering participant
becomes aware of the publication, radio
or television broadcast, or other
dissemination of the written
communication.
PO 00000
Frm 00097
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44817
(2) The filing obligation under
paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section shall
be subject to the following:
(i) The issuer or other offering
participant shall not be required to file
a free writing prospectus if the
substance of that free writing prospectus
has previously been filed with the
Commission;
(ii) Any filing made pursuant to
paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section may
include information that the issuer or
offering participant in question
reasonably believes is necessary or
appropriate to correct information
included in the communication; and
(iii) In lieu of filing the actual written
communication as published or
disseminated as required by paragraph
(f)(1)(ii) of this section, the issuer or
offering participant in question may file
a copy of the materials provided to the
media, including transcripts of
interviews or similar materials,
provided the copy or transcripts contain
all the information provided to the
media.
(3) For purposes of this paragraph (f)
of this section, an issuer that is in the
business of publishing or radio or
television broadcasting may rely on this
paragraph (f) as to any publication or
radio or television broadcast that is a
free writing prospectus in respect of an
offering of securities of the issuer if the
issuer or an affiliate:
(i) Is the publisher of a bona fide
newspaper, magazine, or business or
financial publication of general and
regular circulation or bona fide
broadcaster of news including business
and financial news;
(ii) Has established policies and
procedures for the independence of the
content of the publications or broadcasts
from the offering activities of the issuer;
and
(iii) Publishes or broadcasts the
communication in the ordinary course.
(g) Record retention. Issuers and
offering participants shall retain all free
writing prospectuses they have used,
and that have not been filed pursuant to
paragraph (d) or (f) of this section, for
3 years following the initial bona fide
offering of the securities in question.
Note to paragraph (g) of § 230.433. To the
extent that the record retention requirements
of Rule 17a–4 of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 (§ 240.17a–4 of this chapter) apply to
free writing prospectuses required to be
retained by a broker-dealer under this
section, such free writing prospectuses are
required to be retained in accordance with
such requirements.
(h) Definitions. For purposes of this
section:
(1) An issuer free writing prospectus
means a free writing prospectus
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44818
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
prepared by or on behalf of the issuer
or used or referred to by the issuer and,
in the case of an asset-backed issuer,
prepared by or on behalf of a depositor,
sponsor, or servicer (as defined in Item
1101 of Regulation AB) or affiliated
depositor or used or referred to by any
such person.
(2) Issuer information means material
information about the issuer or its
securities that has been provided by or
on behalf of the issuer.
(3) A written communication or
information is prepared or provided by
or on behalf of a person if the person or
an agent or representative of the person
authorizes the communication or
information or approves the
communication or information before it
is used. An offering participant other
than the issuer shall not be an agent or
representative of the issuer solely by
virtue of its acting as an offering
participant.
(4) A road show means an offer (other
than a statutory prospectus or a portion
of a statutory prospectus filed as part of
a registration statement) that contains a
presentation regarding an offering by
one or more members of the issuer’s
management (and in the case of an
offering of asset-backed securities,
management involved in the
securitization or servicing function of
one or more of the depositors, sponsors,
or servicers (as such terms are defined
in Item 1101 of Regulation AB) or an
affiliated depositor) and includes
discussion of one or more of the issuer,
such management, and the securities
being offered; and
(5) A bona fide electronic road show
means a road show that is a written
communication transmitted by graphic
means that contains a presentation by
one or more officers of an issuer or other
persons in an issuer’s management (and
in the case of an offering of asset-backed
securities, management involved in the
securitization or servicing function of
one or more of the depositors, sponsors,
or servicers (as such terms are defined
in Item 1101 of Regulation AB) or an
affiliated depositor) and, if more than
one road show that is a written
communication is being used, includes
discussion of the same general areas of
information regarding the issuer, such
management, and the securities being
offered as such other issuer road show
or shows for the same offering that are
written communications.
Note to § 230.433. This section does not
affect the operation of the provisions of
clause (a) of section 2(a)(10) of the Act
providing an exception from the definition of
‘‘prospectus.’’
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
§ 230.434
[Removed]
38. Remove § 230.434.
39. Amend § 230.439 by revising
paragraph (b) to read as follows:
I
I
§ 230.439 Consent to use of material
incorporated by reference.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of
this section, any required consent may
be incorporated by reference into a
registration statement filed pursuant to
Rule 462(b) (§ 230.462(b)) or a posteffective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(e) (§ 230.462(e)) from a
previously filed registration statement
relating to that offering, provided that
the consent contained in the previously
filed registration statement expressly
provides for such incorporation.
I 40. Amend § 230.456 as follows:
I a. Revise the section heading;
I b. Designate the current text as
paragraph (a); and
I c. Add paragraph (b).
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
§ 230.456 Date of filing; timing of fee
payment.
*
*
*
*
*
(b)(1) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)
of this section, a well-known seasoned
issuer that registers securities offerings
on an automatic shelf registration
statement, or registers additional
securities or classes of securities thereon
pursuant to Rule 413(b) (§ 230.413(b)),
may, but is not required to, defer
payment of all or any part of the
registration fee to the Commission
required by section 6(b)(2) of the Act on
the following conditions:
(i) If the issuer elects to defer payment
of the registration fee, it shall pay the
registration fees (pay-as-you-go
registration fees) calculated in
accordance with Rule 457(r)
(§ 230.457(r)) in advance of or in
connection with an offering of securities
from the registration statement within
the time required to file the prospectus
supplement pursuant to Rule 424(b)
(§ 230.424(b)) for the offering, provided,
however, that if the issuer fails, after a
good faith effort to pay the filing fee
within the time required by this section,
the issuer may still be considered to
have paid the fee in a timely manner if
it is paid within four business days of
its original due date; and
(ii) The issuer reflects the amount of
the pay-as-you-go registration fee paid
or to be paid in accordance with
paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section by
updating the ‘‘Calculation of
Registration Fee’’ table to indicate the
class and aggregate offering price of
securities offered and the amount of
PO 00000
Frm 00098
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
registration fee paid or to be paid in
connection with the offering or offerings
either in a post-effective amendment
filed at the time of the fee payment or
on the cover page of a prospectus filed
pursuant to Rule 424(b) (§ 230.424(b)).
(2) A registration statement filed
relying on the pay-as-you-go registration
fee payment provisions of paragraph
(b)(1) of this section will be considered
filed as to the securities or classes of
securities identified in the registration
statement for purposes of this section
and section 5 of the Act when it is
received by the Commission, if it
complies with all other requirements of
the Act and the rules with respect to it.
(3) The securities sold pursuant to a
registration statement will be
considered registered, for purposes of
section 6(a) of the Act, if the pay-as-yougo registration fee has been paid and the
post-effective amendment or prospectus
including the amended ‘‘Calculation of
Registration Fee’’ table is filed pursuant
to paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
I 41. Amend § 230.457 by adding
paragraph (r) to read as follows:
§ 230.457
Computation of fee.
*
*
*
*
*
(r) Where securities are to be offered
pursuant to an automatic shelf
registration statement, the registration
fee is to be calculated in accordance
with this section. When the issuer elects
to defer payment of the fees pursuant to
Rule 456(b) (§ 230.456(b)), the
‘‘Calculation of Registration Fee’’ table
in the registration statement must
indicate that the issuer is relying on
Rule 456(b) but does not need to include
the number of shares or units of
securities or the maximum aggregate
offering price of any securities until the
issuer updates the ‘‘Calculation of
Registration Fee’’ table to reflect
payment of the registration fee,
including a pay-as-you-go registration
fee in accordance with Rule 456(b). The
registration fee shall be calculated based
on the fee payment rate in effect on the
date of the fee payment.
I 42. Amend § 230.462 by adding
paragraphs (e) and (f) to read as follows:
§ 230.462 Immediate effectiveness of
certain registration statements and posteffective amendments
*
*
*
*
*
(e) An automatic shelf registration
statement, including an automatic shelf
registration statement filed in
accordance with Rule 415(a)(6)
(§ 230.415(a)(6)), and any post-effective
amendment thereto, including a posteffective amendment filed to register
additional classes of securities pursuant
to Rule 413(b) (§ 230.413(b)), shall
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
become effective upon filing with the
Commission.
(f) A post-effective amendment filed
pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section
for purposes of adding a new issuer and
its securities as permitted by Rule
413(b) (§ 230.413(b)) that satisfies the
requirements of Form S–3 or Form F–3
(§ 239.13 or § 239.33 of this chapter), as
applicable, including the signatures
required by Rule 402(e) (§ 230.402(e)),
and contains a prospectus satisfying the
requirements of Rule 430B (§ 230.430B),
shall become effective upon filing with
the Commission.
I 43. Amend § 230.473 by revising
paragraph (d) to read as follows:
§ 230.473
Delaying amendments.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) No amendments pursuant to
paragraph (a) of this section may be
filed with a registration statement on
Form F–7, F–8 or F–80 (§ 239.37,
§ 239.38 or § 239.41 of this chapter); on
Form F–9 or F–10 (§ 239.39 or § 239.40
of this chapter) relating to an offering
being made contemporaneously in the
United States and the issuer’s home
jurisdiction; on Form S–8 (§ 239.16b of
this chapter); on Form S–3 or F–3
(§ 239.13 or § 239.33 of this chapter)
relating to a dividend or interest
reinvestment plan; on Form S–3 or
Form F–3 relating to an automatic shelf
registration statement; or on Form S–4
(§ 239.25 of this chapter) complying
with General Instruction G of that Form.
§ 230.497
[Amended]
44. Amend § 230.497 as follows:
a. Remove paragraph (h)(2); and
b. Redesignate paragraph (h)(1) as
paragraph (h).
I 45. Amend § 230.902 as follows:
I a. Remove the word ‘‘and’’ at the end
of paragraph (c)(3)(v)(B);
I b. Remove the period at the end of
paragraph (c)(3)(vi) and add in its place
a semi-colon;
I c. Remove the period at the end of
paragraph (c)(3)(vii) and add in its place
‘‘; and’’; and
I d. Add paragraphs (c)(3)(viii) and
(h)(4).
The amendments and additions read
as follows:
I
I
I
§ 230.902
Definitions.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Directed selling efforts. * * *
(3) * * *
(viii) Publication or distribution of a
research report by a broker or dealer in
accordance with Rule 138(c)
(§ 230.138(c)) or Rule 139(b)
(§ 230.139(b)).
*
*
*
*
*
(h) Offshore transaction.* * *
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
(4) Notwithstanding paragraph (h)(1)
of this section, publication or
distribution of a research report in
accordance with Rule 138(c)
(§ 230.138(c)) or Rule 139(b)
(§ 230.139(b)) by a broker or dealer at or
around the time of an offering in
reliance on Regulation S (§§ 230.901
through 230.905) will not cause the
transaction to fail to be an offshore
transaction as defined in this section.
*
*
*
*
*
PART 239—FORMS PRESCRIBED
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
46. The general authority citation for
part 239 is revised to read as follows:
I
Authority: 15 U.S.C. 77f, 77g, 77h, 77j, 77s,
77z–2, 77z–3, 77sss, 78c, 78l, 78m, 78n,
78o(d), 78u–5, 78w(a), 78ll(d), 78mm, 79e,
79f, 79g, 79j, 79l, 79m, 79n, 79q, 79t, 80a–
2(a), 80a–3, 80a–8, 80a–9, 80a–10, 80a–13,
80a–24, 80a–26, 80a–29, 80a–30, and 80a–37,
unless otherwise noted.
*
*
§ 239.11
*
*
*
[Amended]
47. Remove the authority citation
following § 239.11.
I 48. Amend Form S–1 (referenced in
§ 239.11) as follows:
I a. Remove the sentence and check box
immediately preceding the ‘‘Calculation
of Registration Fee’’ table;
I b. Add General Instruction VII.;
I c. Add Item 11A to Part I;
I d. Redesignate Item 12 to Part I as Item
12A; and
I e. Add new Item 12 to Part I.
The additions read as follows:
I
44819
such shorter period that the registrant was
required to file such reports and materials).
C. The registrant has filed an annual report
required under Section 13(a) or Section 15(d)
of the Exchange Act for its most recently
completed fiscal year.
D. The registrant is not:
1. And during the past three years neither
the registrant nor any of its predecessors was:
(a) A blank check company as defined in
Rule 419(a)(2) (§ 230.419)(a)(2);
(b) A shell company, other than a business
combination related shell company, each as
defined in Rule 405 (§ 230.405); or
(c) A registrant for an offering of penny
stock as defined in Rule 3a51–1 of the
Exchange Act (§ 240.3a51–1 of this chapter).
2. Registering an offering that effectuates a
business combination transaction as defined
in Rule 165(f)(1) (§ 230.165(f)(1) of this
chapter).
E. If a registrant is a successor registrant it
shall be deemed to have satisfied conditions,
A., B., C., and D.2 above if:
1. Its predecessor and it, taken together, do
so, provided that the succession was
primarily for the purpose of changing the
state of incorporation of the predecessor or
forming a holding company and that the
assets and liabilities of the successor at the
time of succession were substantially the
same as those of the predecessor; or
2. All predecessors met the conditions at
the time of succession and the registrant has
continued to do so since the succession.
F. The registrant makes its periodic and
current reports filed pursuant to Section 13
or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act that are
incorporate by reference pursuant to Item
11A or Item 12 of this Form readily available
and accessible on a Web site maintained by
or for the registrant and containing
information about the registrant.
*
*
*
*
*
Note: The text of Form S–1 does not and
this amendment will not appear in the Code
of Federal Regulations
PART I—INFORMATION REQUIRED IN
PROSPECTUS
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
Item 11A. Material Changes.
If the registrant elects to incorporate
information by reference pursuant to General
Instruction VII., describe any and all material
changes in the registrant’s affairs which has
occurred since the end of the latest fiscal year
for which audited financial statements were
included in the latest Form 10–K for Form
10–KSB and which have not been described
in a Form 10–Q, Form 10–QSB, or Form 8–
K filed under the Exchange Act.
FORM S–1—REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
*
*
*
*
*
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
*
*
*
*
*
VII. Eligibility To Use Incorporation by
Reference
If a registrant meets the following
requirements immediately prior to the time
of filing a registration statement on this
Form, it may elect to provide information
required by Items 3 through 11 of this Form
in accordance with Item 11A and Item 12 of
this Form:
A. The registrant is subject to the
requirement to file reports pursuant to
Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (‘‘Exchange Act’’).
B. The registrant has filed all reports and
other materials required to be filed by
Sections 13(a), 14, or 15(d) of the Exchange
Act during the preceding 12 months (or for
PO 00000
Frm 00099
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
*
*
*
*
*
Item 12. Incorporation of Certain
Information by Reference.
If the registrant elects to incorporate
information by reference pursuant to General
Instruction VII.:
(a) It must specifically incorporate by
reference into the prospectus contained in
the registration statement the following
documents by means of a statement to that
effect in the prospectus listing all such
documents:
(1) The registrant’s latest annual report on
Form 10–K or Form 10–KSB filed pursuant
to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the
Exchange Act which contains financial
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44820
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
statements for the registrant’s latest fiscal
year for which a Form 10–K for Form 10–
KSB was required to have been filed; and
(2) All other reports filed pursuant to
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or
proxy or information statements filed
pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act
since the end of the fiscal year covered by the
annual report referred to in paragraph (a)(1)
above.
Note to Item 12(a). Attention is directed to
Rule 439 (§ 230.439) regarding consent to use
of material incorporated by reference.
(b)(1) The registrant must state:
(i) That it will provide to each person,
including any beneficial owner, to whom a
prospectus is delivered, a copy of any or all
of the reports or documents that have been
incorporated by reference in the prospectus
contained in the registration statement but
not delivered with the prospectus;
(ii) That it will provide these reports or
documents upon written or oral request;
(iii) That it will provide these reports or
documents at no cost to the requester;
(iv) The name, address, telephone number,
and e-mail address, if any, to which the
request for these reports or documents must
be made; and
(v) The registrant’s Web site address,
including the uniform resource locator (URL)
where the incorporated reports and other
documents may be accessed.
Note to Item 12(b)(1). If the registrant sends
any of the information that is incorporated by
reference in the prospectus contained in the
registration statement to security holders, it
also must send any exhibits that are
specifically incorporated by reference in that
information.
(2) The registrant must:
(i) Identify the reports and other
information that it files with the SEC; and
(ii) State that the public may read and copy
any materials it files with the SEC at the
SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street,
NE., Washington, DC 20549. State that the
public may obtain information on the
operation of the Public Reference Room by
calling the SEC at 1–800–SEC–0330. If the
registrant is an electronic filer, state that the
SEC maintains an Internet site that contains
reports, proxy and information statements,
and other information regarding issuers that
file electronically with the SEC and state the
address of that site (https://www.sec.gov).
*
*
§ 239.12
*
*
*
[Removed and reserved]
49. Remove and reserve § 239.12 and
remove Form S–2 referenced in that
section.
I 50. Amend § 239.13 as follows:
I a. Revise the introductory paragraph;
I b. Remove the word ‘‘or’’ at the end of
paragraph (c)(2);
I c. Revise paragraph (c)(3);
I d. Add paragraphs (c)(4) and (c)(5);
I e. Add a note to paragraph (c);
I f. Redesignate paragraph (d) as
paragraph (e); and
I g. Add new paragraph (d).
The revision and additions read as
follows:
I
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
§ 239.13 Form S–3, for registration under
the Securities Act of 1933 of securities of
certain issuers offered pursuant to certain
types of transactions.
This instruction sets forth registrant
requirements and transaction
requirements for the use of Form S–3.
Any registrant which meets the
requirements of paragraph (a) of this
section (‘‘Registrant Requirements’’)
may use this Form for the registration of
securities under the Securities Act of
1933 (‘‘Securities Act’’) which are
offered in any transaction specified in
paragraph (b) of this section
(‘‘Transaction Requirement’’) provided
that the requirement applicable to the
specified transaction are met. With
respect to majority-owned subsidiaries,
see paragraph (c) of this section. With
respect to well-known seasoned issuers
and majority-owned subsidiaries of
well-known seasoned issuers, see
paragraph (d) of this section.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(3) The parent of the registrantsubsidiary meets the Registrant
Requirements and the applicable
Transaction Requirement, and provides
a full and unconditional guarantee, as
defined in Rule 3–10 of Regulation S–
X (§ 210.3–10 of this chapter), of the
payment obligations on the securities
being registered, and the securities
being registered are non-convertible
securities, other than common equity;
(4) The parent of the registrantsubsidiary meets the Registrant
Requirements and the applicable
Transaction Requirement, and the
securities of the registrant-subsidiary
being registered are full and
unconditional guarantees, as defined in
Rule 3–10 of Regulation S–X, of the
payment obligations on the parent’s
non-convertible securities, other than
common equity, being registered; or
(5) The parent of the registrantsubsidiary meets the Registrant
Requirements and the applicable
Transaction Requirement, and the
securities of the registrant-subsidiary
being registered are guarantees of the
payment obligations on the nonconvertible securities, other than
common equity, being registered by
another majority-owned subsidiary of
the parent, where the parent provides a
full and unconditional guarantee, as
defined in Rule 3–10 of Regulation S–
X, of such non-convertible securities.
Note to paragraph (c): With regard to
paragraphs (c)(3), (c)(4), and (c)(5) of this
section, the guarantor is the issuer of a
separate security consisting of the guarantee,
which must be concurrently registered, but
may be registered on the same registration
PO 00000
Frm 00100
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
statement as are the guaranteed nonconvertible securities.
(d) Automatic shelf offerings by wellknown seasoned issuers. Any registrant
that is a well-known seasoned issuer as
defined in Rule 405 (§ 230.405 of this
chapter) at the most recent eligibility
determination date specified in
paragraph (2) of that definition may use
this Form for registration under the
Securities Act of securities offerings,
other than pursuant to Rule
415(a)(1)(vii) or (viii)
(§ 230.415(a)(1)(vii) or (viii) of this
chapter), as follows:
(1) The securities to be offered are:
(i) Any securities to be offered
pursuant to Rule 415, Rule 430A, or
Rule 430B (§ 230.415, § 230.430A, or
§ 230.430B of this chapter) by:
(A) A registrant that is a well-known
seasoned issuer by reason of paragraph
(1)(i)(A) of the definition in Rule 405; or
(B) A registrant that is a well-known
seasoned issuer only by reason of
paragraph (1)(i)(B) of the definition in
Rule 405 if the registrant also is eligible
to register a primary offering of its
securities pursuant to paragraph (b)(1)
of this section;
(ii) Non-convertible securities, other
than common equity, to be offered
pursuant to Rule 415, Rule 430A, or
Rule 430B by a registrant that is a wellknown seasoned issuer only by reason
of paragraph (1)(i)(B) of the definition in
Rule 405 and does not fall within
paragraph (b)(1) of this section;
(iii) Securities of majority-owned
subsidiaries of the parent registrant to
be offered pursuant to Rule 415, Rule
430A, or Rule 430B if the parent
registrant is a well-known seasoned
issuer and the securities of the majorityowned subsidiary being registered meet
the following requirements:
(A) Securities of a majority-owned
subsidiary that is a well-known
seasoned issuer at the time it becomes
a registrant, other than by virtue of
paragraph (1)(ii) of the definition of
well-known seasoned issuer in Rule
405;
(B) Securities of a majority-owned
subsidiary that are non-convertible
securities, other than common equity,
and the parent registration provides a
full and unconditional guarantee, as
defined in Rule 3–10 of Regulation S–
X, of the payment obligations on the
non-convertible securities;
(C) Securities of a majority-owned
subsidiary that are a guarantee of:
(1) Non-convertible securities, other
than common equity, of the parent
registrant being registered;
(2) Non-convertible securities, other
than common equity, of another
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
majority-owned subsidiary being
registered and the parent has provided
a full and unconditional guarantee, as
defined in Rule 3–10 of Regulation S–
X, of the payment obligations on such
non-convertible securities; or
(D) Securities of a majority-owned
subsidiary that meet the conditions of
the Transaction Requirement set forth in
paragraph (b)(2) of this section (Primary
offerings of non-convertible investment
grade securities).
(iv) Securities to be offered for the
account of any person other than the
issuer (‘‘selling security holders’’),
provided that the registration statement
and the prospectus are not required to
separately identify the selling security
holders or the securities to be sold by
such persons until the filing of a
prospectus, prospectus supplement,
post-effective amendment to the
registration statement, or periodic or
current report under the Exchange Act
that is incorporated by reference into
the registration statement and
prospectus, identifying the selling
security holders and the amount of
securities to be sold by each of them
and, if included in a periodic or current
report, a prospectus or prospectus
supplement is filed, as required by Rule
430B, pursuant to Rule 424(b)(7)
(§ 230.424(b)(7) of this chapter);
(2) The registrant pays the registration
fee pursuant to Rule 456(b) and Rule
457(r) (§ 230.456(b) and § 230.457(r) of
this chapter) or in accordance with Rule
456(a) (§ 230.456(a) of this chapter);
(3) If the registrant is a majorityowned subsidiary, it is required to file
and has filed reports pursuant to section
13 or section 15(d) of the Exchange Act
(15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)) and satisfies
the requirements of this Form with
regard to incorporation by reference or
information about the majority-owned
subsidiary is included in the registration
statement (or a post-effective
amendment to the registration
statement);
(4) The registrant may register
additional securities or classes of its or
its majority-owned subsidiaries’
securities on a post-effective
amendment pursuant to Rule 413(b)
(§ 230.413(b) of this chapter); and
(5) An automatic shelf registration
statement and post-effective amendment
will become effective immediately
pursuant to Rule 462(e) and (f)
(§ 230.462(e) and (f) of this chapter)
upon filing. All filings made on or in
connection with automatic shelf
registration statements on this Form
become public upon filing with the
Commission.
*
*
*
*
*
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
51. Amend Form S–3 (referenced in
§ 239.13) as follows:
I a. Remove the sentence and check box
immediately preceding the ‘‘Calculation
of Registration Fee’’ table;
I b. Add two check boxes to the cover
page immediately before ‘‘Calculation of
Registration Fee’’ table;
I c. Revise the Note to the ‘‘Calculation
of Registration Fee’’ Table;
I d. Revise the introductory paragraph to
General Instruction I;
I e. Remove the word ‘‘or’’ at the end of
General Instruction I.C.2.;
I f. Revise paragraph 3., and add
paragraphs 4., and 5. to General
Instruction I.C.;
I g. Add a note to General Instruction
1.C.;
I h. Add paragraph D. to General
Instruction I.;
I i. Revise paragraph D. of General
Instruction II.;
I j. Add paragraphs E., F., and G. to
General Instruction II.;
I k. Revise the heading of General
Instruction IV.;
I l. Designate the current text under
General Instruction IV. as paragraph A;
I m. Add a heading to paragraph A to
General Instruction IV.;
I n. Add paragraph B. to General
Instruction IV.;
I o. In Item 12(c)(2)(ii) to Part I revise the
phrase ‘‘450 Fifth Street, NW.,’’ to read
‘‘100 F Street, NE.,’’; and
I p. Add paragraph (d) of Item 12 to Part
I.
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
I
Note: The text of Form S–3 does not and
this amendment will not appear in the Code
of Federal Regulations.
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
FORM S–3—REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
*
*
*
*
*
If this Form is a registration statement
pursuant to General Instruction I.D. or a posteffective amendment thereto that shall
become effective upon filing with the
Commission pursuant to Rule 462(e) under
the Securities Act, check the following
box. b
If this Form is a post-effective amendment
to a registration statement filed pursuant to
General Instruction I.D. filed to register
additional securities or additional classes of
securities pursuant to Rule 413(b) under the
Securities Act, check the following box. b
*
*
*
*
*
Notes to the ‘‘Calculation of Registration
Fee’’ Table (‘‘Fee Table’’)
1. Specific details relating to the fee
calculation shall be furnished in notes to the
Fee Table, including references to provisions
of Rule 457 (§ 230.457 of this chapter) relied
PO 00000
Frm 00101
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44821
upon, if the basis of the calculation is not
otherwise evident from the information
presented in the Fee Table.
2. If the filing fee is calculated pursuant to
Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act, only
the title of the class of securities to be
registered, the proposed maximum aggregate
offering price for that class of securities, and
the amount of registration fee need to appear
in the Fee Table. Where two or more classes
of securities are being registered pursuant to
General Instruction II.D., however, the Fee
Table need only specify the maximum
aggregate offering price for all classes; the Fee
Table need not specify by each class the
proposed maximum aggregate offering price
(see General Instruction II.D.).
3. If the filling fee is calculated pursuant
to Rule 457(r) under the Securities Act, the
Fee Table must state that it registers an
unspecified amount of securities of each
identified class of securities and must
provide that the issuer is relying on Rule
456(b) and Rule 457(r). If the Fee Table is
amended in a post-effective amendment to
the registration statement or in a prospectus
filed in accordance with Rule 456(b)(1)(ii)
(§ 230.456(b)(1)(ii) of chapter), the Fee Table
must specify the aggregate offering price for
all classes of securities in the referenced
offering or offerings and the applicable
registration fee.
4. Any difference between the dollar
amount of securities registered for such
offerings and the dollar amount of securities
sold may be carried forward on a future
registration statement pursuant to Rule 457
under the Securities Act.
General Instructions
I. Eligibility Requirements for Use of Form
S–3
This instruction sets forth registrant
requirements and transaction requirements
for the use of Form S–3. Any registrant which
meets the requirements of I.A. below
(‘‘Registrant Requirements’’) may use this
Form for the registration of securities under
the Securities Act of 1933 (‘‘Securities Act’’)
which are offered in any transaction
specified in I.B. below (‘‘Transaction
Requirement’’) provided that the requirement
applicable to the specified transaction are
met. With respect to majority-owned
subsidiaries, see Instruction I.C. below. With
respect to well-known seasoned issuers and
majority-owned subsidiaries of well-known
seasoned issuers, see Instruction I.D. below.
*
*
*
*
*
C. Majority-Owned Subsidiaries
If a registrant is a majority-owned
subsidiary, security offerings may be
registered on this Form if:
*
*
*
*
*
3. The parent of the registrant-subsidiary
meets the Registrant Requirements and the
applicable Transaction Requirement, and
provides a full and unconditional guarantee,
as defined in Rule 3–10 of Regulation S–X
(§ 210.3–10 of this chapter), of the payment
obligations on the securities being registered,
and the securities being registered are nonconvertible securities, other than common
equity;
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44822
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
4. The parent of the registrant-subsidiary
meets the Registrant Requirements and the
applicable Transaction Requirement, and the
securities of the registrant-subsidiary being
registered are full and unconditional
guarantees, as defined in Rule 3–10 of
Regulation S–X, of the payment obligations
on the parent’s non-convertible securities,
other than common equity, being registered;
or
5. The parent of the registrant-subsidiary
meets the Registrant Requirements and the
applicable Transaction Requirement, and the
securities of the registrant-subsidiary being
registered are guarantees of the payment
obligations on the non-convertible securities,
other than common equity, being registered
by another majority-owned subsidiary of the
parent where the parent provides a full and
unconditional guarantee, as defined in Rule
3–10 of Regulation S–X, of such nonconvertible securities.
Note to General Instruction I.C.: With
regard to paragraphs I.C.3, I.C.4, and I.C.5
above, the guarantor is the issuer of a
separate security consisting of the guarantee,
which must be concurrently registered, but
may be registered on the same registration
statement as are the non-convertible
guaranteed securities.
D. Automatic Shelf Offerings by Well-Known
Seasoned Issuers
Any registrant that is a well-known
seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405, at
the most recent eligibility determination date
specified in paragraph (2) of that definition
may use this Form for registration under the
Securities Act of securities offerings, other
than pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(vii) or (viii)
(§ 230.415(a)(1)(vii) or (viii) of this chapter),
as follows:
1. The securities to be offered are:
(a) Any securities to be offered pursuant to
Rule 415, Rule 430A, or Rule 430B
(§ 230.415, § 230.430A, or § 230.430B of this
chapter) by:
(i) A registrant that is a well-known
seasoned issuer by reason of paragraph
(1)(i)(A) of the definition in Rule 405; or
(ii) A registrant that is a well-known
seasoned issuer only by reason of paragraph
(1)(i)(B) of the definition in Rule 405 if the
registrant also is eligible to register a primary
offering of its securities pursuant to
Transaction Requirement I.B.I of this Form;
(b) Non-convertible securities, other than
common equity, to be offered pursuant to
Rule 415, Rule 430A, or Rule 430B by a
registrant that is a well-known seasoned
issuer only by reason of paragraph (1)(i)(B) of
the definition of Rule 405 and does not fall
within Transaction Requirement I.B.1 of this
Form;
(c) Securities of majority-owned
subsidiaries of the parent registrant to be
offered pursuant to Rule 415, Rule 430A, or
Rule 430B if the parent registrant is a wellknown seasoned issuer and the securities of
the majority-owned subsidiary being
registered meet the following requirements:
(i) Securities of a majority-owned
subsidiary that is a well-known seasoned
issuer at the time it becomes a registrant,
other than by virtue of paragraph (1)(ii) of the
definition of well-known seasoned issuer in
Rule 405;
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
(ii) Securities of a majority-owned
subsidiary that are non-convertible securities,
other than common equity, and the parent
registrant provides a full and unconditional
guarantee, as defined in Rule 3–10 of
Regulation S–X, of the payment obligations
on the non-convertible securities;
(iii) Securities of a majority-owned
subsidiary that are a guarantee of:
(A) Non-convertible securities, other than
common equity, of the parent registrant being
registered;
(B) Non-convertible securities, other than
common equity, of another majority-owned
subsidiary being registered and the parent
registrant has provided a full and
unconditional guarantee, as defined in Rule
3–10 of Regulation S–X, of the payment
obligations on such non-convertible
securities; or
(iv) Securities of a majority-owned
subsidiary that meet the conditions of
Transaction Requirement I.B.2. of this Form
(Primary Offerings of Non-Convertible
Investment Grade Securities).
(d) Securities to be offered for the account
of any person other than the issuer (‘‘selling
security holders’’), provided that the
registration statement and the prospectus are
not required to separately identify the selling
security holders or the securities to be sold
by such persons until the filing of a
prospectus, prospectus supplement, posteffective amendment to the registration
statement, or periodic or current report under
the Exchange Act that is incorporated by
reference into the registration statement and
prospectus, identifying the selling security
holders and the amount of securities to be
sold by each of them and, if included in a
periodic or current report, a prospectus or
prospectus supplement is filed, as required
by Rule 430B, pursuant to Rule 424(b)(7)
(§ 230.424(b)(7) of this chapter).
2. The registrant pays the registration fee
pursuant to Rules 456(b) and 457(r) or in
accordance with Rule 456(a).
3. If the registrant is a majority-owned
subsidiary, it is required to file and has filed
reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section
15(d) of the Exchange Act and satisfies the
requirements of the Form with regard to
incorporation by reference or information
about the majority-owned subsidiary is
included in the registration statement (or a
post-effective amendment to the registration
statement).
4. The registrant may register additional
securities or classes of its or its majorityowned subsidiaries’ securities on a posteffective amendment pursuant to Rule 413(b)
(§ 203.413(b) of this chapter).
5. An automatic shelf registration
statement and post-effective amendment will
become effective immediately pursuant to
Rule 462(e) and (f) (§ 230.462(e) and (f) of
this chapter) upon filing. All filings made on
or in connection with automatic shelf
registration statements on this Form become
public upon filing with the Commission.
II. Application of General Rules and
Regulations
*
PO 00000
*
Frm 00102
*
*
Fmt 4701
*
Sfmt 4700
D. Non-Automatic Shelf Registration
Statements
Where two or more classes of securities
being registered on this Form pursuant to
General Instruction I.B.1. or I.B.2. are to be
offered pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(x)
(§ 230.415(a)(1)(x) of this chapter), and where
this Form is not an automatic shelf
registration statement, Rule 457(o) permits
the registration fee to be calculated on the
basis of the maximum offering price of all the
securities listed in the Fee Table. In this
event, while the Fee Table would list each of
the classes of securities being registered and
the aggregate proceeds to be raised, the Fee
Table need not specify by each class
information as to the amount to be registered,
proposed maximum offering price per unit,
and proposed maximum aggregate offering
price.
E. Automatic Shelf Registration Statements
Where securities are being registered on
this Form pursuant to General Instruction
I.D., Rule 456(b) permits, but does not
require, the registrant to pay the registration
fee on a pay-as-you-go basis and Rule 457(r)
permits, but does not require, the registration
fee to be calculated on the basis of the
aggregate offering price of the securities to be
offered in an offering or offerings off the
registration statement. If a registrant elects to
pay all or a portion of the registration fee on
a deferred basis, the Fee Table in the initial
filing must identify the classes of securities
being registered and provide that the
registrant elects to rely on Rule 456(b) and
Rule 457(r), but the Fee Table does not need
to specify any other information. When the
registrant amends the Fee Table in
accordance with Rule 456(b)(1)(ii), the
amended Fee Table must include either the
dollar amount of securities being registered if
paid in advance of or in connection with an
offering or offerings or the aggregate offering
price for all classes of securities referenced
in the offerings and the applicable
registration fee.
F. Information in Automatic and NonAutomatic Shelf Registration Statements
Where securities are being registered on
this Form pursuant to General Instruction
I.B.1, I.B.2, I.B.5, I.C., or I.D., information is
only required to be furnished as of the date
of initial effectiveness of the registration
statement to the extent required by Rule
430A or Rule 430B. Required information
about a specific transaction must be included
in the prospectus in the registration
statement by means of a prospectus that is
deemed to be part of and included in the
registration statement pursuant to Rule 430A
or Rule 430B, a post-effective amendment to
the registration statement, or a periodic or
current report under the Exchange Act
incorporated by reference into the
registration statement and the prospectus and
identified in a prospectus filed, as required
by Rule 430B, pursuant to Rule 424(b)
(§ 230.424(b) of this chapter).
G. Selling Security Holder Offerings
Where a registrant eligible to register
primary offerings on this Form pursuant to
General Instruction I.B.1 registers securities
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
offerings on this Form pursuant to General
Instruction I.B.1 or I.B.3 for the account of
persons other than the registrant, if the
offering of the securities, or securities
convertible into such securities, that are
being registered on behalf of the selling
security holders was completed and the
securities, or securities convertible into such
securities, were issued and outstanding prior
to the original date of filing the registration
statement covering the resale of the
securities, the registrant may, as permitted by
Rule 430B(b), in lieu of identifying selling
security holders prior to effectiveness of the
resale registration statement, refer to
unnamed selling security holders in a generic
manner by identifying the initial transaction
in which the securities were sold. Following
effectiveness, the registrant must include in
a prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(7),
a post-effective amendment to the
registration statement, or an Exchange Act
report incorporated by reference into the
prospectus that is part of the registration
statement (which Exchange Act report is
identified in a prospectus filed, as required
by Rule 430B, pursuant to Rule 424(b)(7)) the
names of previously unidentified selling
security holders and amounts of securities
that they intend to sell. If this Form is being
filed pursuant to General Instruction I.D. by
a well-known seasoned issuer to registerer
securities being offered for the account of
persons other than the issuer, the registration
statement and the prospectus included in the
registration statement do not need to
designate the securities that will be offered
for the account of such persons, identify
them, or identify the initial transaction in
which the securities, or securities convertible
into such securities, were sold until the
registrant files a post-effective amendment to
the registration statement, a prospectus
pursuant to Rule 424(b), or an Exchange Act
report (and prospectus filed, as required by
Rule 430B, pursuant to Rule 434(b)(7))
containing information for the offering on
behalf of such persons.
*
*
*
*
*
IV. Registration of Additional Securities and
Additional Classes of Securities
A. Registration of Additional Securities
Pursuant to Rule 462(b)
*
*
*
*
*
B. Registration of Additional Securities or
Classes of Securities or Additional
Registrants After Effectiveness
A well-known seasoned issuer relying on
General Instruction I.D. of this Form may
register additional securities or classes of
securities, pursuant to Rule 413(b) by filing
a post-effective amendment to the effective
registration statement. The well-known
seasoned issuer may add majority-owned
subsidiaries as additional registrants whose
securities are eligible to be sold as part of the
automatic shelf registration statement by
filing a post-effective amendment identifying
the additional registrants, and the registrant
and the additional registrants and other
persons required to sign the registration
statement must sign the post-effective
amendment. The post-effective amendment
must consist of the facing page; any
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
disclosure required by this Form that is
necessary to update the registration statement
to reflect the additional securities, additional
classes of securities, or additional registrants;
any required opinions and consents; and the
signature page. Required information,
consents, or opinions may be included in the
prospectus and the registration statement
through a post-effective amendment or may
be provided through a document
incorporated or deemed incorporated by
reference into the registration statement and
the prospectus that is part of the registration
statement, or, as to the required information
only, contained in a prospectus filed
pursuant to Rule 424(b) that is deemed part
of and included in the registration statement
and prospectus that is part of the registration
statement.
*
*
*
*
*
PART I—INFORMATION REQUIRED IN
PROSPECTUS
*
*
*
*
*
Item 12. Incorporation of Certain
Information by Reference
*
*
*
*
*
(d) Any information required in the
prospectus in response to Item 3 through
Item 11 of this Form may be included in the
prospectus through documents filed pursuant
to Section 13(a), 14, or 15(d) of the Exchange
Act that are incorporated or deemed
incorporated by reference into the prospectus
that is part of the registration statement.
*
*
*
*
*
52. Amend Form S–4 (referenced in
§ 239.25) as follows:
I a. Revise paragraphs B.1.b., B.1.c.,
C.1.b., and C.1.c. to the General
Instructions;
I b. In Item 11(c)(2) to Part I revise the
phrase ‘‘450 Fifth Street, N.W.,’’ to read
‘‘100 F Street, N.E.,’’;
I c. Revise the heading and introductory
text of Item 12 of Part I;
I d. Revise the introductory text of Item
13 of Part I;
I e. In Item 13(d)(2) to Part I revise the
phrase ‘‘450 Fifth Street, N.W.,’’ to read
‘‘100 F Street, N.E.,’’;
I f. Revise the heading and introductory
text of Item 14 of Part I;
I g. Revise the reading and paragraph (a)
of Item 16 of Part I;
I h. Revise the heading and introductory
text of Item 17 of Part I;
I i. Revise paragraph (b) of Item 18 of
Part I; and
I j. Revise paragraph (c) of Item 19 of
Part I.
The revisions read as follows:
I
Note: The text of Form S–4 does not and
this amendment will not appear in the Code
of Federal Regulations.
44823
B. Information With Respect to the
Registrant
1. * * *
a. * * *
b. Items 12 and 13 of this Form, if the
registrant meets the requirements for use of
Form S–3 and elects this alternative; or
c. Item 14 of this Form, if the registrant
does not meet the requirements for use of
Form S–3, or if it otherwise elects to use this
alternative.
*
*
*
*
*
C. Information With Respect to the Company
Being Acquired
1. * * *
b. Item 16 of this Form, if the Company
being acquired meets the requirements for
use of Form S–3 and this alternative is
elected; or
c. Item 17 of this Form, if the Company
being acquired does not meet the
requirements for use of Form S–3, or if this
alternative is otherwise elected.
*
*
*
*
*
PART I—INFORMATION REQUIRED IN
PROSPECTUS
*
*
*
*
*
B. Information About the Registrant
*
*
*
*
*
Item 12. Information with Respect to S–3
Registrants
If the registrant meets the requirements for
use of Form S–3 and elects to comply with
this Item, furnish the information required by
either paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) of this
Item. The information required by paragraph
(b) shall be furnished if the registrant satisfies
the conditions of paragraph (c) of this Item.
*
*
*
*
*
Item 13. Incorporation of Certain
Information by Reference
If the registrant meets the requirements for
use of Form S–3 and elects to furnish
information in accordance with the
provisions of Item 12 of this Form:
*
*
*
*
*
Item 14. Information With Respect to
Registrants Other Than S–3 Registrants
If the registrant does not meet the
requirements for use of Form S–3, or
otherwise elects to comply with this Item in
lieu of Item 10 or 12, furnish the information
required by:
*
*
*
*
*
C. INFORMATION ABOUT THE COMPANY
BEING ACQUIRED
*
*
*
*
*
FORM S–4—REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Item 16. Information With Respect to S–3
Companies
(a) If the company being acquired meets
the requirements for use of Form S–3 and
elects to comply with this Item, furnish the
information that would be required by Items
12 and 13 of this Form if securities of such
company were being registered.
*
*
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
PO 00000
*
Frm 00103
*
*
Fmt 4701
*
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
*
*
03AUR2
*
*
44824
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
Item 17. Information With Respect to
Companies Other Than S–3 Companies
If the company being acquired does not
meet the requirements for use of Form S–3,
or compliance with this Item is otherwise
elected in lieu of Item 15 or 16, furnish the
information reuqired by paragraph (a) or (b)
of this Item, whichever is applicable.
*
*
*
*
*
D. VOTING AND MANAGEMENT
INFORMATION
Item 18. Information if Proxies, Consents or
Authorizations Are To Be Solicited
*
*
*
*
*
(b) If the registrant or the company being
acquired meets the requirements for use of
Form S–3, any information required by
paragraphs (a)(5)(ii) and (7) of this Item with
respect to such company may be
incorporatated by reference from its latest
annual report on Form 10–K or Form 10–
KSB.
*
*
*
*
*
Item 19. Information if Proxies, Consents or
Authorizations are not to be Solicited or in
an Exchange Officer
*
*
*
*
*
(c) If the registrant or the company being
acquired meets the requirements for use of
Form S–3, any information required by
paragraphs (a)(5) and (7) of this Item with
respect to such company may be
incorporated by reference from its latest
annual report on Form 10–K or Form 10–
KSB.
*
*
*
*
*
53. Amend Form F–1 (referenced in
§ 239.31) as follows:
I a. Remove the sentence and check box
immediately preceding the ‘‘Calculation
of Registration Fee’’ table;
I b. Add General Instruction VI.;
I c. Add Item 4A to Part I;
I d. Redesignate Item 5 as Item 5A to
Part I.; and
I e. Add new Item 5 to Part I.
The additions read as follows:
I
Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (‘‘Exchange Act’’);
B. The registrant has filed all reports and
other materials required to be filed by
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act
during the preceding 12 months (or for such
shorter period that the registrant was
required to file such reports and materials);
C. The registrant has filed an annual report
required under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Exchange Act for its most recently completed
fiscal year;
D. The registrant is not:
1. And during the past three years neither
the registrant nor any of its predecessors was:
(a) A blank check company as defined in
Rule 419(a)(2) (§ 230.419(a)(2) of this
chapter);
(b) A shell company, other than a business
combination related shell company, each as
defined in Rule 405 (§ 230.405 of this
chapter); or
(c) A registrant for an offering of penny
stock as defined in Rule 3a51–1 of the
Exchange Act (§ 240.3a51–1 of this chapter);
2. Registering an offering that effectuates a
business combination transaction as defined
in Rule 165(f)(1) (§ 230.165(f)(1) of this
chapter);
E. If a registrant is a successor registrant it
shall be deemed to have satisfied conditions
A., B., C., and D.2. above if:
1. Its predecessor and it, taken together, do
so, provided that the succession was
primarily for the purpose of changing the
state or other jurisdiction of incorporation of
the predecessor or forming a holding
company and that the assets and liabilities of
the successor at the time of succession were
substantially the same as those of the
predecessor; or
2. All predecessors met the conditions at
the time of succession and the registrant has
continued to do so since the succession; and
F. The registrant makes it reports filed
pursuant to Sections 13 or 15(d) of the
Exchange Act that are incorporated by
reference pursuant to Item 4A of Item 5 of
this Form readily available and accessible on
a Web site maintained by or for the registrant
and containing information about the
registrant.
Note: The text of Form F–1 does not and
this amendment will not appear in the Code
of Federal Regulations.
*
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
*
FORM F–1—REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
*
*
*
*
*
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
*
*
*
*
*
VI. Eligibility To Use Incorporation by
Reference
If a registrant meets the following
requirements immediately prior to the time
of filing a registration statement on this
Form, it may elect to provide information
required by Item 3 and Item 4 of this Form
in accordance with Item 4A and Item 5 of
this Form:
A. The registrant is subject to the
requirement to file reports pursuant to
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
*
*
*
*
PART I—INFORMATION REQUIRED
PROSPECTUS
*
*
*
*
Item 4A. Material Changes
(a) If the registrant elects to incorporate
information by reference pursuant to General
Instruction VI., described any and all
material changes in the registrant’s affairs
which have occurred since the end of the
latest fiscal year for which audited financial
statements were included in accordance with
Item 5 of this Form and which have not been
described in a report on Form 6–K, Form 10–
Q or Form 8–K filed under the Exchange Act
and incorporated by reference pursuant to
Item 5 of this Form.
(b)1. Include in the prospectus contained
in the registration statement, if not included
in the reports filed under the Exchange Act
which are incorporated by reference into the
prospectus contained in the registration
statement pursuant to Item 5:
PO 00000
Frm 00104
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
i. Information required by Rule 3–05 and
Article 11 of Regulation S–X (§ 210.3–05 and
§ 210.11 et seq. of this chapter);
ii. Restated financial statement if there has
been a change in accounting principles or a
correction of an error where such change or
correction requires material retroactive
restatement of financial statements;
iii. Restated financial statements where one
or more business combinations accounted for
by the pooling of interest method of
accounting have been consummated
subsequent to the most recent fiscal year and
the acquired businesses, considered in the
aggregate, are significant under Rule 11–01(b)
(§ 210.11–01(b) (§ 210.11–01(b) of this
chapter); or
iv. Any financial information required
because of a material disposition of assets
outside the normal course of business.
2. If the financial statements included in
this registration statement in accordance with
Item 5 are not sufficiently current to comply
with the requirements of Item 8.A of Form
20–F, financial statements necessary to
comply with that Item shall be presented;
i. Directly in the prospectus;
ii. Through incorporation by reference and
delivery of a Form 6–K identified in the
prospectus as containing such financial
statements; or
iii. Through incorporation by reference of
an amended Form 20–F, Form 40–F, or Form
10–K, in which case the prospectus shall
disclose that the Form 20–F, Form 40–F, or
Form 10–K has been so amended.
Instruction. Financial statements or
information required to be furnished by this
Item shall be reconciled pursuant to either
Item 17 or Item 18 of Form 20–F, whichever
is applicable to the primary financial
statements.
Item 5. Incorporation of Certain Information
by Reference
If the registrant elects to incorporate
information by reference pursuant to General
Instruction VI.:
(a) It must specifically incorporate by
reference into the prospectus contained in
the registration statement the following
documents by means of a statement to that
effect in the prospectus all such documents:
1. The registrant’s latest annual report on
Form 20–F, Form 40–F or Form 10–K filed
under the Exchange Act.
2. Any report on Form 10–Q or Form 8–
K filed since the date of filing of the annual
report. The registrant may also incorporate by
reference any Form 6–K meeting the
requirements of this Form.
Note to Item 5(a): Attention is directed to
Rule 439 (§ 230.439) regarding consent to use
of material incorporated by reference.
(b)1. The registrant must state:
i. That it will provide to each person,
including any beneficial owner, to whom a
prospectus is delivered, a copy of any or all
of the reports or documents that have been
incorporated by reference in the prospectus
contained in the registration statement but
not delivered with prospectus;
ii. That it will provide these reports or
documents upon written or oral request;
iii. That it will provide these reports or
documents at no cost to the requester;
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
iv. The name, address, telephone number,
and e-mail address, if any, to which the
request for these reports or documents must
be made; and
v. The registrant’s Web site address,
including the uniform resource locator (URL)
where the incorporated reports and other
documents may be accessed.
Note to Item 5.(b)1. If the registrant sends
any of the information that is incorporated by
reference in the prospectus contained in the
registration statement to security holders, it
also must send any exhibits that are
specifically incorporated by reference in that
information.
2. The registrant must:
i. Identify the reports and other
information that it files with the SEC; and
ii. State that the public may read and copy
any materials it files with the SEC at the
SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street,
NE, Washington, DC 20549. State that the
public may obtain information on the
operation of the Public Reference Room by
calling the SEC at 1–800–SEC–0330. If the
registrant is an electronic filer, state that the
SEC maintains an Internet site that contains
reports, proxy and information statements,
and other information regarding issuers that
file electronically with the SEC and state the
address of that site (https://www.sec.gov).
*
*
§ 239.32
*
*
*
[Removed and Reserved]
54. Remove and reserve § 239.32 and
remove Form F–2 referenced in that
section.
I 55. Amend § 293.33 as follows:
I a. Revise the introductory paragraph;
I b. Remove the word ‘‘or’’ at the end of
paragraph (a)(5)(ii);
I c. Revise paragraph (a)(5)(iii) and
remove the note following paragraph
(a)(5)(iii);
I d. Add paragraphs (a)(5)(iv) and
(a)(5)(v);
I e. Add a note to paragraph (a)(5); and
I f. Add paragraph (c).
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
I
§ 239.33 Form F–3, for registration under
the Securities Act of 1933 of securities of
certain foreign private issuers offered
pursuant to certain types of transactions
This instruction set forth registrant
requirements and transaction
requirements for the use of Form F–3.
Any foreign private issuer, as defined in
Rule 405 (§ 230.405 of this chapter),
which meets the requirements of
paragraph (a) of this section (the
‘‘Registrant Requirements’’) may use
this Form for the registration of
securities under the Securities Act of
1933 (the ‘‘Securities Act’’) which are
offered in any transaction specified in
paragraph (b) of this section (the
‘‘Transaction Requirements’’), provided
that the requirements applicable to the
specified transaction are met. With
respect to majority-owned subsidiaries,
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
see paragraph (a)(5) of this section. With
respect to well-known seasoned issuers
and majority-owned subsidiaries of
well-known seasoned issuers, see
paragraph (c) of this section.
*
*
*
*
*
(a) * * *
(5) * * *
(iii) The parent of the registrantsubsidiary meets the Registrant
Requirements and the applicable
Transaction Requirement, and provides
a full and unconditional guarantee, as
defined in Rule 3–10 of Regulation S–
X (§ 210.33–10 of this chapter), of the
payment obligation on the securities
being registered, and the securities
being registered are non-convertible
securities, other than common equity;
(iv) The parent of the registrantsubsidiary meets the Registrant
Requirements and the applicable
Transaction Requirement, and the
securities of the registrant-subsidiary
being registered are full and
unconditional guarantees, as defined in
Rule 3–10 of Regulation S–X, of the
payment obligations on the parent’s
non-convertible securities, other than
common equity, being registered; or
(v) The parent of the registrantsubsidiary meets the Registrant
Requirements and the applicable
Transaction Requirement, and the
securities of the registrant-subsidiary
being registered are guarantees of the
payment obligations on the nonconvertible securities, other than
common equity, being registered by
another majority-owned subsidiary of
the parent, where the parent provides a
full and unconditional guarantee, as
defined in Rule 3–10 of Regulation S–
X, of such non-convertible securities.
Note to paragraph (a)(5): In the situations
described in paragraphs (a)(5)(iii), (a)(5)(iv);
and (a)(5)(v) of this section, the parent or
majority-owned subsidiary guarantor is the
issuer of a separate security consisting of the
guarantee, which must be concurrently
registered, but may be registered on the same
registration statement as are the guaranteed
non-convertible securities. Both the parent
and majority-owned subsidiary shall each
disclose the information required by this
Form as if each were the only registrant
except that if the majority-owned subsidiary
will not be eligible to file annual reports on
Form 20–F or Form 40–F (§ 249.220f or
§ 249.240f of this chapter) after the effective
date of the registration statement, then is
shall disclose the information specified in
Form S–3 (§ 239.13). Rule 3–10 of Regulation
S–X specifies the financial statements
required.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Automatic shelf offerings by wellknown seasoned issuers. Any registrant
that is a well-known seasoned issuer as
PO 00000
Frm 00105
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44825
defined in Rule 405 (§ 230.405 of this
chapter) at the most recent eligibility
determination date specified in
paragraph (2) of such definition may use
this Form for registration under the
Securities Act of securities offerings,
other then pursuant to Rule
415(a)(1)(vii) or (viii)
(§ 230.415(a)(1)(vii) or (viii) of this
chapter), as follows:
(1) The securities to be offered are:
(i) Any securities to be offered
pursuant to Rule 415, Rule 430A, or
Rule 430B (§ 230.415, § 230.430A, or
§ 230.430B of this chapter) by:
(A) A registrant that is a well-known
seasoned issuer by reason of paragraph
(1)(i)(A) of the definition in rule 405; or
(B) A registrant that is a well-known
seasoned issuer only by reason of
paragraph (1)(i)(B) of the definition in
Rule 405 if the registrant also is eligible
to register a primary offering of its
securities pursuant to paragraph (b)(1)
of this section;
(ii) Non-convertible securities, other
than common equity, to be offered
pursuant to Rule 415, Rule 430A, or
Rule 430B by a registrant that is a wellknown seasoned issuer only by reason
of paragraph (1)(i)(B) of the definition in
Rule 405 and does not fall within
paragraph (b)(1) of this section;
(iii) Securities of majority-owned
subsidiaries of the parent registrant to
be offered pursuant to Rule 415, Rule
430A, or Rule 430B if the parent
registrant is a well-known seasoned
issuer and the securities of the majorityowned subsidiary being registered meet
the following requirements:
(A) Securities of a majority-owned
subsidiary that is a well-known
seasoned issuer at the time it becomes
a registrant, other than by virtue of
paragraph (1)(ii) of the definition of
well-known seasoned issuer in Rule
405;
(B) Securities of a majority-owned
subsidiary that are non-convertible
securities, other than common equity,
and the parent registrant provides a full
and unconditional guarantee, as defined
in Rule 3–10 of Regulation S–X, of the
payment obligations on the nonconvertible securities;
(C) Securities of a majority-owned
subsidiary that are a guarantee of:
(1) Non-convertible securities, other
than common equity, of the parent
registrant being registered;
(2) Non-convertible securities, other
than common equity, of another
majority-owned subsidiary being
registered and the parent registrant has
provided a full and unconditional
guarantee, as defined in Rule 3–10 of
Regulation S–X, of the payment
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44826
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
obligations on such non-convertible
securities; or
(D) Securities of a majority-owned
subsidiary that meet the conditions of
the Transaction Requirement set forth in
paragraph (b)(2) of this section (Primary
offerings of non-convertible investment
grade securities).
(iv) Securities to be offered for the
account of any person other than the
issuer (‘‘selling security holders’’),
provided that the registration statement
and the prospectus are not required to
separately identify the selling security
holders or the securities to be sold by
such persons until the filing of a
prospectus, prospectus supplement,
post-effective amendment to the
registration statement, or report under
the Exchange Act that is incorporated by
reference into the registration statement
and prospectus, identifying the selling
security holders and the amount of
securities to be sold by each of them
and, if included in a report under the
Exchange Act that is incorporated by
reference, a prospectus or prospectus
supplement is filed, as required by Rule
430B, pursuant to Rule 424(b)(7)
(§ 230.424(b)(7) of this chapter).
(2) The registrant pays the registration
fee pursuant to Rules 456(b) and 457(r)
(§ 230.456(b) and § 230.457(r) of this
chapter) or in accordance with Rule
456(a) (§ 230.456(a) of this chapter);
(3) If the registrant is a majorityowned subsidiary, it is required to file
and has filed reports pursuant to section
13 or section 15(d) of the Exchange Act
(15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)) and satisfies
the requirements of this Form with
regard to incorporation by reference or
information about the majority-owned
subsidiary is included in the registration
statement (or a post-effective
amendment to the registration
statement);
(4) The registrant may register
additional securities or classes of its or
its subsidiaries’ securities on a posteffective amendment pursuant to Rule
413(b) (§ 230.413(b) of this chapter); and
(5) An automatic shelf registration
statement and post-effective amendment
will become effective immediately
pursuant to Rule 462(e) and (f)
(§ 230.462(e) and (f) of this chapter)
upon filing. All filings made on or in
connection with automatic shelf
registration statements on this Form
become public upon filing with the
Commission.
I 56. Amend Form F–3 (referenced in
§ 239.33) as follows:
I a. Remove the sentence and check box
immediately preceding the ‘‘Calculation
of Registration Fee’’ table;
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
b. Add two check boxes to the cover
page immediately before ‘‘Calculation of
Registration Fee’’ table;
I c. Revise the Note to the ‘‘Calculation
of Registration Fee’’ table;
I d. Revise the introductory paragraph to
General Instruction I.;
I e. Remove the word ‘‘or’’ at the end of
paragraph (ii), revise paragraph (iii) and
add paragraphs (iv), (v), and (vi) to
General Instruction I.A.5.;
I f. Revise the note to General
Instruction I.A.5.;
I g. Add paragraph C. to General
Instruction I.;
I h. Revise paragraph C. of General
Instruction II.;
I i. Revise in paragraph D. to General
Instruction II the phrase ‘‘(202) 942–
8900.’’ to read ‘‘(202) 551–8900.’’ and the
phrase ‘‘(202) 942–2940’’ to read ‘‘(202)
551–3610.’’;
I j. Add paragraphs F., G., and H. to
General Instruction II.;
I k. Revise the heading of General
Instruction IV. and designate the current
text under General Instruction IV. as
paragraph A.;
I l. Add a heading to paragraph A. of
General Instruction IV.;
I m. Add paragraph B. to General
Instruction IV.;
I n. In Item 6(e)(2) of Part I revise the
phrase ‘‘450 Fifth Street, NW.,’’ to read
‘‘100 F Street, NE.,’’; and
I o. Add paragraph (f) to Item 6 of Part
I.
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
I
Note: The text of Form F–3 does not and
this amendment will not appear in the Code
of Federal Regulations.
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
FORM F–3—REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
*
*
*
*
*
If this Form is a registration statement
pursuant to General Instruction I.C. or a posteffective amendment thereto that shall
become effective upon filing with the
Commission pursuant to Rule 462(e) under
the Securities Act, check the following
box. b
If this Form is a post-effective amendment
to a registration statement filed pursuant to
General Instruction I.C. filed to register
additional securities or additional classes of
securities pursuant to Rule 413(b) under the
Securities Act, check the following box. b
*
*
*
*
*
Notes to the ‘‘Calculation of Registration
Fee’’ Table (‘‘Fee Table’’)
1. Specific details relating to the fee
calculation shall be furnished in notes to the
Fee Table, including reference to provisions
of Rule 457 (§ 230.457 of this chapter) relied
upon, if the basis of the calculation is not
PO 00000
Frm 00106
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
otherwise evident from the information
presented in the Fee Table.
2. If the filing fee is calculated pursuant to
Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act, only
the title of the class of securities to be
registered, the proposed maximum aggregate
offering price for that class of securities, and
the amount of registration fee need to appear
in the Fee Table. Where two or more classes
of securities are being registered pursuant to
General Instruction II.C., however, the Fee
Table need only specify the maximum
aggregate offering price for all classes; the Fee
Table need not specify by each class the
proposed maximum aggregate offering price
(see General Instruction II.C.).
3. If the filing fee is calculated pursuant to
Rule 457(r) of this chapter) under the
Securities Act, the Fee Table must state that
it registers an unspecified amount of
securities of each identified class of
securities and must provide that the issuer is
relying on Rule 456(b) and Rule 457(r). If the
Fee Table is amended in a post-effective
amendment to the registration statement or in
a prospectus filed in accordance with Rule
456(b)(1)(ii) (§ 230.456(b)(1)(ii) of this
chapter), the Fee Table must specify the
aggregate offering price for all classes of
securities in the referenced offering or
offerings and the applicable registration fee.
4. Any difference between the dollar
amount of securities registered for such
offerings and the dollar amount of securities
sold may be carried forward on a future
registration statement pursuant to Rule 457
under the Securities Act.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
I. Eligibility Requirements for Use of Form
F–3
This instruction sets forth registrant
requirements and transaction requirements
for the use of Form F–3. Any foreign private
issuer, as defined in Rule 405 (§ 230.405 of
this chapter), which meets the requirements
of I.A. below (the ‘‘Registrant Requirements’’)
may use this Form for the registration of
securities under the Securities Act of 1933
(the ‘‘Securities Act’’) which are offered in
any transaction specified in I.B. below (the
‘‘Transaction Requirements’’), provided that
the requirements applicable to the specified
Transaction are met. With respect to
majority-owned subsidiaries, see Instruction
I.A.5 below. With respect to well-known
seasoned issuers and majority-owned
subsidiaries of well-known seasoned issuers,
see Instruction I.C. below.
*
*
*
*
*
A. Registrant Requirements
*
*
*
*
*
5. Majority-Owned Subsidiaries
If a registrant is a majority-owned
subsidiary, security offerings may be
registered on this Form if:
*
*
*
*
*
(iii) The parent of the registrant-subsidiary
meets the Registrant Requirements and the
applicable Transaction Requirement, and
provides a full and unconditional guarantee,
as defined in Rule 3–10 of Regulation S–X
(§ 210.3–10 of this chapter), of the payment
obligations on the securities being registered,
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
and the securities being registered are nonconvertible securities, other than common
equity;
(iv) The parent of the registrant-subsidiary
meets the Registrant Requirements and the
applicable Transaction Requirement, and the
securities of the registrant-subsidiary being
registered are full and unconditional
guarantees, as defined in Rule 3–10 of
Regulation S–X, of the payment obligations
on the parent’s non-convertible securities,
other than common equity, being registered;
or
(v) The parent of the registrant-subsidiary
meets the Registrant Requirements and the
applicable Transaction Requirement, and the
securities of the registrant-subsidiary being
registered are guarantees of the payment
obligations on the non-convertible securities,
other than common equity, being registered
by another majority-owned subsidiary of the
parent where the parent provides a full and
unconditional guarantee, as defined in Rule
3–10 of Regulation S–X, of such nonconvertible securities.
Note: In the situation described in
paragraphs I.A.5(iii), I.A.5(iv), and I.A.5(v)
above, the parent or majority-owned
subsidiary guarantor is the issuer of a
separate security consisting of the guarantee,
which must be concurrently registered, but
may be registered on the same registration
statement as are the guaranteed nonconvertible securities. Both the parent or
majority-owned subsidiary shall each
disclose the information required by this
Form as if each were the only registrant
except that if the majority-owned subsidiary
will not be eligible to file annual reports on
Form 20–F or Form 40–F after the effective
date of the registration statement, then it
shall disclose the information specified in
Form S–3. Rule 3–10 of Regulation S–X
specifies the financial statements required.
*
*
*
*
*
C. Automatic Shelf Offerings by Well-Known
Seasoned Issuers
Any registrant that is a well-known
seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405, at
the most recent eligibility determination date
specified in paragraph (2) of that definition
may use this Form for registration under the
Securities Act of securities offerings, other
than pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(vii) or
(viii)(§ 230.415(a)(1)(vii) or (viii) of this
chapter), as follows:
1. The securities to be offered are:
(a) Any securities to be offered pursuant to
Rule 415, Rule 430A, or Rule 430B
(§ 230.415, § 230.430A, or § 230.430B of this
chapter) by:
(i) A registrant that is a well-known
seasoned issuer by reason of paragraph
(1)(i)(A) of the definition in Rule 405; or
(ii) A registrant that is a well-known
seasoned issuer only by reason of paragraph
(1)(i)(B) of the definition in Rule 405 if the
registrant also is eligible to register a primary
offering of its securities pursuant to
Transaction Requirement I.B.1 of this Form;
(b) Non-convertible securities, other than
common equity, to be offered pursuant to
Rule 415, Rule 430A, or Rule 430B by a
registrant that is a well-known seasoned
issuer only by reason of paragraph (1)(i)(B) of
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
the definition in Rule 405 and does not fall
within General Instruction I.B.1 of this Form;
(c) Securities of majority-owned
subsidiaries of the parent registrant to be
offered pursuant to Rule 415, Rule 430A, or
Rule 430B if the parent registrant is a wellknown seasoned issuer and the securities of
the majority-owned subsidiary being
registered meet the following requirements:
(i) Securities of a majority-owned
subsidiary that is a well-known seasoned
issuer at the time it becomes a registrant,
other than by virtue of paragraph (1)(ii) of the
definition of well-known seasoned issuer in
Rule 405;
(ii) Securities of a majority-owned
subsidiary that are non-convertible securities,
other than common equity, and the parent
registrant provides a full and unconditional
guarantee, as defined in Rule 3–10 of
Regulation S–X, of the payment obligations
on such non-convertible securities;
(iii) Securities of a majority-owned
subsidiary that are a guarantee of:
(A) Non-convertible securities, other than
common equity of the parent registrant being
registered;
(B) Non-convertible securities, other than
common equity, of another majority-owned
subsidiary being registered and the parent
has provided a full and unconditional
guarantee, as defined in Rule 3–10 of
Regulation S–X, of the payment obligations
on such non-convertible securities; or
(iv) Securities of a majority-owned
subsidiary that meet the conditions of
Transaction Requirement I.B.2. of this Form
(Primary Offerings of Non-Convertible
Investment Grade Securities).
(d) Securities to be offered for the account
of any person other than the issuer (‘‘selling
security holders’’), provided that the
registration statement and the prospectus are
not required to separately identify the selling
security holders or the securities to be sold
by such persons until the filing of a
prospectus, prospectus supplement, posteffective amendment to the registration
statement, or report under the Exchange Act
that is incorporated by reference into the
registration statement and prospectus,
identifying the selling security holders and
the amount of securities to be sold by each
of them, and if included in a report under the
Exchange Act that is incorporated by
reference, a prospectus or prospectus
supplement is filed, as required by Rule
430B, pursuant to Rule
424(b)(7)(§ 230.424(b)(7) of this chapter).
2. The registrant pays the registration fee
pursuant to Rules 456(b) and 457(r) or in
accordance with Rule 456(a).
3. If the registrant is a majority-owned
subsidiary, it is required to file and has filed
reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section
15(d) of the Exchange Act and satisfies the
requirements of the Form with regard to
incorporation by reference or information
about the majority-owned subsidiary is
included in the registration statement (or a
post-effective amendment to the registration
statement).
4. The registrant may register additional
securities or classes of its or its majorityowned subsidiaries’ securities on a posteffective amendment pursuant to Rule
413(b)(§ 203.413(b) of this chapter).
PO 00000
Frm 00107
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44827
5. An automatic shelf registration
statement and post-effective amendment will
become effective immediately pursuant to
Rule 462(e) and (f) (§ 230.462(e) and (f) of
this chapter) upon filing. All filings made on
or in connection with automatic shelf
registration statements on this Form become
public upon filing with the Commission.
II. Application of General Rules and
Regulations
*
*
*
*
*
C. Non-Automatic Shelf Registration
Statements
Where two or more classes of securities
being registered on this Form pursuant to
General Instruction I.B.1. or I.B.2. are to be
offered pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(x)
(§ 230.415(a)(1)(x)), and where this Form is
not an automatic shelf registration statement,
Rule 457(o) permits the registration fee to be
calculated on the basis of the maximum
offering price of all the securities listed in the
Fee Table. In this event, while the Fee Table
would list each of the classes of securities
being registered and the aggregate proceeds
to be raised, the Fee Table need not specify
by each class information as to the amount
to be registered, proposed maximum offering
price per unit, and proposed maximum
aggregate offering price.
*
*
*
*
*
F. Automatic Shelf Registration Statements
Where securities are being registered on
this Form pursuant to General Instruction
I.C., Rule 456(b) permits, but does not
require, the registrant to pay the registration
fee on a pay-as-you-go basis and Rule 457(r)
permits, but does not require, the registration
fee to be calculated on the basis of the
aggregate offering price of the securities to be
offered in an offering or offerings off the
registration statement. If a registrant elects to
pay all or a portion of the registration fee on
a deferred basis, the Fee Table in the initial
filing must identify the classes of securities
being registered and provide that the
registrant elects to rely on Rule 456(b) and
Rule 457(r), but the Fee Table does not need
to specify any other information. When the
registrant amends the Fee Table in
accordance with Rule 456(b)(1)(ii), the
amended Fee Table must include either the
dollar amount of securities being registered if
paid in advance of or in connection with an
offering or offerings or the aggregate offering
price for all classes of securities referenced
in the offerings and the applicable
registration fee.
G. Information in Automatic and NonAutomatic Shelf Registration Statements
Where securities are being registered on
this Form pursuant to General Instruction
I.A.5, I.B.1, I.B.2, or I.C., information is only
required to be furnished as of the date of
initial effectiveness of the registration
statement to the extent required by Rule
430A or Rule 430B. Required information
about a specific transaction must be included
in the prospectus in the registration
statement by means of a prospectus that is
deemed to be part of and included in the
registration statement pursuant to Rule 430A
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44828
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
or Rule 430B, a post-effective amendment to
the registration statement, or an Exchange
Act report incorporated by reference into the
registration statement and the prospectus and
identified in a prospectus filed, as required
by Rule 430B, pursuant to Rule 424(b)
(§ 230.424(b) of this chapter).
H. Selling Security Holder Offerings
Where a registrant eligible to register
primary offerings on this Form pursuant to
General Instruction I.B.1 registers securities
offerings on this Form pursuant to General
Instruction I.B.1 or I.B.3 for the account of
persons other than the registrant, if the
offering of the securities, or securities
convertible into such securities, that are
being registered on behalf of the selling
security holders was completed and the
securities, or securities convertible into such
securities, were issued and outstanding prior
to the original date of filing the registration
statement covering the resale of the
securities, the registrant may, as permitted by
Rule 430B(b), in lieu of identifying selling
security holders prior to effectiveness of the
resale registration statement, refer to
unnamed selling security holders in a generic
manner by identifying the initial transaction
in which the securities were sold. Following
effectiveness, the registrant must include in
a prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(7),
a post-effective amendment to the
registration statement, or an Exchange Act
report incorporated by reference into the
prospectus that is part of the registration
statement (which Exchange Act report is
identified in a prospectus filed, as required
by Rule 430B, pursuant to Rule 424(b)(7)),
the names of previously unidentified selling
security holders and amounts of securities
that they intend to sell. If this Form is being
filed pursuant to General Instruction I.C. by
a well-known seasoned insurer to register
securities being offered for the account of
persons other than the issuer, the registration
statement and the prospectus included in the
registration statement do not need to
designate the securities that will be offered
for the account of such persons, identify
them, or identify the initial transaction in
which the securities, or securities convertible
into such securities, were sold until the
registrant files a post-effective amendment to
the registration statement, a prospectus
pursuant to Rule 424(b), or an Exchange Act
report (and prospectus filed, as required by
Rule 430B, pursuant to Rule 424(b)(7))
containing information for the offering on
behalf of such persons.
*
*
*
*
*
IV. Registration of Additional Securities and
Additional Classes of Securities
A. Registration of Additional Securities
Pursuant to Rule 462(b)
*
*
*
*
*
B. Registration of Additional Securities or
Classes of Securities or Additional
Registrants After Effectiveness
A well-known seasoned issuer relying on
General Instruction I.C. or this Form may
register additional securities or classes of
securities, pursuant to Rule 413(b) by filing
a post-effective amendment to the effective
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
registration statement. The well-known
seasoned issuer may add majority-owned
subsidiaries as additional registrants whose
securities are eligible to be sold as part of the
automatic shelf registration statement by
filing a post-effective amendment identifying
the additional registrants, and the registrant
and the additional registrants and other
persons required to sign the registration
statement must sign the post-effective
amendment. The post-effective amendment
must consist of the facing page; any
disclosure required by this Form that is
necessary to update the registration statement
to reflect the additional securities, additional
classes of securities, or additional registrants;
any required opinions and consents; and the
signature page. Required information,
consents or opinions may be included in the
prospectus and the registration statement
through a post-effective amendment or may
be provided through a document
incorporated or deemed incorporated by
reference into the registration statement and
the prospectus that is part of the registration
statement, or, as to the required information
only, contained in a prospectus filed
pursuant to Rule 424(b) that is deemed part
of and included in the registration statement
and prospectus that is part of the registration
statement.
*
*
*
*
*
PART I—INFORMATION REQUIRED IN
PROSPECTUS
*
*
*
*
*
Item 6. Incorporation of Certain Information
by Reference
*
*
*
*
*
(f) Any information required in the
prospectus in response to Item 3 through
Item 5 of this Form may be included in the
prospectus through documents filed pursuant
to Sections 13(a), 14, or 15(d) of the Exchange
Act that are incorporated or deemed
incorporated by reference into the prospectus
that is part of the registration.
*
*
*
*
*
57. Amend Form F–4 (reference in
§ 239.34) as follows:
I a. Revise paragraph B.1.(b), B.1.(c),
C.1.(b), and C.1.(c) to the General
Instructions;
I b. Revise, in paragraph D.4. to the
General Instructions the phrase ‘‘(202)
942–8900.’’ to read ‘‘(202) 551–8900.’’
and the phrase ‘‘(202) 942–2940.’’ to read
‘‘(202) 551–3610.’’;
I c. Redesignate the second paragraph
(b) of Item 11 in Part I as paragraph (c);
I d. Revise in newly redesignated
paragraph (c)(2) of Item 11 in Part I the
phrase ‘‘450 Fifth Street, N.W.,’’ to read
‘‘100 F Street, N.E.,’’;
I e. In Item 12 to Part I, revise the
heading and introductory text, the
introductory text of paragraph (b)(2), and
paragraph (b)(3)(vii);
I f. Revise Instructions 1. and 3. of
paragraph (c) of Item 13 in Part I;
I g. Revise in Item 13(c)(2) in Part I., the
phrase ‘‘450 Fifth Street, N.W.,’’ to read
‘‘100 F Street, N.E.,’’
I
PO 00000
Frm 00108
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
h. Revise the heading and introductory
text of Item 14 in Part I;
I i. Revise the heading and text of Item
16 in Part I;
I j. Revise the heading and introductory
text of Item 17 in Part I;
I k. Revise paragraph (b) of Item 18 in
Part I; and
I l. Revise the heading and paragraph (c)
of Item 19 in Part I.
The revisions read as follows:
I
Note: The text of Form F–4 does not and
this amendment will not appear in the Code
of Federal Regulations.
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
FORM F–4—REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
*
*
*
*
*
General Instructions
*
*
*
*
*
B. Information With Respect to the
Registrant
*
*
*
*
*
1. * * *
(b) Items 12 and 13 of this Form, if the
registrant meets the requirements for use of
Form F–3 and elects this alternative; or
(c) Item 14 of this Form, if the registrant
does not meet the requirements for use of
Form F–3, or if it otherwise elects this
alternative.
*
*
*
*
*
C. Information With Respect to the Company
Being Acquired
1. * * *
(b) Item 16 of this Form, if the company
being acquired meets the requirements for
use of Form F–3 and this alternative is
elected; or
(c) Item 17 of this Form, if the company
being acquired does not meet the
requirements for use of Form F–3, or if this
alternative is otherwise elected.
*
*
*
*
*
PART I—INFORMATION REQUIRED IN
THE PROSPECTUS
*
*
*
*
*
B. INFORMATION ABOUT THE
REGISTRANT
*
*
*
*
*
Item 12. Information With Respect to F–3
Registrants
If the registrant meets the requirements for
use of Form F–3 or Form S–3 and elects to
comply with this Item, furnish the
information required by either paragraph (a)
or (b) of this Item. However, the registrant
shall not provide prospectus information in
the manner allowed by paragraph (a) of this
Item if the financial statements incorporated
by reference pursuant to Item 13 reflect:
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(2) Include financial statements and
information as required by Item 18 of Form
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
20–F, except that financial statements of the
registrant may comply with Item 17 of Form
20–F if the only securities being registered
are investment grade securities as defined in
the General Instructions to Form F–3. In
addition, provide:
*
*
*
*
*
(3) * * *
(vii) Financial statements required by Item
18 of Form 20–F, except that financial
statements of the registrant may comply with
Item 17 of Form 20–F if the only securities
being registered are investment grade
securities as defined in the General
Instructions to Form F–3, and financial
information required by Rule 3–05 and
Article 11 of Regulation S–X with respect to
transactions other than that pursuant to
which the securities being registered are to be
issued (Schedules required under Regulation
S–X shall be filed as ‘‘Financial Statement
Schedules’’ pursuant to Item 21 of this Form,
but need not be provided with respect to the
company being acquired if information is
being furnished pursuant to Item 17(a) of this
Form); and
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Instructions.
1. All annual reports incorporated by
reference pursuant to Item 13 of this Form
shall contain financial statements that
comply with Item 18 of Form 20–F, except
that financial statements of the registrants
may comply with Item 17 of Form 20–F if the
only securities being registered are
investment grade securities as defined in
General Instructions to Form F–3. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Item 14. Information With Respect to
Registrants Other Than F–3 Registrants
If the foreign registrant does not meet the
requirements for use of Form F–3, or
otherwise elects to comply with this Item in
lieu of Items 10 and 11 or Items 12 and 13,
furnish the following information:
*
*
*
*
*
C. INFORMATION ABOUT THE COMPANY
BEING ACQUIRED
*
*
*
*
*
*
VerDate jul<14>2003
*
*
*
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
*
*
*
*
Jkt 205001
PART 243—REGULATION FD
60. The authority citation for part 243
continues to read as follows:
I
Authority: 15 U.S.C. 78c, 78i, 78j, 78m,
78o, 78w, 78mm, and 80a–29, unless
otherwise noted.
61. Amend § 243.100 by revising
paragraph (b)(2)(iv) to read as follows:
I
D. VOTING AND MANAGEMENT
INFORMATION
§ 243.100 General rule regarding selective
disclosure.
Item 18. Information if Proxies, Consents or
Authorizations Are To Be Solicited
*
*
*
*
*
*
(b) If the registrant or the company being
acquired meets the requirements for use of
Form F–3, any information required by
paragraphs (a)(5)(ii) and (7) of this Item with
respect to such company may be
incorporated by reference from its latest
annual report on Form 20–f.
Item 19. Information if Proxies, Consents or
Authorizations Are Not To Be Solicited or in
an Exchange Offer
*
*
*
*
(c) If the registrant or the company being
acquired meets the requirements for use of
Form F–3, any information required by
paragraphs (a)(5)(ii) and (7) of this Item with
respect to such company may be
incorporated by reference from its latest
annual report on Form 20–F.
*
*
*
*
*
PART 240—GENERAL RULES AND
REGULATIONS, SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
58. The authority citation for part 240
continues to read inpart as follows:
Authority: 15 U.S.C. 77c, 77d, 77g, 77j,
77s, 77z–2, 77z–3, 77eee, 77ggg, 77nnn,
77sss, 77ttt, 78c, 78d, 78e, 78f, 78g, 78i, 78j,
78j–1, 78k, 78k–1, 781, 78m, 78n, 78o, 78p,
78q, 78s, 78u–5, 78w, 78x, 7811, 78mm, 79q,
79t, 80a–20, 80a–23, 80a–29, 80a–37, 80b–3,
80b–4, 80b–11, and 7201 et seq.; and 18
U.S.C. 1350, unless otherwise noted.
*
*
*
*
*
59. Amend § 240.14a–2 as follows:
I a. Remove the authority citation
following the section; and
I b. Add paragraph (b)(5).
The addition reads as follows:
I
§ 240.14a–2 Solicitations to which
§ 240.14a–3 to § 240.14a–15 apply.
*
Item 16. Information With Respect to F–3
Companies
If the company being acquired meets the
requirements for use of Form F–3 and
compliance with this Item is elected, furnish
the information that would be required by
Items 12 and 13 of this Form if securities of
such company were being registered.
*
*
I
*
3. The registrant may incorporate by
reference and deliver with the prospectus
any Form 6–K, Form 10–Q or Form 8–K
containing information eligible to be
incorporated by reference into Form F–1. See
Rules 4–01(a)(2) and 10–01 of Regulation S–
X and Item 18 of Form 20–F.
*
If the company being acquired does not
meet the requirements for use of Form F–3,
or compliance with this Item is otherwise
elected in lieu of Item 15 or 16, furnish the
information required by paragraph (a) or (b)
of this Item, whichever is applicable.
*
Item 13. Incorporation of Certain
Information by Reference
*
Item 17. Information With Respect to
Foreign Companies Other Than F–3
Companies
44829
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(5) Publication or distribution by a
broker or a dealer of a research report
in accordance with Rule 138 (§ 230.138
of this chapter) or Rule 139 (§ 230.139
of this chapter) during a transaction in
which the broker or dealer or its affiliate
participates or acts in a an advisory role.
PO 00000
Frm 00109
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(2) * * *
(iv) In connection with a securities
offering registered under the Securities
Act, other than an offering of the type
described in any of Rule 415(a)(1)(i)
through (vi) under the Securities Act
(§ 230.415(a)(1)(i) through (vi) of this
chapter) (except an offering of the type
described in Rule 415(a)(1)(i) under the
Securities Act (§ 230.415(a)(1)(i) of this
chapter) also involving a registered
offering, whether or not underwritten,
for capital formation purposes for the
account of the issuer (unless the issuer’s
offering is being registered for the
purpose of evading the requirements of
this section)), if the disclosure is by any
of the following means:
(A) A registration statement filed
under the Securities Act, including a
prospectus contained therein;
(B) A free writing prospectus used
after filing of the registration statement
for the offering or a communication
falling within the exception to the
definition of prospectus contained in
clause (a) of section 2(a)(10) of the
Securities Act;
(C) Any other Section 10(b)
prospectus;
(D) A notice permitted by Rule 135
under the Securities Act (§ 230.135 of
this chapter);
(E) A communication permitted by
Rule 134 under the Securities Act
(§ 230.134 of this chapter); or
(F) An oral communication made in
connection with the registered securities
offering after filing of the registration
statement for the offering under the
Securities Act.
PART 249—FORMS, SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
62. The authority citation for part 249
continues to read in part as follows:
I
Authority: 15 U.S.C. 78a et seq. and 7201
et seq.; and 18 U.S.C. 1350, unless otherwise
noted.
63. Amend Form 10 (referenced in
§ 249.210) by adding Item 1A. to read as
follows:
I
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
44830
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
Note: The text of Form 10 does not, and
this amendment will not, appear in the Code
of Federal Regulations.
E. Which Items To Respond to in
Registration Statements and Annual Reports
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Financial Statement. An Exchange Act
registration statement or annual report filed
on this Form must contain the financial
statements and related information specified
FORM 10
in Item 17 of this Form. We encourage you
*
*
*
*
*
to provide the financial statements and
related information specified in Item 18 of
Item 1A. Risk Factors
this Form in lieu of Item 17, but the Item 18
Set forth, under the caption, ‘‘Risk
statements and information are not required.
Factors,’’ where appropriate, the risk factors
In certain circumstances, Form F–1, F–3, or
described in Item 503(c) of Regulation S–K
F–4 for the registration of securities under
(§ 229.503(c) of this chapter) applicable to the the Securities Act require that you provide
registrant. Provide any discussion of risk
the financial statements and related
factors in plain English in accordance with
information specified in Item 18 in your
Rule 421(d) of the Securities Act of 1933
annual report on Form 20–F. Consult those
(§ 230.421(d) of this chapter).
Securities Act forms for the specified
*
*
*
*
*
requirements and consider the potential
I 64. Amend Form 20–F (referenced in
advantages of complying with Item 18
instead of Item 17 of this form. Note that
§ 249.220f) as follows:
Items 17 and 18 may require you to file
I a. Add two check boxes to the cover
financial statements of other entities in
page before the paragraph that starts
certain circumstances. These circumstances
‘‘Indicate by check mark whether the
are described in Regulations S–X.
registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) The financial statements must be audited
in accordance with U.S. generally accepted
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
auditing standards, and the auditor must
during the preceding 12 months * * *’’; comply with the U.S. standards for auditor
I b. Revise in paragraph (a) of General
independence. If you have any questions
Instruction D the phrase ‘‘(202) 942–
about these requirements, contact the Office
8900.’’ to read ‘‘(202) 551–8900.’’ and the of Chief Accountant in the Division of
phrase ‘‘(202) 942–2940.’’ to read ‘‘(202) Corporation Finance at (202) 551–3400.
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
551–3610.’’;
I c. Revise in paragraph (c) to General
Instruction D the phrase ‘‘450 Fifth
Street, NW.,’’ to read ‘‘100 F Street,
NE.,’’;
I d. Revise paragraph (c) to General
Instruction E; and
I e. Add Item 4A. to Part I.
The revision and additions read as
follows:
Note: The text of Form 20–F does not, and
this amendment will not, appear in the Code
of Federal Regulations.
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
FORM 20–F
*
*
*
*
*
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is
a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in
Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yesllll
Nollll
If this report is an annual or transition
report, indicate by check mark if the
registrant is not required to file reports
pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Yesllll
Nollll
Note —Checking the box above will not
relieve any registrant required to file reports
pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their
obligations under those Sections.
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
*
*
*
*
*
*
J. Use of this Form by Asset-Backed Issuers.
(1) Items that May be Omitted. * * *
(a) * * *
(b) Item 1A. Risk Factors;
*
*
*
*
*
I 65. Amend Form 10–Q (reference in
§ 249.308a) by adding Item 1A to Part II
to read as follows:
*
*
*
Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments
If the registrant is an accelerated filer as
defined in Rule 12b–2 of the Exchange Act
(§ 240.12b–2 of this chapter) or is a wellknown seasoned issuer as defined in rule 405
of the Securities Act (§ 230.405 of this
chapter) and has received written comments
from the Commission staff regarding its
periodic reports under the Exchange Act not
less than 180 days before the end of its fiscal
year to which the annual report relates, and
such comments remain unresolved, disclose
the substance of any such unresolved
comments that the registrant believes are
material. Such disclosure may provide other
information including the position of the
registrant with respect to any such comment.
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Item 4. * * *
*
*
*
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is
a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in
Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes llll
No llll.
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is
not required to file reports pursuant to
Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
Yes llll
No llll.
Note: Checking the box above will not
relieve any registrant required to file reports
pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Exchange Act from their obligations under
those Sections.
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
PART I
Note: The text of Form 10–Q does not, and
this amendment will not, appear in the code
of Federal Regulations.
*
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Set forth, under the caption ‘‘Risk Factors,’’
where appropriate, the risk factors described
in Item 503(c) of Regulation S–K
(§ 229.503(c) of this chapter) applicable to the
registrant. Provide any discussion of risk
factors in plain English in accordance with
Rule 421(d) of the Securities Act of 1933
(§ 230.421(d) of this chapter).
FORM 10–Q
*
*
*
*
*
*
Note: The text of Form 10–K does not, and
this amendment will not, appear in the Code
of Federal Regulations.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
*
*
*
*
*
*
66. Amend Form 10–K (referenced in
§ 249.310) as follows:
I a. In General Instruction J., redesignate
paragraphs (1)(b) through (1)(m) as
paragraph (1)(c) through (1)(n), and add
new paragraph (b);
I b. Add two check boxes to the cover
page before the paragraph that starts
‘‘Indicate by check mark whether the
registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
during the preceding 12 months * * *’’;
and
I c. Add Items 1A. and 1.B. to Part I.
The additions read as follows:
I
Part I
PART II. OTHER INFORMATION
*
*
FORM 10–K
*
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
*
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Set forth any material changes from risk
factors as previously disclosed in the
registrant’s Form 10–K ( 249.310) in response
to Item 1A. to Part I of Form 10–K.
*
*
*
*
Item 1. * * *
PO 00000
*
Frm 00110
*
*
Fmt 4701
*
Sfmt 4700
*
Item 1. * * *
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
If the registrant is an accelerated filer as
defined in Rule 12b–2 of the Exchange Act
(§ 240.12b–2 of this chapter) or is a wellknown seasoned issuer as defined in Rule
405 of the Securities Act ( 230.405 of this
chapter) and has received written comments
from the Commission staff regarding its
periodic or current reports under the Act not
less than 180 days before the end of its fiscal
year to which the annual report relates, and
such comments remain unresolved, disclose
the substance of any such unresolved
comments that the registrant believes are
material. Such disclosure may provide other
information including the position of the
registrant with respect to any such comment.
Authority: 15 U.S.C. 77f, 77g, 77h, 77j, 77s,
78c(b), 78l, 78m, 78n, 78o(d), 80a–8, 80a–24,
80a–26, and 80a–29, unless otherwise noted.
Note: The text of Form 10–KSB does not,
and this amendment will not, appear in the
Code of Federal Regulations.
this amendment will not, appear in the Code
of Federal Regulations.
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
*
FORM 10–KSB
*
69. Amend Form N–2 (referenced in
§ 239.14 and § 274.11a–1) as follows:
I a. Revise in the third paragraph of the
Instructions after the Calculation of
Registration Fee table the phrase ‘‘450
5th Street, NW.,’’ to read ‘‘100 F Street,
NE.,’’;
I b. Revise in Item 18.15, the phrase ‘‘1–
202–942–8090,’’ to read ‘‘1–202–551–
8090,’’;
I c. Remove the period at the end of
paragraph 4.a(3) to Item 34 and in its
place add a semi-colon;
I d. Remove the word ‘‘and’’ at the end
*
*
*
*
*
I 67. Amend Form 10–KSB (referenced
of paragraph 4.b to Item 34;
I e. Remove the period at the end of the
in § 249.310b) by adding a check box to
the cover page before the paragraph that paragraph 4.c to Item 34 and in its place
starts ‘‘Check whether the issuer (1) filed add a semi-colon; and
all reports required to be filed by Section I f. Add paragraphs 4.d and 4.e to Item
34.
13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during
The additions read as follows:
the past 12 month * * *’’ to read as
follows:
Note: The text of Form N–2 does not, and
*
*
*
*
FORM N–2
*
Note— Checking the box above will not
relieve any registrant required to file reports
pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Exchange Act from their obligations under
those Sections.
*
*
*
*
PART 274—FORMS PRESCRIBED
UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY
ACT OF 1940
68. The authority citation for Part 274
continues to read in part as follows:
I
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:24 Aug 02, 2005
Jkt 205001
*
*
*
*
Item 34. Undertakings
Check whether the issuer is not required to
file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d)
of the Exchange Act.[ ]
*
I
*
*
*
*
4. * * *
d. That, for the purpose of determining
liability under the 1933 Act to any purchaser,
if the Registrant is subject to Rule 430C [17
CFR 230.430C]: Each prospectus filed
pursuant to Rule 497(b), (c), (d) or (e) under
the 1933 Act [17 CFR 230.497(b), (c), (d), or
(e)] as part of a registration statement relating
to an offering, other than prospectuses filed
in reliance on Rule 430A under the 1933 Act
[17 CFR 230.430A], shall be deemed to be
part of and included in the registration
statement as of the date it is first used after
effectiveness. Provided however, that no
statement made in a registration statement or
prospectus that is part of the registration
statement or made in a document
incorporated or deemed incorporated by
PO 00000
Frm 00111
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44831
reference into the registration statement or
prospectus that is part of the registration
statement will, as to a purchaser with a time
of contract of sale prior to such first use,
supersede or modify any statement that was
made in the registration statement or
prospectus that was part of the registration
statement or made in any such document
immediately prior to such date of first use.
e. That for the purpose of determining
liability of the Registrant under the 1933 Act
to any purchaser in the initial distribution of
securities:
The undersigned Registrant undertakes
that in a primary offering of securities of the
undersigned Registrant pursuant to this
registration statement, regardless of the
underwriting method used to sell the
securities to the purchaser, if the securities
are offered or sold to such purchaser by
means of any of the following
communications, the undersigned Registrant
will be a seller to the purchaser and will be
considered to offer or sell such securities to
the purchaser:
(1) Any preliminary prospectus or
prospectus of the undersigned Registrant
relating to the offering required to be filed
pursuant to Rule 497 under the 1933 Act [17
CFR 230.497];
(2) The portion of any advertisement
pursuant to Rule 482 under the 1933 Act [17
CFR 230.482] relating to the offering
containing material information about the
undersigned Registrant or its securities
provided by or on behalf of the undersigned
Registrant; and
(3) Any other communication that is an
offer in the offering made by the undersigned
Registrant to the purchaser.
*
*
*
*
*
Dated: July 19, 2005.
By the Commission.
Jill M. Peterson,
Assistant Secretary.
[FR Doc. 05–14560 Filed 8–2–05; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 8010–01–P
E:\FR\FM\03AUR2.SGM
03AUR2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 70, Number 148 (Wednesday, August 3, 2005)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 44722-44831]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 05-14560]
[[Page 44721]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Part II
Securities and Exchange Commission
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
17 CFR Parts 200, 228, 229, et al.
Securities Offering Reform; Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 148 / Wednesday, August 3, 2005 /
Rules and Regulations
[[Page 44722]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
17 CFR Parts 200, 228, 229, 230, 239, 240, 243, 249, and 274
[Release Nos. 33-8591; 34-52056; IC-26993; FR-75, International Series
Release No. 1294 and File No. S7-38-04]
RIN 3235-AI11
Securities Offering Reform
AGENCY: Securities and Exchange Commission.
ACTION: Final rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: The Securities and Exchange Commission is adopting rules that
will modify and advance significantly the registration, communications,
and offering processes under the Securities Act of 1933. Today's rules
will eliminate unnecessary and outmoded restrictions on offerings. In
addition, the rules will provide more timely investment information to
investors without mandating delays in the offering process that we
believe would be inconsistent with the needs of issuers for timely
access to capital. The rules also will continue our long-term efforts
toward integrating disclosure and processes under the Securities Act
and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The rules will further these
goals by addressing communications related to registered securities
offerings, delivery of information to investors, and procedural aspects
of the offering and capital formation processes.
EFFECTIVE DATE: December 1, 2005.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Amy M. Starr, Daniel Horwood, or Anne
Nguyen, at (202) 551-3200, in the Division of Corporation Finance, U.S.
Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC
20549 or, with respect to questions regarding investment companies,
Kieran Brown in the Division of Investment Management, at (202) 551-
6784.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: We are amending Rule 30-1 \1\ of the
Administrative Practice and Procedure, Item 512 \2\ of Regulation S-
B,\3\ Item 512 \4\ of Regulation S-K,\5\ and Rules 134, 137, 138, 139,
153, 158, 174, 401, 405, 408, 412, 413, 415, 418, 424, 426, 430A, 439,
456, 457, 462, 473, 497, and 902 \6\ and eliminating Rule 434 \7\ under
the Securities Act.\8\ We are adding Rules 159, 159A, 163, 163A, 164,
168, 169, 172, 173, 430B, 430C, and 433 under the Securities Act. We
are amending Forms S-1, S-3, S-4, F-1, F-3, and F-4 and eliminating
Forms S-2 and F-2 \9\ under the Securities Act; amending Rule 100 \10\
of Regulation FD \11\ and Rule 14a-2 \12\ under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934; \13\ amending Forms 10, 10-K, 10-Q, 10-KSB, and 20-F \14\
under the Exchange Act; and amending Form N-2 \15\ under the Securities
Act and the Investment Company Act of 1940.\16\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ 17 CFR 200.30-1.
\2\ 17 CFR 228.512.
\3\ 17 CFR 228.10 et seq.
\4\ 17 CFR 229.512.
\5\ 17 CFR 229.10 et seq.
\6\ 17 CFR 230.134; 17 CFR 230.137; 17 CFR 230.138; 17 CFR
230.139; 17 CFR 230.153; 17 CFR 230.158; 17 CFR 230.174; 17 CFR
230.401; 17 CFR 230.405; 17 CFR 230.408; 17 CFR 230.412; 17 CFR
230.413; 17 CFR 230.415; 17 CFR 230.418; 17 CFR 230.424; 17 CFR
230.426; 17 CFR 230.430A; 17 CFR 230.439; 17 CFR 230.456; 17 CFR
230.457; 17 CFR 230.462; 17 CFR 230.473; 17 CFR 230.497; and 17 CFR
230.902.
\7\ 17 CFR 230.434.
\8\ 15 U.S.C. 77a et seq.
\9\ 17 CFR 239.11; 17 CFR 239.13; 17 CFR 239.25; 17 CFR 239.31;
17 CFR 239.33; 17 CFR 239.34; 17 CFR 239.12; and 17 CFR 239.32.
\10\ 17 CFR 243.100.
\11\ 17 CFR 243.100 through 243.103.
\12\ 17 CFR 240.14a-2.
\13\ 15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.
\14\ 17 CFR 249.210; 17 CFR 249.308a; 17 CFR 249.310; 17 CFR
249.310b; and 17 CFR 249.220f.
\15\ 17 CFR 239.14 and 17 CFR 274.11a-1.
\16\ 15 U.S.C. 80a-1 et seq.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table of Contents
I. Introduction
A. Overview
B. Background
1. Advances in Technology
2. Exchange Act Reporting Standards
II. Well-Known Seasoned Issuers; Other Categories of Issuers
A. Well-Known Seasoned Issuers
1. Definition of Well-Known Seasoned Issuer
a. Market Capitalization Threshold
b. Registered Offerings of Non-Convertible Securities Threshold
2. Timing of Determination of Well-Known Seasoned Issuer Status
3. Well-Known Seasoned Issuers' Securities Offerings
4. Comments Regarding the Definition of Well-Known Seasoned
Issuer
B. Other Categories of Issuers
III. Communications Rules
A. Communications Requirements Prior to Today's Rules and
Amendments
B. Need for Modernization of Communications Requirements
1. General
2. Definition of Written Communication
a. ``Written Communication'' and ``Graphic Communication''
b. Comments Regarding Proposals
C. Overview of Communications Rules
D. Communications Rules
1. Permitted Continuation of Ongoing Communications During an
Offering
a. Overview
b. Exception for Regularly Released Factual Business and
Forward-Looking Information--Available to Reporting Issuers
i. Factual Business Information
(A) Scope of the Safe Harbor
(B) Comments on the Scope of the Safe Harbor
ii. Forward-Looking Information
(A) Scope of the Safe Harbor
iii. Conditions of Safe Harbor in Rule 168
(A) ``By or on Behalf of'' the Issuer
(1) Definition
(2) Comments on Definition
(B) Regularly Released Information
(1) Regularly Released Condition
(2) Comments on Regularly Released Condition
(C) Exclusion for Offering-Related Information
(1) Scope of Exclusion
(2) Comments on Exclusion
c. Exception for Regularly Released Factual Business
Information--Available to Non-Reporting Issuers
i. Scope of the Safe Harbor
ii. Comments on the Safe Harbor
2. Other Permitted Communications Prior To Filing a Registration
Statement
a. 30-Day Bright-line Exclusion From the Prohibition on Offers
Prior To Filing a Registration Statement--All Issuers
i. Scope of Exclusion
ii. Comments on 30-Day Bright-line Exclusion
b. Permitted Pre-Filing Offers for Well-Known Seasoned Issuers
i. Overview
ii. Exemption for Pre-Filing Offers
iii. Comments on Exemption for Pre-Filing Offers
3. Relaxation of Restrictions on Written Offering-Related
Communications
a. Rule 134
i. Expansion of Permitted Information
ii. Section 10 Prospectus Requirement
iii. Changes to Required Information
b. Permissible Use of Free Writing Prospectuses
i. Overview
ii. Definition of Free Writing Prospectus
(A) Scope of Definition
(B) Comments on Definition
iii. Permitted Use of a Free Writing Prospectus After the Filing
of a Registration Statement Under Rule 433
(A) Overview
(B) Issuer Eligibility
(1) Comments on Ineligible Issuer Definition
(C) Conditions to Permitted Use of a Free Writing Prospectus
(1) Prospectus Delivery or Availability
(a) Prospectus Delivery Conditions for Non-Reporting Issuers and
Unseasoned Issuers
(b) Prospectus Availability Condition for Seasoned Issuers and
Well-Known Seasoned Issuers
(c) Comments on Prospectus Delivery or Availability Condition
(2) Information in a Free Writing Prospectus
(a) Information Conditions
(b) Amendment to Rule 408
(c) Legend Condition
(i) Discussion
(ii) Cure for Unintentional or Immaterial Failure to Include a
Legend
(iii) Impermissible Legends or Disclaimers
[[Page 44723]]
(3) Filing Conditions
(a) General Conditions
(i) Scope of General Conditions
(ii) Conditions Specific to Final Terms of the Securities or
Offering
(iii) Asset-Backed Issuers
(iv) Comments on Filing Condition
(b) Immaterial or Unintentional Failures to File
(i) Scope of Cure Provision
(ii) Comments on Cure Provision
(4) Record Retention Condition
(a) Discussion
(b) Immaterial or Unintentional Failure To Retain a Free Writing
Prospectus
(D) Road Shows
(1) Definition of Electronic Road Show
(2) Treatment of Electronic Road Shows
(3) Comments on Electronic Road Shows
(E) Treatment of Communications on Web Sites and Other
Electronics Issues
(1) General
(2) Historical Information on an Issuer Web Site
(3) Comments on Treatment of Communications on Web Sites and
Other Electronics Issues
(F) Media Publications or Broadcasts
(1) Overview
(2) Application of Rule 164 and Rule 433 to Media Publications
(a) Prospectus Delivery or Availability
(i) Where Media Publications Are Prepared or Consideration Paid
by Issuer or Offering Participant
(ii) Unaffiliated Media Publications
(b) Filing
(c) Issuers in the Media Business
(3) Responses to Comments on Treatment of Media Publications
(G) Liability Issues Affecting Free Writing Prospectuses
(1) General
(2) Filed Free Writing Prospectus Not Part of Registration
Statement
(3) Cross-Liability Issues
c. Interaction of New Communications Rules with Regulation FD
i. Amendments to Regulation FD
ii. Comments on Amendments to Regulation FD
4. Use of Research Reports
a. Current Regulatory Treatment of Research Reports
b. Amendments to Exemptions for Research
i. Definition of Research Report
(A) Definition
(B) Comments on Definition of Research Report
ii. Rule 137
iii. Rule 138
(A) Amendments to Rule 138
(B) Comments on Rule 138 Amendments
iv. Rule 139
(A) Issuer-Specific Reports
(1) Amendments Regarding Issuer-Specific Reports
(2) Comments on Issuer-Specific Reports
(B) Industry-Related Reports
(1) Amendments Regarding Industry-Related Reports
(2) Comments on Industry-Related Reports
v. Rule 139a
vi. Research Report Amendments in Connection With Regulation S
and Rule 144A Offerings
vii. Research and Proxy Solicitations
IV. Liability Issues
A. Information Conveyed by the Time of Sale for Purposes of
Section 12(a)(2) and Section 17(a)(2) Liability
1. Interpretation and Rule
2. Comments and Guidance Regarding Our Interpretation and Rule
159
a. The Section 12(a)(2) and Section 17(a)(2) Analysis of the
Information Conveyed
b. Determination of Time of Sale
c. Termination of Old Contract and Creation or Reformation of a
New Contract
3. Rule 412 and Rule 430B
4. Relationship of Section 12(a)(2) and Section 17(a)(2)
Interpretation and Rule 159 to Section 11 Liability
B. Issuer as Seller
C. Due Diligence Interpretation
V. Securities Act Registration Rules and Amendments
A. Overview
B. Procedural Rules
1. Procedural Changes Regarding Shelf Offerings
a. Overview
b. Information in a Prospectus
i. Mechanics
(A) Rule 430B
(B) Means for Providing Information
(C) Identification of Selling Security Holders Following
Effectiveness
(1) Scope of Provision
(2) Comments on Identification of Selling Security Holders
ii. Information Deemed Part of Registration Statement
iii. Date of Inclusion of Prospectus Supplements in Registration
Statements and New Effective Dates of Registration Statements
(A) Scope of Provisions
(B) New Effective Dates for Section 11 Purposes
(C) Comments on Prospectus Supplements and New Effective Dates
iv. Amendments to Rule 415
(A) Elimination of Limitation on Amount of Securities Registered
(1) Revised Provisions
(2) Comments on Elimination of Limitation on Amount of
Securities Registered
(B) Immediate Takedowns From a Shelf Registration Statement
Filed Under Rule 415(a)(1)(x)
(C) Eliminating ``At-the-Market'' Offering Restrictions for
Seasoned Issuers
v. Rule 424 Amendments
vi. Elimination of Rule 434
vii. Issuer Undertakings
(A) Treatment of Information in Prospectus Supplements
(B) Prospectus Supplements Deemed Part of a Registration
Statement and New Effective Dates
c. Changes to Form S-3 and Form F-3
2. Automatic Shelf Registration for Well-Known Seasoned Issuers
a. Overview
i. Rule Changes
ii. Comments on Automatic Shelf Registration
b. Automatic Shelf Registration Mechanics
i. Eligibility
ii. Information in a Registration Statement
(A) Information That May be Omitted From the Base Prospectus
(B) Mechanics for Including Information
(C) Registration of Securities to be Offered
(D) Pay-as-You-Go Registration Fees
(1) Pay-as-You-Go Fee Rules
(2) Comments on Pay-as-You-Go Fees
(E) Registration Under Securities Act Sections 5 and 6
(F) Immediate Effectiveness
(G) Duration
3. Unseasoned Issuers and Non-Reporting Issuers
a. Overview
b. Amendments to Form S-1 and Form F-1--Expanded Use of
Incorporation by Reference
i. Eligibility
ii. Procedural Requirements
iii. Comments on Form S-1 and Form F-1 Amendments
c. Elimination of Form S-2 and Form F-2
VI. Prospectus Delivery Reforms
A. Current Prospectus Delivery Requirements
B. Prospectus Delivery Revisions
1. Access Equals Delivery
a. Rule 172
(i) Scope of Rule
(ii) Comments on Rule 172
b. Exceptions to the Rule
c. Notification
(i) Rule 173
(ii) Comments on Rule 173
2. Written Confirmations and Notices of Allocations
3. Transactions Taking Place on an Exchange or Through a
Registered Trading Facility--Rule 153
4. Aftermarket Prospectus Delivery--Rule 174
VII. Additional Exchange Act Disclosure Provisions
A. Risk Factor Disclosure
1. Scope of Requirement
2. Comments on Risk Factor Disclosure Requirement
B. Disclosure of Unresolved Staff Comments
1. Disclosure Requirement
2. Comments on Disclosure of Outstanding Comments
C. Disclosure of Status as Voluntary Filer Under the Exchange
Act
VIII. Paperwork Reduction Act
A. Background
B. Summary of Information Collections
C. Summary of Comment Letters on the PRA Analysis
D. Paperwork Reduction Act Burden Estimates
1. Exchange Act Periodic Reports and Registration Statements
2. Communications and Prospectus Delivery
3. Securities Act Registration Statements
IX. Cost Benefit Analysis
A. Background
B. Summary of Rules
1. Communications
2. Securities Act Registration Rules
3. Prospectus Delivery
4. Exchange Act Reports
C. Comments on the Proposals
D. Benefits
[[Page 44724]]
1. Increased Information Flow
2. Investor Protection
3. Facilitating Capital Formation
4. Reduced Regulatory Uncertainty
5. Lower Costs
E. Costs
1. Compliance Costs
2. Potential for Increased Liability
3. Other Potential Costs
X. Consideration of Burden on Competition and Promotion of
Efficiency, Competition and Capital Formation
XI. Final Regulatory Flexibility Act Analysis
A. Reasons for and Objectives of the Rules and Amendments
B. Significant Issues Raised by Public Comment
C. Small Entities Subject to the Rules
D. Reporting, Recordkeping and Other Compliance Requirements
E. Agency Action To Minimize Effect on Small Entities
XII. Statutory Authority--Text of the Rules and Amendments
I. Introduction
A. Overview
On November 3, 2004, we issued proposed rule and form changes under
the Securities Act and the Exchange Act that would modernize the
securities offering and communication processes while maintaining
protection of investors under the Securities Act.\17\ We received over
130 comment letters on the proposals.\18\ While a large number of
letters focused on only one area of the proposals,\19\ a significant
number of the other letters addressed many aspects of the proposals. In
general, commenters strongly supported the proposals and their
objectives. A number of commenters believed that the proposals struck
the appropriate balance between improving the capital formation process
and modernizing offering communications, while preserving investor
protection and avoiding unnecessary impediments to the capital
formation process. As with other rulemakings, including those of the
magnitude that the proposals represented, commenters provided many
thoughtful comments and useful suggestions. We are adopting the rules
and amendments as proposed with certain modifications to address a
number of points that commenters raised.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\17\ Securities Offering Reform, Release No. 33-8501 (Nov. 3,
2004) [69 FR 67392] (``Proposing Release'').
\18\ The public comments we received are available for
inspection in our Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE,
Washington, DC 20549 in File No. S7-38-04, or may be viewed at
https://www.sec.gov/rules/proposed/s73804.shtml.
\19\ A large number of commenters submitted comments that
addressed only issues regarding electronic road shows. See, e.g.,
letters from Robert Alpert; E. Price Ambler; Kenneth Arnot; Richard
Barrera; Lisa Baudot; Thomas Bengtsson; Barry Bruner; Harold
Candland; Nikita Chitnis; Herbert Chung; Rick Dowdle; Pat Gilbert;
Ira Ginsburg; Naval Goel; Bernard Krieg; Francis Lanio; Jimmy Liu;
Marvin Lutz; Peter Martin; Craig Millar; Piers Monckton; NetRoadshow
Inc. (``NetRoadshow''); F. Thomas O'Halloran, Paul J. Rasplicka; Kim
Redding; Eric Ribner; David Schumacher, Andre Shih; Susquehanna
International Group, LLP (``SIG''); Steve Smart-O'Connor; Bob Smith,
Forrest Tempel; Chris Wallis; and Adam White.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The rules we are adopting today continue the evolution of the
offering process under the Securities Act that began as far back as
1966, when Milton Cohen noted the anomaly of the structure of the
disclosure rules under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and
suggested the integration of the requirements under the two
statutes.\20\ Mr. Cohen's article was followed by a 1969 study led by
Commissioner Francis Wheat \21\ and the Commission's Advisory Committee
on Corporate Disclosure in 1977.\22\ These studies eventually led to
the Commission's adoption of the integrated disclosure system, short-
form registration under the Securities Act, and Securities Act Rule 415
permitting shelf registration of continuous offerings and delayed
offerings.\23\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\20\ Milton H. Cohen, Truth in Securities Revisited, 79 Harv. L.
Rev. 1340 (1966). (``It is my thesis that the combined disclosure
requirements of these statutes would have been quite different if
the 1933 and 1934 Acts * * * had been enacted in opposite order, or
had been enacted as a single, integrated statute--that is, if the
starting point had been a statutory scheme of continuous disclosures
covering issuers of actively traded securities and the question of
special disclosures in connection with public offerings had then
been faced in this setting. Accordingly, it is my plea that there
now be created a new coordinated disclosure system having as its
basis the continuous disclosure system of the 1934 Act and treating
the `1933 Act' disclosure needs on this foundation.'')
\21\ See Disclosure to Investors--A Reappraisal of Federal
Administrative Policies under the '33 and '34 Acts, Policy Study
(the ``Wheat Report''), www.sechistorical.org/museum/Museum_Papers/
museum_Papers_Chron.php#1960 (Mar. 27, 1969).
\22\ See Report of the Advisory Committee on Corporate
Disclosure, Cmte. Print 95-29, House Cmte. On Interstate and Foreign
Commerce, 95th Cong., 1st. Sess., Nov. 3, 1977 (Nov. 3, 1977). In
addition, beginning in 1968, the American Law Institute (``ALI'')
began its work on a Federal Securities Code, which was approved in
1978 by the ALI membership. The ALI Federal Securities Code included
company registration as a central component. See American L. Inst.,
Federal Securities Code (1980).
\23\ See Adoption of Integrated Disclosure System, Release No.
33-6383 (Mar. 3, 1982) [47 FR 11380] (``Integrated Disclosure
Release''): Delayed or Continuous Offering and Sale of Securities,
Release No. 33-6423 (Sept. 2, 1982) [47 FR 39799]; and Shelf
Registration, Release No. 33-6499 (Nov. 17, 1983) [48 FR 52889].
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Commission's attention to the offering and communications
processes under the Securities Act continued more recently. In
particular, in March 1996, members of the Commission staff delivered
the Report of the Task Force on Disclosure Simplification to the
Commission.\24\ It recommended a number of areas where simplification
and modernization of the registration and offering process could be
accomplished. In July 1996, the Advisory Committee on the Capital
Formation and Regulatory Processes delivered its report to the
Commission.\25\ Its principal recommendation was that the Securities
Act registration and disclosure processes be more directly tied to the
philosophy and structure of the Exchange Act through the adoption of a
system of ``company registration.'' Under company registration, the
focus of Securities Act and Exchange Act registration and disclosure
would move from transactions to issuers, and corollary steps would be
taken to provide for disclosure and registration of individual
offerings within the company registration framework.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\24\ Report of the Task Force on Disclosure Simplification,
available at www.sec.gov/news/studies/smpl.htm (Mar. 5, 1996).
\25\ Report of the Advisory Committee on the Capital Formation
and Regulatory Process (the ``Advisory Committee Report''),
available at www.sec.gov/news/studies/capform.htm (July 24, 1996).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Promptly after the Advisory Committee on the Capital Formation and
Regulatory Processes delivered its report, the Commission issued a
concept release regarding regulation of the securities offering
process.\26\ The release sought input on a number of significant
issues, including:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\26\ Securities Act Concepts and Their Effects on Capital
Formation, Release No. 33-7314 (July 25, 1996) [61 FR 40044] (the
``1996 Concept Release'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Whether the concept of company registration should be
pursued;
Whether other methods of increasing the integration of
Securities Act and Exchange Act disclosure and other processes should
be considered;
Whether existing or further reliance on Exchange Act
filings should be accompanied by enhancements to Exchange Act
reporting;
Whether companies make information about their public
securities offerings available to investors in an appropriate and
timely manner, including:
[cir] At what point in the offering process delivery of, or access
to, information should be assured in connection with registered
offerings under the Securities Act and whether current requirements
ensure timely delivery of information to the secondary market in
connection with such offerings;
[cir] Whether prospectus supplements in shelf offerings should be
made part of the registration statement;
[[Page 44725]]
[cir] Whether and, if so, in what circumstances electronic access
should replace actual delivery of information in connection with
offerings registered under the Securities Act; and
[cir] Whether restrictions on written offers under the Securities
Act should be liberalized and what liability standards should attach to
such communications;
Whether adjustments to the roles and responsibilities of
traditional ``gatekeepers'' in the Securities Act offering process,
such as underwriters and accountants, should be made in light of
increases in the speed of and other evolutions in the offering process;
Whether changes should be made to address evolution in the
relationships between the public and private offering processes,
including:
[cir] Whether changes in Rules 144A \27\ and 144 \28\ under the
Securities Act should be considered; and
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\27\ 17 CFR 230.144A.
\28\ 17 CFR 230.144.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
[cir] Whether there should be any relaxation in our prohibition
against general solicitations of interest or offers in unregistered
private offerings; and
Whether the review process of issuer filings under the
Securities Act and the Exchange Act by the staff of the Division of
Corporation Finance should be modified to limit the impact of the
process on access to capital markets, at least for some category of
large seasoned issuers.\29\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\29\ In addition, the 1996 Concept Release sought input on a
number of items suggested for consideration by the Task Force on
Disclosure Simplification, including the following: Allowing smaller
issuers that have been reporting for one year to make delayed
offerings (without altering the disclosure requirements or
permitting forward incorporation by reference); eliminating ``at-
the-market'' offering restrictions; allowing universal shelf
registration for secondary offerings; allowing issuers and majority-
owned subsidiaries to be named as possible issuers on a shelf
registration (without designating the issuer until takedown);
allowing reallocation of securities on a shelf registration
statement by post-effective amendment; allowing registration by
seasoned issuers without any specification of the classes
registered; and allowing seasoned issuers to pay registration fees
at the time of the takedown.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In 1998, the Commission proposed new rules under the Securities Act
that were intended to modernize the securities offering process.\30\ As
we recognized in the Proposing Release, much of the comment in response
to the 1998 proposals suggested that the system of regulating capital
formation in the registered offering market provides a number of
advantages that should be considered carefully and retained if we are
to make other changes.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\30\ See The Regulation of Securities Offerings, Release No. 33-
7606A (Nov. 13, 1998 [63 FR 67174] (the ``1998 proposals''). The
Commission proposed these new rules after it was granted general
exemptive authority under the Securities Act. The National
Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996 (NSMIA) (Pub. L. 104-290,
110 Stat. 3416 (Oct. 11, 1996)) provided the Commission with general
authority to adopt exemptive rules under the Securities Act to the
extent that such exemptive action is ``necessary or appropriate in
the public interest and consistent with the protection of
investors.'' See Securities Act Section 28 [15 U.S.C. 77z-3].
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The rules we are adopting today are focused primarily on
constructive, incremental changes in our regulatory structure and the
offering process rather than the introduction of a far-reaching new
system, as we believe that we can best achieve further integration of
Securities Act and Exchange Act disclosure and processes by making
adjustments in the current integrated disclosure and shelf registration
systems. Further, consistent with our belief that investors and the
securities markets will benefit from greater permissible communications
by issuers while retaining appropriate liability for these
communications, we have sought to address the need for timeliness of
information for investors by building on existing statutory provisions
and processes without mandating delays in the offering process that we
believe would be inconsistent with the needs of issuers for timely
access to the securities markets and capital.
We are adopting the proposed revisions to the registration,
communications, and offering processes for registered transactions
under the Securities Act with certain modifications. We believe the
rules we are adopting, while limited in scope, properly address the
areas that are in need of modernization. The adopted rules involve
three main areas:
Communications related to registered securities offerings;
Registration and other procedures in the offering and
capital formation processes; and
Delivery of information to investors, including delivery
through access and notice, and timeliness of that delivery.
Today's rules reflect our view that revisions to the Securities Act
registration and offering procedures are appropriate in light of
significant developments in the offering and capital formation
procedures and can provide enhanced protection of investors under the
statute. We believe that the rule changes we adopt today will:
Facilitate greater availability of information to
investors and the market with regard to all issuers;
Eliminate barriers to open communications that have been
made increasingly outmoded by technological advances;
Reflect the increased importance of electronic
dissemination of information, including the use of the Internet;
Make the capital formation process more efficient; and
Define more clearly both the information and the
timeliness of the availability of information against which a seller's
statements are evaluated for liability purposes.
The rules we are adopting today reflect certain modifications from
the proposals to address important points commenters raised. The
modifications to the proposals include the following:
The definitions of graphic communication and written
communication (including as to road shows) exclude live, in real-time
communications to a live audience that are transmitted graphically;
The free writing prospectus rules address ``cross-
liability'' concerns among offering participants arising from the use
of free writing prospectuses;
The free writing prospectus rules clarify the filing
conditions applicable to media publications, descriptions of the final
terms of securities and offerings, and electronic and other road shows,
and modify the record retention provisions;
The shelf registration rules address issues regarding the
liability of officers, directors, and accountants and other experts
arising from the new effective dates triggered by the filing of
prospectus supplements;
The definition of ineligible issuer more closely conforms
the definition to other ineligibility provisions in the Securities Act;
The rule permitting specified written notices that are not
prospectuses narrows the types of information for which a preliminary
prospectus will have to include a price range as a condition;
The definition of well-known seasoned issuer enables
issuers to include all registered non-convertible securities, other
than common equity, issued for cash in measuring the amount of
registered fixed income securities over the prior three years; and
The prospectus delivery rule addresses concerns about
potential underwriter liability due to an issuer's failure to timely
file its final prospectus.
We also have endeavored to provide more guidance to market participants
regarding our interpretation of the liability provisions of Securities
Act Sections 12(a)(2) and 17(a)(2).\31\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\31\ 15 U.S.C. 77l(a)(2) and 15 U.S.C. 77q(a)(2).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 44726]]
B. Background
1. Advances in Technology
As we noted in the Proposing Release, significant technological
advances over the last three decades have increased both the market's
demand for more timely corporate disclosure and the ability of issuers
to capture, process, and disseminate this information. Computers,
sophisticated financial software, electronic mail, teleconferencing,
videoconferencing, webcasting, and other technologies available today
have replaced, to a large extent, paper, pencils, typewriters, adding
machines, carbon paper, paper mail, travel, and face-to-face meetings
relied on previously. The rules we are adopting today seek to recognize
the integral role that technology plays in timely informing the markets
and investors about important corporate information and developments.
2. Exchange Act Reporting Standards
The role that a public issuer's Exchange Act reports play in
investment decision making is a key component of the rules we are
adopting today. Congress recognized that the ongoing dissemination of
accurate information by issuers about themselves and their securities
is essential to the effective operation of the trading markets. The
Exchange Act and underlying rules have established a system of
continuing disclosure about issuers that have offered securities to the
public, or that have securities that are listed on a national
securities exchange or are broadly held by the public. The Exchange Act
rules require public issuers to make periodic disclosures at annual and
quarterly intervals, with other important information reported on a
more current basis. The Exchange Act specifically provides for current
disclosure to maintain the timeliness and adequacy of information
disclosed by issuers, and we have significantly expanded our current
disclosure requirements consistent with the provision in the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002 \32\ that ``[e]ach issuer reporting under Section
13(a) or 15(d) * * * disclose to the public on a rapid and current
basis such additional information concerning material changes in the
financial condition or operations of the issuer * * * as the Commission
determines * * * is necessary or useful for the protection of investors
and in the public interest.'' \33\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\32\ Pub. L. 107-204, 116 Stat. 745 (2002).
\33\ See Section 409 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which added
Section 13(l) to the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(l)). See also
Additional Form 8-K Disclosure Requirements and Acceleration of
Filing Date, Release No. 33-8400 (Mar. 16, 2004) [69 FR 15594] and
Additional Form 8-K Disclosure Requirements and Acceleration of
Filing Date; Correction, Release No. 33-8400A (Aug. 4, 2004) [69 FR
48370] (``Form 8-K Releases'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
A public issuer's Exchange Act record provides the basic source of
information to the market and to potential purchasers regarding the
issuer and its management, business, financial condition, and
prospects. Because an issuer's Exchange Act reports and other publicly
available information form the basis for the market's evaluation of the
issuer and the pricing of its securities, investors in the secondary
market use that information in making their investment decisions.
Similarly, during a securities offering in which an issuer uses a
short-form registration statement, an issuer's Exchange Act record is
very often the most significant part of the information about the
issuer in the registration statement.
With the enactment of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and our recent
rulemaking and interpretive actions, we have enhanced significantly the
disclosure included in issuers' Exchange Act filings and accelerated
the filing deadlines for many issuers. The following are examples of
recent regulatory actions that have improved the delivery of timely,
high-quality information to the securities markets by issuers under the
Exchange Act:
Requiring the establishment of disclosure controls and
procedures; \34\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\34\ See Certification of Disclosure in Companies' Quarterly and
Annual Reports, Release No. 33-8124 (Aug. 28, 2002) [67 FR 57276]
(``Certification Release'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Requiring a public issuer's top management to certify the
content of periodic reports and highlight their responsibilities for
and evaluation of the issuer's disclosure controls and procedures and
internal control over financial reporting; \35\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\35\ See Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial
Reporting and Certification of Disclosure in Exchange Act Periodic
Reports, Release No. 33-8238 (June 5, 2003) [68 FR 36636];
Certification Release, note 34.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Modifying the approach to current disclosure by increasing
significantly the types of events that must be reported on a current
basis and shortening the time for filing current reports; \36\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\36\ See Form 8-K Releases, note 33.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Approving listing standard changes intended to improve
corporate governance and enhance the role of the audit committee of the
issuer's board of directors with regard to financial reporting and
auditor independence; \37\ and
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\37\ See Standards Relating to Listed Company Audit Committees,
Release No. 33-8220 (Apr. 9, 2003) [68 FR 18788].
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Providing further interpretive guidance regarding the
content and understandability of Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A)--a disclosure
item we believe is at the core of a reporting issuer's periodic
reports.\38\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\38\ See Commission Guidance Regarding Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,
Release No. 33-8350 (Dec. 19, 2003) [68 FR 75056] (the ``2003 MD&A
Release'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Many of the recent changes to the Exchange Act reporting framework
provide greater rigor to the process that issuers must follow in
preparing their financial statements and Exchange Act reports. Senior
management now must certify the material adequacy of the content of
periodic Exchange Act reports. Moreover, issuers, with the involvement
of senior management, now must implement and evaluate disclosure
controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting.
Further, we believe the heightened role of an issuer's board of
directors and its audit committee provides a structure that can
contribute to improved Exchange Act reports.
As we recognized in the Proposing Release, the 1996 Concept Release
and the 1998 proposals also considered the role of enhanced Exchange
Act reporting as an important corollary to reform of the offering
process under the Securities Act.\39\ We believe that the enhancements
to Exchange Act reporting described above enable us to rely on these
reports to a greater degree in adopting our rules to reform the
securities offering process.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\39\ Enhanced Exchange Act reporting also was central to the
recommendations of the Advisory Committee. See note 25.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
II. Well-Known Seasoned Issuers; Other Categories of Issuers
A. Well-Known Seasoned Issuers
We are modifying the framework for communications in connection
with public offerings for all issuers and the framework of the
registration process for most issuers that report under the Exchange
Act. As we explained in the Proposing Release, we believe that the most
far-reaching revisions of our communications rules and registration
processes should be considered for issuers that have a reporting
history under the Exchange Act and are presumptively the most widely
followed in the marketplace.\40\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\40\ Today's rules will provide a class of well-known seasoned
issuers greater flexibility in registering their securities
offerings under a more streamlined registration process known as
automatic shelf registration. Under the automatic shelf registration
process, eligible well-known seasoned issuers can register, on a
more flexible basis than is currently the case, offerings of
different types of securities using Form S-3 or Form F-3
registration statements that are effective upon filing. See
discussion in Section V.B.2. below under ``Automatic Shelf
Registration for Well-Known Seasoned Issuers.''
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 44727]]
Today, the largest issuers are followed by sophisticated
institutional and retail investors, members of the financial press, and
numerous sell-side and buy-side analysts that actively seek new
information on a continual basis. Unlike smaller or less mature
issuers, large seasoned public issuers tend to have a more regular
dialogue with investors and market participants through the press and
other media. The communications of these well-known seasoned issuers
are subject to scrutiny by investors, the financial press, analysts,
and others who evaluate disclosure when it is made.
1. Definition of Well-Known Seasoned Issuer
We are adding a new category of issuer--a ``well-known seasoned
issuer''--that will be permitted to benefit to the greatest degree from
the modifications to our rules we are adopting today regarding
communications and the registration processes.\41\ We are defining a
well-known seasoned issuer as an issuer that is required to file
reports pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) the Exchange Act and
satisfies the following requirements as of the date on which its status
as a well-known seasoned issuer is determined:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\41\ Except for expanding eligibility for certain majority-owned
subsidiaries, as discussed below, we are not changing the existing
eligibility standards for the use of Form S-3 and Form F-3.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The issuer must meet the registrant requirements of Form
S-3 or Form F-3; \42\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\42\ Through the form requirements, the definition requires that
a well-known seasoned issuer be current and timely in its Exchange
Act reporting obligations.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The issuer either:
[cir] As of a date within 60 days of its eligibility determination
date must have a worldwide market value of its outstanding voting and
non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of $700 million or
more; or
[cir] As of a date within 60 days of its eligibility determination
date, must have issued in the last three years, at least $1 billion
aggregate principal amount of non-convertible securities, other than
common equity,\43\ in primary offerings for cash, not exchange,
registered under the Securities Act; \44\ and
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\43\ ``Common equity'' is defined in Securities Act Rule 405 as
``any class of common stock, or an equivalent interest, including
but not limited to a unit of beneficial interest in a trust or a
limited partnership interest.''
\44\ As we discuss below, these issuers generally are limited in
the types of securities they may register on an automatic shelf
registration statement as a well-known seasoned issuer. See Section
II.A.3 below under ``Well-Known Seasoned Issuers Securities
Offerings.''
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The issuer must not be an ineligible issuer.\45\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\45\ See definition of ``ineligible issuer'' added to Securities
Act Rule 405 and discussed in Section III.D.3 below under ``Issuer
Eligibility.'' Further, an issuer will not meet the definition of
well-known seasoned issuer if it is an asset-backed issuer (as
defined in Item 1101(b) of Regulation AB [17 CFR 229.1101(b)], an
investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of
1940, or a business development company. Business development
companies are a category of closed-end investment companies that are
not required to register under the Investment Company Act. See
Section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 [15 U.S.C.
80a-2(a)(48)].
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
If it does not itself meet the conditions for eligibility as a
well-known seasoned issuer, a majority-owned subsidiary of a well-known
seasoned issuer will nonetheless be a well-known seasoned issuer in
connection with the offer and sale of its own securities if:
The securities are non-convertible securities, other than
common equity, and the parent of the majority-owned subsidiary is a
well-known seasoned issuer and fully and unconditionally guarantees
those securities; \46\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\46\ Whether a guarantee is full and unconditional is analyzed
under the same principles as those used under Rule 3-10 of
Regulation S-X [17 CFR 210.3-10] and Exchange Act Rule 12h-5 [17 CFR
240.12h-5]. In addition, the guarantee may only be of securities
that have a limited duration and are not perpetual. This analysis is
not different from the current analysis under Form S-3 or Form F-3
for registered guaranteed securities.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The securities are guarantees of non-convertible
securities, other than common equity, of (1) its well-known seasoned
issuer parent or (2) another majority-owned subsidiary where those non-
convertible securities are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the
well-known seasoned issuer parent; \47\ or
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\47\ See amendments to Securities Act Rule 405. Unless the
majority-owned subsidiary itself meets the eligibility conditions
for a well-known seasoned issuer, it may, of course, only register
securities as a well-known seasoned issuer on its parent's automatic
shelf registration statement.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The majority-owned subsidiary is offering non-convertible
investment grade securities.\48\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\48\ These offerings would be required to meet the conditions of
General Instruction I.B.2 of Form S-3 or Form F-3.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Overall, the issuers that will meet our thresholds for well-known
seasoned issuers are the most active issuers in the U.S. public capital
markets. In 2004, those issuers, which represented approximately 30% of
listed issuers, accounted for about 95% of U.S. equity market
capitalization. They have accounted for more than 96% of the total debt
raised in registered offerings over the past eight years by issuers
listed on a major exchange or equity market. These issuers,
accordingly, represent the most significant amount of capital raised
and traded in the United States. As a result of the active
participation of these issuers in the markets and, among other things,
the wide following of these issuers by market participants, the media,
and institutional investors, we believe that it is appropriate to
provide communications and registration flexibilities to these well-
known seasoned issuers beyond that provided to other issuers, including
other seasoned issuers.
a. Market Capitalization Threshold
As we discussed in the Proposing Release, we believe that non-
affiliate equity market capitalization, or ``public float,'' of a
reporting issuer can be used as a proxy for whether the issuer has a
demonstrated market following.\49\ We are adopting as a threshold a
public float of $700 million or more. We have used market
capitalization as a proxy for public float in evaluating this threshold
and its implications.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\49\ Public float also is one of the key determinants for
eligibility for current short-form registration on Form S-3 or Form
F-3.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
To determine whether an issuer meets the $700 million threshold
under the definition, the issuer will calculate its public float in the
same manner that it calculates its public float for purposes of
determining Form S-3 or F-3 eligibility.\50\ We have revised the
definition from the proposal to clarify that the non-affiliate equity
market capitalization is determined on a worldwide basis, as it
historically has been for purposes of eligibility to use Form F-3. In
addition, for purposes of calculating public float of a non-U.S. issuer
to determine eligibility as a well-known seasoned issuer and
eligibility to use Form S-3 or F-3, we interpret
[[Page 44728]]
``common equity'' as defined in Securities Act Rule 405 as including a
class of participating voting or non-voting preferred stock of a
foreign issuer where the issuance of the preferred stock results from
requirements of the applicable foreign jurisdiction or market and where
the class of preferred stock has liquidation or dividend preferences
and other terms that cause it to be the substantial economic equivalent
of a class of common stock.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\50\ The determination of public float is based on a public
trading market. This is the same requirement in General Instruction
I.B.1 of Form S-3 and Form F-3 that a registrant have a $75 million
market value and in the definition of accelerated filer in Exchange
Act Rule 12b-2 [17 CFR 240.12b2]. Therefore, an entity with $700
million of common equity securities outstanding but not trading in
any public trading market would not be a well-known seasoned issuer
based on market capitalization. See Simplification of Registration
Procedures for Primary Securities Offerings, Release No. 33-6964
(Oct. 29, 1982) [57 FR 48970]; Simplification of Registration
Procedures for Primary Securities Offerings, Release No. 33-6943
(July 22, 1992) [57 FR 32461] (proposing release); Integrated
Disclosure Release, note ; and Reproposal of Comprehensive Revision
to System for Registration of Securities Offerings, Release No. 33-
6331 (Aug. 18, 1981) [46 FR 41902].
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
To evaluate the implications of a $700 million public float
threshold, staff in our Office of Economic Analysis (``OEA'') obtained
data on the 12,551 registered offerings that were conducted from 1997
to 2004 by 2,875 issuers that had public equity outstanding and were
listed on a major exchange or equity market.\51\ Of these offerings,
9,164 were debt offerings that raised proceeds of $1,927 billion, and
3,387 were equity offerings that raised proceeds of $567 billion. The
average issuer conducted 4.2 debt offerings and 1.1 equity offerings
per calendar year, although as many as 209 debt offerings have been
conducted by a single issuer within a calendar year.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\51\ OEA compiled and analyzed the supporting data for the
public float (using market capitalization) and outstanding debt
thresholds.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
OEA also analyzed data on the financial market conditions under
which these offerings were made. High levels of analyst coverage,
institutional ownership, and trading volume are useful indicators of
the scrutiny that an issuer receives from the market, although no one
statistic can fully capture the extent to which an issuer is followed
by the market.\52\ Issuers with market capitalization in excess of $700
million that conducted offerings from 1997 to 2004 typically had an
average of 12 analysts following them prior to the offering.\53\ This
includes only sell-side analysts and is, we believe, a conservative
indicator of analyst scrutiny. Institutional investors accounted for an
average of 52% of equity ownership prior to offerings by issuers with
market capitalization above $700 million. Those issuers had an average
daily trading volume of nearly $52 million prior to offerings in this
period and accounted for the following percentages of capital raised:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\52\ See, e.g., Harrison Hong, Terrence Lim, and Jeremy C.
Stein, Bad News Travels Slowly: Size, Analyst Coverage and the
Profitability of Momentum Strategies, 55 Journal of Finance 265
(2000); Robert C. Merton, A Simple Model of Capital Market
Equilibrium with Incomplete Information, 42 Journal of Finance 483
(1987).
\53\ Issuers with a market capitalization of between $75 million
and $200 million, in most cases, have between zero to five analysts
following them, with approximately 50% having zero to two analysts
following them.
\54\ Because the methodology includes only listed issuers, it
excludes debt-only issuers (including companies that will be well-
known seasoned issuers), including those that are subsidiaries of
companies with listed public equity but that are not themselves
listed.
Offering Proceeds, by Issuer Capitalization Primary Seasoned Offerings,
1997-2004 *
[$Billions (%) Proceeds from Offerings, by Issuer Capitalization]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Market Capitalization of Issuers
-----------------------------------
>$0 (All
>$700mm Issuers)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Equity.............................. $396 (70%) $567 (100%)
Debt \54\........................... 1,849 (96%) 1,927 (100%)
Total............................... 2,245 (90%) 2,494 (100%)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Source: OEA estimates using Center for Research in Securities Prices
at the University of Chicago and Securities Data Corporation data.
b. Registered Offerings of Non-Convertible Securities Threshold
Issuers that do not meet the public equity float test will be
considered well-known seasoned issuers if they have issued for cash
more than an aggregate of $1 billion in non-convertible securities,
other than common equity, through registered primary offerings over the
prior three years. These issuers also will have to satisfy the other
conditions of the well-known seasoned issuer definition, such as the
form eligibility requirement.\55\ In determining compliance with this
threshold:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\55\ As we discuss below, these issuers generally are limited in
the types of securities they may register on an automatic shelf
registration statement as a well-known seasoned issuer. See Section
II.A.3 below under ``Well-Known Seasoned Issuers Securities
Offerings.''
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Issuers may aggregate the amount of non-convertible
securities, other than common equity, issued in registered primary
offerings during the prior three years;
Issuers may include only such non-convertible securities
that were issued in registered primary offerings for cash--they may not
include registered exchange offers in this aggregation; and
Parent company issuers only may include in their
calculation the principal amount of their full and unconditional
guarantees, within the meaning of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X,\56\ of
non-convertible securities, other than common equity, of their
majority-owned subsidiaries issued in registered primary offerings for
cash during the three-year period.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\56\ 17 CFR 210.3-10.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The aggregate principal amount of non-convertible securities that
may be counted toward the $1 billion issuance threshold may have been
issued in any registered primary offering for cash, on any form (other
than Form S-4 or Form F-4). Those non-convertible securities need not
be investment grade securities to be included in the calculation. In
calculating the $1 billion amount, issuers generally may include the
principal amount of any debt and the greater of liquidation preference
or par value of any non-convertible preferred stock that were issued in
primary registered offerings for cash.\57\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\57\ Some commenters asked for clarification on how to value
certain types of debt issuances, such as debt issuances involving
original issue discount or debt issued in foreign currency
denominations. See, e.g., letters from the American Bar Association
(``ABA'') and the New York State Bar Association (``NYSBA''). We
have not made any modifications to the definition in response to
these comments. Issuers should use the same calculation that they
use to determine the dollar amount of securities that they are
registering for purposes of determining their filing fees under
Securities Act Rule 457.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Issuers may not include the principal amount of securities that
were offered in registered exchange offers by the issuer when
determining compliance with the $1 billion non-convertible securities
threshold. A substantial portion of these offerings involve registered
exchange offers of substantially identical securities for securities
that were sold in private offerings. In those cases, the original sale
to investors in the private offering, relying upon, for example, the
exemptions of Securities Act Section 4(2) \58\ and Rule 144A, is not
registered and is not carried out under the Securities Act's disclosure
or liability standards. Moreover, in the subsequent registered exchange
offers purchasers may not be able, in certain cases, to avail
themselves effectively of the remedies otherwise available to
purchasers in registered offerings for cash. While these exchange
offers are permitted in some circumstances, the policy preference for
registered offerings, in conjunction with the streamlining of the
registration process we provide today, lead us to conclude that such
exchange offers should not count towards the $1 billion threshold.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\58\ 15 U.S.C. 77d(2).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
OEA analyzed statistics on issuers that did not meet the $700
million public equity threshold. OEA found that very few issuers that
had public common equity but did not meet the $700 million public float
threshold would meet the $1 billion non-convertible securities
threshold. However, OEA also found that a number of issuers without any
public common equity would meet the $1 billion threshold. Based on
OEA's analysis, from 1997 to 2004 the issuers of fixed
[[Page 44729]]
income securities that did not have outstanding public common equity
but met the $1 billion threshold accounted for 16.7% of all of the
issuers without public common equity that issued public debt, but
accounted for 65% of total debt and preferred stock issued by all of
such issuers. None of the debt offerings of issuers meeting the
threshold was rated below investment grade, and 86% of their debt
offerings were rated A or higher by a nationally recognized security
rating organization (an ``NRSRO''). This group of issuers also on
average had 19 basis points lower yield spread for their issues
relative to issuers without public common equity that had issued less
than $1 billion of fixed income securities in the past three years. We
believe that this lower yield spread reflects lower default risk
(higher ratings) and higher liquidity and transparency of the
issuers.\59\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\59\ See Gordon J. Alexander, William F. Sharpe, and Jeffrey V.
Bailey, Fundamentals of Investments (2001 ed.) at 530.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Timing of Determination of Well-Known Seasoned Issuer Status
Whether an issuer satisfies the eligibility requirements for being
a well-known seasoned issuer generally will be determined on an
approximately annual basis. We revised the timing of determination of
status as a well-known seasoned issuer in response to comments.\60\ As
adopted, the definition uses the 60-day window period used in Form S-3
and Form F-3 and provides that the eligibility determination will be
made as of the later of the time of filing of the issuer's most recent
shelf registration statement or the time of its most recent amendment
(by post-effective amendment, incorporated Exchange Act report, or form
of prospectus) to a shelf registration statement for purposes of
complying with Securities Act Section 10(a)(3).\61\ In the event that
the issuer has not filed a shelf registration statement or amended a
shelf registration statement for purposes of complying with Securities
Act Section 10(a)(3) for sixteen months, the determination date will be
the time of filing of the issuer's most recent annual report on Form
10-K or Form 20-F. If the issuer does not accomplish its Section
10(a)(3) update or file its annual report when due, the due date will
become the date of determination and, because the issuer will be
neither timely nor current in its reporting obligations under the
Exchange Act at that time, it will cease to be a well-known seasoned
issuer. It can of course become a well-known seasoned issuer again in
the future if and when it meets applicable requirements.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\60\ See, e.g., letters from Alston & Bird LLP (``Alston'');
Davis Polk & Wardwell (``Davis Polk''); Ernst & Young LLP (``E&Y'');
and the Association of the Bar of the City of New York (``NYCBA'').
\61\ See 15 U.S.C. 77j(a)(3). Under Form S-3 and Form F-3, the
Section 10(a)(3) update need not be made through a post-effective
amendment. Rather, under these Forms, the Section 10(a)(3) update
generally occurs when the issuer files its annual report on Form 10-
K or Form 20-F containing the issuer's audited financial statements
for its most recently comp